Vol. 61
January 1985
THE
No. 1
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
ARNOLD, R. A.—Geographic variation in natural populations of Speyeria callippe (Boisduval)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). 1
JOHNSON, J. B .—Aleiodes sp. (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) reared from an anomalous host,
an adult of the Eremochrysa punctinervis species group (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae). 24
POLHEMUS, D. A. and J. T. POLHEMUS—Myrmecomorphic Miridae (Hemiptera) on mistle¬
toe: Phoradendrepulus myrmecomorphus, n. gen., n. sp., and a redescription of Pilopho-
ropsis brachypterus Poppius. 26
GOEDEN, R. D. and D. W. RICKER—The life history of Ophraella notulata (F.) on western
ragweed, Ambrosia psilostachya De Candolle, in southern California (Coleoptera: Chrys-
omelidae). 32
CAMPBELL, C. L. and K. S. PIKE—Life history and biology of Pyrausta orphisalis Walker
(Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) on mint in Washington. 42
WILSON, S. W. and R. J. GILL—The first record of the delphacid Liburniella ornata in
California (Homoptera: Fulgoroidea). 48
MARI MUTT, J. A.—A new species of Orchesella from Manitoba, Canada (Collembola:
Entomobryidae). 50
KRAUS, B. —Oviposition on the backs of female giant water bugs, Abedus indentatus: the
consequence of a shortage in male back space? (Hemiptera: Belostomatidae). 54
MASON, P. G.—The larva of Cyphomella gibber a Saether (Diptera: Chironomidae). 58
WHITFIELD, J. B.—The Nearctic species of Deuterixys Mason (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). 60
KAMM, J. A. —Cutworm defoliators of Ryegrass. 68
WILSON, S. W.—Descriptions of the immature stages of Delphacodes bellicosa (Homoptera:
Fulgoroidea: Delphacidae). 72
TURNER, W. J.—Checklist of Pacific Northwest Tabanidae with new state records and a
pictorial key to common species (Diptera: Tabanidae). 79
WILKERSON, R. C.—A new genus and species of horse fly (Diptera: Tabanidae) from Bolivia 91
SCIENTIFIC NOTES .38, 40
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1985
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. A. Chemsak, Editor
R. S. Lane, Associate Editor
W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen
R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬
en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should
be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall,
University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back
numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1984
H. I. Scudder, President W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer
J. Gordon Edwards, President-Elect V. F. Lee, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961.
Editor: J. A. Chemsak, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None.
This issue mailed February 20, 1985
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 1-23
Geographic Variation in Natural Populations of Speyeria callippe
(Boisduval) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae)
Richard A. Arnold
Department of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
Abstract.— The geographic variation in 8 wing characters in 35 populations of
Speyeria callippe (Boisduval) is described and the covariation of the characters
summarized. Univariate (SS-STP), discriminant function, and principal compo¬
nents analyses were performed to describe the variation, interpret its origins, and
group together geographically adjacent localities that are similar in their charac¬
teristics. These techniques are used to test the ability of characters to differentiate
subspecies. All three techniques corroborate that these characters, which have
previously been used to differentiate 16 subspecies, cannot do so with any statis¬
tical significance. Thus, the subspecific taxonomy of S. callippe is revised. The
presently recognized 16 subspecies are reduced to 3, whose morphological features
correlate with their geographic distributions.
The subspecies concept and its utility have been critically evaluted by numerous
systematists (Bohme, 1978; Mayr, 1969; Wilson and Brown, 1953), yet many
problems remain in defining and naming subspecies. At issue is a growing dis¬
content with an arbitrary taxonomic category, the subspecies, which often fails
to accurately describe infraspecific variation. In certain animal groups, such as
butterflies, where the ratio of systematists to species is high, minor differences in
morphology are accorded relatively high value in determination of taxonomic
rank. Mayr (1969) defined the subspecies as “an aggregate of local populations of
a species, inhabiting a geographic subdivision of the range of the species, and
differing taxonomically from other populations of the species.” Clearly the de¬
termination of how distinctive geographical segregates of a species must be to
warrant formal taxonomic recognition is an arduous task. Most butterfly subspe¬
cies are named on the basis of one or a few wing characters, principally slight
differences in color, maculation pattern, or size. Generally these differences are
intuitively perceived by a worker, rather than supported by statistical analyses of
character variation throughout the geographic range of the species.
This study describes the geographic variation in 8 wing characters of S. callippe.
Characters that have previously been used to differentiate subspecies are analyzed
as well as others to discover which are most useful for defining patterns of variation
that relate to geographic distribution of the butterflies. Hovanitz (1941, 1943),
Howe (1975), Moeck (1957), and Sette (1962) speculated that the variation in
several characters, including size, wing color, and silver-spot patterns, of the
numerous subspecies of Speyeria callippe was clinal. Also they proposed that the
pattern of variation in several characters partitioned populations into several
geographical segregates or subspecies. Despite the large degree of overlap in the
2
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Distribution of Subspecific Taxa
Figure 1. Geographic distribution of the formerly recognized subspecific taxa of Speyeria callippe.
Taxa in large capital letters, with a Great Basin distribution, are green-disced populations, whereas
those represented by the smaller lower-case letters, with a Califomia-Oregon distribution, are brown-
disced populations.
range of variation of numerous wing characters, 16 subspecies are currently rec¬
ognized (dos Passos, 1964; Miller and Brown, 1981).
Several univariate and multivariate numerical taxonomic techniques were used
to analyze the geographic variation in 35 populations scattered throughout the
range of S. callippe. Based on these analyses and other numerical taxonomic
studies (Arnold, 1983, 1985) new conclusions about phenotypic character vari-
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
3
ation and the infraspecific nomenclature of Speyeria callippe are presented. The
presently recognized 16 subspecies (Fig. 1) are reduced to three whose morpho¬
logical features correlate with geography.
Data Collection and Analysis
Materials.— Initially, 35 populations or operational taxonomic units (OTU’s),
were selected for this study (Table 1). Samples of 10 males from each population
were chosen by use of a random numbers table. Each sample was composed of
individuals collected on the same date at the same locality. The subspecific identity
(sensu dos Passos, 1964) of each sample was determined. Nineteen additional
populations were later used as unknowns to test the effectiveness of the characters
under analysis in distinguishing subspecific taxa.
Table 1. List of 35 Speyeria callippe populations (OTU’s) analyzed using univariate and multi¬
variate statistical techniques. OTU’s associated with two subspecific names (e.g., OTU number 2
comstocki: callippe), indicate that these are intermediate populations.
Former
OTU subspecific
OTU no. identity Locality data
CALC
1
comstocki
CHEW
2
comstocki: callippe
MOCH
3
callippe : comstocki
MILL
4
near callippe
LIVE
5
callippe : comstocki
NCAL
6
callippe : comstocki
CALL
7
callippe
NAPA
8
Uliana
LCAL
9
Uliana
LRCA
10
Uliana: rupestris
GLEN
11
Uliana
MEND
12
Uliana
RCAL
13
rupestris
TRIN
14
elaine : rupestris
ECAL
15
elaine
CALS
16
sierra
PLUM
17
sierra: juba
BUTT
18
juba
FIDD
19
juba
ICAL
20
juba
PION
21
laura
ALPI
22
nevadensis
MLCA
23
laurina
LAUR
24
laurina
MCAL
25
macaria
GREE
26
macaria : laurina
TEHA
27
macaria
SCAL
28
semivirida
NEVA
29
nevadensis
HARM
30
harmonia
CALG
31
calgariana
MEAD
32
meadii
UTAH
33
harmonia
GALL
34
gallatini
GUNN
35
meadii
San Diego Co., CA
Chew’s Ridge, Monterey Co., CA
Arroyo Mocho, Alameda Co., CA
Oakland, Alameda Co., CA
Los Mochos Cyn., Alameda Co., CA
Del Puerto Cyn., Stanislaus Co., CA
San Bruno Mtn., San Mateo Co., CA
Mt. Veeder, Napa Co., CA
Boggs Mtn., Lake Co., CA
Eel River, Mendocino Co., CA
Mendocino Pass, Glenn Co., CA
Mendocino Pass, Glenn Co., CA
Shasta-Trinity Co. line, CA
Mt. Shasta, Siskiyou Co., CA
Siskiyou Summit, Jackson Co., OR
Red Clover Valley, Plumas Co., CA
Feather River, Plumas Co., CA
Big Battle Creek, Butte Co., CA
10 mi. E. Fiddleton, Amador Co., CA
10 mi. E. Fiddleton, Amador Co., CA
Washoe Co., NV
Monitor Pass, Alpine Co., CA
Tulare Co., CA
Tulare Co., CA
Glenville, Kern Co., CA
Tehachapi Mtns., Kern Co., CA
Tehachapi Mtns., Kern Co., CA
Harney Co., OR
several counties, NV
several counties, UT
Calgary, Alberta, Canada
several counties, CO
several counties, UT
several counties, WY
Boulder Co., CO
4
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 2. Characters used in univariate, discriminant function and principal component analyses.
Character types are continuous (C) and nonordered (NO) multi-state. Non-correlated characters that
were used in the numerical taxonomic analyses are denoted by a *.
Character
Name
Type
Veins measured or states
*1) FWLE
forewing length
c
base of R to distal end of Ml
2) FWWD
forewing width
c
R4 to 2A at distal margin
*3) FWLW
ratio of forewing
length/width
c
ratio of FWLE/FWWD
4) FDCL
forewing discal cell
length
c
base of M to its junction
with Ml
5) FDCW
forewing discal cell
width
c
Ml to M3 at distal end of cell
*6) FDLW
ratio of forewing
discal cell
length/width
c
ratio of FDCL/FDCW
7) HWLE
hindwing length
c
base of M to distal end of M1
8) HWWD
hindwing width
c
Rs to 2A at distal margin
*9) HWLW
ratio of hindwing
length/width
c
ratio of HWLE/HWWD
*10) HDCL
hindwing discal cell
length
c
base of M to its junction
with Ml
11) HDCW
hindwing discal cell
width
c
Ml to M3 at distal margin
12) HDLW
ratio of hindwing
discal cell
length/width
c
ratio of HDCL/HCDW
*13) DISC
disc color of
hindwing venter
NO
green, brown, or green and brown
*14) SUHW
silver spot pattern
on hindwing
NO
none, only near body, only
distal, or entire wing
*15) USGC
ground color of
dorsal facies
NO
pale yellow, yellow, orange, or
reddish-orange
Characters .—Twelve quantitative (continuous) and 3 qualitative (non-ordered)
wing characters (Table 2) were measured for each of the 350 individuals. Scores
for the 10 males in each population were averaged to derive a population score
for each character. Continuous characters were measured along specified veins
with dial calipers to the nearest 0.1 mm. These characters were selected based on
their ease of measurement. Overall size has been previously used to delimit some
of the subspecies (Howe, 1975; dos Passos and Grey, 1947), thus the continuous
characters were analyzed in an attempt to define the range of size variation in
each subspecies. Length and width raw data were transformed logarithmically to
standardize the data prior to analysis. Thus each character contributes toward the
overall resemblance inversely in proportion to its variability among the entire set
of OTU’s. Characters with a small range of variation contribute equally as char¬
acters with a large range of variation. The characters described by ratios were, by
definition (Clifford and Stephenson, 1975), transformed. A histogram for each
continuous character was plotted to verify that its distribution was normal. For
the three non-ordered characters, each specimen was compared to a series of
standards representing each character state. Pearson product-moment correlation
coefficients were calculated for each pair of characters to determine the extent
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
5
each character imparts unique information as opposed to information in common
with the other characters being analyzed.
Data analysis .—The approach used to analyze geographic variation in the mor¬
phological characters was as follows:
1) partitioning of the variation of each character by analysis of variance (uni¬
variate or SS-STP analysis);
2) correlation of characters in order to represent the variation in them by a
smaller number of factors (principal components analysis);
3) simultaneous comparison of the variation in all characters to portray the
similarities between populations and assess the degree of geographic segregation
of similar populations (discriminant function analysis);
4) test the ability of the characters used to differentiate the 16 subspecies and
determine the best subspecific classification.
Results
Character correlations .—Mean character states for each population were used
to compute the correlation coefficient between every pair of the 15 characters
originally measured. The correlation between characters measures the similarity
(concordance) of their patterns of geographic variation. Seven of the characters
were highly correlated with one or more other characters (>0.70). These were
eliminated from further numerical taxonomic analyses. Thus the geographic vari¬
ation in 8 uncorrelated or weakly correlated characters, FWLE, FWLW, FDLW,
HWLW, HDCL, DISC, USGC, and SUHW, was analyzed (Table 2).
Univariate analysis .—The recognition of 16 subspecies (dos Passos, 1964) and
previous analyses of infraspecific variation (Hovanitz, 1941, 1943) suggest that
the character variation is discontinuous and that the range of callippe can be
divided into different homogeneous regions. This categorization can be tested by
using multiple comparison techniques (Sokal and Rohlf, 1969).
In order to ascertain which characters could partition the 35 populations into
statistically significant subsets, analysis of variance over all localities was per¬
formed for each of the 8 morphometric characters using Power’s (1970) version
of Gabriel’s (1964) simultaneous test procedure (SS-STP), a multiple comparison
test between means (Gabriel and Sokal, 1969). This procedure calculates character
means of populations, ranks the means for each character, and computes ho¬
mogeneous subsets of means based on the variances. Computations were made
using the computer program UNIVAR (Moss, 1969).
Population means were plotted for each character to examine patterns of vari¬
ation. Following the technique of Doyen (1973), shaded circles appear to the left
of the ranked means on the accompanying distribution maps (Figs. 2-9). These
circles do not correlate with the overlapping subsets of the STP technique, but to
a second grouping of the means based on dividing the total range of ranked means
for each character into 5 equal intervals. Largest values are represented by open
circles, and smallest values by closed circles.
Only one character, ventral disc color (DISC) exhibited variation concordant
with geography. All brown OTU’s (depicted by open circles in Fig. 9) occur from
the Sierra Nevada Mountain range to the west coast, while all green populations
(black circles) are located in the Great Basin and Rocky Mtns. (Fig. 9). The green-
brown intermediates (half open-half black circles) are from southern Oregon, an
6
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
L POPULATION
MEAN
GRADIENT
BUTT
21.5
I
PION
21.1
II
- ICAL
21.1
II
HARM
21.0
III
SCAL
20.7
IIII
NEVA
20.6
inn
CALL
20.6
inn
FIDD
20.5
nun
UTAH
20.5
mini
MILL
20.5
nnnn
GUNN
20.2
nnnni
LIVE
20.2
minim
MEAD
20.1
minimi
GALL
19-7
ninninn
CALG
19-6
ninninn
MOCH
19.4
minimi
ALPI
19.4
minim
NAPA
19-3
minim
mlca
19-3
nnnni
CALS
18.9
nnnni
CALC
18.9
nnnn
LAUR
18.9
mini
CHEW
18.8
mini
PLUM
18.8
mini
NCAL
18.7
nnnn
RCAL
18.7
mini
TEHA
18.6
mini
ECAL
18.5
mm
TRIN
18.4
mm
GREE
18.4
mm
MCAL
18.3
inn
LCAL
17.9
nn
LRCA
17-7
in
MEND
17-3
n
GLEN
17.2
i
Figure 2. Results of univariate (SS-STP) analysis for character FWLE. The circles are used to check
for clinal variation in FWLE, after the technique of Doyen (1973).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
7
S...7 “ - - .
jpj
SYMBOL POPULATION
SCAL
CALC
NEVA
CALL
LIVE
HARM
ALPI
UTAH
PLUM
CHEW
MCAL
MEAD
MULL
GALL
MOCH
■MLCA
BUTT
MEND
NCAL
GLEN
LAUR
ECAL
TEHA
GREE
MEAN
1.27
1.27
1.25
1.25
1.24
1 .24
1.24
1.23
1.23
1.23
1.23
1.22
1.22
1.22
1 .21
1.21
1.20
1 .20
19
19
19
18
18
18
18
18
17
1.17
17
17
17
17
16
1.16
1.15
GRADIENT
I
II
III
IIII
inn
nnn
mini
nnnn
innni
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
ilium
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
mini
mini
mm
mm
inn
mi
m
n
n
i
Figure 3. Results of univariate (SS-STP) analysis for character FWLW. The circles are used to
check for clinal variation in FWLW, after the technique of Doyen (1973).
8
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
J ^
* +3t++-J. : m
mm..
..7 - - - . .
1
10 .
V
IL 4 "
#:;*• ..
»•; ••
i
t
L POPULATION
MEANS
GRADIENT
PLUM
3.55
I
CHEW
3.50
II
MILL
3.49
III
NAPA
3.47
1III
CALG
3-43
inn
BUTT
3-43
inn
MOCH
3.43
nnn
UTAH
3-42
nnn
TEHA
3-42
mini
GALL
3-39
nnnn
TRIN
3.38
imiiiii
ALPI
3-38
iiiiiiim
GLEN
3.37
iiiiiiiiin
LIVE
3-32
iiiiiiiiiin
HARM
3.30
iiiiiiiiiiin
LCAL
3.28
iiiiiiiiiiin
MEND
3.28
iiiiiiiiiiin
MLCA
3.26
iiimimm
SCAL
3-24
iiiiiiiiiiin
GREE
3.23
imiiiimm
NCAL
3.22
iiiiiiiiiiiin
RCAL
3.22
iimiiiiim
LRCA
3.21
nnnnnin
FIDD
3.15
iiiiiiiiiin
CALC
3.12
minimi
MEAD
3.11
minim
GUNN
3-08
nnnni
PION
3.08
nnnn
LAUR
3.06
mini
MCAL
3.06
nnn
CALS
3.06
inn
ECAL
3-03
nn
ICAL
2.99
in
NEVA
2.96
n
CALL
2.78
i
Figure 4. Results of univariate (SS-STP) analysis for character FDLW. The circles are used to
check for clinal variation in FDLW, after the technique of Doyen (1973).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
9
* 6 \
.. -
4<'I i
V * 0
- J
C_
If
H
In
V\ /
S'l \
SYMBOL
-&■
POPULTION
MEND
MEAN
1 .25
GRADIENT
I
ALPI
1.23
II
\
s'
s
1
/
t
4-
PLUM
GALL
UTAH
1.16
1.15
1.15
III
III
IIII
1
— r
CHEW
1.14
IIII
TEHA
1. 14
IIII
(
GREE
1.13
IIII
N
V
CALG
1.13
inn
N
MOCH
1.13
nn
(
MEAD
1.12
nn
j \
ICAL
1.12
inn
I t
LIVE
1.12
inn
( \
MILL
1.12
inn
V i
BUTT
1.12
linn
'
NEVA
1. 12
mm
PION
1.11
mini
S <5
HARM
1.10
mini
NCAL
1.10
mini
S |
*
NAPA
1.09
mini
FIDD
1.09
mini
GUNN
1 .09
mini
\—# \
MLCA
1.09
niinii
'' h
CALS
1.09
nnnni
4^
SCAL
LAUR
1.08
1.08
nnnni
nnnni
GLEN
1.07
nnnni
TRIN
1 .07
nnnn
ECAL
1.03
mini
\V
CALL
1.03
mm
4
LCAL
1.03
inn
NCAL
LRCA
1.03
1.01
nn
in
RCAL
0.99
n
CALC
0.98
i
Figure 5. Results of the univariate (SS-STP) analysis for character HWLW. The circles are used
to check for clinal variation in HWLW, after the technique of Doyen (1973).
10
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
•V>
MEANS GRADIENT
NEVA
9.96
I
HARM
9.78 -
II
CALG
9.77
III .
CALL
9.39
IIII-
SCAL
9.37
iiiii.
I CAL
9.25
min
CALS
9.21
min
MLCA
9-17
mm
LAUR
9.02
mm
UTAH
8.72
mini
MCAL
8.52
mini
RCAL
8.52
mini
GALL
8.51
mini
MEAD
8.49
mini
LCAL
8.48
mini
GUNN
8-37
mini
CALC
8.36
mini
LCAL
8:05
nnnn
NCAL
7-94
ninni
PION
7.93
nnnn
LRCA
7-87
nnnn
MOCH
6.84
nnnn
MILL
6.72
mini
CHEW
6.70
mm
LIVE
6.63
iiiii
ALPI
6.54
nn
BUTT
6.53
nn
FIDD
6.42
in
PLUM
6.32
HI
NAPA
6.27
in
GREE
6.21
n
TEHA
6.15
n
TRIN
5-93
n
GLEN
5.60
i
MEND
5.58
i
Figure 6. Results of the univariate (SS-STP) analysis for character HDCL. The circles are used to
check for clinal variation in HDCL, after the technique of Doyen (1973).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
11
** - — 1
.*•
r .
, i ------
m
MEANS gradient
BUTT
4.00
I
CALS
4.00
I
TRIN
4.00
I
ECAL
3-95
II
LCAL
3-90
III
RCAL
3-88
III
FIDD
3-80
nil
PION
3-50
inn
MILL
3-50
inn
LRCA
3.50
inn
CALL
3-40
mn
I CAL
3.35
inn
MEND
3-35
min
GLEN
3-05
mm
MOCH
3.00
mn
MLCA
2.95
inn
NAPA
2.95
nn
NCAL
2.90
mn
CHEW
2.70
nn
LAUR
2.60
in
CALC
2.60
in
LIVE
2.50
nn
MCAL
2.05
nn
TEHA
1.80
nn
ALPI
1.75
nn
GREE
1.65
nn
MEAD
1.40
nn
GUNN
1.10
in
GALL
1.06
n
CALG
1.06
i
HARM
1.05
i
SCAL
1.00
i
PLUM
1.00
i
UTAH
1 .00
i
NEVA
1.00
i
Figure 7. Results of the univariate (SS-STP) analysis for character USGC. The circles are used to
check for clinal variation in USGC, after the technique of Doyen (1973).
12
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
• l -&
m mmim K
Ss@
¥
f^-w
■#
..
’ 7 “ - -
I
m
4 -,,
SYMBOL
MEAN GRADIENT
O-
£
>:
4-
CALC
CHEW
MOCH
MILL
LIVE
NCAL
CALL
NAPA
LCAL
PLUM
ALPI
SCAL
NEVA
HARM
CALG
MEAD
UTAH
GALL
GUNN
CALS
TEHA
ECAL
MEND
LRCA
GLEN
MCAL
GREE
TRIN
RCAL
MLCA
LAUR
PI ON
BUTT
FIDD
ICAL
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.8
3.6
3.5
3.4
3.3
3.2
3.0
2.2
2.0
1.0
1.6
1.6
1.3
1.3
1.0
1.0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
L
I
IT
III
III
ini
iiiii
inn
iiiiii
mm
iiiii
mi
in
in
n
n
i
i
Figure 8. Results of the univariate (SS-STP) analysis for character SUHW. The circles are used to
check for clinal variation in SUHW, after the technique of Doyen (1973).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
13
m
-vffriU
Rft
•Vl'v-:: : .V;:::
;V:^;:;-;7. ; .
ms
• - ^ *
i
>:&} : .‘ : . : ."-s;;.
h
W‘
,7 - - -
- a._
JH
4
SYMBOL POPULATION
CALC
CHEW
MOCH
MILL
LIVE
HCAL
CALL
NAPA
LCAL
LRCA
GLEN
MEND
PCAL
TRIM
ECAL
CALS
PLUM
BUTT
FIDD
ICAL
PI ON
ALPI
MLCA
LAUR
MCAL
GREE
TEHA
-e-
+
SCAL
NEVA
HARM
CALG
MEAD
UTAH
GALL
GUNN
MEAN
2.C
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
GRADIENT
I
I
I
T
X
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
II
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
Figure 9. Results of the univariate (SS-STP) analysis for character DISC. The circles are used to
check for clinal variation in DISC, after the technique of Doyen (1973).
14
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
area where Great Basin and Cascade populations may naturally come into contact.
Discordant variation was noted for the remaining 7 characters (Figs. 2-8), each
of which was characterized by abrupt discontinuities. Only one character, FWLE
(Fig. 2), offered a hint of localized clinal variation. The SS-STP subsets of the
other 7 characters included considerable overlap of green and brown populations.
Discriminant function analyses .—With this technique, measurements of two or
more characters are weighed and combined linearly to provide maximal separation
for two or more groups. Each analysis begins with groups of known identity, in
this case the 16 subspecies sensu dos Passos (1964) and Miller and Brown (1981).
This multivariate method uses the non-overlapping information contributed by
each character to produce a linear function that will classify the known specimens
with a minimum probability of misidentification. Different combinations of char¬
acters may be used to achieve statistical distinction between groups. These pro¬
cedures assist in determining which characters most effectively partition the OTU’s
into groups.
Direct and step-wise discriminant function analyses were performed on the
same data matrix using the Mahalanobis generalized distance, D 2 (Klecka, 1975),
to measure phenetic similarity of groups. The 8 characters were first analyzed
using the direct method, where all variables are simultaneously entered into the
analysis. Discriminant analysis defines axes through the multi-dimensional clus¬
ters of individuals resulting in the maximum separation of the clusters.
Later, a step-wise analysis was performed, in which characters were added or
removed from the discriminant function analysis based on their contribution to
the total distance among multivariate means. This criterion is measured by their
F-values, a statistical indication of the relative importance of each character.
Characters having the largest F-values are repeatedly selected for partitioning
groups of individuals (i.e., clusters) as they contribute more to the classification
process. Each step adds the character with the next highest F-value to yield the
greatest separation of clusters. Thus the step-wise procedure indicates a character’s
importance in separating groups, and the least number of characters necessary to
separate the clusters.
Both analyses revealed that ventral disc color (DISC), a non-parametric char¬
acter, had the greatest power of separation based on the F-values for each of the
8 characters (Table 3). DISC could separate all green populations from all brown
populations, but could not significantly separate any subsets within the green or
brown populations. According to the F-values (Table 3), the next most powerful
separation was based upon a parametric character, HDCL, but it could not separate
the populations into meaningful clusters. DISC was the only character which
could significantly separate local populations.
Linear discriminant function analysis also provides an objective means by which
unknown populations can be classified based on the analyses of the reference
groups. The scores for individuals from each group form distributions, each with
a mean score. The midpoint between mean scores is used to determine group
membership, because this point gives the minimum misclassification. Unless the
separation of known groups is complete, scores for some specimens will fall within
the range of scores delimiting another population, and these individuals would
be misclassified. The rate of misclassification of known specimens provides a
measure to the effectiveness of a set of characters in identifying new specimens.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
15
- 8.00 - 4.25 - 0,50 - 3,25 - 7.00
7.000
- 5.125
■ 3.250
- 1,375
CN
- 0.500 £
- 2.375
- 4.250
■- 6,125
- 8.000
Figure 10. Territorial map of individuals in the 35 Speyeria callippe populations (represented by
letters A-Z and numbers 0-9) based upon discriminant function scores 1 and 2 (axes are labelled DF
1 and DF 2). Centroids of the 35 populations are indicated by stars. Note the extensive amount of
overlap by individuals of different populations.
- 6.125
- 1.875
1,875
5,125
DF 1
The classification routine correctly identified only 82 of 190 unknowns (43.2%)
as members of the local populations to which they actually belong. As a double
check, the 350 individuals which composed the reference populations were then
run as unknowns. Only 161/350 (46.0%) of the individuals were correctly clas¬
sified. Thus most individuals were classified as having their highest group prob¬
ability as members of populations other than that to which they actually belong.
The territorial map of discriminant score 1 vs. score 2 illustrates this degree of
overlap among populations (Fig. 10).
In order to remove any bias introduced into the discriminant functions due to
the three non-parametric (qualitative) characters, a third analysis using only the
5 continuous characters to partition OTU’s was performed. During the classifi¬
cation routine only 60/190 unknowns (31.6%) and 119/350 (34.0%) reference
individuals were correctly classified. This strongly suggests that overall size is a
poor character for distinguishing subspecies of S. callippe.
Principal components analysis (PCA ).—The prior assignment of populations
into arbitrary reference groups is not necessary with this technique. Combinations
of character axes (eigenvectors) representing OTU’s are transformed to uncorre-
16
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 3. Ranking of characters based on their ability to partition populations (OTU’s) as determined
by step-wise discriminant function analysis. Higher F-values indicate characters which best discrim¬
inate between groups.
Character
F to enter or remove
13) DISC
129.9
10) HDCL
35.9
15) USGC
24.6
1) FWLE
7.9
9) HWLW
1.2
3) FWLW
1.1
14) SUHW
1.0
6) FDLW
0.9
lated axes represented in an n-dimensional character hyperspace. The first com¬
ponent accounts for the greatest percentage of variation, the second accounts for
the next greatest percentage of vaiiation, etc., until all variation among all OTU’s
is expressed. Thus, the spatial relationships between OTU’s in the n-dimensional
character space are preserved while the axes are rotated. If a major proportion of
the variability between characters is explained by the first 3 eigenvectors, the
OTU’s can be represented in 3-dimensions without much distortion to their real
relationships. Factor loadings for all characters on each component provide a
basis for inferring which characters are discriminatory and which are uncorrelated.
The first three principal components accounted for 83.2% of the variance ob¬
served (Table 4). Factor loadings for the three non-ordered state characters are
all near zero along the first and second principal components. This indicates that
the qualitative characters contribute little to the character variation along these
components. In contrast, the five continuous characters exhibit higher loadings
along the first and second components. The relative homogeneity of eigenvalues
suggest that the continuous characters along these principal components reflect
general size factors for the OTU’s.
Continuous characters along the third component have low loadings, while the
non-ordered state characters exhibit higher loadings. This indicates that the non-
ordered characters are instrumental in explaining the variation along this com¬
ponent. Continuous characters express differences due to size, while the non-
Table 4. Factor loadings (i.e., eigenvalues) as determined by the principal components analysis.
Factors with the highest eigenvalues explain most of the observed variance.
Factor
Eigenvalue
Percent of
variance
Cumulative
percentage
1
6.05
43.2
43.2
2
3.09
23.0
66.2
3
2.38
17.0
83.2
4
0.80
5.7
88.9
5
0.73
5.2
94.2
6
0.39
2.8
95.9
7
0.25
1.8
98.7
8
0.18
1.3
100.0
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
17
Table 5. Communalities (range 0.0-1.0) of 7 wing characters as determined by principal compo¬
nents analysis. Characters with lower communalities should partition the OTU’s (populations) into
more meaningful groups, i.e., they are most diagnostic.
Character
Communality
1) FWLE
9) HWLW
3) FWLW
6) FDLW
14) SUHW
10) HDCL
15) USGC
13) DISC
0.94540
0.91284
0.75851
0.73140
0.68258
0.61904
0.54793
0.21685
ordered color (DISC and USGC) and silver-spotting (SUHW) characters provide
a more reliable means to discern groupings of OTU’s. Figure 11 graphically
represents the characters in relation to the second and third principal components.
The communalities (Table 5) indicate that most of the size characters are highly
intercorrelated, i.e., in total they explain most of the observed variability. This
is not surprising as 5 of the characters were continuous and displayed a wide range
of variation. In contrast, characters DISC, USGC and SUHW have relatively low
communalities, i.e., when combined with the other 5 characters, they explain a
lesser proportion of the observed variance in the wing characters. As these only
poorly correlate with any size characters, the PCA demonstrates that the three
non-parametric characters, DISC, USGC and SUHW, are best at distinguishing
the groups of OTU’s. These results may be somewhat biased due to the non-
parametric nature of qualitative characters. Nonetheless, other numerical taxo¬
nomic techniques confirm that characters DISC, USGC and SUHW can best
partition the OTU’s (Arnold, 1983, 1985).
Factor loadings of the first three principal components of each OTU were used
to compute factor score for the 35 OTU’s. Figure 12 depicts interrelationships of
OTU’s in the first three principal components and represents 83.2% of the variance
in the original data matrix. The remaining 17% of the variance might modify
positions of the OTU’s as they are depicted in Figure 12. Based primarily on size
characteristics, all green morphs (OTU’s #22, 29-35) cluster together near the
center of the plot. However, several morphs from the North Coast Range (OTU’s
#12, 14), South Coast Range (#2), Sierra Nevada (#16, 17) and Tehachapi Moun¬
tains (#23, 24, 26, 27) also lie in the same general area. Only the 3 S. callippe
juba OTU’s and the S. callippe laura OTU’s (#18, 19, 20, 21) form a discrete
cluster. S. callippe callippe, S. c. comstocki, and S. c. Uliana OTU’s (#1-12) are
bisected by the cluster of green-morph OTU’s. Thus the principal components
analysis corroborates the finding of the discriminant function analysis that overall
size is a useless character for distinguishing subspecies of Speyeria callippe. Qual¬
itative characters such as DISC, USGC, and SUHW can better partition individ¬
uals into populations than size characteristics.
Discussion
The description and explanation of variational patterns may be examined one
character at a time or with many characters simultaneously. The trend in geo-
18
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
graphic variation studies has been from univariate and bivariate analyses to multi¬
variate analyses (Gould and Johnston, 1972). Multivariate studies reveal not just
correlations between characters, but correlations among suites of characters within
the sampled populations.
My univariate and multivariate analyses of geographic variation, indicate that
many of the characters previously used to distinguish subspecies of S. callippe
are useless as taxonomic characters. This study, one on phenetic variation in non-
ordered state characters (Arnold, 1983), and another on the relationship of geo¬
graphic variation in morphological and climatic variables (Arnold, 1985), dem¬
onstrate that most of the previously recognized subspecies of callippe are invalid
based on the currently used characters. If subsets of OTU’s derived via the uni¬
variate analysis are homogeneous for the characters in question, and there is a
pattern to the variation, it should belong to geographically contiguous regions
(Sneath and Sokal, 1973). Those sets of localities that are statistically homogeneous
and geographically contiguous can be categorized as being biologically homoge¬
neous and recognized taxonomically as subspecies. The univariate analysis dem¬
onstrates that the variation in 7 of the 8 characters is discordant. The pattern of
variation in only one character, ventral disc color (DISC), correlates with geog¬
raphy and can be used as a basis for delimiting subspecies. Similarly, the multi¬
variate techniques corroborate that DISC is the best character for partitioning
populations, while the 5 continuous characters vary discordantly and the OTU’s
cannot be effectively grouped. DISC, USGC, and SUHW exhibit less variability,
and thus can more effectively partition the populations. One advantage of PCA
is that the relationships between the OTU’s can be viewed without prior clustering,
in this study, the grouping of populations into subspecies. Another important
feature is that the trends in variability can be related to the actual characters
which cause them (Moulton, 1973).
PCA has been used successfully in examining populations for phenetic inter¬
mediacy (Rising, 1968, 1970); however, since the technique does not maximize
differences between biologically meaningful reference samples, it is not as powerful
a tool for studies of hybrid or blend zones, or zones of abrupt phenetic transition
as is discriminant analysis (Rohwer, 1972). Indeed, the discriminant analysis
indicated that the previously recognized 16 subspecies were so poorly defined that
only 43.2% of the individuals of unknown subspecific identity could be correctly
identified based upon the same characters other lepidopterists have used to dis¬
tinguish these “subspecies.”
One of the major objections expressed by the opponents of the subspecies is
that the trinominal system forces biologists to make arbitrary decisions that fre¬
quently distort the real nature of character variation and bias subsequent analysis
(Hagmeier, 1958; Wilson and Brown, 1953). Also, most of the thorough studies
of geographic variation show that independent characters vary discordantly in
space (Gillham, 1956), in time (Doutt, 1955; Packard, 1967; Mason, 1964), and
that single-character variation tends to be clinal (Sibley, 1954). As the environ¬
ment exerts differing selective forces on differing characters one should expect
that discordant variation will occur more frequently than concordant variation.
The phenotypes thus assembled under the name of a subspecies might be so
heterogeneous that the subspecies concept loses nearly all meaning. Often the only
practical way to identify subspecies, such as those recognized by many butterfly
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
19
taxonomists, is by geographic location. Yet this may obscure the true patterns of
geographic variation in a species.
Statistical analyses of geographic variation have advantages over more subjec¬
tive methods. They are repeatable, knowledge obtained subsequently can be in¬
corporated, and are objective to the extent that they attempt to describe variation
before partitioning into subspecies. A thorough character analysis can demonstrate
that discontinuities are correlated with disjunct distributions or with abrupt changes
in the environment. These qualities are all too often absent in systematic procedure
at the infraspecific level.
Many subspecies have been based on too few characters, poorly chosen char¬
acters, or inadequate analysis of geographic variation of characters (Wilson and
Brown, 1953). Diagnostic markings and other slight external characters of neces¬
sity serve as prime criteria for distinguishing museum specimens. Nevertheless,
the objective of many describers of subspecies is to discern minute typological
differences in samples of populations from different localities rather than to study
the similarity of samples or variability within a population (Burt, 1954; Hubbell,
1954). The mere pigeonholing of populations at infraspecific levels, especially
when the range of variation has not been ascertained for several characters, con¬
veys a false impression of uniformity (Bogert, 1954). Subspecific names should
be employed to designate recognizably different assemblages of populations within
a species (Mayr, 1969).
Revision of the Subspecific Tax a of Speyeria callippe
Results of the several numerical taxonomic techniques employed in this study
and others (Arnold, 1983, 1985), provide a basis for making taxonomic deci¬
sions at the infraspecific level. The 16 currently recognized subspecies of Speyeria
callippe are reduced to 3 taxa: callippe callippe (Bdv.), callippe nevadensis (Ed¬
wards), and callippe semivirida (McDunnough).
Ventral disc color (DISC) is the best character for distinguishing the 3 subspecies.
All populations with brown ventral discs, no matter what shade of brown, should
be referred to as S. callippe callippe. These include silvered and unsilvered pop¬
ulations and those with several shades of brown scaling varying from reddish-
brown to chocolate brown in color, and ranging from the Mt. Shasta-Trinity Alps
region to San Diego, California.
Populations from southeastern Oregon, with greenish-brown or brownish-green
ventral discs are grouped as S. callippe semivirida. All green disced populations
from the east slope of the Sierra Nevada Mtns. and Great Basin are grouped as
S. callippe nevadensis.
Most characters previously used are too variable to diagnose subspecies. These
include general size, silver-spot pattern, spot color, dorsal melanization, dorsal
ground color, and ventral margin banding characters (Arnold 1983, 1985). The
revised taxonomy is as follows:
callippe callippe { Bdv.), 1852
c. comstocki (Gunder), 1925 New Synonym.
c. Uliana (H. Edwards), “1876” (1877) New Synonym.
c. elaine dos Passos and Grey, 1945 New Synonym.
c. rupestris (Behr), 1863 New Synonym.
20
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
HORIZONTAL FACTOR 2 vs. VERTICAL FACTOR 3
15 = d isc
Figure 11. Graphic representation of principal components numbers 2 and 3 based upon characters
FWLE, FWLW, FDLW, HWLW, HDCL, USGC, SUHW, and DISC. The underlying cause of hori¬
zontal factor number 2 is attributed to overall size, whereas vertical factor number 3 is largely due to
wing coloration characters.
c. juba (Bdv.), 1869 New Synonym.
c. laura (Edwards), 1879 New Synonym.
c. sierra dos Passos and Grey, 1945 New Synonym.
c. macaria (Edwards), 1877 New Synonym.
c. laurina (Wright), 1905 New Synonym.
callippe nevadensis (Edwards), “1870-71” (1870)
c. harmonia dos Passos and Grey, 1945 New Synonym.
c. meadii (Edwards), “1872-73” (1872) New Synonym.
c. gallatini (McDunnough), 1929 New Synonym.
c. calgariana (McDunnough), 1924 New Synonym.
callippe semivirida (McDunnough), 1924.
Implications for Conservation
The San Bruno Mountain (San Mateo County, California) population of Spey-
eria callippe callippe was proposed for recognition as an Endangered Species by
the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service in 1978. Although the butterfly is no longer
known from its type locality, San Francisco, Howe (1975) believed that the name
Speyeria callippe callippe applied to the population at nearby San Bruno Moun¬
tain. Housing developments threaten to destroy a significant portion of the but¬
terfly’s habitat at this site. In 1978, the Endangered Species Act of 1973 could
legally recognize invertebrates as Endangered Species at the population, subspe¬
cies, or species level. However, the Tellico Dam-Snail Darter controversy resulted
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
21
Figure 12. Three-dimensional plot of 35 Speyeria callippe populations based on the first three
principal components. Labels PC 1, PC 2, and PC 3 on the axes refer to the first three principal
components. Populations are coded as in Table 1.
in several amendments to the Endangered Species Act, including nomination of
only formally named taxa, i.e., unnamed invertebrate populations could no longer
be proposed for protection. Considerable ecological study of San Bruno Mountain
S. callippe has been conducted since 1976 (Arnold, 1981; Reid and Arnold,
unpubl. data). Although this population of S. callippe is no longer considered a
distinct subspecies whose range is restricted to only San Bruno Mountain, it may
represent a unique ecotype, similar to the situation recently elucidated by Murphy
and Ehrlich (1980) for Euphydryas editha (Bdv.) in the San Francisco Bay Area.
However, comparable ecological studies of other Bay Area S. callippe populations
have not been completed.
Summary
Univariate and multivariate statistical analyses of geographic variation in 8
wing characters of Speyeria callippe revealed that only one character, ventral disc
22
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
color (DISC), can partition populations into meaningful groups. Other size and
color characters used to differentiate previously recognized subspecies do not
correlate with geography. These analyses provide a basis for revision of the sub¬
specific taxonomy of S. callippe. The 16 previously recognized subspecies are
reduced to three, whose morphology correlates with geography.
Acknowledgments
Several people lent me specimens used in this study: Dr. P. H. Amaud, Jr.
(California Academy of Sciences), J. DeBenedictis, Dr. R. W. Garrison, Dr. J. E.
Hafemik (San Francisco State University), S. O. Mattoon, and Dr. S. R. Sims
(University of California, Davis). My wife, Debbie, accompanied me on several
of the field trips to procure specimens and was an invaluable assistant. Drs. H.
Y. Daly, J. T. Doyen, T. Duncan, P. R. Ehrlich, and J. A. Powell reviewed earlier
drafts of this manuscript and agree with my conclusions. An anonymous reviewer
provided insightful comments that improved this paper. The Computer Center
and College of Natural Resources at U.C. Berkeley provided several computer
research grants. Dr. Duncan also provided a considerable amount of computer
time through his user’s group at U.C. Berkeley.
Literature Cited
Arnold, R. A. 1981. Distribution, life history, and status of three California lepidoptera proposed
as endangered or threatened species. California Department of Fish and Game. Contract No.
S-1620. Final report, 39 pp.
-. 1983. Speyeria callippe (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae): Application of information—theoret¬
ical and graph-clustering techniques to analyses of geographic variation and evaluation of
classifications. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 76:929-941.
-. 1985. Geographic variation in morphometric wing characters of Speyeria callippe (Bdv.)
and its relationship to climate, (in prep.).
Behr, H. 1863. On Californian lepidoptera. No. III. Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., 4:84-93.
Bogert, C. M. 1954. The indication of infraspecific variation. Systematic Zoology, 3:111-112.
Bohme, V. W. 1978. Das Kuhnelt’sche Prinzip der regionalen Stenozie und seinen Bedentung fur
das Subspecies-Problem: ein theoretischer Ansatz. Z. Zool. Syst. Evol.-forsch., 16:256-266.
Boisduval, J. A. 1852. Lepidoptera de la Califomie. Ann. Ent. Soc. France, 21:275-324.
-. 1869. Lepidopteres de la Califomie. Ann. Soc. Ent. Beige, 12:1-94.
Burt, W. 1954. The subspecies concept in mammals. Systematic Zoology, 3:99-104.
Clifford, H. T., and W. Stephenson. 1975. An introduction to numerical classification. Academic
Press, New York, 229 pp.
dos Passos, C. F. 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lepidopterist’s Society Memoir
No. 1, 145 pp.
-, and L. P. Grey. 1945. Genitalia of Argynninae. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Novitates No. 1296,
29 pp.
-, and-. 1947. Systematic catalogue of Speyeria with designations of types and fixation
of type localities. Amer. Mus. Nat. His. Novitates No. 1370, 57 pp.
Doutt, J. 1955. Terminology of microgeographic variation in mammals. Systematic Zoology, 4:179-
185.
Doyen, J. T. 1973. Systematics of the genus Coelocnemis (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). A quantitative
study of variation. University of California Publications in Entomology, 73:1-113.
Edwards, H. 1877. A new species of North American butterfly. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 7:170.
Edwards, W. H. 1870. Descriptions of new species of diurnal lepidoptera found within the United
States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 3:10-32.
-. 1872. Descriptions of new species of diurnal lepidoptera found within the United States.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 4:61-70.
-. 1877. A new Argynnis from California. Field and Forest, 3:886-887.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
23
-. 1879. Descriptions of new species of butterflies collected by Mr. H. K. Morrison, in Nevada,
1878; also, remarks on some errors of synonymy and arrangement. Can. Ent., 11:49-56.
Gabriel, K. R. 1964. A procedure for testing the homogeneity of all sets of means in analysis of
variance. Biometrics, 20:459—472.
-, and R. R. Sokal. 1969. A new statistical approach to geographic variation analysis. Systematic
Zoology, 18: 259-278.
Gillham, N. W. 1956. Geographic variation and the subspecies concept in butterflies. Systematic
Zoology, 5:110-120.
Gould, S. J., and R. F. Johnston. 1972. Geographic variation. Annual Review of Ecology and
Systematics, 3:457-498.
Gunder, J. D. 1925. Several new varieties of and aberrant lepidoptera from Canada. Ent. News, 36:
1-9.
Hagmeier, E. M. 1958. Inapplicability of the subspecies concept to the North American Marten.
Systematic Zoology, 7:1-7.
Hovanitz, W. 1941. Parallel ecogenotypical color variation in butterflies. Ecology, 22:259-284.
-. 1943. Geographical variation and racial structure of Argynnis callippein California. American
Naturalist, 77:400—425.
Howe, W. H. 1975. The butterflies of North America. Doubleday & Co., Inc., Garden City, New
York, 633 pp.
Hubbell, T. H. 1954. The naming of geographically variant populations. Systematic Zoology, 3:113—
121 .
Klecka, W. R. 1975. Discriminant Analysis. In N. H. Nie, C. H. Hull, J. G. Jenkins, K. Steinbrenner
and D. H. Bent (eds.). SPSS statistical package for the social sciences. McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
Inc., New York, pp. 434-467.
Mason, L. G. 1964. Geographic and temporal variation in natural populations of Tetraopes tetraoph-
thalmus. Systematic Zoology, 13:161-181.
Mayr, E. 1969. Principles of systematic zoology. McGraw-Hill Cook Co., Inc., New York, 428 pp.
McDunnough, J. 1924. Some new Canadian Argynnid races. Can. Ent., 56:42-43.
-. 1929. Notes on some diurnal lepidoptera from Yellowstone Park and the adjacent regions
of Montana. Can. Ent., 61:105-107.
Miller, L. D., and F. M. Brown. 1981. A catalogue/checklist of the butterflies of America north of
Mexico. Lepid. Soc. Memior No. 2, 280 pp.
Moeck, A. H. 1957. Geographic variability in Speyeria. Milwaukee Entomol. Soc. Special Publi¬
cation, 48 pp.
Moss, W. W. 1969. UNIVAR program instructions (photocopied for distribution). 5 pp.
Moulton, T. P. 1973. Principal component analysis of variation in form with Oncaea conifera
Giesbrecht, 1891, a species of copepod (Crustacea). Systematic Zoology, 22:141-156.
Murphy, D. D., and P. R. Ehrlich. 1980. Two California checkerspot butterfly subspecies: one new,
one on the verge of extinction. Journal Lepid. Soc., 34:316-320.
Packard, G. C. 1967. House sparrows: evolution of populations from the Great Plains and Colorado
Rockies. Systematic Zoology, 16:73-89.
Power, D. M. 1970. Geographic variation of red-winged blackbirds to Central North America.
University of Kansas Publications of the Museum of Natural History, 19:1-83.
Rising, J. D. 1968. A multivariate assessment of interbreeding between chickadees, Parus atricapillus
and P. carolinensis. Systematic Zoology, 17:160-169.
-. 1970. Morphological variation and evolution in some North American orioles. Systematic
Zoology, 19:315-351.
Rohwer, S. A. 1972. A multivariate assessment of interbreeding between the meadowlarks, Sturnella.
Systematic Zoology, 21:313-3 3 8.
Sette, O. E. 1962. Variation in the silvering of Argynnis callippe in the interior mountain area of
south-central California. Journal of Research on the Lepidoptera, 1:3-20.
Sibley, C. G. 1954. The contribution of avian taxonomy. Systematic Zoology, 3:105-110.
Sneath, P. H. A., and R. R. Sokal. 1973. Numerical Taxonomy. W. H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco,
573 pp.
Sokal, R. R., and F. J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry. W. H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, 776 pp.
Wilson, E. O., and W. L. Brown, Jr. 1953. The subspecies concept and its taxonomic application.
Systematic Zoology, 2:97-111.
Wright, W. G. 1905. The butterflies of the west coast of the United States. Whittaker & Ray Co.,
San Francisco, 257 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 24-25
Aleiodes sp. (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) Reared from an
Anomalous Host, an Adult of the Eremochrysa punctinervis
Species Group (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae)
James B. Johnson
Division of Biological Control, Department of Entomological Sciences, Uni¬
versity of California, Berkeley, California 94720. Present address: Department of
Plant, Soil and Entomological Sciences, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho
83843.
During the course of a study concerning the bionomics of some symbiote-using
Chrysopidae (Insecta: Neuroptera) approximately 200 adults of a population be¬
longing to the Eremochrysa punctinervis species group were collected in Gates
Canyon, Solano Co., California. The adult chrysopids were attracted to mixed
ultra violet/visible lights between 23 April and 25 September during the summers
of 1978-1980.
The newly collected adults were housed in Dixie® unwaxed 8 oz squat containers
with clear plastic lids and were supplied with artificial honeydew (Johnson and
Hagen, 1981, Nature, 289:405-407) and water. Although the containers were free
of other insects and plant material, on 2 occasions solitary hymenopterous larvae
were observed in the cartons within 2 days of the collection date. Unfortunately,
only one was noticed before the dead adult chrysopids were removed from the
carton. In this case, a female was found with a collapsed abdomen and an emer¬
gence hole behind tergite VIII. This larva died, but the other larva matured. The
adult was identified as Aleiodes sp. (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). However, after
the subfamily Rogadinae is revised, this species will not remain in Aleiodes
(Shenefelt, pers. comm.).
The Rogadinae are known to parasitize only lepidopterous larvae (Krombein et
al., 1979, Cat. Hymenop. Amer. N. of Mex., Vol. 1). Therefore, this would be a
radical departure from the known host range of the subfamily. Still, it seems
certain that the adult chrysopids were the hosts since there were no other insects
in the cartons and the larvae were green, as would be expected if they had fed on
the chrysopids. In addition, other Braconidae are known to parasitize a wide
variety of insects and life stages, including adult Chrysopidae (Clancy, 1946, Univ.
Calif. Pubs. Ent., 7(13):403-496; Krombein et al., 1979, Cat. Hymenop. Amer.
N. of Mex., Vol. 1). So an adult chrysopid host would not be a major shift in the
context of the family as a whole. However, it seems probable that this was merely
a case of incidental parasitism of an atypical host. While the observed rate of
parasitism was approximately 1% for E. punctinervis adults, many, apparently
conspecific, adult wasps came to the mixed ultraviolet/visible lights. Therefore,
it may be that the wasp normally parasitizes some lepidopterous larvae, but
occasionally oviposits in chrysopid larvae. This could explain the apparent dis¬
crepancy between the low rate of parasitism observed and the abundance of adult
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
25
parasites, and the emergence from an adult host, which is unusual for the Ro-
gadinae.
I wish to thank Dr. P. A. Adams, Department of Biological Sciences, California
State University, Fullerton, California 92634, for identifying the Eremochrysa
and Dr. R. D. Shenefelt, 630 Oak St., Oregon, Wisconsin 53575, for identifying
the Aleiodes, plus his comments on the classification of the Rogadinae.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 26-31
Myrmecomorphic Miridae (Hemiptera) on Mistletoe:
Phoradendrepulus myrmecomorphus, n. gen., n. sp., and a
Redescription of Pilophoropsis brachypterus Poppius
Dan A. Polhemus and John T. Polhemus
(DAP) Department of Biology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112;
(JTP) 3115 S. York Street, Englewood, Colorado 80110.
Recent collections in Arizona have revealed a diverse and bizarre array of
Miridae inhabiting desert mistletoe ( Phoradendron californicum). Several myr¬
mecomorphic forms are present, including a new genus and a species that has
previously been described under two different names for the different sexes. In
this paper, Phoradendrepulus myrmecomorphus, n. gen., n. sp. is described, Pil¬
ophoropsis balli Knight is placed as a junior synonym of Pilophoropsis brachyp¬
terus Poppius, and the female of Pilophoropsis brachypterus is redescribed.
All specimens treated herein are held in the Polhemus collection (JTP) unless
otherwise noted.
Phoradendrepulus , New Genus
Description.— Head broad, short, triangular as viewed from above; antennae
long, slender, apical segments slightly thickened. Pronotum large, raised, quadrate;
collar well defined; calli indistinct. Mesoscutum well exposed; scutellum sharply
elevated, conical. Hemelytra short, brachypterous, coriaceous, barely attaining
base of abdomen, posterior margins raised, rounded, clavus and cuneus indistin¬
guishable. Abdomen constricted basally, globose posteriorly with conspicuous
pleural fold. Legs long, slender; coxae and femora stout; length of tarsal segment
3 subequal to lengths of basal two combined; claws small, parempodia hair-like,
pul villi minute. Rostrum long, extending past hind coxae. Male genitalia of phy-
line-type; right clasper small, leaf-shaped (Fig. lb); left clasper larger, cup-shaped
(Fig. la). Overall body ant-like in form; both sexes brachypterous and very similar
in general facies.
Discussion.— On the basis of pretarsal structure and form of the genitalia, Phora¬
dendrepulus, n. gen. belongs in the subfamily Phylinae. It appears most closely
allied to Cyrtopeltocoris, in particular the head shape, conical scutellum, and ant¬
like habitus are extremely reminiscent of Cyrtopeltocoris females. Phoradendre¬
pulus, n. gen. may be separated immediately from other North American phylines
by its unique ant-like form and brachypterous condition in both sexes, and by its
large, quadrate pronotum.
Etymology .—The name Phoradendrepulus (m.) is derived from Phoradendron,
the host plant genus, and epulo, Latin for feaster, alluding to the association of
these bugs with mistletoe.
Phoradendrepulus myrmecomorphus , New Species
Description.—Brachypterous male: Small, ant-like; length 2.48 mm; width across
pronotum 0.76 mm; width across abdomen 1.12 mm.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
27
Figure 1. Phoradendrepulus myrmecomorphus, n. gen., n. sp., male genitalia, a. Left paramere. b.
Right paramere.
Head dark brown, rugose; frons with transverse striae; a pair of stout setae
present anteriorly between eyes; clypeus thickly set with fine gold hairs; vertex
two times dorsal width of an eye, set with four stout dark setae; eyes reddish
brown, anterior margins well separated from antennal sockets. Antennae brown;
segment I short, stout, bearing three stout setae; segments II and III longer, slender;
all segments clothed with short recumbent golden pubescence; lengths of segments
I-IV (in mm): 0.24; 0.80; 0.64; missing.
Pronotum orange brown, raised, quadrate, posterior angles infuscated in some
specimens; surface rugose, covered with very fine, short, upright, golden pubes¬
cence; calli indistinct. Mesoscutum broadly exposed, sloping downward poste¬
riorly to scutellum; scutellum raised, conical, covered with fine gold hairs; a long
seta present on each side of conical apex. Hemelytra orange brown, brachypterous,
a small pallid area present centrally in some specimens; posterior margins up¬
turned, smoothly rounded, barely attaining base of abdomen; surface with fine,
recumbent gold hairs; several long setae present distad along hemelytral com¬
missure.
Abdomen black, polished, shining, globose, basal segments constricted; dorsal
surface with fine, recumbent gold hairs, intermixed with longer upright gold setae;
pleural fold prominent basally.
Ventral surface orange brown; rostrum light brown, set with very fine, erect,
short hairs; length 1.52 mm, reaching beyond hind coxae. Legs orange brown;
fore coxae red, pallid basally, middle and hind coxae pallid; femora and tibiae
clothed with fine recumbent gold hairs; tibiae set with stout spines; middle tibiae
with a row of evenly spaced, fine, erect hairs on inner face; tarsal segment 3 as
long as basal two segments combined. Venter of abdomen black, polished, set
with numerous short, recumbent gold hairs and scattered long, upright hairs.
Male genitalia of phyline-type (see Fig. la, b); right clasper small, trough-shaped;
left clasper larger, cup-shaped, with two spinose projections.
Brachypterous female: Generally similar to male in color and structure (see Fig.
2); stridulatory apparatus present. Length 2.88 mm; width across pronotum 0.80
mm; width across abdomen 1.28 mm. Lengths of antennal segments I-IV (in
mm): 0.28; 0.84; 0.56; 0.48. Hind femora with sclerotized ridge (plectrum) on
inside face of basal half, positioned to rub against microserrate costal margin of
28
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
hemelytra (strigil). Ovipositor sheath long, extending caudad two-thirds length of
abdomen to base of stemite 8.
Discussion.—Phoradendrepulus myrmecomorphus, n. sp. inhabits mistletoes
(Phoradendron californicum ) parasitizing mesquite ( Prosopis juliflora). The in¬
sects are invariably taken in the company of myrmicine ants ( Crematogaster sp.),
and this, along with an exceptional ant-like habitus that makes the insects quite
difficult to distinguish from ants in the field, suggests that the species is myrme-
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
29
cophilic. Another notable feature of this unusual mirid is a stridulatory mechanism
consisting of a raised ridge located basally on the hind femur (plectrum) positioned
to contact a striate costal margin on the hemelytra (strigil). The striations of the
costal margin are very fine and difficult to see, and appear to be present only on
the distal portion in the male.
The antennal proportions given in the description were taken from specimens
having four segments on each side, however an unusually high percentage (25%)
of the specimens in our small sample exhibit antennal oligomery. The antennal
proportions of the specimens exhibiting oligomery are as follows:
Antennal segment
Sex
Date collected
I
II
III
2
X-13-82
L&R
1.2
3.8
2.9
2
VIII-10-82
L
1.2
5.8
—
R
1.1
4.0
missing
In the associated series of Pilophoropsis brachypterus collected from the same
trees, only one specimen of 17 exhibited unilateral oligomery. Antennal oligomery
is not an unusual phenomenon in Heteroptera (Leston, 1952), however the un¬
usually high occurrence in Phoradendrepulus myrmecomorphus leads us to spec¬
ulate that the extremely restricted habitat and mobility of these flightless insects
has led to extensive inbreeding and further that this extensive inbreeding is the
causal factor in the oligomery. The less frequent occurrence in Pilophoropsis
brachypterus would consequently be explained by the greater interdeme gene flow
permitted by the mobility of the macropterous males of the latter species. Of the
dozens of mesquite trees sampled, only a few large trees had populations of these
two species of myrmecomorphic bugs, and these were in general separated by a
mile or more of harsh desert. Given the apparently restricted vagility of Phora¬
dendrepulus myrmecomorphus individuals, gene exchange between local popu¬
lations of this species is undoubtedly very infrequent.
Etymology.— Derived from the greek myrmex, ant, alluding to the ant-like
habitus.
Material examined.— Holotype, 6, and allotype, 2: ARIZONA, Maricopa Co.:
Ariz. Hwy. 87 at Verde River, Ft. McDowell Indian Res., VIII-10-82, J. T.
Polhemus (JTP). Paratypes: 2 2, same data as type; 2 2, same locality as types,
V-24-82; 1 <3, 1 2, same locality as types, X-13-82 (all JTP).
Pilophoropsis brachypterus Poppius
Pilophoropsis brachypterus Poppius, 1914, Ann. Soc. Entomol. Belg., 58:249 (n.
gen., p. 249; n. sp., p. 250).
Pilophoropsis balli Knight, 1968, Brig. Young Univ. Sci. Bull., 9:176. New syn¬
onymy.
Pilophoropsis brachypterus was originally described by Poppius from a bra-
chypterous female specimen taken at “Hot Springs,” Arizona. Knight, over 50
years later, examined several macropterous males from various localities in Ar¬
izona and described them under the name Pilophoropsis balli. One of us (JTP)
has studied the types of both species at the USNM. A long series taken from
30
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
i mm
Figure 3. Pilophoropsis brachypterus Poppius, adult female, dorsal view.
mistletoe, Phoradendron californicum, at Ft. McDowell, Arizona, near Phoenix,
now reveals that the two species are synonymous, with P. balli the junior synonym
of P. brachypterus. Knight’s 1968 description of the male, along with a figure of
its bizarre genitalia, need not be repeated here, but a redescription of the female,
in English, is provided to facilitate future identification of this unusual species.
The insect is apparently confined to the Sonoran desert; to date no macropterous
females have been found.
Brachypterous female: Small, ant-like (see Fig. 3); length 2.96 mm; width across
pronotum 0.56 mm; width across abdomen 1.00 mm.
Head brown, shining, concave along posterior margin; width 0.76 mm; eyes
small, not protrusive; vertex wide, equal to two times the dorsal width of an eye;
frons smooth, set with fine gold setae; lora prominent, expanded. Antennae brown,
segment I paler; segment I with a pair of stout setae; segments II-IV thickly set
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
31
with short, stiff setae; segments III and IV thicker than segment II, subequal in
thickness to segment I; lengths of segments I-IV (in mm): 0.20; 0.56; 0.36; 0.36.
Pronotum dark brown, shining, weakly campanulate, convex in side view; calli
large, tumid, glabrous, with broad longitudinal sulcus between; surface covered
with fine, short golden hairs. Scutellum dark brown, shining; anterior lobe up¬
turned, almost vertical; posterior lobe flat, with a band of silvery, scale-like hairs
running transversely across middle.
Hemelytra short, brachypterous, reaching only to posterior margin of tergite 4;
dorsal surface brown, mostly dull, finely rugose, sparsely set with long, erect,
bristle-like black setae; a transverse band of silvery, scale-like hairs across base
of clavus joins a similar band on scutellum; two small patches of silvery hairs
present anteriorly between costal and radial veins; another transverse band of
silvery hairs present distad on corium near apex of clavus, broadly interrupted
across clavus; clavus with three transverse bands of silvery hairs on apical half;
cuneus dark brown, polished, with a patch of fine gold hairs present on posterior
margin; membrane greatly reduced, dark brown, polished, inner margin rugulose.
Abdomen black, shining, rounded, sparsely set with fine, erect gold hairs; pleural
fold present basally.
Ventral surface dark brown; rostrum length 1.12 mm, reaching between middle
coxae; abdomen with fine recumbent gold hairs intermixed with longer, upright
gold hairs; ovipositor sheath extending posteriorly three-quarters the length of
segment 7. Legs brown; coxae, trochanters, and bases of femora pallid; set with
short golden hairs, femora with a few longer hairs on posterior faces; tibiae with
stout dark spines; terminal tarsal segment longer than preceding two taken to¬
gether.
Records.— ARIZONA, Pima Co.: Tucson, IX-22-20, 1 6 , E. D. Ball (USNM);
Rincon Mountains, 1056 m (3300'), IX-2-38, 1 <3, A. A. Nichol (USNM); Catalina
Springs, IV-15, 1 <3, E. A. Schwarz (USNM). Maricopa Co.: Ft. McDowell Ind.
Res., Ariz. Hwy. 87 at Verde River, CL 1632, VI-2-81, 2 <3, 1 nymph; VIII-10-
82, 2 <3, 4 2, 1 nymph; X-13-82, 1 <3, 8 2; all J. T. Polhemus (JTP).
Acknowledgments
We wish to thank Thomas J. Henry, of the U.S. National Museum, Washington,
D.C., and Randall T. Schuh, of the American Museum of Natural History, New
York, for their help and advice in the preparation of this manuscript.
Literature Cited
Knight, H. H. 1968. Taxonomic review: Miridae of the Nevada Test Site and the western United
States. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., 9(3): 1-282.
Leston, D. 1952. Antennal oligomery in Heteroptera. Nature, 169:890.
Poppius, B. 1914. Ubersicht der Pilophorus -Arten nebst beschreibung verwandter Gattungen (Hem.
Het.). Ann. Soc. Entomol. Belg., 58:237-254.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 32-37
The Life History of Ophraella notulata (F.) on Western Ragweed,
Ambrosia psilostachya De Candolle, in Southern California
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)
R. D. Goeden and D. W. Ricker
Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, California
92521.
Despite an extensive and intensive survey of the phytophagous insect fauna of
western ragweed, Ambrosia psilostachya, in southern California during 1968—
1970, we failed to detect and hence did not include Ophraella notulata among
the 130+ insect species reported from this widespread native plant (Goeden and
Ricker, 1976c). However, while sweeping plants along Kitchen Creek at the south¬
ern end of the Laguna Mountains in San Diego Co. on October 17, 1979, we
encountered this beetle on western ragweed from which it is now reported, pre¬
sumably for the first time from California (Wilcox, 1965; Welch, 1978).
Distribution and host plants. — Wilcox (1965) listed O. notulata in North Amer¬
ica from as far west as Arizona. Welch (1978) described its distribution as “. . .
throughout most of the continental United States, parts of Canada . . . , and as
far south as Guatemala ...” exclusively on so-called “common ragweed,” A.
artemisiifolia (F.). He noted the apparent absence of common ragweed and O.
notulata from southern California, the latter supposition based on our still valid,
negative collection records from several other native ragweeds (Goeden and Rick¬
er, 1974, 1976b). We also have collected eggs, larvae, and adults of O. notulata
at Kitchen Creek from cocklebur, Xanthium strumarium L., a close ragweed
relative, from which this leaf beetle is newly reported (Hilgendorf and Goeden,
1982, 1983). In the insectary, O. notulata additionally has been reared from egg
to adult on potted plants of A. chenopodiifolia (Bentham) Payne, A. confertiflora
De Candolle, A. dumosa (Gray) Payne, A. eriocentra (Gray) Payne, and A. ilicifolia
(Gray) Payne. Apparently, none of these ragweeds is attacked by O. notulata in
nature (Goeden and Ricker, 1975, 1976a, 1976b).
Biology. — The biology of O. notulata was studied in the field on western ragweed
at Kitchen Creek during 1979-1982, and in the insectary of the Division of
Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, at 27 ± 1°C, 40-70%
relative humidity, and a 16/8-hr (light/dark) photoperiod. This supplements the
study by Welch (1978) of O. notulata on common ragweed in Connecticut.
Egg.— Welch (1978) described the pyriform eggs (Fig. la) and illustrated the
microscopic, hexagonal sculpturing of the chorion. Fifty eggs from our insectary
culture measured 0.05 mm smaller in mean greatest width, but otherwise fit his
description.
In insectary cagings, most fertile eggs were lightly, but firmly glued at their
larger ends in clusters to the leaves of potted plants or bouquets of freshly excised
branches. A few (<1%) infertile eggs also were found within these egg masses.
Infertile eggs produced by unmated females and by older females towards the end
of their oviposition periods were loosely scattered individually or in small, irreg-
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
33
ular clusters on the foliage and cage surfaces. Of 456 masses of fertile eggs ex¬
amined, 296 (64.9%) were compact, elongate clusters (Fig. la); 91 (20.0%) were
linear, single or double-ranked series; and 69 (15.1%) were loose, irregular clusters.
Of 654 egg masses examined, 590 (90.2%) were laid on the undersides of leaves;
the remainder, on the adaxial leaf surfaces. Many of the latter clusters were laid
on leaves bent sharply upward or downward from their usual, nearly horizontal
positions. Of 679 egg clusters examined, 212 (32.3%) were attached to a lateral
lobe of a leaf alongside or straddled a primary vein, 143 (21.1%) were deposited
on the terminal leaf lobe and commonly straddled the midrib, 57 (8.4%) were
located in the angle of the midrib and a primary lateral vein, 44 (6.5%) were laid
on a basal leaf lobe, and 4 (0.6%) were attached to a petiole wing. A simple
experiment indicated that this egg placement partly was a response to gravity, as
all 22 egg clusters laid on the leaves of 5 straight branches held vertically, but
reversed 180°, were attached to the upside-down, adaxial leaf surfaces.
An average of 13.3 ± 0.2 (±SE) (range: 2-41) eggs were counted in 833 clusters
recovered from insectary cagings. The distribution of eggs per mass was skewed
such that only 41 (ca. 5%) of these clusters contained 23 or more eggs. Few fertile
eggs were laid singly. Welch (1978) reported much larger masses averaging 36
eggs in his cagings.
Field observations on egg mass placement and size supported our insectary
findings. At Kitchen Creek, 21 egg masses were found attached to the underside
of cauline leaves located an average of 18 ± 1.7 (range: 5-35) cm below the apical,
staminate inflorescences and 13 ± 1.6 (range: 0-30) cm above the lowest, living
leaves on mature plants.
Larva .—Eggs hatched in 5 or 6 days in the insectary. The first instars emerged
headfirst through irregular holes chewed in the chorions just below and lateral of
the apical papillae (Fig. lb). Larvae from the same egg mass usually hatched
within a few hours of each other. Some masses apparently consisted of eggs laid
by the same or different females on successive days. Embryonic development and
hatching were delayed for a distinct segment of the eggs in such masses, which
probably were artifacts of insectary culture. Eclosion took as little as 10 min. The
empty chorion was abandoned and leaf feeding began as soon as 1 min after
eclosion.
Welch (1978) reported head capsule measurements for each of the 3 instars. In
insectary rearings of 21 isolated larvae on bouquets of fresh branch terminals,
larval development lasted 12 ± 0.6 (range: 12-14) days. An average of 3.5 ± 0.1
(range: 3-4) days (ca. 30%) at the end of this period was spent as a nonfeeding
prepupa in a coarse silk cocoon. This prepupal period averaged a day longer than
Welch (1978) reported. On western ragweed, the first larval stadium lasted 4 days;
the second stadium, 2-3 days; and the third stadium, 5-7 days. The larvae grew
in length from 1.0-2.4 mm as first instars to 3.5-7.0 mm as third instars.
Feeding symptoms of the first instars were small “shot-hole” lesions in the
nearer epidermis and mesophyll to, but not through, the opposite epidermis. This
instar fed somewhat gregariously for a day or so, then began to disperse both
upward and downward on the stems to feed as scattered individuals or in small
groups. Molting, like feeding, usually occurred on the underside of a leaf, although
some first instars fed and molted atop leaves. Second instars fed as scattered
individuals and usually molted on the underside of leaves. Third instars skele-
34
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 1. Life stages of Ophraella notulata. (a) Egg mass, 13 x. (b) Newly hatched larvae, 17.3 x.
(c) Third instars and feeding damage on leaf of western ragweed, 4.1 x. (d) Cocoon containing prepupa,
6.7 x. (e) Gravid female, 8 x. (f) Adults in copula, 6.8 x.
tonized the leaves from the upper and lower surfaces and left the midribs, primary
lateral veins, and opposite epidermis largely intact (Fig. lc). Dark brown-black,
subcylindrical, fecal pellets littered the foliage upon which the larvae fed, the
foliage beneath, as well as the cage floors. Unlike Welch (1978), we observed no
tendency for the larvae to migrate at dusk toward the terminal growth of potted
plants caged either in the insectary or in a sunlit greenhouse.
The fully grown third instar usually began construction of its cocoon away from
feeding areas on the upper surface of a leaf along and over a midrib or a lateral
vein. Cocoon formation was initiated at various times of the day and night and
continued to completion during both the photophase and scotophase. The first
step in cocoon formation was the stringing of several, transverse, silk strands
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
35
between the leaf or leaf lobe margins across the larval dorsum. Contrary to Welch
(1978), who reported the silk to be a “maxillary secretion,” we found it to issue
as a clear, viscous liquid from an opening on the prostemum between the fore
coxae. The gland orifice is a narrow, circular, sclerotized ring that appears two¬
lipped when closed. The head of the larva periodically dipped postero-ventrally
as it secured additional mouthfuls of this secretion. The thoracic sterna and coxae
shone from a coating of the secretion. The freshly formed, clear, silk strands
darkened to golden yellow, then to reddish brown. After several transverse strands
were laid, the process began of joining them with other strands and connecting
these to the leaf surface and margins. The strands from which the cocoon was
fashioned were irregular in length and diameter and formed an open meshwork
through which the contents could be seen (Fig. Id). Strands were thickened (1)
by running a single strand between the mouthparts while depositing a coating of
the secretion, (2) by coating in a similar manner 2 or more strands held together
with the mouthparts, and (3) by incorporating plant hairs broken or chewed from
the leaf surface into the strand coating. The fore legs and mouthparts were used
to manipulate the strands while spinning. The surface of the leaf upon which the
cocoon was formed was kept relatively free of silk and rubbed smooth by the
body movements of the larva. The larva moved actively about within the cocoon
under construction by adhering to the leaf surface with its posterior, ventral
“proleg” or by grasping the webbing from inside with its middle and hind legs.
Turning itself end-over-end, the larva arched its dorsum upward against the
forming cocoon and thus used its body as a template to shape this structure. The
larva rested periodically during cocoon formation and these resting periods be¬
came longer as the cocoon neared completion. The finished cocoon (Fig. 1 d) had
a flattened teardrop shape inside that was roughly twice the width and one and
a half the height of the larva. Externally, the cocoon lay appressed to the leaf
surface and tapered at one end to a semicircular opening; the other end was
rounded and closed inside, but flared outward externally. One larva was observed
to take 7Vi hr to complete its cocoon.
Pupa. — Prior to pupation the larva partially backed out through the open mouth
of its cocoon and voided a pile of dark, liquid feces on the leaf surface. Molting
subsequently occurred inside the cocoon, where the cast exuviae usually was
deposited behind the exarate pupa at the inner mouth of the cocoon. The pupal
stage of 19 individuals averaged 4 ± 0.1 (range: 3-4) days in the insectary.
Adult .—The adult (Fig. le, f) was described in detail by Horn (1983). Welch
(1978) illustrated an adult in dorsal view and the terminal, abdominal, sternal
characters useful in separating the sexes.
Beetles emerged from cocoons through holes usually chewed in the end opposite
the cocoon opening, but occasionally exited through the top or at the same end
as the opening. Like Welch (1978), we noted that adults emerged only during the
photophase. Depending on the generation involved, the emerged adults feed on
leaves, mate, and either reproduce or overwinter as discussed below. Also like
Welch (1978), we noted that mating could occur within 1 or 2 days after beetle
emergence in the insectary.
All of 6 females individually reared from eggs in the insectary initially oviposited
5 days after they had molted to adults within their cocoons. Each of 21 mating
pairs collected at Kitchen Creek on October 17, 1979, were caged separately with
36
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
an excised branch of western ragweed which was checked for eggs and replaced
daily during the oviposition period of each female. These beetles normally would
have overwintered and not have reproduced until the following summer; however,
after feeding under insectary conditions, the females began to oviposit in an
average of 9 ± 1 (range: 3-21) days. Fourteen of the 21 females that subsequently
were not accidentally killed or escaped laid an average of 667 ± 60 (range: 385—
1206) eggs during a 66 ± 6 (range: 32-106) day oviposition period. Based only
on the days when they oviposited, an average of 45 ± 4 (range: 25-67) days each,
these 14 beetles laid 15 ± 0.4 (range: 1-57) eggs daily. These females were observed
in copula (Fig. If) an average of 5 (range: 3-11) times and lived an average of 9
(range: 1-14) days after they ceased oviposition. The 16 males that did not die
prematurely or escape lived 151 ± 14 (range: 83-260) days after they were col¬
lected; the 14 females that oviposited lived 83 ± 7 (range: 42-123) days after
they were collected.
Seasonal history. —Ophraella notulata is multivoltine in southern California.
The beetles overwinter as mated adults, which Welch (1978) also reported from
Connecticut. The earliest date that we swept beetles from vegetative shoots of
western ragweed at Kitchen Creek was June 17. The leaf beetle was readily cultured
in glass-topped sleeve cages as described by Gilstrap and Goeden (1974) on potted
western ragweed, which itself is readily propagated vegetatively. Under insectary
conditions, O. notulata completed a generation each month under continual cul¬
ture for 27 generations. Ophraella notulata probably produces at least 3 genera¬
tions annually at Kitchen Creek. The last generation, developing on mature plants
in October and early November, was most numerous. Distribution of immatures
and adults was patchy in 1981, but quite uniform in 1982, judging from sweep
net samples along the margins of Kitchen Creek.
Mortality factors.— No parasites were reared from egg masses collected in the
field. Egg predation by a large, red mite (Acarina: Anystidae) was observed. Partly
and wholly collapsed eggs were commonly collected at Kitchen Creek. Larvae
were fed upon by nymphs and adults of Perillus splendidus (Uhler) (Hemiptera-
Heteroptera: Pentatomidae) in the field. Chaetonodexodes vanderwulpi (Town¬
send) (Diptera: Tachinidae) was reared as a solitary, endoparasite from prepupae
collected in cocoons.
Acknowledgments
Ophraella notulata was identified by Dr. T. N. Seeno, Insect Taxonomy Lab¬
oratory, California Department of Food and Agriculture, Scaramento. Dr. J. A.
McMurtry, Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, iden¬
tified the anystid mite. Dr. D. Wilder, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII,
% U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C., identified the
“very interesting and uncommon tachinid.”
Literature Cited
Gilstrap, F. E., and R. D. Goeden. 1974. Biology of Tarachidia candefacta, a Nearctic noctuid
introduced into the U.S.S.R. for ragweed control. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 67:265-270.
Goeden, R. D., and D. W. Ricker. 1974. The phytophagous insect fauna of the ragweed, Ambrosia
acanthicarpa, in southern California. Environ. Entomol., 3:827-834.
-, and-. 1975. The phytophagous insect fauna of the ragweed, Ambrosia confertiflora,
in southern California. Environ Entomol., 4:301-306.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
37
-, and-. 1976a. The phytophagous insect fauna of the ragweed, Ambrosia dumosa, in
southern California. Environ. Entomol., 5:45-50.
-, and-. 1976b. The phytophagous insect faunas of the ragweeds, Ambrosia chenopo-
diifolia, A. eriocentra, and A. ilicifolia, in southern California. Environ. Entomol., 5:923-930.
-, and-. 1976c. The phytophagous insect fauna of the ragweed, Ambrosia psilostachya,
in southern California. Environ. Entomol., 5:1169-1177.
Hilgendorf, J. A., and R. D. Goeden. 1982. Phytophagous insects reported worldwide from the
noxious weeds, spiny clotbur, Xanthium spinosum, and cocklebur, X. strumarium. Bull. Ento¬
mol. Soc. Am., 28:147-152.
-, and-. 1983. Phytophagous insect faunas of spiny clotbur, Xanthium spinosum, and
cocklebur, Xanthium strumarium, in southern California. Environ. Entomol., 12:In press.
Horn, G. H. 1893. The Galerucini of boreal America. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc., 20:57-144.
Welch, K. A. 1978. Biology of Ophraella notulata (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Am., 71:134-136.
Wilcox, J. A. 1965. A synopsis of the North American Galerucinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae).
N.Y. State Museum Sci. Ser. Bull., 400:1-226.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 38-39
Scientific Note
Description of the Previously Unknown Male of Ophrynon levigatus
Middlekauff (Hymenoptera: Symphyta, Orussidae)
Recently Dr. Henry A. Hespenheide 1 sent me two Orussidae for identification.
These had been collected at different times and localities in connection with his
studies of the ecology and taxonomy of Buprestidae. One submitted specimen, a
male, is the previously unknown opposite sex to the recently described unique
female, the holotype of Ophrynon levigatus Middlekauff. The second orussid
specimen was an unrelated new genus and species from Panama.
The male specimen emerged from wood of Quercus dumosa Nutt, collected by
D. S. Verity, April 2, 1978 at 3500' elevation in the Santa Rosa Mountains,
Riverside County, California. The scrub oak wood was being held in a cage for
insect emergence, and the following Buprestidae came from the same collection
which produced the male levigatus : Acmaeodera knullorum Barr; A. linsleyi Ca-
zier; A. vulturi Knull; Acmaeoderopsis guttifera (Le Conte); and Hesperorhipis
jacumbae Knull. Verity thought that due to their larger size, one of the Acmaeodera
would most likely be the host of the orussid.
The holotype female was described (Middlekauff, 1984) from a specimen col¬
lected April 3, 1956 at Brawley, Imperial Co., California.
Ophrynon levigatus Middlekauff
Plesioallotype male.— Length 5 mm. Head, antennae, and abdomen black. Knees
(apices of femora), outer faces of tibiae (Fig. 5), and a spot on lower apical portion
of stigma whitish (Fig. 1). Basal two-thirds of femora, and undersides of tibiae
dark amber. Tarsi somewhat lighter amber. Fore wing clear, lacking a pale band
below the stigma. Venation as in Figure 1. Apical veins of the wing beyond M
(forming base of discoidal cell) and a cu-a clear, hardly discernible. Cross vein 2
r-m appears to be absent, but in good light is seen to extend but half way across
the base of cell 2R S . Veins in the hind wing, Figure 2, except for the base of R,
are, if present, so faint as to be indiscernible.
Facial carinae not as pronounced as in the female, but present and enclosing
the frons (Fig. 4). A low, faint carina bisects the frons as shown in the female.
Each shallow pit on the face bears a single, small seta and the area between the
facial pits is smooth and shiny. Postocular carina and surrounding area similar
to female. Legs similar. Scutellum with similar pits, but lacks the anterior notch.
Hind femur swollen (Fig. 5) slightly more than 2.5 times longer than broad.
Hypopygium as shown in Figure 3.
The specimen is in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco, California.
1 Department of Biology, University of California, Los Angeles, California.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
39
Figures 1-5. Ophrynon levigatus Middlekauff, plesioallotype, <3. Fig. 1. Forewing. Fig. 2. Hindwing.
Fig. 3. Hypopygium, ventral view. Fig. 4. Head, frontal view. Fig. 5. Hind femur and tibia, lateral
view.
Literature Cited
Middlekauff, Woodrow W. 1983. A revision of the sawfly family Orussidae for North and Central
America (Hymenoptera: Symphyta, Orussidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 101:1-46.
Woodrow W. Middlekauff, Department of Entomology, University of Califor¬
nia, Berkeley, California 94720.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 40-41
Scientific Note
Occurrence of the Cotoneaster Webworm, Athrips rancidella, in
California (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae)
The Palearctic moth, Athrips rancidella (Herrich-SchaefFer), is widespread in
Central and South Europe and occurs in Turkmenia, S.S.R., presuming the syn¬
onymy to be correct (Sattler, 1968, Dt. Ent. Zeit., N.F., 15:115; 1978, ibid., 25:
59). Its larvae feed on Rosaceae: Cerasus, Cotoneaster, and Prunus, according to
records for its synonyms (Spuler, 1913, Kleinschmett. Europas, 361; Schutze,
1931, Biol. Kleinschmett., Verlag Int. Ent. Yerein, 116; Busck, 1934, Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., 36:82; Kuznetsov, 1960, Akad. Nauk SSR, Trudy, 27:34). This
species was discovered at Portland and Eugene, Oregon, in 1929, and had been
recorded at several sites in northern Oregon and at Vancouver, Washington, by
1934 (Roaf et al., 1937, J. Econ. Ent., 30:134). In the Pacific Northwest, larvae
were found on Cotoneaster horizontalis, a deciduous, ornamental shrub that orig¬
inated from China; and the adventive population was described as Cremona
cotoneastri by Busck (1934, loc. cit.), in the belief that it was an undescribed
species introduced from the Orient. Subsequently this moth has been collected
in coastal British Columbia, Washington, and Oregon (USNM records; Hodges,
in litt.).
Larvae of A. rancidella were found in Berkeley, California, on Cotoneaster
congesta, by L. E. Casher and R. F. Gill, students in our Immature Insects course,
in early May 1983. C. congesta, which is sometimes known as C. microphylla
var. glacialis, is a low-growing Himalayan shrub with dense foliage, superficially
resembling C. microphylla, and both are popular evergreen ornamentals. Another
collection of larvae and pupae, made May 13, produced adults from May 17 to
June 23 (JAP 83E50). Subsequent surveys of several other species of Cotoneaster
in the vicinity did not reveal presence of the conspicuous larval damage. C.
congesta is not a commonly used ornamental in Berkeley; C. lactea {=Parneyi)
and other slender, arching species with sparse, tomentose leaves are much more
abundant, at times weedy, but evidently are not selected by A. rancidella.
According to Roaf et al. (1937, loc. cit.) the insect is univoltine, and young
larvae spend the winter in silken hibemacula on the branches. In Berkeley, most
of the feeding occurred in spring, when the black larvae covered the branches
with dense silken webs, from which they foraged, encompassing the entire foliage.
Feeding primarily was skeletonizing of the leaf surfaces, so that the whole shrub
became a caked mass of silk, frass, and brown leaves. By late July the plant showed
evidence of recovery, with green foliage distally, and no larvae were discovered
feeding on the new growth.
In 1984, another colony was discovered in Berkeley, by Ward Russell and W.
W. MiddlekaufF. Larvae caused similarly conspicuous damage on the same or¬
namental shrub, and moths emerged in late May and the first week of June (JAP
84E126). The second site is about 1.0 airline km east of the first, at a higher
elevation.
I thank R. A. Beatty, Dept. Landscape Architecture, U.C. Berkeley, for infor¬
mation on the cotoneasters, and R. W. Hodges, Systematic Entomology Labo-
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
41
ratory, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., for identification of
the moth and literature references.
J. A. Powell, Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 42—47
Life History and Biology of Pyrausta orphisalis Walker
(Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) on Mint in Washington 1
C. L. Campbell and K. S. Pike
Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Irrigated Agriculture
Research and Extension Center, Prosser, Washington 99350.
Abstract.—Pyrausta orphisalis Walker is a foliage feeder of spearmint and pep¬
permint in Washington during its larval stages. Three generations occur per year,
with typically five larval instars per generation. The life history of each generation
is illustrated and various biological data are provided, viz., information on flight
behavior, mating, adult longevity, ovipositional behavior, fecundity, immature
development, larval habitat, feeding damage, overwintering, and natural enemies.
Pyrausta orphisalis Walker is a small (wing span, 14-16 mm), distinctive, orange
and brown day-flying moth, which according to Munroe (1976) occurs along
Canada’s southern tier from Newfoundland to the Fraser Valley of British Co¬
lumbia, south to northern Florida, the Sierra Blanca of New Mexico, Sonoma
and Modoc counties, California. The moth frequents commercial mints [Scotch
spearmint {Mentha spicata ), native spearmint (M. cardiaca), and peppermint {M.
piperita )] for nectar and oviposition, and at times, may be observed by the hundreds
in flight in the field. Population levels will vary from year to year and between
areas in Washington. The larvae feed on mint foliage and have been considered
economically important on occasion by growers.
Descriptions of the life stages of P. orphisalis have been reported previously
(Walker, 1859; Munroe, 1976; Campbell and Pike, 1984), but little information
has been published on the life history or biology of the insect. Frick (1961)
mentioned that there appear to be three generations a year, that the larvae feed
on the terminal growth of mint, and that adults are sometimes extremely numerous
in August. The purpose of our study was to document the life history and basic
biology of P. orphisalis. Our principal objectives were to determine 1) the number
of generations per year and seasonal occurrence of each, 2) mating behavior,
oviposition, and fecundity, 3) larval behavior and feeding damage to mint, 4) the
developmental times for immatures, 5) the overwintering stage, 6) adult flight
behavior and longevity, and 7) the natural enemies of P. orphisalis. Voucher
specimens are on deposit at the Washington State University, Irrigated Agriculture
Research and Extension Center, Prosser, Washington.
Materials and Methods
Field and laboratory studies were conducted over a 2-year period (1981-1982)
at the Washington State University, Irrigated Agriculture Research and Extension
1 Scientific Paper No. 6491, Washington State University, College of Agriculture Research Center,
Pullman. Project 4412. This research was made possible in part by funds provided by the Washington
Mint Commission and the Mint Industry Research Council.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
43
Center, Prosser. Where practical, observations and studies of P. orphisalis were
carried out on mint under cultivated field conditions. It was often necessary,
however, to observe the same individuals over time, which required the use of
cages or containers to confine the insect. For the field, cylinder cages (15-cm
diameter, 30-cm height), constructed of cellulose-nitrate plastic and vented at the
top with saran screening (400-jum mesh), were employed unless stated otherwise;
for the laboratory, clear plastic (5-cm diameter, 2-cm height) or glass (5-cm di¬
ameter, 2-cm height) petri dishes or cylinder cages (15-cm diameter, 30-cm height,
2.5 x 2.5-cm wire mesh covered with plastic wrap) were used. All adults and
immatures observed in the laboratory were held or cultured under a light and
temperature regime of 16/8 hr (light/dark) and 23-28°C/20.5°C, respectively.
The general life history and habits of P. orphisalis, including the occurrence in
time of its different life stages and number of generations per year, were determined
on the basis of near-daily (May to September) or weekly (April, September to
mid-November) field observations and sampling of spearmint and peppermint.
Mint cuttings, sampled randomly from the field, were usually viewed with a hand
lens or binocular microscope to detect eggs and distinguish first and second larval
instars; third, fourth, and fifth instars, prepupae, pupae, and adults were discern¬
ible without magnification. The overwintering stage of P. orphisalis was deter¬
mined by periodic inspection (October through February) of caged mint, stocked
heavily in late August with second generation adults (100+/cage, two cages used,
each 1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5 m).
Mating, ovipositional period, and fecundity were studied using virgin females
paired with males held on mint under laboratory cage, or on mint leaves in petri
dishes. Fecundity was also assessed on the basis of eggs dissected from virgin
females, reared from collected ultimate instars previously held for ca. 1 week on
caged mint in the field. Egg placement on the plant was determined by field
observation, and systematic sampling and evaluation of mint cuttings. Egg eclo-
sion and mortality were evaluated from eggs on mint in the field and the laboratory.
The developmental times for immatures were determined mainly from labo¬
ratory studies. The feeding sites and habits of each instar were determined through
field observation, as were data on pupation.
Parasitoids were reared from host larvae in the laboratory and subsequently
identified by specialists (Table 1). Predator information was derived from field
observations.
Results and Discussion
There were three generations of Pyrausta orphisalis that developed annually in
Washington. The life history of each is illustrated in Figure 1. The overall gen¬
eration times (in terms of length) were quite similar for the first two generations,
but substantially longer for the third. Similarly, field developmental times, in
terms of equivalent immature life stages for the first and second generations, as
well as the egg, first, second, and third larval instars of the third generation were
quite comparable; the fourth and fifth larval instars and prepupa of the third
generation, however, required more time to develop than their earlier equivalents,
perhaps due to cooler seasonal temperatures. There was overlap in life stages
within and between generations, particularly during the summer (Fig. 1). None¬
theless, there were peak periods of abundance for each life stage in each generation,
44
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Parasitoids of Pyrausta orphisalis Walker in Washington reared from field-collected host
larvae, Prosser, 1981-1982. 1
P. orphisalis
instar
No.
reared
No.
parasitized
% para¬
sitized
p.
spinator 1
% of total parasitization
Cotesia M. cam- S.
sp . 3 pestris 3 bilineatus 2
Unknown
tachinid
sp . 4
I
50
1
2
100
—
—
—
—
II
81
3
4
100
—
—
—
—
III
191
20
10
75
20
5
—
—
IV
218
48
22
71
23
6
—
—
V
384
43
11
78
10
10
1
1
Total or x
924
115
12
74
17
7
1
1
1 Identification of Ichneumonidae by Drs. J. R. Barron and J. E. H. Martin, Biosystematic Res.
Instit., Agric. Canada, Ottawa, Ont., Canada; Braconidae by Dr. P. M. Marsh, Systematic Entomology
Lab., USDA, Beltsville, Md.
2 Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae.
3 Hymenoptera: Braconidae.
4 Diptera: Tachinidae.
e.g., first generation, first instar larvae in 1982 were most prevalent during the
first week in June, though some were present before and after that date. Over¬
wintering by the third generation prepupa began in October or November, fol¬
lowed by pupation in April or May, and finally adult emergence in May.
The moth is diurnal; white/blacklight traps operated nightly (concurrent with
peak daytime flight periods) yielded negative results. Striking orange and brown
coloration made the moth distinctive in the field coupled with its characteristic
short, often jerky, rapid flight. The moth seldom ventured far from mint fields,
usually staying just above or within the mint’s upper canopy. Between flights,
short resting periods by the moth commonly occurred on the undersides of mint
leaves. Sound perception in adults was acute; a camera’s shutter click was sufficient
to cause resting moths to take flight. Both sexes of the first two generations took
nectar from mint flowers during daylight hours.
Mating was observed only in the afternoon and at dusk in the field. Periodically,
large field aggregations of males (up to 100 estimated) were observed in flight
around a female, or in flight near a mating pair usually hidden in mint foliage,
suggesting the female released or used a sex pheromone to lure males. Males in
aggregations, were observed with external genitalia extended. In the laboratory,
once a male and female were paired, mating occurred within a period of a few
hours to about 3 days, preceded by presumed calling of the female resting upside
down from a plant or container and with its antovipositor extended. Copulation,
which can last for nearly an hour, was initiated immediately upon approach by
a male to a stationary female. During union, moths faced in opposite directions
and generally moved about short distances. Mating occurred during the same day
as emergence or anytime within the first 6 days following emergence.
Initial oviposition commenced generally two days after mating and lasted from
1 to 6 days, x = 3 (n = 8). Fecundity, based on laboratory studies, was extremely
variable ranging from 1 to 196 eggs, x = 115 (n = 9). We also observed that
unmated females deposited a few eggs. Dissected virgin females contained 17 to
75 mature eggs, x = 35.4 (n = 30).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
45
o
<
20 30 10 20 30 10 20 30 10 20 30 10 20 30
AUG SEPT OCT NOV MAY
Figure 1. Life history and generations of Pyrausta orphisalis Walker in central Washington, 1981-
1982 [n (2-year, 3-generation totals) = eggs, 719; larvae, 1717; adults, 3063],
Females lit frequently to oviposit in the field, usually depositing eggs singly,
but occasionally in clusters of two to three. If four or more eggs occurred at one
site on the plant, it was due to separate visits by the same or different moths.
Females typically probed prospective sites with their antovipositors prior to egg
deposition. Eggs (n = 719) were usually laid on leaf buds, small leaves subtending
the buds, among flowers, and less frequently, on larger terminal leaves or stems.
Interestingly, egg mortality appeared to be related to ovipositional site; egg mor¬
tality on larger leaves and stems reached ca. 60% (n = 128), while mortality for
those among small terminal leaves and flowers was only 5% (n = 509). The ap¬
pearance of unhatched eggs included partial clearing, collapse, color change to
yellow or orange, no development, or partial development but without eclosion.
In the laboratory, eggs hatched in ca. 4 days. The stemmata of the pharate larva
became visible after 3 days and the head capsule darkened on the fourth.
Developmental time from egg to adult was temperature dependent; for larvae
(n = 70) reared in cohorts at 28°C/20.5°C (16/8 hr, light/dark) in the laboratory,
the mean was 32 days. For individually cultured larvae (n= 17) at 23°C/20.5°C
(16/8 hr, light/dark), the mean was 38.5 days. Under July-August field conditions,
the average total time was 34 days (n = 70). There were five larval instars in each
generation. Based on laboratory studies, the stadia of the first four instars were
ca. 4 (n = 50), 3.5 ± 0.7 {n = 29), 3.5 ± 1.1 (n = 27), and 4.0 ± 1.2 (n = 24)
days, respectively. The fifth instar had two distinct phases, an actively feeding
green-phase which lasted 5.3±1.3(« = 24) days, followed by a nonfeeding brown-
46
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
phase which lasted 1.8 ± 0.6 (n = 24) days. The prepupa and pupa lasted 1.7 ±
0.6 (n = 19) and 10.7 ± 0.6 (n= 17) days, respectively. Although five instars
were typical, a sixth (male or female) occurred occasionally (Campbell and Pike,
1984). In such cases, the third and fourth instars lasted about 1 extra day, a green-
phase fifth about a day shorter, followed by a green-phase sixth lasting about 5
days; the remaining stages were comparable to the “typical” individual. Since the
sixth instar was uncommon it was not included in Figure 1. Adults used for
studying fecundity lived 6 to 13 days, x = 9 (n = 13). Virgin females, however,
lived as long as 21 days.
Since eggs were usually laid singly, larvae were usually found one per branch
terminal, but two to three were fairly common. Following eclosion, first instars
bored into leaf buds or fed among the small subtending leaves. Feeding damage
by the first instars was noticeable only with close inspection. Some peppermint
plants showed a slight chlorosis at or near the point of feeding. First instars often
inhabited and fed individually within single flowers making them difficult to
detect. Prior to moulting, first instars constructed single loose-weave silk shelters
in the bud or in the leaves directly below the bud. Ecdysis took place in the shelters
followed by about one day of inactivity by the new larvae. The exuviae were
usually consumed by the larvae.
The second instar was often found in the same locations on the plant as the
first, except not usually inside the flowers. It often hid among the flowers and fed
on the calyxes, or the basal aspects of the leaves. Third instars typically occurred
among small leaves subtending the bud or among larger leaves. These larger leaves
were often silked together by the larvae. Damage by this instar consisted of chewing
holes or removing upper leaf tissue in transverse bands at mid-leaf, causing leaf
dieback distal to the feeding. Leaves tied together by silk occurred not only with
the first three instars, but also the fourth and fifth. These silked together leaves
served not only as ecdysial shelters, but also retreats on and in which larvae fed.
It was not uncommon for a single individual during feeding and development to
construct several shelters. Fourth and fifth instars clearly caused the most plant
damage. These latter instars were highly active and moved freely through the crop
canopy, often feeding on several plants. Feeding ceased with the brown-phase
fifth instar, which would leave the plant to construct pupal shelters on the soil.
The shelters consisted of fallen mint leaves or soil particles silked together. Adults
emerged through the proximal end of the pupal shelters.
A number of natural enemies were found associated with P. orphisalis. The
reared parasitoids included ichneumonids, braconids, and a tachinid (Table 1).
Pristomerus spinator Fabricius (Hym., Ichneumonidae) was the most predomi¬
nant in the rearings. It parasitized commonly third through fifth instars, rarely
first or second. Initial parasitization probably began with thirds, since they were
the first to venture into the more open, vulnerable microhabitats. The host gen¬
erally reached the pupal stage before death and eventual consumption by the
parasitoid. Cotesia sp. (Hym., Braconidae) was about one-fifth as prevalent as P.
spinator. It also attacked third through fifth instar larvae, but differed from P.
spinator in that it caused death in the host earlier, generally by the fourth or fifth
instar. Cotesia sp. pupated in a self-spun cocoon within a feeding shelter, but
outside its host. Meteorus campestris Yier (Hym., Braconidae), a less abundant
parasitoid than Cotesia sp., attacked third through fifth instar larvae and caused
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
47
death to the brown-phase fifth. Generally, the fifth completed its pupal shelter
before death. Only single specimens of Stictopisthus bilineatus Thomson (Hym.,
Ichneumonidae) and an unknown tachinid fly were obtained in the rearings.
Collectively, the five species encountered caused 12% mortality to P. orphisalis
based on the findings averaged over the 2-year study.
Predators of P. orphisalis included minute pirate bugs, Orius sp. (Hemiptera:
Anthocoridae), feeding on the eggs, and big-eyed bugs, Geocoris sp. (Hemiptera:
Lygaeidae), reduviid hemipterans and thomisid spiders feeding on the larvae.
Literature Cited
Campbell, C. L., and K. S. Pike. 1984. Descriptions of the life stages of Pyrausta orphisalis (Lepi-
doptera: Pyralidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 60:332-336.
Frick, K. E. 1961. Control of insects and mites attacking mint in central Washington. J. Econ.
Entomol., 54(4):644-649.
Munroe, E. 1976. Pyraloidea (in part). Pp. 119-120, Fasc. 13-28 in R. B. Dominick et al., The
moths of America north of Mexico. The Curwen Press, London.
Walker, F. 1859. List of specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum.
London, Pt. 17, p. 310.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 48-49
The First Record of the Delphacid Liburniella ornata in
California (Homoptera: Fulgoroidea)
Stephen W. Wilson and Raymond J. Gill
(SWW) Department of Biology, Central Missouri State University, Warrens-
burg, Missouri 64093; (RJG) California Department of Food and Agriculture,
Sacramento, California 95814.
Liburniella ornata (Stal) has been reported from Maine south to Florida and
west to Texas, Nebraska, and Minnesota (Metcalf, 1943) as well as Bermuda (Van
Duzee, 1909) and possibly Ecuador (see Muir, 1926). The only record of its
occurrence west of the Rocky Mountains is that of Downes (1927) for British
Columbia.
L. ornata is common and widely distributed in the eastern United States (Os¬
born, 1938) and is often collected in grassy meadows (Wilson, pers. obs.). It has
been recorded feeding on black walnut (Juglans nigra L.) (Nixon and McPherson,
1977), and has been collected in June and from September to mid-October in
Illinois (Weber and Wilson, 1981). Otherwise, no information is available on its
biology. An adult was illustrated by Metcalf (1923) and the male genitalia were
figured by Muir (1926).
We recently found three specimens of L. ornata from California among un¬
identified delphacids in the B. P. Bliven collection which has been acquired by
the California Academy of Sciences and the California Department of Food and
Agriculture.
The label information for the specimens is as follows:
CALIFORNIA: Humboldt Co., Fieldbrook, 23 July 1939, coll. B. P. Bliven, 1
male, 1 female; Pepperwood, Greenlaw Creek, 9 September 1973, coll. B. P.
Bliven, 1 female [brachypter].
Although L. ornata is of widespread occurrence in the eastern U.S., it has only
been collected in two localities in northern California. These limited collection
records and the substantial geographic and ecological barriers suggest that this
delphacid is an introduced species. Since females have a saw-like ovipositor and
probably insert their eggs in plant tissues as do other delphacids, imported plant
materials containing eggs, such as nursery or house plants or packing straw, may
be a source of introduction. Its spread may be limited by the distribution of
particular introduced plants or by a restricted set of ecological conditions present
in the area where the specimens were collected.
Acknowledgment
We wish to thank Dr. P. H. Amaud, Jr., Department of Entomology, California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, for the loan of specimens.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
49
Literature Cited
Downes, W. 1927. A preliminary list of the Heteroptera and Homoptera of British Columbia. Proc.
Entomol. Soc. British Columbia, 23:1-22.
Metcalf, Z. P. 1923. A key to the Fulgoridae of eastern North America with descriptions of new
species. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 38:139-230.
-. 1943. General catalogue of the Hemiptera. Fasc. IV, Fulgoroidea. Part 3, Araeopidae (Del-
phacidae). 552 pp.
Muir, F. 1926. Contributions to our knowledge of South American Fulgoroidea (Homoptera). Part
I. The family Delphacidae. Bull. Hawaiian Sugar PI. Assoc. Exp. Stn., 18:1-51.
Nixon, P. L., and J. E. McPherson. 1977. An annotated list of phytophagous insects collected on
immature black walnut trees in southern Illinois. Great Lakes Entomol., 10:211-222.
Osborn, H. 1938. The Fulgoridae of Ohio. Bull. Ohio Biol. Surv., 35:283-349.
Van Duzee, E. P. 1909. Notes on some Hemiptera taken in the Bermudas by W. J. Palmer. Can.
Entomol., 41:126-128.
Weber, B. C., and S. W. Wilson. 1981. Seasonal and vertical distributions of planthoppers (Ho-
moptera:Fulgoroidea) within a black walnut plantation. Great Lakes Entomol., 14:71-75.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 50-53
A New Species of Orchesella from Manitoba, Canada
(Collembola: Entomobryidae)
Jose A. Mari Mutt
Department of Biology, University of Puerto Rico, Mayagiiez, Puerto Rico
00708.
Several months ago I received six microscope slides containing seven specimens
of Orchesella collected at Fort Whyte, Manitoba, Canada. The specimens were
escorted by a letter from Dr. Kenneth Christiansen, Department of Biology, Grin-
nell College, Iowa, who stated that they were unlike any member of the genus
from North America. A detailed study indicated that the specimens belong to the
new species described below. The holotype and two paratypes are deposited in
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts; two paratypes
are in Dr. Christiansen’s collection, and the remaining two paratypes are in my
collection.
The system of nomenclature used for head macrochaetotaxy was described by
Mari Mutt (1979). The system for the macrochaetotaxy of the second and third
abdominal segments follows the terminology proposed by Christiansen and Tuck¬
er (1977; see also Christiansen and Bellinger, 1980) for the third segment, and
which I have modified only slightly to use it also for the second abdominal segment
(Mari Mutt, 1984).
Orchesella manitobae Mari Mutt, New Species
(Figs. 1-6)
Length to 1.8 mm (x = 1.56 mm, n = 7). Antennae 3.9-4.4 x length of head
and 0.74-0.82 x length of head plus body. Antennal segments 1 to 4 (Ant. 1-4)
with violet pigment restricted mainly to sides and apices, segments 5 and 6 evenly
pigmented. Head with median V-shaped band and sometimes a rounded patch
anterior to this band. Pigment also laterally behind eye patches, around antennal
bases, and on an intense spot between the bases of the antennae. Body evenly
covered by light violet pigment (Fig. 1) except for a clear median streak on Th.
2 and Th. 3 (not visible in the photograph). Legs lightly but evenly pigmented or
pigment restricted to coxae. Collophore pigmented distally, furcula without pig¬
ment.
Apex of Ant. 6 with a 3-pointed pin seta and without papilla or protruding
structures. Anterior head macrochaetotaxy (Fig. 5) follows formula: An = 4-5,
A = 7, M = 4, S = 10. Four macrochaetae along midline of head. Prelabral setae
rarely bifurcated. Labral papillae (Fig. 6) with pointed tips. Differentiated seta of
outer labial papilla well developed but not reaching apex of its papilla (Figs. 3,
4), latter with 2 anterior setae and a single posterior seta external to the differ¬
entiated seta. Setae of anterior labial row smooth and subequal in length. Posterior
labial row internal to seta E with 4-7 setae per side, all ciliated. Setae E, L, and
L 2 ciliated. Macrochaetal formula for second abdominal segment (Abd. 2): IA =
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
51
Figure 1. O. manitobae. Holotype, the specimen measures 1.8 mm.
4-7, OA = 1-2, MP = 3 (4 on one side of one specimen), L = 2. Formula for
Abd. 3: IA = 3-5, OA = 1, M = 2-4, L = 3. Corpus of tenaculum with 1 smooth
seta. Inner margin of unguis with basal pair of teeth and 2 distal unpaired teeth
(Fig. 2), outer margin with a small median tooth and 2 large lateral teeth. Un-
guiculus with a tooth placed near center of an outer lamella. Male genital plate
circinate, with about 17 smooth setae arranged in 1 row around periphery of plate.
Manubrium and dentes with many ciliated setae and no smooth setae. Mucro
with 2 teeth and basal spine.
Diagnosis.— In coloration the new species comes closest to the North American
O. carneiceps Packard and O. folsomi Maynard. The first is almost black except
for the pale head (Christiansen and Bellinger, 1980:807) and the second is also
dark but both head and mesothorax are yellow (Maynard, 1951:189). In O. man¬
itobae, pigment is almost evenly distributed over head and body and is much
lighter. The unguicular tooth of O. manitobae and O. carneiceps is placed near
the middle of an outer lamella but in O. folsomi the tooth arises distally.
In Stach’s 1960 revision of Orchesella, the new species keys out to O. folsomi.
None of Stach’s 117 figures illustrating the pigmentation of European species
match closely the distribution of pigment of O. manitobae.
Comments.— The color pattern described above is based on the three largest
specimens. Two small specimens possess very little pigment but it is still evenly
distributed.
Head macrochaetotaxy was studied fully in only one specimen, in all others
the head is distorted and it is impossible to work out the complete pattern. The
macrochaetotaxy of Abd. 2 and Abd. 3 was studied in almost all the specimens
52 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 2-6. O. manitobae. 2. Prothoracic claws. 3. Right outer labial papilla with its differentiated
seta and accompanying setae, note presence of one basal seta. 4. As preceding, left outer labial papilla.
5. Anterior head macrochaetotaxy. 6. Labral papillae.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
53
and it revealed much variation, which limits the use of this character for separating
closely related species. This variation may be due to changes in the number of
setae during growth, inherent variability, and the asymmetric distribution of setae
which is rather frequent in members of this genus.
Material examined .—All the specimens were collected by J. Aitchison on the
surroundings of Fort Whyte, Manitoba, Canada. Below I give the accession num¬
ber provided by Dr. Christiansen and additional data for each specimen.
Number 5507—holotype (2), pitfall trap placed on small marshy meadow,
20.1.1982; 5508A-1 2, 25.VI.1980, 725 m; 5506-1 5, 1 2, 20.V.1981; 5511-1 2,
15.X. 1980, an aspen-bur oak wood litter, 805 m; 5512—1 2, 20.VIII.1980, small
marshy meadow being invaded by trees, 737 m; 5516—1 <3, 20.VII.1979, in a
meadow.
Literature Cited
Christiansen, K., and P. Bellinger. 1980. The Collembola of North America north of the Rio Grande,
vol. 3, family Entomobryidae. Grinnell College, Grinnell, Iowa, pp. 789-1042.
-, and B. E. Tucker. 1977. Five new species of Orchesella (Collembola: Entomobryidae). Proc.
Iowa Acad. Sci., 84:1-13.
Mari Mutt, J. A. 1979. A revision of the genus Dicranocentrus Schott (Insecta: Collembola: Ento¬
mobryidae). Univ. Puerto Rico Agr. Exp. Stn. Bull. 259, 79 pp.
- 1984. Five new species of Orchesellini from Central Mexico (Collembola: Entomobryidae:
Orchesellinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 86:808-820.
Maynard, E. A. 1951. A monograph of the Collembola or springtail insects of New York State.
Comstock Publ. Co., Ithaca, N.Y., 339 pp.
Stach, J. 1960. The apterygotan fauna of Poland in relation to the world-fauna of this group of
insects. Tribe Orchesellini. Panstwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe, Krakow, 151 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 54-57
Oviposition on the Backs of Female Giant Water Bugs,
Abedus indent at us: The Consequence of a Shortage in
Male Back Space? (Hemiptera: Belostomatidae)
Bill Kraus
Department of Biology, C-016, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla,
California 92093.
Females of the subfamily Belostomatinae (Lauck and Menke, 1961) character¬
istically fasten their eggs onto the dorsum of their mates, the males subsequently
carrying the clutch until hatching. The use of males as oviposition sites led R. L.
Smith (1979a) to suggest that at times a female’s reproductive output may more
likely be limited by the availability of unencumbered males on which to oviposit
than by her own egg production. If this is true, then a gravid female unable to
secure a “free” male may opt instead to lay a small clutch on some alternative
substrate rather than not lay at all. Recently, Kruse and Leffler (1984) have
observed egg-bearing females in a population of Belostoma flumineum. In this
note I report a similar observation for Abedus indentatus.
Of 706 sexually-mature adult females 12 of A. indentatus Haldeman examined
from 3 May to 15 August 1983 at Deep Canyon Creek, Palm Desert, California,
1 observed three females bearing eggs on their dorsum. (Females are identified by
the possession of two tufts of setae located mesally near the apical margin of the
genital plate [Menke, 1960].) The first female was collected on 17 May and carried
13 eggs (2.9 mm each), the second female was collected on 31 May and carried
2 eggs (2.6 mm each), and the third female was collected on 6 June and carried
52 eggs (3.6-4.6 mm each). The third female was recaptured on 7 July carrying
27 eggs, 14 of which had hatched as indicated by the presence of 14 empty chorions
with ruptured cephalic caps (Smith, 1974). Whereas egg deposition on males begins
at the apex of the hemelytra and proceeds forward, uniformly covering the dorsum
of the male (Smith, 1974), the placement of eggs on the three females did not
follow this pattern (see Fig. 1).
The fact that egg-encumbered females represent less than one percent of those
examined in the field suggests that this phenomenon is quite rare. Since anatomical
1 All individuals were marked for future identification, some individually with numbers on their
pronotum, others simply by making a small cut in one hemelytron. All three of the egg-bearing females
collected in the field had been individually marked.
2 The 706 females represent females seen for the first time. None of the 229 recaptured females that
was examined carried eggs. An additional sample of 672 recently-eclosed, sexually-immature adult
females was not included here since it was uncertain as to whether their exoskeletons had hardened
enough to bear eggs. No recently-eclosed male or female was ever seen carrying a clutch.
Figure 1. Photographs of three egg-carrying females (A, B, C) collected at Deep Canyon Creek,
California. Photograph (D) depicts the female shown in (C) 31 days later. Note the presence of empty
chorions (arrow).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
55
!Ja'> 'J-.i
56
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
constraints preclude a female from ovipositing on her own dorsum, the eggs must
necessarily be the product of a second female. Smith (1979a) has reported that
heavily gravid female A. herberti will lay small clutches of eggs on floating aquatic
vegetation in their containers. He suggested that this apparent relaxation in spec¬
ificity for an oviposition substrate was due to a prolonged absence of the appro¬
priate surface, i.e., an unencumbered male. I have seen similar behavior in A.
indentatus, and Menke (1960) has demonstrated that a gravid A. indentatus female
will oviposit at least a few eggs on the back of a male of a different species if a
conspecific is unavailable. In addition, I have observed two instances of egg
carrying by females in the laboratory (clutch sizes of 9 and 3 eggs, respectively),
both instances occurring in aquaria containing only females. Although neither of
these encumbered females were successful at rearing the clutch (both clutches were
discarded before the eggs could hatch), one of the eggs deposited on the female
carrying three eggs expanded to 5.6 mm before it was lost. A well-developed
embryo was found when the discarded egg was dissected.
Judging by their size, the eggs on the three A. indentatus females collected in
the field were laid in May and June 1983, months in which the majority of sexually -
mature A. indentatus males carried broods (86.44%, n = 59, and 74.55%, n = 55,
respectively). In addition, the adult sex ratio during the same period appeared to
be significantly skewed towards females. 3 (Interestingly, Kruse and Leffler [1984]
indicate that a majority of Belostoma flumineum males were also encumbered
when they made their observations.) I therefore suggest that egg-encumbered
females are the consequence of at least a temporary shortage in available male
back space. It remains unclear as to whether females are simply renewing their
oviducal egg supply until “free” males become available (Smith, 1979a), or wheth¬
er they are attempting to rear a small brood in the absence of such males. In
regards to the latter hypothesis, I agree with Kruse and Leffler (1984) that this
phenomenon is not an alternative to male brooding. However, it may be a viable
option in instances where males are locally unavailable and when the only other
alternative is not to lay at all. Finally, although egg-encumbered females could
conceivably be the result of recognition errors made by ovipositing females, the
complexity of courtship that characterizes Abedus (Smith, 1979a; Kraus, pers.
obs.) makes this hypothesis unlikely.
Smith (1979b) has convincingly argued that the repeated bouts of copulation
observed in Abedus are an adaptation to assure paternity through sperm presi-
dence. The presence of hatched eggs on the back of the female recaptured in July
demonstrates that the potential for cuckoldry does exist in nature, since the fertility
of these eggs was dependent on the ovipositing female having retained at least
some viable sperm from a previous mating. In addition, although male-specific
brooding behaviors such as broodpumping appear to significantly increase the
hatching success of a brood (Smith, 1976a, 1976b; Yenkatesan, 1983), they are
apparently not essential for egg development. In fact, the low survival rate of
female-borne clutches may be as much a result of the irregular placement and
small sizes of these clutches as it is a consequence of the disparity in brooding
3 The sex ratio of previously unmarked, sexually-mature adults closely fit a 2:1 ratio in favor of
females (n = 263, x2 = 0.008, df = 1, P > 0.9). Sampling bias in catchability, analyzed over a 2-week
period subsequent to marking, could not be detected (« = 103 recaptures, x2 = 0.60, df = 1, P > 0.2).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
57
behaviors between the sexes. Even among males, small clutches appear to be
much more susceptible to losing their adhesion and being discarded than large
ones (especially when expansion of the developing eggs increases drag). In this
regard, it is suggestive that the one field-collected female which was observed to
have successfully reared a clutch also carried the largest number of eggs.
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank Robert Gibson and Bob Smith for their helpful comments and
criticisms. I would also like to thank the staff of the Phillip L. Boyd Deep Canyon
Desert Research Center for the facilities made available to me. This work was
supported in part by a National Science Foundation predoctoral fellowship.
Literature Cited
Kruse, K. C., and T. R. Leffler. 1984. Females of the giant water bug, Belostoma flumineum (He-
miptera: Belostomatidae), captured carrying eggs. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 77:20.
Lauck, D. R., and A. S. Menke. 1961. The higher classification of the Belostomatidae (Hemiptera).
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 54:644-657.
Menke, A. S. 1960. A taxonomic study of the genus Abedus Stal (Hemiptera, Belostomatidae). Univ.
of Cal. Publ. Entomol., 16:393-439.
Smith, R. L. 1974. Life history of Abedus herberti in Central Arizona (Hemiptera: Belostomatidae).
Psyche, 81:272-283.
-. 1976a. Brooding behavior of a male water bug Belostoma flumineum (Hemiptera: Belo¬
stomatidae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 49:333-343.
-. 1976b. Male brooding behavior of the water bug Abedus herberti (Hemiptera: Belostomat¬
idae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 69:740-747.
-. 1979a. Paternity assurance and altered roles in the mating behavior of a giant water bug,
Abedus herberti (Heteroptera: Belostomatidae). Anim. Behav., 27:716-725.
-. 1979b. Repeated copulation and sperm presidence: paternity assurance for a male brooding
water bug. Science, 205:1029-1031.
Venkatesan, P. 1983. Male brooding behavior of Diplonychus indicus Venk. & Rao (Hemiptera:
Belostomatidae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 56:80-87.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 58-59
The Larva of Cyphomella gibbera Saether (Diptera: Chironomidae)
P. G. Mason
Research Station, Agriculture Canada, 107 Science Crescent, Saskatoon, Sas¬
katchewan S7N 0X2, Canada.
Abstract .—The larva of Cyphomella gibbera Saether is described. It differs from
the other described Cyphomella sp. in having a smaller antennal ratio and in the
colouration of the lateral notches of the median mental tooth.
Saether (1977) first described the male and pupa of Cyphomella gibbera based
on material from South Dakota. In a recent study of Saskatchewan River Chi¬
ronomidae (Mason, 1978) a number of imagines were reared from 4th instar
larvae collected from sand, gravel, pebble and cobble substrates covered with silt
or muck.
The larva of C. gibbera differs from that of Cyphomella sp. (Saether, 1977) in
antennal and mental features. The former species has a smaller antennal ratio
(AR of C. sp. is 1.78 and that of C. gibbera is 1.20-1.55) and the lateral notches
of the median mental tooth are lighter-coloured than the lateral teeth. Cympho-
mella sp. has the lateral notches of the median mental tooth concolourous with
the lateral teeth (Saether, 1977, Fig. 38H).
Cyphomella gibbera Saether, 1977, Bull. Fish. Res. Board Can., 196:103.
Head capsule brown, except tormae, U-shaped sclerite, lobes of premandibles,
base of mandibles, lateral mental teeth and postoccipital margin which are dark
brown. Head width 0.21-0.25, 0.23 mm. Ventral head length 0.09-0.10, 0.10
mm. Labral sensillum (Fig. 1) three-segmented. SI simple; length, 20-28, 23.8
pm. SII 45-60, 49.8 gm long. Pecten epipharyngis a small scale with 2-3 teeth.
Premandibles (Fig. 2) length: 58-70, 63 gm. Antenna (Fig. 3) with apical three
segments minute; total length 66-77, 71.3 gm; lengths of individual segments
(gm) 35.0-45.0, 40.6; 16.0-28.0, 21.5; combined lengths of segments three to
five, 5.0-10.0, 8.2; AR 1.2-1.6, 1.4; ring organ on basal 0.26-0.44, 0.33 of first
segment; antennal blade length 26.0-37.0, 32.5 ^m; antennal style on apex of
segment two. Maxillary palp (Fig. 5) three-segmented, with 7-8 styles at apex of
basal segment; ratio of length to basal width of first segment 1.5-2.0, 1.7. Mandible
(Fig. 4) with three inner and apical tooth light-coloured; total length 90.0-112.5,
103.0 gm; ratio of length to basal width 0.6-1.2, 0.9; seta subdentalis narrowed
apically, length 14.0-22.0, 17.8 gm; inner mandibular margin smooth. Mentum
(Fig. 6) 94.5-130.5, 111.6 gm wide. Ventromental plates with smooth anterior
margin and acute inner angle; striations distinct; ratio of width to length 2.3-2.9,
2.6. Posterior parapods with 15-16 simple hooks. Each procercus short, with eight
anal setae. Anal tubules narrowed and rounded apically, 0.8-1.6 times as long as
basal width.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
59
Figures 1-6. Cyphomella gibbera Saether. 1. Labral sensillum. 2. Premandible. 3. Antenna. 4.
Mandible. 5. Maxillary palp. 6. Mentum and premental plates (scale, 100 jum).
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank D. M. Lehmkuhl who provided laboratory facilities and
NSERC funds for materials and travel. The Institute for Northern Studies and
the College of Graduate Studies and Research at the University of Saskatchewan
provided scholarship funds for my work on chironomids.
Literature Cited
Mason, P. G. 1978. A biosystematic study of larval and pupal Chironomini (Diptera: Chironomidae)
in the North and South Saskatchewan Rivers. M.Sc. thesis, Univ. of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon,
456 pp.
Saether, O. A. 1977. Taxonomic studies on Chironomidae: Nanocladius, Pseudochironomus and the
Harnischia complex. Bull. Fish. Res. Board Can. 196, 143 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 60-67
The Nearctic Species of Deuterixys Mason
(Hymenoptera: Braconidae)
James B. Whitfield
Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California, Berkeley, Cal¬
ifornia 94720.
Abstract. —The three Nearctic species of the genus Deuterixys are described and
keyed for the first time: D. quercicola Whitfield, D. pacifica Whitfield and D.
bennetti Whitfield. Comparisons are made to the described Palearctic species.
The genus Deuterixys was proposed by Mason (1981) to include the members
of Nixon’s (1965, 1976) carbonarius-group of Apanteles Foerster: A. carbonarius
(Wesm.), A. rimulosus Niez., A. nixoni Papp and A. patro Nixon, all Old World
species. Below I describe and key three new species from North America, all
reared from Bucculatrix spp. (Lepidoptera: Lyonetiidae).
Materials and Methods
The 149 examined specimens came from the collections mentioned in the
acknowledgments and from my own collection. All measurements were made to
the nearest 0.1 mm at 50 x or 100 x using a Leitz dissecting microscope with an
ocular micrometer. The wing figures were prepared from slide-mounted material
using a microprojector. Morphological terminology follows that of Mason (1981).
Deuterixys Mason, 1981
A detailed generic description is provided by Mason (1981). The genus can be
distinguished from other Microgastrinae by the following combination of features:
vein r-m2 of fore wing (2r-m of Mason, 1981) absent; propodeum polished and
bearing a strong longitudinal medial carina; tergite I of metasoma with mediobasal
longitudinal groove; tergites II and III broad, subrectangular and usually densely
sculptured; ovipositor sheaths short, decurved, subexserted. In addition, the species
treated here share the following characteristics which may not be universal within
the genus: metanotum sublaterally withdrawn from scutellum, exposing meso-
thoracic postphragma; sublateral setiferous lobes small but projecting anteriorly
to near scutellum; tibiae of metathoracic legs with 10-12 spines on outer face;
tergite II of metasoma with a more or less distinct raised medial section.
As far as is known, all Deuterixys species parasitize the larvae of Bucculatrix
spp. and are unusual among Microgastrinae in emerging as adults from the host
cocoon. In addition to the described Old World and the new Nearctic species
discussed here, I have seen several undescribed species from Central and South
America.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
61
Deuterixys quercicola Whitfield, New Species
(Figs. 1, 4)
Holotype female. — Overall length 1.8 mm; fore wing length 1.9 mm.
Head: Antennae slightly longer than body, entirely dark; apical 9 flagellomeres
with only one rank of placodes; 2nd flagellomere 3.0 x longer than broad, 14th
flagellomere 1.4 x longer than broad. Frons 1.4 x broader at midheight than
midlength; inner margins of eyes converging towards clypeus. Punctation of head
indistinct.
Mesosoma: Mesoscutum black, weakly punctate anteriorly, becoming nearly
smooth and polished posteriorly. Scutellar disc mostly nearly impunctate with
weak punctation appearing peripherally. Propodeum highly polished, virtually
unsculptured except for strong medial longitudinal carina and weak transverse
sculpturing near spiracles and along anterior third of medial carina; declivous
over most of length.
Legs: Prothoracic legs fulvous except darker brown coxal bases, femoral bases
and apical tarsomeres. Mesothoracic legs dark brown proximally except yellowish
distal trochanters; femoral apices, tibiae and tarsi fulvous. Metathoracic legs dark
brown except in vicinity of trochanters and bases of hind tibiae (here fulvous).
Hind apical tibial spurs short, whitish, subequal in length.
Wings: Tegulae dark brown, weakly translucent. Metacarp (Rl) of fore wing
virtually same length as stigma; 2r and IRs subequal in length and meeting at
rounded, approximately 135 degree angle. Pigmentation of fore wing veins yellow-
brown proximally, becoming more grey-brown distally.
Metasoma: Tergite I about 1.2 x longer than posterior width, broadening slightly
posteriorly, coarsely aciculorugose, with strong longitudinal groove surrounded
by broad depression over basal 0.3. Tergite II quadrate, 1.6 x broader than long,
aciculorugose with stronger overlay of longitudinal sculpturing than in tergite I;
medial raised portion indistinct. Tergite III separated from II by crenulate groove,
becoming abruptly wider than tergite II but with rounded lateral margins; length
somewhat less than that of tergite II; sculptured as in II. Tergite IV short, apically
rounded, overlapped by III and with fine, weak longitudinal sculpturing over most
of visible surface. Remainder of tergites telescoped under anterior 4 in dried
specimens. Hypopygium short, blunt, with sparse long hairs. Ovipositor sheaths
short, decurved, subexserted, apically hairy.
Male. — Similar to female except antennae longer, apical flagellomeres more
slender (flagellomere 14 2.2 x longer than broad), with only apical 4-5 flagello¬
meres having a single rank of placodes. Venation of fore wing slightly darker.
Variation .—Fore wing length 1.6-2.1 mm, with little or no sexual size dimor¬
phism. Coloration comparatively uniform in California material (see Comments
below for Eastern specimens).
Material examined. —Holotype 5: CALIFORNIA: Alameda Co., Berkeley Hills,
7-VIII-1981 (J. B. Whitfield), reared ex Bucculatrix albertiella cocoons, JBW no.
81H4, emgd. 15-18-VIII-1981. Paratypes: CALIFORNIA: Alameda Co., Berke¬
ley Hills, 1 6, 6 9, 2-V-1981 (J. B. Whitfield), same host as holotype, emgd. 9-
18-V-1981, 1 8, 1 2, same data except coll. 25-IV-1982, emgd. 20-26-V-1982, 1
<3, same data except coll. 11-IV-1981, emgd. 8-V-1981. Contra Costa Co., Tilden
Regional Pk., 3 9, 8 <5, 28-VIII-1982, emgd. 1-22-IX-1982 (J. B. Whitfield), reared
62
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
1
2
3
Figures 1-3. Fore wings of 1, Deuterixys quercicola, n. sp.; 2, D. pacifica, n. sp.; 3, D. bennetti, n.
sp. Scale = 0.5 mm.
ex Bucculatrix albertiella on Quercus agrifolia, JBW no. 82H12. Holotype de¬
posited in USNM; paratypes in USNM, CNC, UCB.
Other material: CALIFORNIA: Alameda Co., Strawberry Cyn., 1 8, 1 2, 11-IV-
1968 (P. A. Opler), reared ex Bucculatrix on Quercus agrifolia, JAP no. 68D117-8,
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
63
7 6, 6 9 , 6-IX-31-X-1975 (D. S. Green), same host. Contra Costa Co., 2 mi E
Antioch, 1 < 3 , 28-11-1968 (P. A. Opler), reared ex Bucculatrix on Quercus agrifolia ;
Briones Regional Pk., 1 $, 11-VIII-1981 (J. B. Whitfield). Los Angeles Co., 10 mi
N Castiac, 1 < 3 , 1 9 , 26-IV-1977 (D. S. Green), reared ex Bucculatrix on Quercus
agrifolia. Mendocino Co., Univ. Calif. Hopland Field Sta., 880', 1 < 3 , 5-V-1968,
malaise trap (W. J. Turner). Orange Co., O’Neill Park, 1 9 , 25-11-1977, reared ex
Aeaea dulcedo on Q. agrifolia (D. S. Green). San Diego Co., 4 mi W Ramona, 1
< 3 , 26-11-1977, reared ex B. albertiella on Q. agrifolia (D. S. Green). San Luis
Obispo Co., 9 mi SW Atascadero, 1 6, 4-V-1976, reared ex B. albertiella on Q.
agrifolia (D. S. Green). Santa Barbara Co., Santa Cruz Isl. nr. field sta., 1 9 , 1-V-
1976, reared ex B. albertiella on Q. agrifolia (D. S. Green). Sutter Co., Feather
R. at Nicolaus, 1 < 3 , 2-X-1982, reared ex Bucculatrix sp. on Quercus lobata, JBW
no. 82K19 (J. B. Whitfield), 1 9 , 4-X-1982, reared ex Bucculatrix sp. on Artemisia
douglasiana, JAP no. 82K1 (D. L. Wagner). Tulare Co., 3 mi N Kaweah, 1 9 , 28-
IV-1979, reared ex Bucculatrix sp. (J. A. Powell).
Hosts.—Bucculatrix albertiella Bsk. on Quercus agrifolia Nee, Bucculatrix sp.
on Quercus lobata Nee and possibly other Bucculatrix spp. on oaks. The record
from Aeaea dulcedo is probably in error and could easily have resulted from
unseen Bucculatrix contaminants in rearing material. I suspect the record from
Bucculatrix sp. on Artemisia douglasiana Bess, is also mistaken; I know that the
specimen from Bucculatrix from Quercus lobata was taken very nearby and Buc¬
culatrix larvae could easily have spun down from the oaks onto the Artemisia
foliage to pupate. All other Deuterixys from Bucculatrix on Artemisia have been
D. pacifica, n. sp., described below.
Comments. — Several specimens in the USNM collection from Baltimore, Mary¬
land, Washington, D.C. and Tallulah, Louisiana agree with the above description
in all features except the metathoracic femora are entirely fulvous and veins lCul
and 2Cul of the fore wing are less strongly pigmented than in the California
material. The specimens tend to be slightly smaller as well, but I have seen only
4 eastern U.S. individuals. I provisionally include these as D. quercicola, but more
material, including rearing records for the eastern forms, is necessary for a more
certain determination. It is certainly possible that D. quercicola appears widely
throughout the range of oak-feeding Bucculatrix.
This species can be distinguished from D. carbonaria (Wesm.) and D. nixoni
(Papp), its most similar Palearctic relatives, by its possession of the following
combination of features: 1) posteriorly broadening metasomal tergite I; 2) meta-
somal tergite IV with fine longitudinal sculpturing over most of its surface; 3)
tergite IV usually concealing successive terga in dorsal view; 4) propodeum with
strong medial longitudinal carina and 5) hind coxae dark brown. The resemblance
to D. nixoni is striking; it is possible the two may eventually prove to be syn¬
onymous.
Deuterixys pacifica Whitfield, New Species
(Figs. 2, 5)
Holotype female.—Ove rail length 1.6 mm, fore wing length 1.7 mm.
Head: Antennae approximately same length as body, nearly black throughout,
apical 9 flagellomeres with only one rank of placodes; 2nd flagellomere 3.0 x
longer than wide; flagellomere 14 1.3 x longer than wide. Frons 1.4 x broader at
64
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
midheight than long down middle; inner margins of eyes weakly converging to¬
wards clypeus. Punctation of frons, vertex and postgenae indistinct; microsculp¬
ture producing dull metallic reflections in diffused light.
Mesosoma: Mesoscutum shallowly punctate anteriorly, becoming less distinctly
and more sparsely punctate posteriorly. Scutellar disc distinctly punctate, duller
between punctures than mesoscutum, strongly convex posteriorly. Propodeum
highly polished, virtually unsculptured except for strong medial longitudinal Ca¬
rina; weakly convex in profile.
Legs: Prothoracic legs basally dark brown to black up to distal 0.5 of femur,
lighter fulvous beyond this point. Mesothoracic legs dark brown to black except
distal 0.2 of femur and proximal 0.6 of tibia, which are fulvous. Metathoracic
legs very dark brown to black except yellowish proximal 0.6 of tibia. Apical spurs
of hind tibiae short, whitish, subequal in length.
Wings: Tegulae dark brown, weakly translucent. Metacarp (Rl) of fore wing
slightly shorter than stigma. 2r and IRs virtually straight, subequal in length,
meeting at about 130 degree angle. Venation including stigma mainly deep brown;
M+Cu and 1A+2A weakly pigmented proximally.
Metasoma: Tergite I strongly narrowing posteriorly, approximately 2.5 x broad¬
er anteriorly than posteriorly, with strong medial longitudinal groove over basal
0.4-0.5; longitudinally rugose/carinulate over posterior 0.7. Tergite II 2.3 x broad¬
er anteriorly than long down middle, lateral margins converging noticeably pos¬
teriorly; surface longitudinally aciculorugose. Tergite III separated from II by weak
crenulate furrow, abruptly widening, becoming broader posteriorly than tergite II
at broadest point; surface with fine longitudinal sculpturing mediobasally, oth¬
erwise very weakly if at all sculptured. Laterotergites dark yellow-brown. Suc¬
ceeding terga of usual unsculptured, overlapping type. Hypopygium short, blunt
apically, somewhat truncate at tip, with sparse long hairs. Ovipositor sheaths
short, subexserted, decurved, polished, with hairs concentrated apically.
Male .—Similar to female except antennae clearly longer than body, with all but
apical 4-5 flagellomeres with 2 ranks of placodes. Length/width ratio of flagello-
mere 14 = 2.3 (other apical flagellomeres also more elongate than in female).
Variation.— Fore wing length 1.6-2.0 mm. No apparent sexual size dimorphism.
Coloration comparatively uniform except some darker high elevation individuals,
which also tend to have smoother metasomal sculpturing. A few specimens have
the first metasomal tergite less strongly narrowed than in the type series.
Material examined. — Holotype 2: CALIFORNIA: Contra Costa Co., Tilden
Regional Pk., 15-VIII-1982 (J. B. Whitfield). Paratypes: CALIFORNIA: Contra
Costa Co., Tilden Regional Pk., 6 2, 13 5, 15-VIII-1982 (J. B. Whitfield), 8 2, 6
5, 29-VIII-1982 (JBW), 8 2, 2 <5, 25-IV-1983 (JBW); Chabot Regional Pk., 3 mi
N Lake Chabot, 1 <3, 12-VII-1980 (JBW); nr. Clayton, 1 2, 27-11-1982, reared ex
Bucculatrix, JAP no. 82B29, emgd. 21-III-1982 (D. L. Wagner). Alameda Co.,
Berkeley, 11 2, 6 6, 10-IV-1983, reared ex Bucculatrix on Baccharispilularis, JBW
no. 83D19 (J. B. Whitfield). Holotype deposited in USNM; paratypes in USNM,
CNC, UCB.
Other material: CALIFORNIA: Alameda Co., Berkeley Hills, 2 <3, 6/7-VIII-
1982 (J. B. Whitfield); Patterson Reserve, Del Valle Lake, 1 <3, 29-IV-1974, reared
ex microlepidoptera, JAP no. 74D40-41 (J. A. Powell). Contra Costa Co., Pt.
Molate, Richmond, 1 <3, XI-1969, reared ex Iva axillaris, JAP no. 69L9. El Dorado
Co., Fallen Leaf Lake, 1 2, 9-VII-1983, reared ex Bucculatrix on Artemisia tri-
4 5 6
Figures 4-6. Basal tergites of 4, Deuterixys quercicola, n. sp.; 5, D. pacifica, n. sp.; 6, D. bennetti,
n. sp. Scale = 0.1 mm.
dentata, JBW no. 83G67 (J. B. Whitfield). Riverside Co., Thousand Palms, 1 <3,
27-IV-1955 (W. R. Richards); Palm Springs, 1 9, 3-V-1955 (W. R. M. Mason).
San Luis Obispo Co., Oso Flaco Lake, 2 9, 13-VII-1959 (C. A. Campbell). San
Mateo Co., San Bruno Mts., 1 3, 12-III-1982 (J. B. Whitfield), 2 9, 21-IV-1983,
reared ex Bucculatrix on Baccharis pilularis, JADeB. no. 83111 -E (J. A. De-
Benedictis), 1 9, 15-VI-1982, reared ex Bucculatrix on Baccharis pilularis (D. L.
Wagner). Ventura Co., San Nicolas Isl., 1 mi SSE 1000 Springs, 1 9, 6-8-VI-1980
(S. E. Miller, P. M. Mercer). NEW MEXICO: Springer, 1 3 (no date) (C. N. Ainslee).
UTAH: Guardsman Pass, nr. Brighton, 1 3, 10-VII-1981, 9800' (B. H. Poole).
BRITISH COLUMBIA: Robson, 1 9, 13-V-1947 (H. R. Foxlee).
Hosts.—Bucculatrix variabilis Braun and Bucculatrix separabilis Braun on Bac¬
charis pilularis DC, Bucculatrix sp. on Artemisia douglasiana Bess., Bucculatrix
sp. on Artemisia tridentata Nutt, and Bucculatrix sp. on Iva axillaris Pursh. I
suspect a wide range of Bucculatrix spp. on Compositae serve as hosts.
Comments.— No other known species of Deuterixys has the first metasomal
tergite so strongly narrowed apically. The relative lack of sculpturing on the third
tergite is also distinctive among the Nearctic species, although this feature is shared
with the Palearctic D. rimulosa (Niez.). The species appears to be widespread in
Western North America, probably in part due to the broad range of Artemisia
tridentata.
Deuterixys bennetti Whitfield, New Species
(Figs. 3, 6)
Holotype female.— Overall length 1.6 mm, fore wing length 1.7 mm.
Head: Antennae approximately 1.1-1.2 x longer than body; scapes and pedicels
66
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
light yellow-brown, more distal portions of antennae dark brown; apical 9 fla-
gellomeres with only one row of placodes; 2nd flagellomere 3.8 x longer than
broad; 14th flagellomere 1.2 x longer than broad. Frons 1.3 x broader at midheight
than long down middle; inner margins of eyes weakly converging towards clypeus.
Punctation of frons, vertex and postgenae faint; micro sculpture producing dull
metallic reflections in diffused light.
Mesosoma: Mesoscutum shallowly punctate anteriorly, becoming nearly im-
punctate posteriorly. Scutellar disc sparsely, shallowly punctate throughout, evenly
convex. Propodeum highly polished, virtually without sculpturing except for strong
medial longitudinal carina and weak transverse ridging in immediate vicinity of
longitudinal carina and lateral margins; propodeum strongly convex anteriorly in
profile.
Legs: Prothoracic legs fulvous virtually throughout except slightly darker apical
tarsomeres. Mesothoracic legs fulvous virtually throughout except infuscate distal
half of tibiae and apical tarsomeres. Metathoracic legs with darkened coxal bases,
apical third of femora, apical two-thirds of tibiae and entire tarsi; remainder of
hind legs lighter yellow-brown. Hind tibial spurs whitish, subequal in length, 0.4 x
as long as hind basitarsi.
Wings: Tegulae pale yellowish. Metacarp (Rl) 1.2-1.3X length of stigma; 2r
and IRs subequal, 2r very faintly arched, the two veins meeting at a 145 degree
angle. Venation of fore wing, including stigma, translucent pale yellow-brown.
Metasoma: Tergite I weakly narrowing posteriorly, 2x longer than broad at
midlength, with strong medial longitudinal groove over anterior 0.4; coarsely
aciculorugose over most of surface. Tergite II strongly quadrate, slightly broader
anteriorly than posteriorly, 1.8 x broader anteriorly than long down middle; sur¬
face coarsely aciculorugose throughout. Tergite III separated from II by strong
crenulate furrow, wider than II, abruptly widening over anterior 0.4, then parallel¬
sided; 2.2 x broader posteriorly than long down middle; surface coarsely, longi¬
tudinally carinulate over most of surface. Succeeding terga virtually sculptureless,
normally overlapping. Laterotergites translucent orange-brown. Hypopygium short,
blunt but not truncated apically, sparsely clothed with long hairs. Ovipositor
sheaths short, subexserted, decurved, polished, with hairs concentrated apically.
Male. — Similar to female except antennae longer, more slender (14th flagello¬
mere 2.2 x longer than broad), with single placode bands only on apical 4; antennae
generally somewhat lighter brown. Hind legs mostly evenly darker fulvous than
in female with nearly black coxae and lighter proximal portions of tibiae.
Variation. — Fore wing length 1.7-1.9 mm. No apparent sexual size dimorphism.
Coloration rather uniform in limited series available; some specimens in poor
condition and somewhat bleached. Some variation exists in the number of spines
on the outer faces of the hind tibiae.
Material examined. — Holotype 2: FLORIDA: Nassau Co., O’Neil, V-1960,
reared from Bucculatrix on Baccharis halimifolia (F. D. Bennett). Paratypes:
FLORIDA: Nassau Co., 2 2, 3 6, V-1960, same host (F. D. Bennett); Brevard
Co., Melbourne Beach, 2 2, 1 <3, V-1960, same host (F. D. Bennett); Walkulla Co.,
Medart, 1 2, V-1960, same host (F. D. Bennett); St. Johns Co., St. Augustine, 1
2, V-1960, same host (F. D. Bennett); Pinellas Co., St. Petersburg, 1 2, V-1960,
same host (F. D. Bennett), 3 2, X-1960, same host (F. D. Bennett); Pasco Co.,
Elfers, 1 <3, 16-IV-1960 (O. Peck). Holotype deposited in USNM, paratypes in
USNM, CNC collections.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
67
Hosts. — The only recorded host is Bucculatrix sp. on Baccharis halimifolia L.
It is likely that other Bucculatrix spp. feeding on shrubby composites in the
Southeast may also serve as hosts.
Comments.— The species is named after F. D. Bennett, the collector of most
of the type series. D. bennetti strongly resembles the Palearctic D. rimulosa (Niez.)
(=D. comes (Wilk.) according to Papp, 1971), but differs in the much longer
metacarp and the more strongly sculptured third metasomal tergite.
Key to Nearctic Species of Deuterixys Mason
1. First tergite of metasoma narrowed posteriorly. 2
First tergite broadened posteriorly . D. quercicola, n. sp.
2. Tegulae pale yellow-brown; third metasomal tergite distinctly sculptured
over most of its surface. D. bennetti, n. sp.
Tegulae dark brown; third tergite at most only weakly sculptured antero-
medially . D. pacifica, n. sp.
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank the following curators for the loan of material in their
care: W. R. M. Mason, Biosystematics Research Institute, Ottawa (CNC); P. M.
Marsh, U.S. National Museum, Washington (USNM); L. E. Caltagirone, J. A.
Powell, Univ. California, Berkeley (UCB).
David L. Wagner was of great assistance in rearing the parasitoids from field-
collected host material, and in determining the hosts. I also appreciate the com¬
ments of H. V. Daly and W. R. M. Mason, who reviewed the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Mason, W. R. M. 1981. The polyphyletic nature of Apanteles Foerster (Hymenoptera: Braconidae):
a phylogeny and reclassification of Microgastrinae. Mem. Ent. Soc. Can., 115, 147 pp.
Nixon, G. E. J. 1965. A reclassification of the tribe Microgasterini (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Bull.
Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Ent. Suppl., 2, 284 pp.
-. 1976. A revision of the north-western European species of the merula, lacteus, vipio, ultor,
ater, butalidis, popularis, carbonarius and validus -groups of Apanteles Forster (Hymenoptera:
Braconidae). Bull. Ent. Res., 65:685-732.
Papp, J. 1971. Ergebnisse der zoologische Forschungen von Z. Kaszab in der Mongolei, 265. Bra¬
conidae (Hymenoptera) III. Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hung. (Budapest), 63:307-363.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 68-71
Cutworm Defoliators of Ryegrass 1
J. A. Kamm
Forage Seed and Cereal Research Laboratory, USDA ARS, Department of
Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331.
Abstract. — Cutworm species that constitute a common complex that defoliate
ryegrasses in Oregon are: Dargida procincta (Grote), Pseudaletia unipuncta (Haw¬
orth), Leucania pallens luteopallens Grote, Diarsia pseudorosaria (Hardwick),
Peridroma saucia (Hubner), and Leucania insueta Guenee. In this study D. pro¬
cincta and P. unipuncta rapidly defoliated ryegrass by severing leaves and wasted
more foliage than they ate. D. pseudorosaria and L. p. luteopallens slowly defo¬
liated ryegrass and seldom wasted foliage by severing leaves. Black-light trap
captures provided reasonably good estimates of adult flight of all species except
D. procincta.
Various foliar feeding cutworms infest ryegrasses in the Pacific Northwest, but
little is known about the importance or type of damage inflicted by many species.
Among the cutworms common in ryegrass in the Willamette Valley of Oregon,
Pseudaletia unipuncta (Haworth) and Peridroma saucia (Hubner) are well known
pests (Bohart, 1948; Rice et al., 1982). Lesser known but common grass feeders
include Diarsia pseudorosaria (Hardwick), Leucania pallens luteopallens Grote,
Leucania insueta Guenee, and Dargida procincta (Grote) (Crumb, 1956). Of these
species, Thompson (1943) considered D. procincta to be the most important pest.
The impact of ryegrass defoliators may become more important in seed pro¬
duction with the recent introduction of plant growth retardants that, in effect,
decrease production of foliage and increase seed yields (Chilcote, 1983). This
study was conducted to determine the dominant species and relative abundance
of foliar feeding cutworms in seed fields of ryegrass. Also, greenhouse feeding tests
were made to determine the type of feeding injury inflicted by individual species.
Materials and Methods
Seasonal flight of adults was monitored with battery-powered black-light traps
placed in seed fields of ryegrass near Corvallis, Oregon. Traps were operated 3-
4 nights weekly during the flight season. Then, mean daily trap captures were
computed and multiplied times 7 so weekly data were comparable. Larval pop¬
ulations were estimated by collection of larvae from harvested seed on a field
basis. When fields were windrowed for harvest, larvae sought shelter in, and often
pupated within, the windrow. A large number of these larvae were carried along
with seed into the combine. As harvested seed was unloaded, larvae curled up
1 Contribution of the Agricultural Research Service, USDA, in cooperation with the Agricultural
Experiment Station, Oregon State University, Technical Paper No. 7073 of the latter.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
69
and rolled down the pile of seed. These larvae were collected until at least 100
specimens were obtained from each field. The larvae were taken to the laboratory
to determine the percentage of each species in a given field.
Feeding tests were conducted in the greenhouse with densely seeded ryegrass
grown in pots (15 cm wide) to a height of 30-40 cm. Larvae from the previously
described collections were temporarily confined overnight in large freezer con¬
tainers and fed leaves of ryegrass. The next day, 20 active and uninjured larvae
(predominantly 4th-5th instars) were caged on individual pots of ryegrass. This
70
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Larval species composition of foliar feeding cutworms (%) obtained from several types
of ryegrass during harvest, Corvallis, Oregon.
Tetraploid
Annual
Perennial
X
Cutworm
1“
ii
hi
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
Dargida procincta
81
85
27
89
16
88
81
67
96
70
Leucania pallens luteopallens
6
3
26
2
54
1
7
10
1
12
Pseudaletia unipuncta
5
1
24
3
13
2
8
21
1
9
Diarsia pseudorosaria
5
8
12
3
16
3
1
2
0
6
Periodroma saucia
3
3
11
3
1
6
3
0
2
3
a Fields I, III, V, VI, VIII sampled in 1980; all others sampled in 1981.
procedure was replicated 4 times for each species of cutworm. Infested plants
were observed daily for the type and degree of feeding damage inflicted by the
larvae until the plants were defoliated.
Results and Discussion
Adult flight.— The species of moths captured in light traps in ryegrass were, in
decreasing order of abundance: L. p. luteopallens, D. pseudorosaria, P. unipuncta,
L. insueta, P. saucia and D. procincta (Fig. 1). The abundance of species was
variable from year to year, especially the second generation of moths. For example,
the August generation of L. p. luteopallens was barely detectable in 1981, but
very strong in 1982. A strong second generation seems to occur only when rainfall
is adequate to stimulate grass regrowth soon after harvest.
Larval populations.— The species found in larval samples in decreasing order
of abundance were: D. procincta, L. p. luteopallens, P. unipuncta, D. pseudorosaria
and P. saucia. D. procinta was by far the most abundant larval species (Table 1)
and the least abundant in light traps. Often both larvae and pupae of this species
were easily found in windrows when relatively few or no adults were captured in
light traps. Apparently, the species is only weakly attracted to light traps. Based
on larval samples, 5 species clearly constitute a common cutworm complex in all
types of ryegrass. Three species were present in all fields, and the remaining two
species were found in 8 of 9 fields (Table 1). The relative abundance of larvae of
a given species varied among fields during the same year. For example, L. p.
luteopallens constituted only 1% of the population in one field and 54% in another.
Both fields were the same variety, and no insecticide was used on either field.
Feeding tests.— Larvae of 4 cutworm species were caged on ryegrass in the
greenhouse to evaluate feeding behavior in relation to plant defoliation. Larvae
of D. procincta and P. unipuncta initiated feeding on the margin of leaves near
the base of the plant. After larvae had eaten halfway through the leaf for several
cm, they often completely severed the leaf and then climbed on to a new leaf and
repeated this behavior. The amount of leaf foliage wasted (not eaten) was sub¬
stantially greater than the amount actually consumed by larvae of both species.
The plants (30-40 cm in height) in all pots were completely defoliated by 20
larvae after 2 days, leaving developing seed culms severed 3-5 cm above the soil.
The feeding behavior of both species was very similar.
In contrast, larvae of L. p. luteopallens fed along the leaf margins and often
consumed the tissue on only one side of the leaf midrib. As feeding progressed
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
71
toward the top of the leaf, the midrib was severed but some tissue remained so
the leaf was partially attached. A few leaves were eventually severed but only
after substantial amounts of foliage were consumed. Complete defoliation by 20
larvae required 8 days or 4 times as long as D. procincta or P. unipun eta.
Larvae of L. pseudorosaria also fed along the leaf margins and consumed nearly
all the tissue on one side of the midrib of the leaf. Larvae rarely penetrated the
midrib or wasted foliage by severing the leaf. These larvae consumed foliage rather
slowly and none of the plants was completely defoliated by 20 larvae after 10
days. In fact, plant growth compensated for some defoliation during the test.
Light traps clearly were inadequate to assess adult populations of all species in
the complex of infested ryegrasses. The relative abundance of species varied among
fields and years, but the order of species dominance in light traps was about the
same as in larval samples except for D. procincta, the most important defoliator
of ryegrasses. Sampling larval populations will require visual inspection of lodged
foliage, windrows, or harvested seed because sweeping with an insect net was not
effective. Two considerations are important in assessing potential damage: 1) the
propensity of the dominant species to sever developing culms and 2) relative
abundance. Tests herein have shown that D. procincta and P. unipuncta were
capable of severing leaves and culms, whereas P. pseudorosaria and L. p. luteo-
paliens may contribute to defoliation but plant damage was less severe.
Literature Cited
Bohart, R. M. 1948. Sod webworms and other lawn pests in California. Hilgardia, 17:267-308.
Chilcote, D. O. 1983. Role of growth regulators in seed production. Oregon Crop Sci. Circ. No. 50,
23 pp.
Crumb, S. E. 1956. The larvae of Phalaenidae. USDA Tech. Bull. No. 1135, 356 pp.
Rice, S. E., A. A. Grigarick, and M. O. Way. 1982. Effect of leaf and panicle feeding by armyworm
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) larvae on rice grain yield. J. Econ. Entomol., 75:593.
Thompson, B. G. 1943. Cutworm control in Oregon. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Circ., 147:1-4.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 72-78
Descriptions of the Immature Stages of Delphacodes bellicosa
(Homoptera: Fulgoroidea: Delphacidae)
Stephen W. Wilson
Department of Biology, Central Missouri State University, Warrensburg, Mis¬
souri 64093.
Abstract.— The immature stages of Delphacodes bellicosa Muir and Giffard are
described and illustrated. Features useful in separating nymphal instars include
the number of metatarsal segments, the size, shape, and dentation of the metatibial
spur, the increase in body size, wingpad size, and number of pits. Eggs of D.
bellicosa were found inserted in stems and nymphs and adults were observed
feeding on leaves of knotgrass ( Paspalum distichum L.)
Delphacodes bellicosa Muir and Gilfard (1924) is known only from the male
holotype collected at Three Rivers, Tulare Co., California. On 17 May 1981 I
collected 3 males of this species at a manmade lake in Bidwell Park, Chico, Butte
Co., California. Identity of females collected is questionable because two other
Delphacodes, D. consimilis (Van Duzee) and D. foveata (Van Duzee) were also
collected at the lake.
On 20 May 1981 an adult male D. bellicosa was observed feeding on the leaves
of knotgrass {Paspalum distichum L.). Ten plants were returned to the laboratory
and 52 eggs were found inserted in one stem; 10 of these were preserved in 95%
ethyl alcohol and the remaining eggs removed from the surrounding plant tissue
with a fine needle and placed on a strip of filter paper. The strip was placed in a
petri dish that was covered on the bottom with a disc of moistened filter paper.
The dish was covered with plastic secured with an elastic band and covered with
the lid; the plastic prevented newly hatched nymphs from escaping between the
dish and lid. Upon hatching, the nymphs were provided with a cutting of knotgrass
leaf added to the dish and replaced every three to four days. The dish was kept
in an incubator under a 16L:8D photoperiod at 29 ± 1.4°C. All of the eggs hatched.
Because 12 of the 1 st instars died within a few days of hatching (apparently by
drowning in the condensation on the walls and plastic cover of the dish), the
remaining nymphs were transferred to knotgrass that had been planted in a clay
pot; this knotgrass was collected at the same locality and carefully examined for
eggs before transplanting. The pot was covered with a glass cylinder and covered
with a piece of fine mesh gauze secured with an elastic band. The potted knotgrass
was kept in a greenhouse.
In order to obtain specimens for description several nymphs were collected
from the potted plant each week until the emergence of 3 adult males. Specimens
to be described were preserved in 95% ethyl alcohol. The first instar is described
in detail but only major changes from previous instars are described for subsequent
instars. Comparative statements refer to previous instars (e.g., more elongated).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
73
Figures 1-6. Delphacodes bellicosa Muir and Giffard. 1. Habitus of male macropter, vertical bar =
0.5 mm. Male genitalia. 2. Complete left lateral view. 3. Styles in caudal view. 4. Aedeagus in left
lateral view. 5. Aedeagus in right lateral view. 6. Aedeagus in ventral view.
Dimensions of eggs and nymphs are expressed in millimeters as mean ± SE. For
nymphs, length was measured from tip of vertex to tip of abdomen; width was
measured across the widest part of the body. Thoracic length was measured along
the midline from the anterior margin of the pronotum to the posterior margin of
the metanotum.
Adult (Figs. 1-6).—Muir and Gilfard (1924) described an adult male brachypter
and provided illustrations of the aedeagus. An adult male macropter is illustrated
in Figure 1 and male genitalia in Figures 2-6. Collecting data for all specimens
are: CALIFORNIA: Butte Co., Chico, 17 May 1981 (3 6), 20 May 1981 (11 3;
plus 3 6 “collected as eggs, greenhouse reared”), 27 May 1981 (4 6), 1 June 1981
(1 *).
Egg (Fig. 7). —Length 0.76 ± 0.007; width 0.19 ± 0.003; 10 specimens ex¬
amined. Eggs laid singly; each elongated, curved, subconical, narrowing at ends,
anterior end blunt, posterior end broadly rounded; white; chorion translucent,
smooth.
First instar (Fig. 8).—Length 0.76 ± 0.015; thoracic length 0.24 ± 0.005; width
0.26 ± 0.003; 9 specimens examined.
Form elongated, subcylindrical, widest across mesothorax. Body pale brownish.
Vertex subquadrate, anterior margin barely discernible, extending to or beyond
level of anterior margin of eye. Frons convex and broadly rounded in lateral view;
in frontal view, ovoid, about as wide as long, widest about midway from vertex
to clypeal border; lateral margins convex, ventral margin concave, each lateral
margin carinate (outer carina) and paralleled by a second carina (inner carina),
which originates near anterior border of vertex and extends ventrally to clypeal
border; 9 pits in 2 irregular rows between each inner and outer carina and 2 pits
74
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 7, 8. Immature stages of D. bellicosa. 7. Egg. 8. 1st instar. A. Nymph, B. Ventral view of
distal end of metathoracic leg. Vertical bar = 0.5 mm.
between outer carina and eye. Clypeus narrowing distally, consisting of basal
postclypeus and cylindrical distal anteclypeus. Beak 3-segmented, extending to
metacoxae; segment 1 almost obscured by anteclypeus, segments 2 and 3 subequal.
Eyes red. Antennae 3-segmented; scape ring-like, short; pedicel subcylindrical,
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
75
ca. 3 x longer than scape; flagellum bulbous basally, filamentous distally, bulbous
portion ca. 2 / 3 to % length of pedicel.
Thoracic nota divided by a longitudinal middorsal line into 3 pairs of plates.
Pronotum longest laterally, extending anteriorly to or beyond posterior margin
of eye; each plate subrectangular, posterior margin slightly sinuate, with a short,
oblique, sinuate carina extending posterolaterally from anteromedial corner; with
a single row of 6 pits. Mesonotum with median length slightly longer than that
of pronotum; each plate subquadrate, posterolateral margin convex, with 2 pits
in median half and 2 pits near lateral margin. Metanotum with median length
slightly shorter than that of mesonotum; each plate subquadrate, with 1 pit in
posteromedial corner. Pro- and mesocoxae elongated, posteromedially directed;
metacoxae smaller, obscured by cup-like trochanters. Metatibiae with 2 black-
tipped spines apically and a very short, moveable, conical, spikelike spur; spur
subequal in length to longest spine. Tarsi 2-segmented, divisions between tarso-
meres very obscure; pro- and mesotarsomere 1 somewhat wedge-shaped, meta-
tarsomere 1 with a row of 3 black-tipped spines apically; segment 2 of all legs
subconical, slightly curved, with a pair of slender apical claws.
Abdomen 9-segmented, subcylindrical, widest across segments 4 and 5; segment
9 elongated vertically, surrounding anus. Segments 1 and 2 with tergites reduced
to obscure plates; each segment with the following number of pits on either side
of midline (lateralmost and caudal pits often not visible in dorsal view): segment
5 with 1 lateral pit on tergite, segments 6-8 each with 2 lateral pits on tergites,
segment 9 with 3 caudal pits.
Second instar (Fig. 9).—Length 0.87 ± 0.003; thoracic length 0.29 ± 0.007;
width 0.39 ± 0.007; 3 specimens examined.
Body slightly dorsoventrally flattened.
Vertex subpentagonal. Frons with 3 pits between each outer carina and eye.
Antennae with pedicel bearing 2 ring-like sensoria on dorsal aspect near apex;
flagellum with bulbous portion ca. V 2 length of pedicel.
Mesonotum with each plate bearing an oblique carina originating on anterior
margin ca. ‘/ 3 distance from midline to lateral margin and extending posterolater¬
ally to posterior margin of mesonotum; with 2 pits between midline and oblique
carina and ca. 3 pits between oblique carina and lateral margin. Metanotum with
each plate bearing 2 pits. Metatibiae bearing 3 black-tipped spines apically; spur
2 x or more length of longest spine. Tarsi with divisions between tarsomeres
distinct; metatarsomere 1 with a row of 4 black-tipped spines apically.
Third instar (Fig. 10). —Length 1.03 ± 0.027; thoracic length 0.36 ± 0.007;
width 0.46 ± 0.009; 10 specimens examined.
Frons, in lateral view, convex and broadly rounded dorsally but nearly straight
vertically. Antennae with pedicel bearing 4 sensoria; flagellum with bulbous por¬
tion ca. V 3 length of pedicel.
Mesonotum with wingpads slightly lobate. Metanotum with each plate appar¬
ently bearing 1 pit. Metatibiae with 2 small black-tipped spines on lateral margin,
1 near base and 1 in basal V 3 to V 2 and a row of 5 black-tipped spines apically;
spur somewhat flattened, more elongated, with 2-3 very small black-tipped teeth
just before apex and 1 tooth at apex. Metatarsomere 1 with a row of 5 black-
tipped spines apically.
Abdominal tergites with the following number of pits on either side of midline
76
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 9, 10. Immature stages of D. bellicosa. 2nd instar. 10. 3rd instar. A. Nymph, B. Ventral
view of distal end of metathoracic leg. Vertical bar = 0.5 mm.
(lateralmost and caudal pits often not visible in dorsal view): segment 5 with 1
lateral pit on tergite, segments 6-8 each with 2 lateral pits on tergite, segment 9
with 3 caudal pits.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
77
II
■o
0
0 ^
o
0^
o
o
/ * A Jf
j : •' "A /
l O
O /
oi • >-——
-o ■]
1 \i°
■ • 0
_. ° FT w
,o
jSw O . /
\vN. 1 J
f\
’fX'/ 0
/ n.o
O \
0:o
o o y
/ °
\
\ 0
° \
V/ \
^ • ' • *
'7
0
' o I
Tooj^-—
0 O of
AqcT^
0 ~0flT
%,
Figures 11, 12. Immature stages of D. bellicosa. 11. 4th instar. 12. 5th instar. A. Nymph, B. Ven¬
tral view of distal end of metathoracic leg. Vertical bar = 0.5 mm.
Fourth instar (Fig. 11). —Length 1.62 ± 0.063; thoracic length 0.52 ± 0.013;
width 0.75 ± 0.043; 6 specimens examined.
Body pale with irregular light brown markings.
78
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Frons with 4 pits between each outer carina and eye. Antennae with pedicel
bearing 6 sensoria; bulbous portion of flagellum ca. % length of pedicel.
Mesonotum with wingpads distinctly lobate, covering ca. V 2 of metanotal plate
laterally. Metatibial spur elongate, more flattened, with a row of ca. 8 very small
black-tipped teeth, spur extending almost to apex of tarsomere 1. Metatarsi with
tarsomere 1 bearing a row of 6 black-tipped spines apically; tarsomere 2 with a
row of 3 small black-tipped spines near middle partially subdividing tarsomere.
Fifth instar (Fig. 12). —Length 1.72 ± 0.087; thoracic length 0.57 ± 0.020;
width 0.74 ± 0.025; 8 specimens examined.
Frons with length ca. 1 V 2 x width. Antennae with pedicel bearing 9 sensoria;
bulbous portion of flagellum ca. V 6 length of pedicel.
Pronotum with each plate bearing 7 pits. Mesonotum with wingpads extending
to, or almost to, apex of metanotal wingpads laterally (specimens upon which this
description is based are assumed to be macropters, brachypters would probably
have mesonotal wingpads similar to those of 4th instars as in Megamelus davisi
Van Duzee [see Wilson and McPherson, 1981]). Metatibial spur foliose, more
elongated and flattened, with a row of ca. 15-21 very small black-tipped teeth.
Metatarsi 3-segmented; tarsomere 1 with a row of 7 black-tipped spines apically;
tarsomere 2 with a row of 4 black-tipped spines apically; tarsomere 3 similar to
apical tarsomere of earlier instar.
Acknowledgments
I thank Dr. R. Ediger, Department of Biological Sciences, California State
University, Chico (CSUC), for identifying the host plant, Dr. D. H. Kistner, CSUC,
for his helpful comments on the illustrations, and Dr. J. P. Kramer, Department
of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., for confirming my
identification of the adult males.
Literature Cited
Muir, F. A. G., and W. M. Giffard. 1924. Studies in North American Delphacidae. Hawaiian Sugar
PI. Assoc. Bull., 15:1-53.
Wilson, S. W., and J. E. McPherson. 1981. Life history of Megamelus davisi with descriptions of
immature stages. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 74:345-350.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 79-90
Checklist of Pacific Northwest Tabanidae with
New State Records and a Pictorial Key to
Common Species (Diptera, Tabanidae ) 1
William J. Turner
Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman, Washing¬
ton 99164.
Abstract. — An annotated checklist of the horse flies and deer flies of Washington,
Oregon, Idaho, western Montana and southern British Columbia is presented.
New state records for Washington (10 spp.) and Idaho (2 spp.) are also given.
Pictorial keys are provided to assist in identifying females of 47 species in 7 genera
most commonly found in the Pacific Northwest region.
Philip (1965) catalogued 65 species of horse and deer flies in 9 genera from
Washington, Oregon, Idaho, and portions of Montana and British Columbia. In
the nearly 20 years since Philip’s compilation there have been slight adjustments
in the numbers of species, including additions and deletions, some synonymy and
several important range extensions. There remains a dearth of overall taxonomic
works for tabanids specifically of this region. Adult horse and deer flies occurring
in the Pacific Northwest (PNW) have been treated as portions of more extensive
revisionary studies (Brennan, 1935; Philip, 1954, 1955; Stone, 1938), in treat¬
ments of taxonomically difficult groups (McAlpine, 1961; Teskey, 1982), or simply
in descriptions of new species. Descriptions of immatures and their biologies for
many PNW species can be found in Burger (1977), Lane (1975, 1979), Middlekauff
and Lane (1980), and Teskey (1969). These references serve to identify the more
important and recent publications that include PNW tabanids.
The present PNW checklist, preliminary to a more complete study, is the result
of extensive survey/biological studies by me in Washington and recent surveys
in Idaho (Nowierski and Gittins, 1976) and Oregon (Mahmoud, 1980). Additional
work in Alberta (Thomas, 1973), California (Middlekauff and Lane, 1980) and
Illinois (Pechuman et al., 1983) has helped to complete the picture of distribution
patterns in areas adjacent to the region. As a result, a more accurate idea of the
nature and composition of the regional tabanid fauna and its relationships to
adjacent areas is emerging.
The following individuals allowed access to their collections and specimens in
their care or shared important distribution information: P. H. Amaud, Jr. and C.
B. Philip (Calif. Acad. Sci., San Francisco); J. D. Lattin and A. A. Mahmoud
(Ore. St. Univ., Corvallis); L. L. Pechuman (Cornell Univ., Ithaca); J. A. Powell
and E. I. Schlinger (Univ. Calif., Berkeley); and F. C. Thompson (USDA, ARS,
1 Scientific Paper No. SP6571, Washington State University, College of Agriculture Research Center,
Pullman. Project 0209.
80
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
SEA, Washington, D.C.). Their assistance is appreciated. Dr. Pechuman kindly
provided information on tabanid distribution for each western state and the
Canadian Provinces. He along with Dr. H. J. Teskey (Canad. Nat. Coll., Ottawa)
also made important comments about the particular species discussed here. Ap¬
preciation is extended to E. P. Catts for his review of the manuscript and for
testing the keys.
Checklist of Species
Recent specific name changes and descriptions of new species have produced
several new names for western species recognized as occurring here. Some of the
more important changes include the following (all new names or changes since
Philip, 1965, are denoted on Table 1 with an asterisk): Chrysops ater Macquart
now refers to western forms recognized previouly as C. carbonarius (Walker), a
species evidently restricted to eastern North America (Pechuman and Burton,
1969; Pechuman, 1981a; and Pechuman, in Middlekauff and Lane, 1980); Hy-
bomitra lurida (Fallen) supercedes H. metabola McDunnough (Pechuman and
Stone, 1968); Pechuman (1981b) synonymized Atylotus incisuralis Macquart with
A. insuetus Osten Sacken; Tabanus similis Macquart replaces western forms pre¬
viously called T. lineola Fabricius and T. lineola scutellaris Walker as does T.
tetropsis Bigot for T. productus (Middlekauff and Lane, 1980); Hybomitra philipi
Stone was synonymized as a populational variant of H. sonomensis Osten Sacken
and H. enigmatica Teskey was recognized as new and separate from related H.
sonomensis and H. phaenops Osten Sacken (Teskey, 1982); H. typha (Whitney)
was found to be restricted to eastern North America and the western forms were
described as H. pechumani Teskey and Thompson (1979).
Subspecies and variants for three species have been recognized as valid species
or evidence suggests that they should be treated as such. Hybomitra phaenops
Osten Sacken, long recognized as a subspecies or variant of H. sonomensis, was
elevated to specific rank on differences in immature stages and their habits (Mid¬
dlekauff and Lane, 1980; Teskey, 1982). Similarly, Apatolestes willistoni Brennan,
treated as a variant of A. comastes Williston, is now recognized by Middlekauff
and Lane (1980) as a separate species. The latter workers and Mahmoud (1980)
indicate that A. willistoni var. fulvipes Philip is the form occurring in the region
(see comment below). Based on morphology and distributional data, H. osburni
Hine is likely separate from H. rhombica Osten Sacken, a species which is re¬
stricted to Utah and adjacent states (Pechuman, pers. comm.).
In contrast, a number of subspecies and variants are considered here simply as
populational variants. They occur occasionally as individual morphs, melanic
forms, or clinal variants that apparently integrate broadly in color or pollinosity
characters with typical forms in contiguous populations. They have no status and
I see no need to recognize each variant. They are included here so that proper
associations with their respective species can be made. Variants occurring in the
PNW and references to their current status are as follows: Apatolestes willistoni
var. fulvipes Philip (Middlekauff and Lane, 1980); Pilimas californica var. beameri
Philip (Middlekauff and Lane, 1980); Chrysops aestuans var. abaestuans Philip
(Nowierski and Gittins, 1976); C. aestuans var. confusus Krober (listed in the
Nearctic Diptera catalog as a variant of C. callidus Osten Sacken, but Pechuman
(pers. comm.) suggests that C. callidus probably does not occur in the west; also
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
81
Table 1. List of Tabanidae of the Pacific Northwest.
ORE
WASH
BC
IDA
MONT
Apatolestes
albipilosus Brennan
+
comastes Williston
+
+
+
4-
+
*willistoni Brennan 3
+
+
+
+
+
comastes var. willistoni
Brennan
var. fulvipes Philip
Pilimas
californica (Bigot)
+
+
+
+
+
var. beameri Philip
Stonemyia
tranquilla fera (Williston)
+
+
+
+
+
Silvius
gigantulus (Loew)
+
+
+
+
+
notatus (Bigot)
+
+
+
philipi Pechuman
quadrivittatus (Say)
+
+
Chrysops
*aestuans van der Wulp
+
+
+
+
+
var. abaestuans Philip
var. pseudoconfusus Philip
callidus var. confusus Krober
asbestos Philip
+
+
+
+
+
*ater Macquart
+
+
carbonarius Walker
fugax Osten Sacken
carbonarius var. nubiapex Philip
bishoppi Brennan 6
+
+
var. gilvus Philip
coloradensis Bigot
+
+
+
discalis Williston
+
+
+
+
+
excitans Walker
+
+
+
+
+
frigidus Osten Sacken
?
?
+
+
+
var. xanthas Philip
fulvaster Osten Sacken
+
+
furcatus Walker
+
+
+
+
+
var. chagnoni Philip
mitis Osten Sacken
+
+
+
+
+
nigripes Zetterstedt
?
*noctifer Osten Sacken
+
+
+
+
+
noctifer pertinax Williston
proclivis Osten Sacken
+
+
+
var. atricornis Bigot
surdus Osten Sacken
+
+
+
var. piceus Philip
wileyae Philip
+
Haematopota
americana Osten Sacken
?
+
+
+
+
Atylotus
* calcar Teskey
+
+
+
+
+
82
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Continued.
ORE WASH BC IDA MONT
*insuetus (Osten Sacken)
incisuralis (Macquart)
tingaureus (Philip)
*utahensis (Rowe and Knowlton)
Hybomitra
aasa Philip
affinis (Kirby) b
astuta (Osten Sacken)
atrobasis (McDunnough)
californica (Marten)
captonis (Marten)
*enigmatica Teskey
epistates (Osten Sacken)
frontalis (Walker)
fulvilateralis (Macquart)
hearlei (Philip)
illota (Osten Sacken)
lanifera (McDunnough)
lasiopthalma (Macquart) b
liorhina (Philip)
*lurida (Fallen)
metabola McDunnough
melanorhina (Bigot)
nuda (McDunnough) b
opaca (Coquillett)
*osburni (Hine)
rhombica var. osburni Hine
*pechumani Teskey and Thompson b
typha Whitney, in part
pediontis (McAlpine)
*phaenops (Osten Sacken)
sonomensis var. phaenops Osten Sacken
procyon (Osten Sacken)
rupestris (McDunnough)
sequax (Williston)
*sonomensis (Osten Sacken)
*philipi Stone
tetrica (Marten)
var. hirtula Bigot
var. rubrilata Philip
trepida (McDunnough) b
zonalis (Kirby) 3
zygota (Philip) b
Tabanus
aegrotus Osten Sacken
fratellus Williston
kesseli Philip
laticeps Hine
marginalis Fabricius b
monoensis Hine b
punctifer Osten Sacken
reinwardtii Wiedemann
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
?
+
+
+
+
+
?
+
+
?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
?
?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
9
+
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
83
Table 1. Continued.
ORE
WASH
BC
IDA
MONT
*similis Macquart
lineola Fabricius
lineola scutellaris Walker
+
+
+
+
+
stonei Philip
var. jellisoni Philip
+
+
+
+
+
*tetropsis Bigot b
productus Hine
+
+
?
+
+
a New Idaho state record.
b New Washington state record.
see Nowierski and Gittins, 1976); C. bishoppi var. gilvus Philip (Middlekauff and
Lane, 1980); C. frigidus var. xanthus Philip (Nowierski and Gittins, 1976); C.
furcatus var. chagnoni Philip (Thomas, 1973); C. proclivis var. imfurcatus Philip
and var. atricornis Bigot (Middlekauff and Lane, 1980); C. surdus var. piceus
Philip (Middlekauff and Lane, 1980); Hybomitra tetrica var. hirtula (Bigot) (Mid¬
dlekauff and Lane, 1980). The subspecies Chrysops noctifer pertinax Williston is
treated likewise (Middlekauff and Lane, 1980).
Total diversity of genera and species seems to vary little among the PNW states
and western Canadian province of British Columbia. All areas share the same
nine genera (if one assumes that Haematopota occurs in Oregon, although it is
not yet recorded from there). The overall diversity of species is likewise very
similar with the greatest number occurring in southern British Columbia (56) and
the least in western Montana (49). Tallies of species for other PNW states are
Washington (54), Idaho (54) and Oregon (52). British Columbia shares similar
coastal habitats and associated fauna with Washington and Oregon, but it also
receives more boreal and montane faunal influences from the north and northeast.
These northern relationships increase the diversity for British Columbia as several
species do not extend farther south into the states. The low number of species
in Oregon is surprising as one would expect its southern portion to be influenced
by California to the south. I suspect that Oregon, Montana and Idaho may show
greater diversity in the final analysis, but their fauna has been insufficiently col¬
lected.
The limited distribution of some species may reflect a lack of collecting or
actually represent species that are geographically limited. Four Chrysops species
(C. ater, C. frigidus Osten Sacken, C. fuly aster Osten Sacken, and C. nigripes
(Zetterstedt)) are known from the eastern portions of Montana and Idaho, but
they have not been collected or have questionable records in Washington and
Oregon. Tabanus reinwartii Wiedemann likewise is a midwestern species that has
invaded the eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains in Montana but no farther
west. While many species have wide distributions throughout the PNW region,
others with similar patterns have not been recorded in certain areas. For example,
it is difficult to explain the following absences: Atylotus tingaureus (Philip) from
Idaho; Tabanus marginalis Fabricius, T. punctifer Osten Sacken, Hybomitra la-
nifera (McDunnough) and H. lurida from Montana; H. pechumani, H. lurida, H.
opaca (Coquillett), and H. zonalis (Kirby) from Washington; Tabanus tetropsis
84
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
TABANIDAE: PICTORIAL KEY TO COMMON GENERA OCCURRING IN
THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST (BASED ON ADULT FEMALES)
WILLIAM J. TURNER
1983
r
Hind leg with 2
tibial spurs
(Subfamilies Pangoniinae
and Chrysopsinae)
1
Hind leg without
tibial spurs
(Subfamily Tabaninae)
Frontal callus touching
eye margin
Frontal callus not
touching eye margin
hpatoleatea (3 PNW spp.,
(Subfamily Chrysopsinae)
Chryeopa (16 PNW Spp.,
15 common; see key to
Chryaopa species)
r
Abdomen orange
Silvius gigantulua
ms giai.
(Loew)
Silvius (4 PNW spp.,
3 common)
Abdomen gray
r
r
First antennal segment
swollen and longer
than high
Haematopota (1 PNW spp.
H. americana Os ten
Sacken)
Vertex with distinctly
raised and shining
tubercle
Hybomitra (31 PNW spp.,
17 common; see key to
Hybomitra species)
r
Basal callus broad and
touching eyes or close
to eye margins
Tabanua (11 PNW spp.,
8 common; see key to
Tabanu8 species)
Wing veins with spots
Wing veins without
(Say)
Silvius notatus
(Bigot)
First antennal segment
short and barely
longer than high
Vertex flat and without
raised tubercle (may
be bare and shining)
Basal callus small and
not touching eye margins
Atylotue (4 PNW spp.,
1 common: A. insuetus
Osten Sacken)
Figure 1. Pictorial key to common genera occurring in the Pacific Northwest (based on adult
females).
from British Columbia; and Haematopota americana Osten Sacken from Oregon.
Finally, it is equally difficult to explain the very restricted and perhaps relict
population of H. astuta (Osten Sacken). Reported from one Oregon locality (Mah¬
moud, 1981), it has not been collected in any other PNW area.
Several primarily northern and eastern species have been recorded from north¬
ern Idaho, northern Washington and British Columbia. They are usually en-
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
85
TABANIDAE: PICTORIAL KEY TO COMMON PACIFIC NORTHWESTERN
SPECIES OF CHRYSOPS (BASED ON ADULT FEMALES)
WILLIAM J. TURNER
1983
_l
I
Wing clouded beyond crossband
-1
Wing clear beyond crossband
Basal callus entirely black Basal callus mostly brownish
orange
l
2nd basal cell dark over 1/2
its length
Chrysopa nootifer
Osten Sacken
Chrysops excitana
Walker)
-1
Cu^ cell entirely black basally
Chrysops mitis
Osten Sacken
—1
Basal antennal segment not
swollen
Apical spot ending in R. cell; triangular
hyaline area beyond dark crossband
complete to hind margin of wing
Apical spot continuing into R^ cell and
beyond, usually enclosing hyaline
area beyond dark crossband
(Continued on next page)
Chrysopa wileyae
Philip
Chrysopa fulvaster
Osten Sacken
Figure 2. Pictorial key to common Pacific Northwest species of Chrysops (based on adult females).
countered at higher latitudes in the west. One-half (5 of 10) of the species reported
here as new state records for Washington show this northeastern influence in the
region. These include: Hybomitra affinis (Kirby), H. lasiopthalma (Macquart), H.
nuda (McDunnough), H. trepida (McDunnough) and Tabanus marginalis. Other
new Washington records for Chrysops bishoppi and Tabanus monoensis Hine
represent species that are widely distributed but only recently collected in the
state. The remaining two species new to Washington {Hybomitra zygota (Philip)
and Tabanus tetropsis) have been collected in adjacent areas and represent antic-
86
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
TABANIDAE: KEY TO PACIFIC NORTHWESTERN
CHRYSOPS SPECIES CONTINUED
WILLIAM J. TURNER
1983
(Continued from previous page)
2nd basal cell clear or darkened
only at apex and base
Chrysops disaalis
Williston
X
Face black with
pollinose stripe
along midiine
Face yellow without
pollinose stripe
along midline
Chrysops aestuans
van der Wulp
Front coxae yellow Front ccxae black
Chrysops bishoppi
Brennan
I—
Abdominal tergites 3-6
with black markings
entire behind
Abdominal tergites
with black marki
scalloped behind
3-6
ngs
Chrysops furcatus
Walker
Chrysops asbestos
Philip
Chrysops frigidus
Osten Sacken
Face broadly yellow
between lateral
lobes
Face mostly black with
narrow median yellow
stripe
Chrysops proclivis
Osten Sacken
Chrysops surdus
Osten Sacken
Figure 3. Key to Pacific Northwest Chrysops species continued.
ipated range extensions into Washington. The two new Idaho records are for
Apatolestes willistoni Brennan and Hybomitra zonalis. The last is another northern
species that eventually should be collected in northeastern Washington.
Pictorial Keys
Among important blood-sucking Diptera, the horse and deer flies represent one
group that is easily recognized by the non-specialist. Unfortunately, the body of
literature available for identifying tabanids is written primarily for the taxonomic
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
87
TABANIDAE: PICTORIAL KEY TO COMMON PACIFIC NORTHWESTERN
SPECIES OF HYBDMITRA (BASED ON ADULT FEMALES)
WILLIAM J. TURNER
Abdomen black, 2nd segment lacking pale dorsal
sublateral spots and faint reddish mark at
side (may be gray pollinose at side and behind)
Subcallus pale pollinose
and dul1
Subcallus bare, black
and shining
Abdomen broadly orange brown or dark and 2nd
segment with pale dorsal sublateral spots
(triangles), faint reddish mark at side or both
Hybomitra sequax
(Williston)
Hybomitra procyon
(Osten S'acken)
Abdomen mostly black at sides, pale
s-pots margined in black or reddish
Abdomen broadly orange brown at
sides, without black margins
R. stump vein
4 absent
stump vein
present
Hind tibia with long
golden fringe
Hind tibia with black
fringe or none
Subcallus pollinose
and dull
Hybomitra tetrica
(Marten)
Subcallus bare and
shining
Notopleural lobe
yellowish brown
Hybomitra melanorhina
(Bigot)
Notopleural lobe
black
(Continued on next page)
Hybomitra califomica
(Marten)
Antenna mostly block
and 3rd segment narrow
Antenna mostly orange
and 3rd segment thick
l
Eye bare or with few
Hybomitra sonomensis
(Osten Sacken)
Hybomitra phaenops
" (Osten Sacken)
and
Hybomitra enigmatica
Teskey
(Continued on next page)
Figure 4. Pictorial key to common Pacific Northwest species of Hybomitra (based on adult females).
specialist. The keys provided here represent one attempt to develop taxonomic
works for more general use on this important group of biting flies. In format the
keys are modeled after the CDC series of keys to arthropods and other animals
of medical importance (U.S. Dept. Health, Educ., Welfare, 1967). These keys are
easier to use than more traditional ones which are often limited to word descrip¬
tions and a plethora of technical terms. In all cases where precise identifications
are necessary, determinations should be considered tentative until checked by a
specialist.
The included keys have been limited to include the more common species and
88
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
TABANIDAE; KEY TO PACIFIC NORTHWESTERN
HYBOPIITRA SPECIES CONTINUED
WILLIAM J, TURNER
1983
(Continued from previous page)
Subcallus pollinose and dull
(Continued from previous page)
Notopleural lobe black
Antenna mostly orange and
3rd segment thick
Abdominal spots yellow
and nearly round
Hybonritra frontalis
(Walker)
Abdominal spots yellowish
brown and oblique
2nd abdominal tergite
mostly black at sides
2nd abdominal tergite
orange or pink at sides
Hybonritra opaca
(Coquillett)
Hybonritra osbumi
(Hine)
Hybonritra rupestrie
(McDunnough)
Subcallus pollinose
and dull
Subcallus bare and
shining
Hybonritra fulvilateralis
(Macquart)
Hybonritra epistates
(Osten Sacken)
Hybomitra aasa
(Philip)
Hybonritra captonis
(Marten)
Figure 5. Pictorial key to common Pacific Northwest Hybomitra species continued.
genera of tabanids. Whole groups were excluded because they are considered
uncommon (i.e., those that are rarely encountered or poorly collected; for example,
species of Stonemyia and Pilimas). Species were judged to be “common” after
reviewing published and unpublished distribution records, past requests for de¬
terminations or biological information, and lists of data collected from museum
specimens or associated with field survey samples and studies from the region.
In some keys, however, several less common biting species have been included
because either the groups were small (e.g., Silvius ) or the similar-appearing rarer
species might be confused with strictly common ones (e.g., some species of Chry-
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
89
TABANIDAE: PICTORIAL KEY TO COMMON PACIFIC NORTHWESTERN
SPECIES OF TABANUS (BASED ON ADULT FEMALES)
WILLIAM J. TURNER
1983
Abdomen not completely black but with
pale dorsal sublateral spots, median
line (or triangles), or both
r
R 4 stump vein present
l
fL stump vein absent
Abdomen black and without pale dorsal
sublateral spots or median line (may
have tufts of white hair at midline)
r
Scutum with dark hair
Scutum with pale hair
Abdominal tergites (at least
1st) each with small tuft
of white hair along midline
Tabanua kesseli
Philip
Eye bare and without
minute hairs (at 30x)
l
Eye minutely haired
Abdominal tergites without
any tufts of white hair
along midline
Tabanus aegrotus
Osten Sacken
r
Hind tibia with dark
outer fringe
Hind tibia with pale
outer fringe
Tabanus latioeps
Hine
Tabanu8 atonei
Philip
Figure 6. Pictorial key to common Pacific Northwest species of Tabanus (based on adult females).
sops; also Hybomitra). The keys also are restricted to females as most records and
identification requests involve females that are regularly attracted to humans,
animals or baited traps. Males of all species, in contrast, do not seek animal hosts
or suck blood and are therefore rarely encountered.
In one couplet of the key to the species of Hybomitra, I have not separated two
species, H. phaenops (Osten Sacken) and H. enigmatica Teskey. Both are com¬
mon, very similar and not readily identified without rehydrating the heads in
order to restore the prominent eye bands visible in living material (see Price and
Goodwin, 1979 for technical details of the method). In H. phaenops the dark
90
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
horizontal bands are wider and extend completely to the lateral eye margin while
the upper and lower margins are darkened. In contrast, the bands in H. enigmatica
are thinner and do not reach the eye margin while the darker margins above and
below are absent. Specimens keyed to H. phaenops/enigmatica should be referred
to a specialist for positive identification.
Literature Cited
Brennan, J. M. 1935. The Pangoniinae of Nearctic America, Diptera: Tabanidae. Univ. Kans. Sci.
Bull., No. 22, pp. 249-401.
Burger, J. F. 1977. The biosystematics of immature Arizona Tabanidae (Diptera). Trans. Am.
Entomol. Soc., 103:145-258.
Lane, R. S. 1975. Immatures of some Tabanidae (Diptera) from Mendocino County, Calif. Ann.
Entomol. Soc. Am., 68:803-819.
-. 1979. Larvae and pupae of two Hybomitra species (Diptera: Tabanidae) from northern
California. J. Med. Entomol., 16:142-149.
Mahmoud, A. A. 1980. The Tabanidae (Diptera) of Oregon. Ph.D. dissertation, Ore. St. Univ.,
Corvallis, 269 pp.
McAlpine, J. F. 1961. Variation, distribution and evolution of the Tabanus ( Hybomitra ) frontalis
complex of horseflies (Diptera: Tabanidae). Can. Entomol., 93:894-924.
Middlekauff, W. W., and R. S. Lane. 1980. Adult and immature Tabanidae (Diptera) of California.
Bull. Calif. Insect Surv., 22:1-99.
Nowierski, R. M., and A. R. Gittins. 1976. The horse flies and deer flies of Idaho. Univ. Ida. Exp.
Sta., Res. Bull. 96, 48 pp.
Pechuman, L. L. 1981a. The horse flies and deer flies of New York (Diptera, Tabanidae). 2nd ed.
Search: Agric., 18:1-66.
-. 1981b. Notes on Atylotus and description of a new species from eastern North America
(Diptera: Tabanidae). Entomol. News, 92:1-6.
-, and J. J. S. Burton. 1969. Seasonal distribution of Tabanidae (Diptera) at Texas Hollow,
New York in 1968. Mosq. News, 29:216-220.
-, and A. Stone. 1968. A new synonymy in Hybomitra. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 70:302.
-, D. W. Webb, and H. J. Teskey. 1983. The Diptera or true flies of Illinois. I. Tabanidae.
Bull. Illin. Nat. Hist. Surv., 33:1-122.
Philip, C. B. 1954. New North American Tabanidae. VIII. Notes on and keys to genera and species
of Pangoniinae exclusive of Chrysops. Rev. Brasil. Entomol., 2:13-60.
-. 1955. New North American Tabanidae. IX. Notes on and keys to the genus Chrysops Meigen.
Rev. Brasil. Entomol., 3:47-128.
-. 1965. Family Tabanidae. Pp. 319-342 in A. Stone, C. W. Sabrosky, W. W. Wirth, R. H.
Foote, and J. R. Coulson (eds.), A catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. A.R.S.,
U.S. Dept. Agric., Handbk. 276, 1696 pp.
Price, J. O., and J. T. Goodwin. 1979. The taxonomic significance of eye pattern in female Tabanidae.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 72:725-734.
Stone, A. 1938. The horseflies of the subfamily Tabaninae of the Nearctic Region. Misc. Publ. U.S.
Dept. Agric., No. 305, 171 pp.
Teskey, H. J. 1969. Larvae and pupae of some eastern North American Tabanidae (Diptera). Mem.
Entomol. Soc. Can., No. 63, 147 pp.
-. 1982. A new species of the Hybomitra sonomensis group (Diptera: Tabanidae) with descrip¬
tion of its immature stages. Can. Entomol., 114:1077-1082.
-. 1983. A review of the Atylotus insuetus group from western North America including
description of a new species and immature stages (Diptera: Tabanidae). Can. Entomol., 115:
693-702.
-, and A. W. Thomas. 1979. Identity of Hybomitra typhus and description of a new species
previously confused with it (Diptera: Tabanidae). Can. Entomol., 111:343-350.
Thomas, A. W. 1973. The deer flies (Diptera: Tabanidae: Chrysops ) of Alberta. Quaes. Entomol.,
9:161-171.
U.S. Dept. Health, Education and Welfare. 1967. Pictorial keys to arthropods, reptiles, birds and
mammals of public health significance. Pub. Health Serv., Comm. Disease Center, 192 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(1), 1985, pp. 91-94
A New Genus and Species of Horse Fly
(Diptera: Tabanidae) from Bolivia 1
Richard C. Wilkerson
Research Associate, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Division of Plant
Industry, Florida State Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, P.O.
Box 1269, Gainesville, Florida 32602.
The following description of a new genus and species presents another example
of the continuing discovery of neotropical horse fly diversity. It indicates to me
the high potential of finding many more unstudied higher taxa in this part of the
world. It is with reluctance that I would describe a new species from a single
specimen, let alone a new genus, but in this case it is quite clear that the species
is distinct and requires generic status.
Roquezia Wilkerson, New Genus
(Tabanidae: Tabaninae: Diachlorini)
Diagnosis. — Frons relatively wide, convergent below. Basal callus square and
protuberant, not touching sides of frons. Eyes bare. A slightly raised tubercle at
vertex bears 3 small ocelli. Antennal basal plate slender, dorsally bluntly rounded,
style 4 annulate. Palpus short, greatly inflated but sharply pointed. Scutum pale
gray and dark brown striped. Wings glass-clear, venation normal, vein R 4+5 with
a short appendix. Basicosta without macrotricheae (bare). Abdomen above black¬
ish brown with a series of large sublateral pale gray spots on tergites 3-6. Tergites
1 and 2 largely gray pollinose.
The overall impression is of a muscoid fly.
Type of genus. —Roquezia signifera Wilkerson, new species.
Etymology .—Named for Roberto Vasquez C., Bolivian botanist and generous
host during my visits to Bolivia.
Roquezia signifera Wilkerson, New Species
(Figs. 1-4)
Diagnosis.— A small muscoid appearing dark brown and pale gray species with
shiny square basal callus, small but distinct ocellar tubercle and short, swollen,
pointed palpi. Scutum pale gray striped, wing glass-clear and legs black. Abdomen
above with large pale gray sublateral spots except on tergite 2 which, except for
a median dark brown triangle is entirely pale gray.
Female.— Length: body 8 mm; of wing 9 mm. Head structures in Figures 1-3.
Frontal index 5.0. Frons narrowed below, width at vertex/width at base = 1.7.
Frons, subcallus, gena, frontoclypeus and postocciput pale gray pollinose with a
faint yellowish tint. Vertex darkened, area around the tubercle shiny black; dorsal
to this shiny area integument dark and sparsely dark brown pollinose. Frontal
1 Florida Agricultural Experiment Station Journal Series No. 5805.
92
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1-3. Head structures of female Roquezia signifera Wilkerson, new species. 1, Antenna. 2,
Palp. 3, Frons.
hairs mostly black, short and sparse; those at vertex longer and more numerous;
those on lower Vi of frons quite sparse and pale. Ocellar tubercle small and slightly
raised bearing 3 small yellowish brown ocelli. Ocelli seem to be covered by
pollinosity and are not protuberant. Eyes bare, color and pattern not recorded.
Basal callus a protuberant shiny black square with a slender upward extension.
Subcallus with small sublateral bare spots, apparently the result of rubbing. Nu¬
merous short pale yellow hairs present on gena, less dense laterally on fronto-
clypeus. Beard of numerous short pale yellow hairs. Antenna pale reddish brown,
the annuli darker brown; antennal hairs black. Second palpal segment short, much
swollen basally but apically acutely pointed; integument pale yellowish brown,
sparsely pale gray pollinose and black haired except for a few pale hairs beneath.
Proboscis short, wholly fleshy and black. In this specimen it is retracted but stylets
are short and reach only to tip of palpus. Labella about as long as palpus.
Scutum and scutellum as in Figure 4. Pale areas of scutum pale gray pollinose,
the dark areas with a dark brown integument covered with sparse dark brown
pollinosity. Scutellum blackish brown. Scutal hairs short, sparse and black; hairs
of scutellum also sparse and black but longer. Pleura, and mid and hind coxae,
blackish brown overlain with sparse pale gray pollinosity. Pleural hairs short,
sparse and black; those below wing base longer. A small clump of yellow hairs
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 1
93
Figure 4. Roquezia signifera Wilkerson, new species. Dorsal view of thorax and abdomen.
present in front of wing base. Fore coxae mostly pale yellowish gray pollinose and
pale yellow haired. Legs black and black haired. Wing including costal cell glass-
clear, venation normal; R 4+5 (fork of 3rd vein) with a short appendix. Basicosta
bare. Squamae pale, with a fringe of white hairs. Halteres brown but tip of knob
yellow.
94
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Abdominal dorsum as in Figure 4, dark areas blackish brown, pale areas pale
silvery gray pollinose. Dorsum wholly sparsely short black haired. Venter dark
blackish brown in ground color, pale bluish gray pollinose and wholly short black
haired.
Male. — Not known.
Type. — Holotype female, Santa Cruz Department, Bolivia, 10 km E Warnes,
22-VIII-1983, R. Wilkerson coll. To be deposited in the Florida State Collection
of Arthropods, Gainesville, Florida.
Etymology. — Signifera is from the Latin meaning bearing marks, figures or signs.
Discussion. — Tribe Diachlorini (Tabaninae, Tabanidae) remains a confusing
group of genera and subgenera whose relationships are not yet understood (Fair-
child, 1969). The tribe comprises more than half of the neotropical species of
Tabanidae and is united, perhaps artificially, by the following: “Basicosta smooth¬
ly pollinose, without setae. If setae are present, sparse or numerous, and there are
vestiges of ocelli, a strong tubercle at vertex, labella partly sclerotized, a long tooth
on third antennal segment, wings strongly patterned or other striking specializa¬
tions” (Fairchild, 1969).
Roquezia belongs in this assemblage by virtue of its bare basicosta. Several
species or species groups in Diachlorini superficially resemble Roquezia because
of their muscoid fly appearance (mimicry?). Stypommisa marucii (Fairchild) and
most Philipotabanus (Mimotabanus ) Fairchild differ by having a clavate callus
and elongated palpi. In addition they have bluish pruinosity on the first 2 ab¬
dominal segments and P. Mimotabanus has a patterned wing. Myiotabanus Lutz
differs by having a longer proboscis, partly sclerotized labella, partially bare sub¬
callus, a large ovoid basal callus, no vestiges of ocelli and short stubby antennae.
Eutabanus pictus Krober differs by having protuberant and conical notopleural
lobes, inflated fore tibiae, flattened hind tibiae, broad divergent frons, large drop¬
shaped callus and a small discal wing band.
Roquezia seems to be most closely related structurally to Stenotabanus Lutz,
many species of which have glass-clear wings, short fleshy labella, short, basally
swollen palpi, similar antennae, vestiges of ocelli, frons convergent below, and
protuberant square basal callus, sometimes with a thin dorsal extension.
Roquezia, however, differs in 2 significant ways from any Stenotabanus known
to me. First, the frons differs by having a basal callus that does not touch the
sides of the frons and there is no median darkened area on the frons evident in
most St. (Stenotabanus ). Secondly, no Stenotabanus seen has a thoracic and/or
abdominal pattern similar to Roquezia.
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank G. B. Fairchild for initial review of this manuscript and Dorie
Peyton for the fine drawings of the thorax and abdomen. This publication based
on work supported by the National Science Foundation under Grant BSR 8211808.
Literature Cited
Fairchild, G. B. 1969. Notes on neotropical Tabanidae. XII. Classification and distribution, with
keys to genera and subgenera. Arq. Zool., Sao Paulo, 17(4): 199-255.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles
on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬
cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed
page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for
publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor.
General. — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct
quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500
ft) elevation”.
Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All
manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight.
Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8 V 2 X 11 inches are not acceptable.
Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each
sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet.
Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping.
First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses,
(3) the author’s name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the
complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author
of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a
separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for
each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the
author.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings.
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (1 1 7 X 181 mm; 454 X 7'/» inches). If possible,
allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face.
Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should
be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed
illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric
scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures
to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title
of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations
not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to
acceptance of the manuscript.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed
following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the
following format;
Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212.
Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information
Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e. . . . “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212)
noted . . .”.
Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be
charged to the author.
Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00
per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges.
Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for
reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer.
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901-
1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to Vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to Vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per
volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for Vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58
(1982) and subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).*
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl Pritchard and
Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. Price $10.00 (plus $1.25
postage and handling).*
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).*
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343
pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, post¬
age, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-
California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at
this special price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).*
*(Add 6 % sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco,
Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties add 6 ’/ 2 %). Members of the Society will receive a 20%
discount on the price of the memoirs.)
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
% California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118-9961
U.S.A.
Vol. 61
April 1985
No. 2
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
WEEKS, L. and H. A. HESPENHEIDE—Predatory and mating behavior of Stichopogon (Dip-
tera: Asilidae) in Arizona. 95
RUST, R. W.—Notes on the biology of Pseudocotalpa giulianii Hardy (Coleoptera: Scara-
baeidae).... 105
HEPPNER, J. B.—Review of the North American genus Araeolepia (Lepidoptera: Plutellidae)
.._. 110
POINAR, G. O., JR .—Silpha aenescens Casey (Silphidae: Coleoptera) as a pest of home grown
strawberries in California. 118
CHANDLER, D, S.—New synonymy in Notoxus (Coleoptera: Anthicidae). 121
EICKWORT, G. C.—The nesting biology of the sweat bee Halictus farinosus in California,
with notes on H. ligatus (Hymenoptera: Halicitidae). 122
ANNOUNCEMENT. 13 8
GUNTHER, K. K.—A new pygmy mole grasshopper from California and Baja California,
Mexico (Orthoptera: Tridactylidae). 139
POLHEMUS, D. A.—A review of Dichaetocoris Knight (Heteroptera: Miridae): New species,
new combinations, and additional distribution records. 146
PARKER, F. D.—Nesting habits of Osmia grinnelli Cockerell (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). 155
WHARTON, R. A.—A new species of Mallochia (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) introduced
to Texas to control Eoreuma loftini (Dyar) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) in sugar cane. 160
POLHEMUS, J. T. and D. A. POLHEMUS—Studies on Neotropical Yeliidae (Hemiptera)
VIII: New species and notes. 163
KAVANAUGH, D. H. and T. L. ERWIN —Trechus obtusus Erichson (Coleoptera: Carabidae),
a European ground beetle, on the Pacific Coast of North America: Its distribution,
introduction, and spread. 170
HAAS, G. E., N. WILSON, and T. RUMFELT—Bird fleas, genus Ceratophyllus, from Alaska
(Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae). 180
MIDDLEKAUFF, W. W. — Ophrella, a new genus of Orussidae from Panama (Hymenoptera:
Symphyta, Orussidae). 184
SCIENTIFIC NOTES. 152, 153, 154
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED... 120, 145, 151, 169
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1985
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. A. Chemsak, Editor
R. S. Lane, Associate Editor
W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen
R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬
en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should
be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall,
University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back
numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1985
J. Gordon Edwards, President W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer
Larry Bezark, President-Elect V. F. Lee, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961.
Editor: J. A. Chemsak, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None.
This issue mailed April 30, 1985
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, pp. 95-104
Predatory and Mating Behavior of Stichopogon
(Diptera: Asilidae) in Arizona
Les Weeks and Henry A. Hespenheide
(LW) Department of Geography, University of California, Los Angeles, Cali¬
fornia 90024; (HAH) Department of Biology, University of California, Los An¬
geles, California 90024.
Abstract.—Stichopogon catulus O.S. was studied along Cave Creek Canyon
below Sunny Flat Campground, Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona, in late May and
early June of 1980. Censuses of individuals along l A mi of stream show diurnal
changes in activities and locations of the flies: Feeding is more common in the
morning than in the afternoon; intraspecific interactions, including copulation,
are more frequent in the afternoon than morning; flies are more frequent away
from the stream very early and late in the day and move to rocks in the stream
during midday periods. Flies orient toward the sun. No courtship was observed,
but females signal unwillingness to copulate by raising their abdomen. Copulations
last as long as 16 min and interruptions are often attempted by a second male,
in one case successfully. Foraging sallies are usually for prey in the air, but oc¬
casionally for prey on the water surface, especially for water strider nymphs. Prey
are usually Diptera (73%) or Hemiptera (11%) and average 2.8 mm in length
(range: 1.5-5.5 mm); females are more frequently seen with prey than are males.
Stichopogon trifasciatus (Say) was observed near Portal in August 1980. In this
species, courtship may or may not precede an attempted copulation by a male,
which makes the species especially interesting for study of the effectiveness of
courtship.
Stichopogon is a small genus in the Dasypogoninae with 10 species found in
North America north of Mexico (Martin and Wilcox, 1965), all but one of which
were characterized in a key given by Wilcox (1936) in the most recent and com¬
prehensive treatment of the genus. Except for the widespread S. trifasciatus (Say),
whose biology was described by Lavigne and Holland (1969), the species are
poorly known.
The family Asilidae in the Cave Creek Canyon area of the Chiricahua mountains
of southeastern Arizona has been extensively collected, and Alcock (1974), Hes¬
penheide and Rubke (1977) and Linsley (1960) have published studies of members
of the family present there. During visits to the Canyon during the spring and
summer of 1980 and 1981 small populations of S. trifasciatus and relatively large
ones of S. catulus Osten Sacken were discovered and observed; S. fragilis Hine
occurs nearby. This paper will primarily treat the population of Stichopogon
catulus which was studied for several aspects of its behavior: temporal patterns
in local population size, levels of foraging and reproductive behavior, intraspecific
interactions, perch sites, and orientation with respect to the sun. Prey items were
96
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
recovered and analyzed, and qualitative observations made of this species’ re¬
productive, foraging, and general behavior. Notes were also made on the courtship
behavior of S. trifasciatus which supplement those of Lavigne and Holland (1969)
for that species.
Study Sites, Organisms, and Methods
S. catulus was observed between 24 May and 9 June 1980 along Cave Creek
adjacent to and downstream from Sunny Flat campground in the lower part of
Cave Creek Canyon in the Coronado National Forest, Cochise County, Arizona.
The campground is located approximately 3.4 mi southwest of Portal at about
5400 ft elevation. Flies were observed and collected along a l U mi section of stream
and regularly censused along a portion approximately 2.5 m wide and 65 m in
length. At the census site the stream is bordered by a steep embankment (approx.
1.25 m high) on its south side and dry riverbed consisting of cobble to boulder¬
sized granitic rocks (1-5 m wide) on its north side. During the course of the
observations the stream was 0.1-0.75 m deep where running, with an approximate
average depth of 0.25 m, and was fast-moving with many riffles and exposed
granitic boulders 0.2-1 m in diameter. This part of the canyon is characterized
on its south and north sides by very high and steep rock cliffs which cast long
shadows in the late afternoon. Vegetation bordering and in places overhanging
the stream consists primarily of sycamores ( Platanus wrightii), some oaks ( Quercus
spp.), alligator junipers (Juniperus deppeana), and willows ( Salix sp.) which grow
to heights of 3-25 m. The effect of their shadows is very noticeable in the after¬
noons, when by 1630 hr MST the entire census strip is in shade.
S. trifasciatus was observed and collected regularly during August 1980 in Silver
Creek about 1 mi west of Portal along the road to Paradise at an elevation of
about 4880 feet. The wash is relatively densely populated by shrubs of the genus
Chrysothamnus; vegetation surrounding the wash is a mixture of Prosopis juliflora,
Acacia constricta, and Mimosa biuncifera with a few scattered walnuts and ju¬
nipers. Courtship behavior was studied there on August 21st between 925 and
1002 hr MST. The species was also collected in nearby Hidalgo County, New
Mexico, about 30 mi south of Animas.
S. catulus was redescribed by Wilcox (1936) and is characteristically elongate
in shape, dark grayish-black in color, and sexually dimorphic in size (average
male length, 5.60 mm, n = 27; average female length, 6.99 mm, n = 31). In
addition to being smaller, males have an overall gray coloration with a whitish-
silvery mystax and with pollinose portions of the thorax and abdomen pale grey.
The female is noticeably larger and more yellowish in coloration, including a
yellow-gold mystax and more yellowish or pale brown pollinose areas. Throughout
the study individuals were only seen perched on rocks in and adjacent to Cave
Creek. S. trifasciatus is a widespread and abundant species, considerably larger
in size (mean length 13.00 mm, n = 6) and without the sexual dimorphism in
size or coloration found in S. catulus; it is included in Wilcox’s (1936) key to the
genus and described and figured by Lavigne and Holland (1969). S. trifasciatus
also perched on rocks in the dry streambed near Portal; south of Animas it was
in a dry, sandy wash.
S. catulus was censused every half hour during five separate days during the
period of 21-26 May 1980. The total number of flies seen was recorded, as were
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
97
their activity and location with respect to the stream. Location was assigned to
one of the following categories: on a rock at mid-stream; on a rock surrounded
by water but near the stream’s edge; on a rock at streamside with water along
some edge; or on rocks which were completely land-locked. Also recorded were
the sex and number of individuals with prey, and instances of copulation, including
duration (whether more or less than 1 min). Other intraspecific behavioral inter¬
actions were noted and distinguished according to the sexes of the participants:
male-female, female-female, or male-male. A total of 60 censuses were made in
this manner with the activity and location of 2453 individuals recorded. Orien¬
tation of individuals with respect to the sun was measured by compass readings
for 75 individuals at 1030 and again at 1400 hr on May 26, 1980. Flies with prey
were collected when possible using a clear plastic vial with snap lid along stretches
of stream not used for censuses or behavioral observations. Samples were stored
in small glass vials and labeled with the date, time and location of collection. A
total of 90 collections were made in this manner between May 18-27, 1980.
Qualitative observations were also recorded on the foraging and reproductive
behavior, and on the inter- and intraspecific activities displayed by this species.
Fly and prey specimens were subsequently identified and measured for body length
excluding wings. Prey length was used as an index of prey size, and size data were
analyzed statistically.
Results and Discussion
Daily activity rhythms.— Diurnal patterns in the activity of S. catulus are shown
in Figure 1. In this species, as in most Asilidae that have been studied (e.g.,
Lavigne and Dennis, 1975), different activities seem to occur during specific
periods of the day. Foraging behavior predominates in the morning hours and
intraspecific interactions and copulatory behavior in the afternoon hours, similar
to the pattern described for Holopogon albipilosis (Lavigne and Dennis, 1975)
and Nannocyrtopogon neoculatus (Hespenheide, 1978). Overall levels of activity
are greater, perhaps because of higher temperatures and greater metabolic activity.
Dennis and Lavigne (1975), following Holling, have proposed that activities other
than foraging are not engaged in until the flies have become food-satiated, and
therefore can be expected to increase only after feeding. Increased intraspecific
activity may be a necessary precursor to reproductive activity; Hinde (1970) talks
of such behavior as “primer activity,” i.e., activities which serve to stimulate and
increase the levels of subsequent activities.
Activity levels displayed by Asilidae are typically influenced by air and substrate
temperatures and availability of sunlight. Because of their dependence upon sun,
asilids often remain sluggish and unable to fly until minimum air and substrate
temperatures are attained. Activity levels increase but then may again be curtailed
by hot midday temperatures (Lavigne and Holland, 1969). Levels of activity
increase again as afternoon temperatures cool, but often not to the extent achieved
at mid-morning temperatures (Hespenheide, 1978). Wind (Lavigne and Holland,
1969) and cloudy weather (Dennis and Lavigne, 1975) also effectively limit robber
fly behavior. The behavior of S. catulus on May 24th and 25th demonstrate the
importance of these factors. After the particularly cool and very windy night of
23-24 May very few flies were present in the morning hours (not censused), in
strong contrast with the high levels of activity normally observed at this time
98
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
TIME OF DAY (HRS)
Figure 1. Numbers of flies active in censuses (upper figure) and types of activity of Stichopogon
catulus (lower figure; P = feeding on prey, I = involved in intraspecific encounters, C = copulating—
remaining flies are resting or foraging).
(Fig. 1). The afternoon of 24 May was also windy and cooler than normal; although
the number of individuals observed in the late afternoon (1430-1530) was not
substantially smaller than normal, the numbers of individuals diminished and
activity was curtailed at an earlier time than normal when winds increased. May
25th was also preceded by a very cool night and was characterized by cool tem¬
peratures and hazy sunshine which eventually became completely overcast by
1500 hr. Activity levels were reduced during both the morning and afternoon,
but not to the same extent as on the very windy day of 24 May.
Lavigne and Holland (1969) report asilids thermoregulating behaviorally through
positional changes, seen also in 5. catulus. During the cool early morning hours
individuals flatten themselves to rocks, thereby maximizing the surface area in
contact with the relatively warm substrate. Later in the day, as air and substrate
temperatures rise, individuals stand stiff-legged on the rocks in order to minimize
contact with and maximize distance from the warm substrate.
Location.—Stichopogon catulus and S. trifasciatus are distinctive in foraging
from exposed rocks in and along streams. Lavigne and Holland (1969) describe
the biology of two species of Lasiopogon which also forage from rocks in streams,
as does a third species at Cave Creek Canyon ( Philonicus limpidipennis (Hine)).
S. catulus even foraged from rocks which were wet from splashing water and
where it appeared an individual might easily be dislodged into the stream. This
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
99
Figure 2. Diurnal changes in location of rock perches of foraging Stichopogon catulus : a. in mid¬
stream; b. surrounded by water but at edge of stream; c. bordering stream, water touching only part
of rock; d. away from stream.
foraging preference is reflected in the presence of water strider nymphs (Gerridae)
among the prey items (see below) although most prey were captured aerially.
Although S. catulus tended to leave portions of the stream that dried up during
the course of this study, Eric Fisher (pers. comm.) has collected the species in dry
streambeds elsewhere.
Although S. catulus was always found on rocks in or adjacent to the stream,
locational preferences changed during the day. Figure 2 shows that exposed rocks
found in the middle of the stream are the preferred foraging base (except for in
the very late afternoon). Exposed rocks near the stream’s edge, but still surrounded
by water, do not seem to be strongly preferred or avoided, except that they, too,
are not used in the later afternoon. Rocks which border the stream’s edge are used
most frequently in the early- to mid-morning and late afternoon hours, and used
least frequently during the heat of the day. When the stream has become com¬
pletely shaded in the late afternoon (1630), rocks located away from the stream
(1-3 m) in the dry streambed are the most heavily used, but during the remainder
of the day are completely unused. It is not known whether these locational pref¬
erences change during the day for reasons having to do with thermoregulation or
prey availability.
Orientation .—Background lighting by the sun has been proposed as an impor¬
tant mechanism by which asilids notice and recognize prey items (Dennis and
Lavigne, 1975). Measurements of the orientation of foraging flies with respect to
the sun indicate that they track the sun and therefore support the idea of back¬
ground lighting as an important mechanism in prey location (Fig. 3). When chang¬
ing their position on the rocks or flying to different rocks, the flies always appear
100
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 3. Orientation of foraging Stichopogon catulus with respect to sun at different times of day.
Asterisk indicates direction of sun.
to attempt to face out over the water in the direction of the sun. Moreover, few
individuals were observed on the south side of the stream, where an individual
would have to look away from the sun in order to look out over the stream.
Courtship and mating behavior.—Stichopogon catulus does not appear to have
a courtship display. Males usually land within a few centimeters of a female, sit
for 0.5-2 min and then pounce on that female. This behavior was observed
between 1030 to 1630 hr. Females usually respond with some form of rejection,
either by flying off, by flying at and attacking the male, or by parting the wings
and raising the abdomen. The latter display is often used by disinterested females
even in the absence of an attempted copulation, apparently as a display to males
in the immediate vicinity, and has been discussed by Dennis and Lavigne (1975)
for Holopogon albipilosus. Foraging behavior and rejection were more common
in the morning hours and, as Figure 1 shows, mating success was greater in the
afternoon, which suggests that activities other than feeding, including copulation,
are more likely to occur if the organism has fed.
Copulation is achieved only when the male is allowed by the female to mount;
however, because females frequently raise their abdomen in rejection after a male
has mounted, even a successful mounting does not assure successful copulation.
Sexual connection is made by the male’s curving his abdomen under himself until
contact is made with the female’s genitalia. During copulation the smaller male
straddles directly over the female’s abdomen (Fig. 4). The male’s front tarsi are
occasionally observed on the female’s wings; these are usually folded over her
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
101
Figure 4. Copulating pair of Stichopogon catulus.
abdomen, but occasionally spread. The male’s wings are always folded over his
abdomen.
During copulation the pair is often interrupted by other males, who either land
on the male, or more commonly land in between the copulating pair facing in the
opposite direction, turn around, and attempt to displace the genitalia of the cop¬
ulating male with that of his own (21 instances recorded; many others observed).
If a pair in copulo has been connected for less than a minute, displacement is
frequent, resulting in the two males’ flying off in pursuit of one another. If cop¬
ulation has been in progress for a greater length of time, displacement is rarely
successful, even when the male was bent over backwards by the intruding male.
Such intrusions by other males often cause the copulating pair to fly off, with the
female carrying the male on her back to another rock. In one instance an intruding
male was observed to displace a copulating male and then successfully copulate
with the female who did not react to the change of mates. Multiple matings have
been reported by Bullington and Lavigne (1980), but not as a result of displace¬
ment.
During copulation females are often observed with a prey item (also reported
by Lavigne et al., 1976). Females preoccupied with prey are observed to be more
receptive or to react less strongly or frequently to the actions of mounting males.
Copulating pairs are often observed grooming their abdomen and facial areas,
particularly in the final minutes before disengagement (also reported by Lavigne,
1963 and Lavigne and Holland, 1969). Length of copulation varied between less
than one to as much as 16 min with most observed instances lasting less than a
102
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Sizes of prey of Stichopogon catulus.
Prey type
Males
Females
All 1
n
X
SD
n
X
SD
n
X
SD
Diptera
26
2.81
0.835
30
2.92
0.923
60
2.85
0.860
Hemiptera
2
2.10
0.141
5
2.21
0.622
8
2.15
0.483
Ephemeroptera
—
—
—
4
3.27
0.134
4
3.27
0.134
Homoptera
—
—
—
4
2.40
0.496
4
2.40
0.496
Trichoptera
1
4.15
—
1
3.65
—
2
3.90
0.295
Coleoptera
—
—
—
1
2.10
—
1
2.10
—
Lepidoptera
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
2.80
—
Total
29
2.81
0.850
47
2.79
0.858
90
2.76
0.820
1 Sex of predator was not recorded in every case.
minute. Windy and/or cloudy weather seems to significantly restrict these activ¬
ities.
Foraging behavior. — Foraging and feeding behavior of S. catulus is very similar
to that described for Lasiopogon cinereus (Lavigne and Holland, 1969). Foraging
flights originate exclusively from exposed rocks in and along the stream, usually
every two to three minutes. These flights are from 0.2 to 1.5 m in length from
the foraging site and usually directed in about a 135 degree arc in front of the fly.
Upon completion of a foraging flight, the fly frequently returns to within 5 cm of
the initial perch or to the same rock (Powell and Stage, 1962; Lavigne, 1963). In
order to intercept prey, flights from rocks are directed not only straight out and
up, but also downward along the water surface (e.g., for water strider nymphs).
One individual made approximately seven forage flights in quick succession along
the water surface, being successful on the last attempt to capture a water strider
nymph. Females make up to three times as many foraging flights as males, and
foraging behavior is most common during the mid-morning hours (Fig. 1).
Prey.— Analysis and identification of 88 prey items (Table 1) indicates Sticho¬
pogon catulus is relatively specialized in the prey that it takes, with the order
Diptera accounting for 73% of the prey items taken, followed by Hemiptera-
Heteroptera (11%), Hemiptera-Homoptera (6%), Ephemeroptera (5%), Trichop-
tera (2%), and Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, and Lepidoptera (1% each). Especially
interesting among the prey items, as mentioned above, were first and second instar
nymphs of water striders of the genus Gerris, necessarily captured off the water
surface. Stichopogon trifasciatus also takes prey off of surfaces in addition to aerial
captures (Lavigne and Holland, 1969 and below).
The prey taken by this species ranged in size from 1.6 to 5.5 mm in length,
with an overall mean length of 2.80 mm (s = 0.854). Prey sizes differed insignif¬
icantly between the sexes despite the sexual dimorphism in body size documented
above, with males taking prey of mean length 2.81 mm (s = 0.850, n = 29) and
females taking prey of mean length 2.79 mm (s = 0.858, n = 47). Relative to its
own body length, this species takes rather large prey. The average predator/prey
ratio from those samples collected is 2.23 (n = 57); the mean predator/prey ratio
for males is 2.04 ( n = 27) and for females 2.39 (n = 30).
Observations in the field and collections of predator/prey samples revealed that
females were nearly twice as common as males among those individuals with
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
103
prey. The differences in predatory habits of the sexes has been suggested to be a
result of the female’s need for additional nourishment for the development of her
eggs (Lavigne and Dennis, 1975, after Hobby) or that males may spend less time
foraging for prey, and therefore would be found with fewer prey, because of the
extra time they spend searching for and mating with females (Dennis and Lavigne,
1975). Informal observations support the latter suggestion: From midday on males
were only infrequently seen making foraging flights and were rarely seen with
prey, apparently because of their preoccupation with sexual behavior, which re¬
sulted in high levels of intraspecific activity (Fig. 1).
Courtship o/Stichopogon trifasciatus.—Although observations of the courtship
behavior of S. trifasciatus were brief compared with those of Lavigne and Holland
(1969), some additional details not mentioned by them seem worth reporting. A
generalized courtship sequence begins with a male joining a female on a rock
perch in a face-to-face orientation and at a distance of % to % body lengths. The
male then does a flight display of short arcs back and forth in front of the female
at about the same distance as when perched and only slightly above her and the
substrate. He orients toward her constantly and moves at a rate of about two arcs
(i.e., one complete movement back and forth) per second. While in flight the
male’s legs are dangled, but somewhat spread, and seem to be wiggled slightly;
although difficult to see, the male’s head may be tipped toward the female. From
two to eight arcs are given in a ‘bout,’ after which the male either returns to his
perch or makes a ‘pounce’ and attempts to copulate with the female. From one
to seven bouts precede a pounce, and in the one observed successful copulation
two unsuccessful pounces preceded the successful one. Unlike the case in S.
catulus, there was no obvious rejection behavior by the female in failed pounces,
although two sequences of bouts were interrupted by female grooming. Sequences
of bouts ended by departure of either the male or the female or by copulation.
The single observed copulation lasted from 30 to 60 sec with the male perched
above the female, at the conclusion of which the male disengaged and flew off.
In some cases males would pounce on a female without preliminary flight
displays (also observed by Lavigne and Holland, 1969), usually after flying from
perches of more than a meter away. In one case a male made a pounce on a female
which was in a face-to-face orientation (perched) with a second male. Lavigne
and Holland (1969) report successful copulations attained by such ‘intruding’
males, which raises interesting questions for the evolution of courtship in the
species, in the genus, and more generally. These must be answered by more
systematic observations of marked populations.
Lavigne and Holland (1969) report S. trifasciatus to take prey from the substrate,
and the only prey record observed for the species in this study was a spider. A
female was seen to orient to a falling leaf, but little foraging or feeding was observed
overall.
Acknowledgments
We would like to express our appreciation to Joe Wright and John Howard for
aid in the capture of sample specimens; to Diane Calabrese, Eric M. Fisher, Joe
Wright and Tom Sherry for identification of specimens; to Eric M. Fisher for
comments on the manuscript; and to Tom Sherry for help with statistics. Part of
this study was supported by a grant from the U.C.L.A. Academic Senate.
104
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Literature Cited
Alcock, J. 1974. Observations on the behavior of Mallophora fautrix Osten Sacken. Pan-Pacific
Entomol., 50:68-72.
Bullington, S. W., and R. J. Lavigne. 1980. An instance of multiple mating in Asilus gilvipes (Diptera:
Asilidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 56:79-80.
Dennis, D. S., and R. J. Lavigne. 1975. Comparative behavior of Wyoming robber flies II. Science
Monograph 30, Agric. Exp. Sta., Univ. Wyoming, Laramie, 68 pp.
Hespenheide, H. A. 1978. Prey, predatory and courtship behavior of Nannocyrtopogon neoculatus
Wilcox and Martin (Diptera: Asilidae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 51:449-456.
-, and M. A. Rubke. 1977. Prey, predatory behavior, and the daily cycle of Holopogon wilcoxi
Martin. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 53:277-285.
Hinde, R. A. 1970. Animal behavior. McGraw Hill Book Co., New York.
Lavigne, R. J. 1963. Notes on the behavior of Stenopogon coyote Bromley with a description of the
eggs. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 39:103-108.
-, and D. S. Dennis. 1975. Ethology of Efferia frewingi. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 68:992-
996.
-, and F. R. Holland. 1969. Comparative behavior of eleven species of Wyoming robber flies
(Diptera: Asilidae). Science Monograph 18, Agric. Exp. Sta., Univ. Wyoming, Laramie, 61 pp.
—-, L. Rogers, and F. Lavigne. 1976. Ethology of Efferia benedicti in Wyoming. Proc. Entomol.
Soc. Wash., 78:145-153.
Linsley, E. G. 1960. Ethology of some bee- and wasp-killing robber flies of southeastern Arizona
and western New Mexico. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 16:357-392.
Martin, C. H., and J. Wilcox. 1965. Asilidae. In A. Stone, C. W. Sabrosky, W. W. Wirth, R. H.
Foote, and J. R. Coulson, A catalog of Diptera of America north of Mexico. U.S.D.A. Agric.
Res. Serv., Agric. Handb., 276:360-401.
Powell, J. A., and G. E. Stage. 1962. Prey selection by robberflies of the genus Stenopogon, with
particular observations on S. engelhardti Bromley. Wasmann J. Biol., 20:139-157.
Scarbrough, A. G. 1981. Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland:
seasonal distribution, abundance, diurnal movements, and behaviors. Proc. Entomol. Soc.
Washington, 83:245-257.
Wilcox, J. 1936. Asilidae, new and otherwise, from the southwest, with a key to the genus Stichopogon.
Pan-Pacific Entomol., 12:201-212.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61 ( 2 ), 1985 , pp . 105-109
Notes on the Biology of Pseudocotalpa giulianii
Hardy (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae)
Richard W. Rust
Department of Biology, University of Nevada, Reno, Nevada 89557.
Hardy (1971) described the genus Pseudocotalpa from a series of 120 specimens
from the Algodones Sand Dunes near Glamis, California ( Pseudocotalpa andrewsi
Hardy). Two additional species were described from sand dunes, one from Puerto
Penasco, Sonora, Mexico (P. sonorica Hardy) and the other from Big Dune,
Nevada {P. giulianii Hardy) (Hardy, 1974). Hardy (1976) described the mating
behavior of P. giulianii and Hardy and Andrews (1981) discuss the biology of P.
andrewsi. Here I report on various aspects of the biology of P. giulianii as studied
during the adult activity periods in 1979 (1 day), 1980 (1 day), 1981 (2 days),
1982 (9 days) and 1983 (1 day).
Adult Pseudocotalpa giulianii are light tan scarabaeid beetles with more yel¬
lowish pronotum and head, the legs are darker with reddish brown tarsi and claws
(Fig. 1). They are between 17 to 25 mm long and 7 to 10 mm wide (Hardy, 1974).
Males and females are similar in appearance, but easily distinguished by the size
of the tarsal claws; female claws are equal whereas the outer tarsal claw of the
male is twice as long as the inner.
Pseudocotalpa giulianii is known from two sand dunes in southwestern Nevada:
Big Dune 16.5 km west Lathrop Wells, Nye County (116°35'W, 36°38'N) and
Lava Dune 10 km west-northwest Lathrop Wells, Nye County (116°30'W, 36°41 'N)
(Fig. 2). The dunes are 6.5 km air distance apart. Big Dune is a complex star dune
with an area of 4.0 km 2 and is 755 m in elevation. Lava Dune is sand trapped
in a lava flow at the base of a cinder cone. It has an area of 2.8 km 2 and is 853
m in elevation. Three other dunes in the Amargosa Desert have been surveyed
for the presence of P. giulianii, but none have been found. The dunes are, Skeleton
Hills sand area (10 km southeast Lathrop Wells, NV), Dumont Dunes (37 km
south Shoshone, San Bernardino County, CA) (Hardy and Andrews, 1976) and
Ibex Dune (southeast corner of Death Valley National Monument, San Bernardino
County, CA).
The dunes lie in the creosote shrub desert of North America. The dominant
plants at Big Dune are Petalonyx thurberi Gray (sandpaper plant), Argemone
corymbosa Greene (prickly poppy) and Astragalus lentiginosus var. variabilis Bar-
neby. Larrea tridentata Cav. shrubs surround the dune and grow in the sand along
the mid-eastern edge of the dune. Lava Dune dominant plants are Larrea triden¬
tata, Petalonyx thurberi and Ambrosia dumosa (Gray) Payne. At both dunes, there
is a spring display of 15 to 25 species of annuals.
Climatologically, the dunes can be characterized as hot-dry desert. Mean annual
temperature is between 15.5 to 18.3°C (60-65°F) with a mean of 90 days of 32.2°C
plus (90°F-f) and a mean of 90 days of 0°C or below (32°F—) temperatures or
an average 200 day growing season. Annual precipitation is about 11 cm which
falls as rain primarily in the winter months (Houghton et al., 1975).
106
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 1. Pseudocotalpa giulianii Hardy as it emerged from the sand just prior to flight.
Adult Activity
Adult beetles emerge in late April (Hardy, 1974, 1976) and appear most evenings
just before sundown. Males and females were very visible, hovering over Peta-
lonyx, Larrea, Salsola kali L. or Argemone corymbosa shrubs or plants. These
individuals are in a slightly head-up position and maintain an almost stationary
flight over the shrubs. When disturbed, they fly from the shrub towards the dune
or another shrub. Although much less common, males were observed hovering
from 10 to 30 cm over areas of bare sand. Beetles flying towards the steeper parts
of the dune often flew into the sand after about 20 to 30 m of flight, they would
usually recover and fly off again up the slip face of the dune. The number of
beetles above the shrubs was quite variable and depended on plant size and wind
speed. Four of the 14 study days, no beetle flight was observed because of strong
winds although beetles were present on the dunes. Aerial sweeping above one
large Larrea shrub produced 54 beetles in less than one minute. On another
occasion (16 May 82) 132 adults were collected by two collectors in approximately
a 10,000 m 2 area during 25 minutes. On the preceding evening, only 17 adults
were observed in the same area. Adult flight measured on six days in three different
years began 2 to 20 minutes (mean 9:30 ±6:18 minutes) before sundown and
lasted, as determined by the absence of groups of beetles flying or hovering about
shrubs, 15 to 50 minutes (mean 24:45 ± 13:30 minutes). Air temperatures at the
initiation of flight ranged from 21 to 26°C (mean 23.5 ± 2.2°C) and soil temper¬
atures at 7.6 cm ranged from 32 to 34°C (mean 32.6 ± 0.8°C). Beetles were found
active on the dune later in the night (22:30) but not in flight and on one occasion
(17 May 82) adults were seen on the surface just before sunrise.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
107
Figure 2. Known distribution of Pseudocotalpa giulianii Hardy. Big Dune on left, Lava Dune on
right of highway.
Beetles re-enter the sand in the loose slip-face of a dune, although initial,
unsuccessful attempts were observed on hard packed sand and sand-pebble soil
of interdune areas. The front legs are used as scoops working the sand from anterior
to posterior and dorsal to ventral from the area around the beetle’s head region.
The middle legs support the beetle and may aid in moving the sand. The hind
legs are held out-stretched and are not used in support or sand movement. The
beetle twists its way head-first into the sand and after disappearing the circular
wave is still visible as the beetle “cork screws” its way deeper. Time required to
dig out-of-sight averaged 3:15 ± 0:48 minutes (5 beetles measured on the same
night). The next morning these beetles were found between 8 and 33 cm below
the surface (mean 18.6 ± 12.8 cm).
108
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
During the study, 31 mating attempts and 5 matings were observed. In all cases
the behavior took place on the sand surface and once a mating pair was observed
at the base of a Petalonyx shrub, but still on the sand. The male was on top and
held the female with his fore tarsi holding under the anterior edge of her elytra.
Its mid tarsi were initially attached to the lateral edges of her elytra and when the
female became motionless the male’s mid tarsi moved to the female’s hind legs
near the apical tibial spur. The male’s hind tarsi were attached to the female’s
hind tarsi pulling her hind legs back and up. Observed copulations lasted from
1:05 to 4:30 minutes. Males often remained holding the female after copulation
for 1 to 15 minutes. Most mating attempts failed because of or due to interference
from other males or very active females. Male interference was most common
early in the season (late April to early May). Also, late in the season many male-
male encounters were observed.
Examination of 10 female reproductive tracts showed the presence of developed
eggs. Five females from 30 April 1982 had an average of 8.4 eggs (range 4-10)
and another sample of 5 from 17 May 1982 had an average of 1.4 eggs (range
0-6). Eggs are oval and measure 3.0 to 3.5 by 2.5 to 3.0 mm. In a female with
10 eggs, the eggs almost fill the abdominal cavity. Nothing is known of egg
placement; speculation is that they are deposited in the sand near the roots of
shrubs.
The sex ratio of field collected individuals is skewed towards the males 1:0.24
males to females. This is for beetles presented by Hardy (1974) and examined by
me or more than 450 individuals from 9 collections and 5 years. This unexpected
ratio may result from females not flying to shrubs after they have been mated;
however early season samples showed the same ratio. Females may have a stag¬
gered emergence with new individuals appearing throughout the adult period.
Adults apparently do not feed. Examination of digestive tracts showed no food
material.
Larval Activity
Only 2 larvae have been recovered, both by sifting sand. Both were found
beneath Petalonyx thurberi at a depth of 20 to 40 cm. It appears that larval
development may take 2 or more years. Larvae uncovered in May 1982 were
immature (small in size averaging 12 mm in length when compared to an adult
17-25 mm in length) suggesting that at least a second growing season was necessary
to complete their development. Larvae apparently feed on plant roots; their diges¬
tive tracts were filled with masticated plant material. Other related genera feed
on plant roots (Ritcher, 1966).
Population Structure
Attempts to quantify adult population structure have failed. Mark-release-re-
capture of adults resulted in no recaptures of 85 beetles marked with paint during
the 1982 study. Pitfall trapping (6 transects of 10 traps each at 10 m intervals at
Big Dune and 3 transects at Lava Dune with 0.951 (11.5 cm diameter) plastic
cartons buried level with the sand surface and one-third to one-half filled with
ethylene glycol and covered with 13x13 cm Masonite lids held 2 cm above the
carton) produced four beetles (2 at Big Dune and 2 at Lava Dune) in 49 days of
trapping (hundreds of Eusattus muricatus (LeConte) (Tenebrionidae) were trapped
during the period).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
109
Discussion
Members of the genus Pseudocotalpa are restricted to sand dune habitats (An¬
drews et al., 1979; Hardy, 1971, 1974; Hardy and Andrews 1976, 1981). Several
of the observed behavioral characteristics for P. andrewsi and P. giulianii are the
same: late spring adult emergence, nightly flights, hovering over dune shrubs,
limited nightly activity, mating on the sand surface, adults that do not feed and
larvae found beneath dune shrubs. They differ with respect to the initiation of
adult evening activity, P. andrewsi begins after sunset and P. giulianii before.
Hardy and Andrews (1981) found that P. andrewsi flight activity began when the
light intensity dropped to about 44 lux (4 foot candles) and before that they
remained quiet. They also reported the presence of large, approximately twice as
long, individuals of this species from the interior of Algodones Dune. I have never
seen a [living or collected] specimen of a large P. giulianii from Big Dune or Lava
Dune, but these dunes are much smaller and Big Dune more mountainous than
Algodones Dunes. Night hawks were observed preying on P. andrewsi by Hardy
and Andrews (1981); no predation on P. giulianii was observed at Big Dune or
Lava Dune although many potential predators were observed.
Acknowledgments
Many individuals have assisted with the trapping and observations presented
here. Thanks go to Bob Bechtel, Larry Bezark, Colleen Crips, Larry Hanks, Jeff
Knight, Matt Lavin and Tom Rust. Matt Lavin identified the plants and provided
a floral listing for the dunes. Bob Bechtel and Alan Hardy reviewed the manuscript.
This work was supported by the U.S. Bureau of Land Management, Mr. David
Goicoechea and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife, Mr. James Gore.
Literature Cited
Andrews, F. G., A. R. Hardy, and D. Giuliani. 1979. The coleopterous fauna of selected California
sand dunes. Report Bureau of Land Management Contract CA-960-1285-1225-DE00.
Hardy, A. R. 1971. The North American Areodina with a description of a new genus from California.
Pan-Pacific Entomol., 47:235-242.
-. 1974. Two new species of Pseudocotalpa Hardy (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Pan-Pacific
Entomol., 50:243-247.
-. 1976. Observations on the mating behavior of Pseudocotalpa giulianii Hardy. Coleopterists
Bull., 30:301-302.
-, and F. G. Andrews. 1976. A final report to the Office of Endangered Species on Contract
14-16-0008-966.
-, and-. 1981. An inventory of selected Coleoptera from the Algodones Dunes. Report
to the Bureau of Land Management of Contract CA-060-CT8-68.
Houghton, J. G., C. M. Sakamoto, and R. O. Gilford. 1975. Nevada’s weather and climate. Nevada
Bureau of Mines and Geology, Special Publications, 2:1-78.
Ritcher, P. O. 1966. White grubs and their allies. Oregon State Univ. Press, Corvallis, OR.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61 ( 2 ), 1985 , pp . 110-117
Review of the North American Genus Araeolepia
(Lepidoptera: Plutellidae ) 1
J. B. Heppner
Center for Arthropod Systematics, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Bu¬
reau of Entomology, DPI, FDACS, Gainesville, Florida 32602.
Abstract.— Generic and specific characters of the monobasic North American
genus Araeolepia and the species A. subfasciella Walsingham are described and
illustrated. The distribution covers Washington to California, Nevada and Utah.
Characters align the genus to Plutellidae. The immature stages are unknown.
The genus Araeolepia Walsingham was described (Walsingham, 1881) for the
single species A. subfasciella Walsingham. This review illustrates adult characters
not previously described and documents the known distribution of this rare species.
The biology and immature stages are not known. The single species of Araeolepia
was originally described from Oregon, but since Walsingham’s day the known
distribution (Fig. 12) has been found to include Washington, Nevada, Utah, and
eastern California.
The immature characters may hold the key to a more certain family placement
for Araeolepia. Adult characters of head morphology and wing venation indicate
a placement in Plutellidae (Heppner, 1978). In discussing the genus Ellabella
(Copromorphidae), it was also noted that the resemblance between Araeolepia
and Ellabella in genital characters still makes family placement of Araeolepia
somewhat questionable (Heppner, 1984). The wing venation, however, conforms
more to Plutellidae (e.g., distinct chorda and hind wing cubital veins widely
spaced) than to Copromorphidae. As noted for Ellabella (Heppner, 1984), the
Plutellidae and Yponomeutidae require complete generic revision on a world
basis to redefine family limits and assess generic affinities.
Araeolepia Walsingham
Araeolepia Walsingham, 1881:303 (Type-species.— Araeolepia subfasciella Wal¬
singham, 1881, by monotypy). Riley, 1891:98; Dyar, [1903]:490; Kearfott,
1903:107; Barnes and McDunnough, 1917:182; Busck, 1925:46; McDunnough,
1939:84; Heppner, 1978:51; 1982:240, 278; 1984:50.
Diagnosis.— Head (Figs. 1, 3): Vertex vestiture somewhat roughened; ocelli
present; antenna filiform; labial palpus upturned straight to somewhat porrect
(curved at base); maxillary palpus (Figs. 2, 4) 4-segmented; haustellum well de¬
veloped, unsealed.
Thorax: legs normal; epiphysis present; tympanal organ absent.
Forewings (Fig. 5) elongate, with acute apex and oblique termen; Sc to midwing;
1 Contribution No. 584, Bureau of Entomology.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
111
Figures 1, 2. Head morphology of Araeolepia subfasciella Walsingham. 1, Head profile (USNM
77336, Washington) (scale =1.0 mm). 2, Same, detail of haustellum base, maxillary palpus, and pilifer
(scale = 0.1 mm).
R1 to 2 h from base; radial veins free, with R4 before apex, R5 below apex; chorda
present; pterostigma absent (?); median veins free, equidistant from cell, fairly
parallel; CuP at margin, fold evident; A 1+2 with average basal fork.
Hindwings elongate, somewhat shorter than forewings but broader; apex acute;
termen oblique; Sc to 3 A from base; Rs free to near apex; median veins free,
equidistant; CuAj distant from CuA 2 near end of cell, parallel; CuP at margin,
fold evident; A 1+2 with small fork; A 3 long.
Male genitalia: uncus and gnathos present; transtilla present; anellus semicir¬
cular with median projection; valvae reduced to enlarged sacculus; ampulla at
valval base; vinculum with small saccus; tegumen broad to base of uncus.
Female genitalia: ovipositor average length (segment 8-10 subequal to 7); pos¬
terior apophyses long (=ostium to posterior end); anterior apophyses half as long,
stout; ostium simple, membranous, merging into ductus bursae which is convo¬
luted into several curls before merging into bursa; corpus bursae ovate; signum
a spined spot.
Immature stages. —Unknown.
Araeolepia subfasciella Walsingham
Araeolepia subfasciella Walsingham, 1881:303.
Diagnosis. — Forewing length: 9.2-10.5 mm (<3), 7.5-9.2 (2).
Male.— Head: white, with dark brown or black scales as median line; most of
frons dark brown or black; antennae brown or black; labial palpus black except
for white on apical and basal segments; median segment ca. 2 x apical segment.
Thorax: mixed black and white; venter white mixed with some black; legs mostly
black with white highlights.
Forewing (Fig. 6): white speckled with dark brown or black; three large black
areas at midwing, quadratic or triangular and surrounded by brown mixed with
white, beyond which is all white mixed with black; dark areas often edged with
white; usually an irregular white line at end of discal cell and bordering the most
112
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 3, 4. Head morphology of Araeolepia subfasciella Walsingham. 3, Head frontal view
(USNM 77715, Nevada). 4, Same, detail of maxillary palpus and haustellum.
Figure 5. Wing venation of Araeolepia subfasciella Walsingham (USNM 77112, Utah).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
113
Figures 6, 7. Adults of Araeolepia subfasciella Walsingham. 6,5, Washington (USNM). 7,2, Nevada
(USNM).
distal of the three black areas; another more indistinct zigzag subterminal white
line; costal margin near apex with 4-5 white marks; fringe black and white; venter
gray brown.
Hindwing: uniform pale gray-brown, whiter towards bases; fringe white; venter
as dorsal surface.
Abdomen: dark brown with white line at posterior of each segment; venter
similar.
Male genitalia (Fig. 8): uncus a broad triangle, with setaceous edges and ventrum;
tegumen as wide as uncus base; gnathos a curved semi-circle with scrobinations
on distal end; transtilla long and thin, with short hook on either end near valval
114
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 8, 9. Male genitalia of Araeolepia subfasciella Walsingham. 8, Nevada (USNM 77113). 9,
Same, detail of aedeagus (enlarged).
base; valva small with reduced setaceous apex and large sacculus, with an upturned
median point; ampulla near base as extension of dorsal basal area; anellus semi¬
circular, thin, with a central flattened projection; vinculum with short saccus;
aedeagus (Fig. 9) with large phallobase and numerous short comutal spines.
Female (Fig. 7).—Similar to male.
Female genitalia (Fig. 10): ovipositor as for genus; sternal plate formed by
anterior apophyses on segment 8; posterior apophyses elongated; anterior apoph¬
yses shorter, stout; ostium a simple funnel to convoluted ductus bursae, with
several turns; ostium bursae with small sclerotized collar near ostium; ductus
seminalis from near collar; corpus bursae with small signum (Fig. 11) bearing
numerous inwardly directed spines.
Host. — Unknown.
Distribution. — Washington, Oregon, Nevada, Utah, eastern California (Fig. 12).
Flight period.— April-June.
Type. — Lectotype <3 (BMNH): Currant Creek [Jefferson Co.], Oregon, 16 Apr
1872, T. de G. Walsingham. (Lectotype designated by Heppner, 1982:278.)
Material examined.— (21 <3, 21 2). CALIFORNIA, Inyo Co.: Lone Pine, 4-V-
1940 (1 2), E. C. Johnston (CNC). NEVADA, Humboldt Co.: Paradise Vy., 27-
V-1974 (1 2), 23-VI-1974 (1 2), J. F. G. Clarke (USNM). Washoe Co.: Verdi, 1-
10-VI (1 <5, 6 2—USNM; 1 2-ANSP; 1 2-MCZ), 20-30-VI (1 2-USNM) [no
year], A. H. Vachell. OREGON, Jefferson Co.: Currant Cr., 16-IV-1872 (4 <3, 2
2—BMNH; 4 <3—USNM; 1 <3—MCZ), Walsingham [paralectotypes]. Lane Co.:
Eugene [no date (prob. 1872)], (2 <3), Walsingham (BMNH). Wasco Co.: Maupin,
17-IV-1942 (1 2), E. C. Johnston (CNC). UTAH, Utah Co.: Vineyard, 22-IV-
1919 (2 <3), 28-IV-1912 (1 2), 29-IV-1919 (1 <3, 1 2), l-V-1919 (1 2), 14-V-1912
(1 <3), T. Spalding (USNM); 29-IV-1919 (2), T. Spalding (LACM). WASHING¬
TON, Chelan Co.: Wenatchee, 9-IV-1931 (3 6), J. F. G. Clarke (USNM). Okanagan
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
115
Figures 10, 11. Female genitalia of Araeolepia subfasciella Walsingham. 10, Nevada (USNM
77114). 11, Same, detail of signum.
Co.: Brewster, 3-V-1947 (1 9), E. C. Johnston (CNC). Yakima Co.: Satus Cr.,
4-IV-1942 (1 $),E. C. Johnston (CNC). Tieton, 12-V-1931 (1 9),F. Dean (USNM).
Remarks .—There are several Plutellidae of the genus Ypsolopha in western
North America that superficially resemble Araeolepia subfasciella. The wing mac-
116
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 12. Distribution of Araeolepia subfasciella Walsingham. (Shaded areas represent elevations
above 1500 m.)
ulation, however, will distinguish A. subfasciella when carefully compared with
the descriptions and illustrations provided herein. The genitalia of A. subfasciella
are very different from any Ypsolopha. Araeolepia subfasciella appears to be pri¬
marily a Great Basin species, going beyond this region only in Oregon and Wash¬
ington. The relatively early flight period may account for the paucity of records,
since fewer collectors are in the field in early spring.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
117
Acknowledgments
Specimens of Araeolepia subfasciella were kindly made available for study by
the following curators and institutions: P. T. Dang, Canadian National Collection,
Agriculture Canada, Ottawa (CNC); D. R. Davis, Smithsonian Institution, Wash¬
ington, D.C. (USNM); D. Otte, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia (ANSP);
J. P. Donahue, Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles,
California (LACM); K. Sattler, British Museum (Natural History), London, En¬
gland (BMNH); and the late R. Silberglied, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts (MCZ).
Literature Cited
Barnes, W., and J. H. McDunnough. 1917. Check list of the Lepidoptera of boreal America. Herald
Press, Decatur, Illinois, 392 pp.
Busck, A. 1925. A new North American genus of microlepidoptera (Glyphipterygidae). Proc. Ent.
Soc. Washington, 27:46-48, pi. 3 ( Ellabella ).
Dyar, H. G. [1903], A list of North American Lepidoptera and key to the literature of this order of
insects. Bull. United States Natl. Mus., 51:1-723 (1902).
Heppner, J. B. 1978. Transfers of some Nearctic genera and species of Glyphipterigidae ( auctorum )
to Oecophoridae, Copromorphidae, Plutellidae, and Tortricidae (Lepidoptera). Pan-Pac. Ent.,
54:48-55.
-. 1982. A world catalog of genera associated with the Glyphipterigidae auctorum (Lepidoptera).
J. New York Ent. Soc., 89:220-294 (1981).
-. 1984. Revision of the Oriental and Nearctic genus Ellabella (Lepidoptera: Copromorphidae).
J. Res. Lepid., 23:50-73.
Kearfott, W. D. 1903. Tineoidea. In J. B. Smith, Check list of the Lepidoptera of boreal America,
2nd ed. Amer. Ent. Soc., Philadelphia, 136 pp.
McDunnough, J. H. 1939. Checklist of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America.
Park II. Microlepidoptera. Mem. S. California Acad. Sci., 2:1-171.
Riley, C. V. 1891. Tineina. In J. B. Smith, List of the Lepidoptera of boreal America. Amer. Ent.
Soc., Philadelphia, 124 pp.
Walsingham, T. de G. 1881. On some North American Tineidae. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1881:
301-325, pis. 35-36.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61 ( 2 ), 1985 , pp . 118-120
Silpha aenescens Casey (Silphidae: Coleoptera) as a Pest of
Home Grown Strawberries in California
George O. Poinar, Jr.
Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California, Berkeley, Cal¬
ifornia 94720.
Representatives of the family Silphidae are commonly known as carrion beetles
and feed on decaying animal matter. Some species will occasionally attack fungi
and vegetables, and a few members of the family are predaceous, attacking insects
that frequent carcasses, especially blowfly larvae. Other silphids will attack snails,
caterpillars, sawfly larvae and foliage-inhabiting insects (Comstock, 1950; Dillon
and Dillon, 1961; Clausen, 1962). None have been implemented as pests of
strawberries or other healthy fruits.
In the northern California coastal town of Bolinas, local inhabitants had been
complaining of what was commonly referred to as a “black beetle” attacking the
fruits of strawberry plants. Specimens sent to the present author were identified
as Silpha aenescens Casey, a commonly occurring species found throughout the
state.
Since the behavior of feeding on strawberries is atypical for members of this
family, the author visited Bolinas on September 6th, 1982 to determine if the
beetles were indeed causing the damage or if they were simply entering holes in
the fruits made by slugs or other fruit-eating invertebrates.
After spending 2 days making observations in the infested area, the author
concluded that S. aenescens could indeed feed on strawberries that had not been
previously damaged by fungi or other invertebrates. Both adults and larvae of S.
aenescens were found boring into fresh strawberry fruits. Ripened berries were
preferred over young green fruit, but both were fed upon by the adult beetles.
The silphids could be found feeding throughout the day, but their numbers
increased at dusk (Fig. 1). Mating pairs were commonly observed on the fruits.
The adults would make excavations, then enter them and feed from the inside of
the berries (Fig. 2), sometimes for as long as 30 minutes. Silphid larvae, presum¬
ably those of S. aenescens, were also observed feeding on strawberries while at
other times they could be found digging and resting in holes in the ground.
Local growers claimed that the “black beetles” could cause considerable damage
to strawberries, especially in the spring when the insects concentrated on the newly
ripened berries. Curiously, the residents could not remember having problems
with these insects 5-10 years ago and felt that this might represent a species newly
introduced into the area. This hardly seems possible since records indicate that
S. aenescens is widely distributed throughout the state. A reduction in the normal
food supply often causes animals to take in other types of nourishment. Whether
this might be the case here is not known.
Adults and larvae of S. aenescens were also collected from dog feces and dead
animals adjacent to the strawberry growing areas. Movement of the insects from
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
119
Figure 1. An adult S. aenescens feeding on a strawberry fruit.
Figure 2. An adult S. aenescens feeding inside a partially excavated strawberry.
these habitats onto strawberries raises the concern of possible transmission of
human disease organisms. A beetle that was associated with enteric bacteria from
animal feces could carry spores or even vegetative cells to strawberry fruit. Hu-
120
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
mans, especially children, that ingest the partially damaged fruits could stand the
risk of becoming infected with these coliform bacteria.
This association occurred in a relatively rural situation where there was an
ample supply of refuse for beetle development, apart from strawberries. Most of
the growers used little, if any insecticides in their production program. Such a
situation is unlikley to occur in the production of commercial strawberries.
Literature Cited
Clausen, C. P. 1962. Entomophagous insects. Hafner Pub. Co., N.Y., 688 pp.
Comstock, J. H. 1950. An introduction to entomology. Comstock Publishing Company, Inc., Ithaca,
N.Y., 1064 pp.
Dillon, E. S., and L. S. Dillon. 1961. A manual of common beetles of Eastern North America. Row,
Peterson and Co., Evanston, Ill., 884 pp.
Publications Received
The following volumes of the University of California Publications in Ento¬
mology were published by and are available from the University of California
Press, 2223 Fulton Street, Berkeley, CA 94720, telephone (415) 642-4562:
Volume 98. Systematics and Bionomics of Anthophora: The Bomboides Group
and Species Groups of the New World (Hymenoptera: Apoidea, Anthophoridae).
By Robert W. Brooks, x + 86 pp., 41 figs., 6 tables, 3 maps. Price $8.50 paper-
bound. ISBN 0-520-09568-4. Issue date given as January 1983. Review copy
received by PCES at CAS on 12 Sept. 1983.
Volume 99. Ecological Studies of Six Endangered Butterflies (Lepidoptera, Ly-
caenidae): Island Biogeography, Patch Dynamics, and the Design of Habitat Pre¬
serves. By Richard A. Arnold, xii + 161 pp., 52 figs., 50 tables, frontispiece a-f.
Price $14.00 paperbound. ISBN 0-520-09671-1. Issue date given as April 1983.
Review copy received by PCES at CAS on 1 Sept. 1983.
Volume 101. A Revision of the Sawfly Family Orussidae for North and Central
America (Hymenoptera: Symphyta, Orussidae). By Woodrow W. Middlekauff.
ix + 46 pp., 54 figs. Price $8.75 paperbound. ISBN 0-520-09683-5. Issue date
given as November 1983. Review copy received by PCES at CAS on 21 May
1984.—P. H. Amaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
San Francisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, p. 121
New Synonymy in Notoxus (Coleoptera: Anthicidae)
Donald S. Chandler
Department of Entomology, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New
Hampshire 03824.
The placement of Notoxus dinocerus Casey has lately been in question. The
worn crest of the type female had first led to the belief that the species was
synonymous with N. flicornis Casey (Chandler and Hagen, 1977). With the later
discovery of both N. monodon (Fabricius) and N. desertus from the type locality
of dinocerus, and the worn nature of the crest of several N. desertus from this
locality, dinocerus was removed from synonymy of flicornis and placed in incertae
sedis (Chandler, 1982). All three valid species are best separated by examination
of the male genitalia, and are very similar in appearance.
In a recent trip to the United States National Museum, I examined the type
series of dinocerus and found the first specimen of the series to be a female, the
second a male, and the third a female, and all with the same collection locality
(“Tex.” with a dot beneath the “x”). The genitalia extracted from the male is
clearly conspecific with that of N. desertus. The following synonymy is here pro¬
vided:
Notoxus desertus Casey
Notoxus desertus Casey, 1895:767. Type locality, Tucson, Pima Co., Arizona.
USNM Type #36526, type male.
Notoxus dinocerus Casey, 1895:766. Type locality: Galveston, Galveston Co.,
Texas. USNM Type #36525, type female. NEW SYNONYMY.
This extends the range of desertus to the eastern coast of Texas, and this species
is now also known from the coastal region of western Louisiana from the following
collection record of E. G. Riley of Louisiana State University: Louisiana, Cameron
Parish, near Oak Grove, III-11-1982, E. G. Riley.
Literature Cited
Casey, T. L. 1895. Coleopterological notices, VI. Annals of the New York Academy of Science,
8:435-838.
Chandler, D. S. 1982. A revision of North American Notoxus with a cladistic analysis of the New
World species (Coleoptera: Anthicidae). Entomography, 1:333-438.
-, and K. S. Hagen. 1977. New synonymy of North American Notoxus. Pan-Pacific Ento¬
mologist, 53:230-232.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, pp. 122-137
The Nesting Biology of the Sweat Bee Halictus farinosus in
California, with Notes on H. ligatus
(Hymenoptera: Halictidae)
George C. Eickwort
Entomology Department, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853.
The state of California has long been an important location for research in wild
bees, yet until now there have been no studies there on the nesting biology of
primitively eusocial bees. Such bees do occur in California, in the genera Halictus,
Dialictus, and Evylaeus of the Halictinae. This paper presents information on the
nesting behavior of Halictus {Halictus) farinosus for the first half of its seasonal
cycle in Davis, California, with some notes on H. (H.) ligatus.
The range of H. farinosus (Fig. 2) extends from Montana, Nebraska, and New
Mexico west to British Columbia and California (Moldenke and Neff, 1974; Moure
and Hurd, 1984). It is one of the largest and most common sweat bees in California,
occurring throughout the state except in the deserts and high mountains. It can
be readily distinguished from the three other North American species of the
subgenus Halictus (two of which occur in California) by the keys in Sandhouse
(1941) and Roberts (1973). It builds conspicuous nests in the soil and is in flight
from mid February to mid September in California (Moldenke and Neff, 1974).
Halictus farinosus is broadly polylectic, with collection records from 101 genera
of plants (Nye, 1980; Moure and Hurd, 1984). When locally abundant, it can be
an important pollinator of crops such as sunflower, Helianthus annuus (Parker,
1981), and onion, Allium cepa (Parker, 1982 and references therein).
Surprisingly, until 1980 only scattered reports on the nesting biology of H.
farinosus had been published. A drawing of a nest appeared in Bohart (1952), and
Stephen et al. (1969) presented scattered notes on the nest entrance, cell depth
and structure, nest guarding, nest establishment in the spring, and generation
overlap, presumably based on studies in Utah. These were nicely summarized by
Roberts (1973), who correctly inferred that the species is primitively eusocial.
Knerer (1980), in contrast, assumed that H. farinosus is solitary. In 1980, W. P.
Nye published a well-illustrated report of the nesting biology of H. farinosus in
Utah, including seasonal cycle, flowers visited, foraging behavior, nest site char¬
acteristics, nest architecture, development of immatures, and predators and par¬
asites. However, Nye presented few quantitative data and did not dissect or
measure nest inhabitants, and consequently gave little information on caste struc¬
ture. In this paper I describe the rather different spring and early summer colony
structure in Davis, California, analyze the castes in second generation nests, and
present additional data on nest structure and predators, inquilines, and usurpers.
Halictus ligatus dug loosely aggregated nests near an H. farinosus nest aggre¬
gation in Davis. In contrast to H. farinosus, H. ligatus has been the subject of
numerous excellent biological studies, particularly those of Chandler (1955) in
Indiana, Litte (1977) in New York, Knerer (1980 and earlier papers) in Ontario,
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
123
Michener and Bennett (1977) in Trinidad, and Packer (in progress, pers. comm.)
in Florida. Michener and Bennett (1977) presented an analysis of geographical
variation in nesting biology and social organization of this widespread species,
whose range extends coast to coast, from Canada to Venezuela. I present my few
data to extend our knowledge of H. ligatus social structure to California.
Materials and Methods
Field studies were conducted in Davis, Yolo County, California, from 14 April
to 25 June 1979. Most observations and all excavations of H. farinosus were
made at two nest aggregations (sites 1 and 2) along the banks of Putah Creek on
the University of California campus. Brief observations were conducted at a third
aggregation (site 3) in a suburban yard. Nest excavations and examination, pres¬
ervation, and rearing of cell contents followed the procedures outlined in Abrams
and Eickwort (1980). Useful data were obtained from 11 nests, containing a total
of 30 adult female bees and 174 cells, excavated on 25 April (1 nest), 17 May (5
nests), 4 June (1 nest), 14 June (2 nests), and 25 June (2 nests) (Table 1; nests
excavated 25 June from site 2, others from site 1). Dissections of adult females
also followed Abrams and Eickwort (1980), with the additional measurement of
maximum width of one ovary with an ocular scale fitted to a stereomicroscope.
Nests of Halictus ligatus were loosely aggregated along the banks of Putah Creek.
Three nests, containing a total of 29 cells and one female each, were excavated
on 21 May using the same procedures as for H. farinosus.
Voucher specimens are deposited in the Cornell University Insect Collections,
lot number 995. Data were analyzed using Student’s Mest and Pearson product-
moment correlation, with significance levels of P < 0.05.
Results
Halictus farinosus
Seasonal cycle. —Halictus farinosus were first observed flying at nest aggregation
1 on 14 April, when nests had conspicuous tumuli and females were bringing in
pollen. Obviously nesting activity was well underway. In Utah, females do not
overwinter in the nest site. They emerge from early or mid April to early or late
May and typically return to an old nest site where they dig new burrows. They
remain in these for 2-3 weeks before provisioning the first brood cells in late May
or early June (Nye, 1980). (Hereafter, references to the Utah population are from
Nye, 1980, unless otherwise cited.) The seasonal cycle thus starts earlier in central
California. My excavations indicated that the spring nests were also new in Cal¬
ifornia, not reused from the previous year.
Foraging in Davis continued actively until at least 17 May. A nest site was next
visited on 25 May, when flight activity was considerably reduced, with few females
bringing in pollen. Nest entrances were open, and some had fresh tumuli. On 30
May and 1 June, females at the same site (1) were again very active; many bees
were collecting pollen and numerous spring nests had fresh tumuli. A nest ex¬
cavated on 4 June indicated that this burst of activity marked the emergence of
adults from the first (spring) generation and the beginning of a second (summer)
generation of cells. A period of relative inactivity appeared to occur between the
two generations, in which females did occasionally fly, although few or no cells
124
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
were constructed in most nests. Nye does not mention an inactive period in Utah,
but the small number of cells (see nest structure and contents) implies that such
a period exists. Utah foundress (spring) nests produce only females, while some
males were produced in the California foundress nests. Three of 20 pupae in my
nests were males, but the sex ratio could not be estimated accurately because
contents of younger cells could not be sexed.
Active foraging for the second generation nests in Davis continued until 14
June. When site 1 was again visited on 22 June, foraging activity appeared lower.
Two nests excavated on 25 June yielded no eggs but did contain larvae and
numerous pupae, some nearly ready to emerge as adults. The sex ratio of these
pupae was 12 males to 21 females. A few pollen-collecting foragers were in flight.
Consequently there also appeared to be a period of relative inactivity at the end
of the second generation, in which only a few foraging females continued to fly.
During June, the males that emerged from the foundress nests patrolled nearby
flowering shrubs and trees but did not patrol the nests. In Utah, provisioning of
second generation nests begins in late June or early July and continues until early
or mid August. No males are in flight during this period in Utah.
Unfortunately, I had to leave California at the end of June, and thus I could
not continue observations of H. farinosus. The long flight period reported by
Moldenke and Neff (1974) suggests that the sites should have remained active
through the rest of the summer, and at least one more generation should have
been produced. In Utah the second generation nests produce males and overwin¬
tering females (gynes) that first emerge in late July or early August and fly until
late September or early October but make no new cells.
Nest sites. —The two Putah Creek nest aggregations were located in dry, nearly
level, volcanic silt. Nest entrances were exposed and conspicuous in bare areas
of soil, near blooming lupines in site 1 (Fig. 1) and near patches of dry grass in
site 2. Nests were excavated from site 1 from 25 April to 14 June and from site
2 on 25 June (Table 1). Site 1 also contained a nest of Agapostemon texanus
(Halictidae) (described in Eickwort, 1981), and the halictines Dialictus brunnei-
ventris and Halictus ( Seladonia ) tripartitus nested nearby. Site 2 contained nu¬
merous nests of the eumenine wasp Euodynerus annulatus sulphureus, and Ha¬
lictus ligatus nested nearby. No isolated nests of H. farinosus were located along
Putah Creek.
The third Davis site consisted of three contiguous suburban yards, where the
conspicuous nests occurred in bare areas of level soil. In one yard these bare areas
occurred among low juniper bushes, while in the others they were in mowed grassy
lawns. Nests were densely aggregated in two of these yards but were widely scat¬
tered in the third.
Nests were also located at Bodega Bay Marine Research Station, Sonoma Coun¬
ty, California, on 12 May 1979. These occurred on a high bluff above the Pacific
Ocean, in bare areas of level, stabilized and hard-packed sand. The conspicuous
nests were scattered or in small aggregations.
In Utah, nests are located -in canyons, grassy and brushy slopes, and open
woodlands. Nests are preferentially established in dry, compact, well-drained soil,
in areas of low, sparse vegetation. Road edges, trails, and trampled or partially
denuded areas are preferred, where nests may be aggregated or isolated. Nest site
characteristics thus are similar in California and Utah.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
125
Figures 1-4. 1, Nest site 1 of Halictus farinosus, Putah Creek, Davis, California. 2, H. farinosus
female. 3, H. farinosus female at nest entrance. 4, Ants ( Tetramorium caespitum) dragging female H.
farinosus during raid of nest site 3.
126
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Nest structure and contents. —Nest entrances in Davis were surrounded by con¬
spicuous tumuli, maximum diameters 10.5-14.5 cm (x = 12.1 cm, SD = 1.51,
n = 7 nests, 14 June). The entrance was asymmetrically placed, 1.5-3.0 cm (x =
2.4 cm, SD = 0.61, n= 7) from the nearest edge of the tumulus (Fig. 3). Where
undisturbed, the entrance slanted towards the center of the tumulus, which par¬
tially covered it from above. A shallow groove in the tumulus, from the entrance
to its nearest edge, was sometimes observed. No turret was apparent when the
tumulus was brushed away, and the entrance was not conspicuously modified and
only slightly narrowed (diameter range 6.5-7.5 mm, x = 6.93 mm, SD = 0.354,
n = 8 nests, 14 June). The burrow was either directed subhorizontally a short
distance towards the center of the tumulus (Fig. 6) before becoming vertical, or
it became vertical immediately below the loose tumulus (Fig. 7). Similar tumuli
are illustrated for Utah H. farinosus by Stephen et al. (1969) and Nye (1980),
although they describe a turret within the tumulus that was not apparent in the
California nests.
Burrows extended vertically or subvertically to their deepest points. All spring
(first generation) nests and most summer (second generation) nests were un¬
branched; one large summer nest (Fig. 7, no. 10) had one cell-containing branch.
Spring nests extended 14-31 cm deep (Fig. 5), while summer nests enlarged from
spring nests extended 63-80 cm deep (Figs. 6-7, Table 1). One summer nest (no.
11), apparently newly initiated in June, reached a depth of 32 cm. The burrow
diameter of a spring nest (no. 1) excavated on 25 April was 9.0-10.0 mm, com¬
parable to those made by overwintering queens in Utah. Summer nest burrow
diameters, however, were 7.0-9.0 mm (x = 7.9 mm, SD = 0.46, n = 15).
Cells sloped downwards 9°-21° (x = 16°, n = 6) from the horizontal, and were
typically halictine in their shape and in possessing a wax-like lining. Spring cells
were 12.5-16.0 mm long (x = 14.6 mm, SD = 1.48, n = 5) by 6.2-8.0 mm max¬
imum width (x = 7.25 mm, SD = 0.715, n = 6), smaller than those reported from
Utah. They were joined to the burrows by short laterals, 2.5-4.0 mm long (x =
3.13 mm, SD = 0.629, n = 4), that were filled with soil after oviposition. Cells
extended in all directions from the burrow and were not surrounded by branch
burrows or cavities, and a blind burrow (length 2.0-18.0 cm, x = 9.14 cm, SD =
5.056, n = 7) extended below the deepest cells. In spring nests the top cells were
7.5-11.5 cm (x = 9.6 cm, SD = 2.12, n = 7) from the soil surface, and the bottom
cells were 10.0-23.0 cm deep (x = 15.4 cm, SD = 4.33, n = 7). Top cells in reused
summer nests were 28-51 cm deep (x = 39.0 cm, SD = 11.53, n = 3), below the
level of the spring cells which were filled with soil, and bottom cells were 52-75
cm deep (x = 65.7 cm, SD = 12.10, n = 3). The single apparently newly initiated
summer nest (no. 11) had its top cell 23 cm and bottom cell 30 cm deep. In
general, cells containing older instars were above those more recently completed
in both spring and summer nests.
Provision masses ranged continuously from small and subspherical in top view
Figures 5-7. Nests of Halictus farinosus in Davis, California, in 1979. 5, Early foundress nest (no.
1) excavated 25 April. 6, Early second-generation nest (no. 7) excavated 4 June. 7, Late second-
generation nest (no. 10) excavated 25 June. Cell contents: d, dead (moldy contents); e, egg; 1, feeding
larva; m, mature (postfeeding) larva; o, pollen only; p, pupa.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
127
128
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Halictus farinosus nest contents, 1979.
Nest no.
Date excavated
No. females
No. cells
Burrow depth (cm)
1
25 April
1
7
31
2
17 May
1
11
29
3
17 May
1
9
22
4
17 May
1
4
14
5
17 May
1
25
18
6
17 May
1
11
23
7
4 June
4*
15**
63
8
14 June
6
17
78
9
14 June
2
7
—
10
25 June
10*
59
80
11
25 June
1
9
32
* Including one female that escaped.
** Including eight cells from the first generation.
(length 5.8 mm) to large and subrectangular in top view (maximum length 8.1
mm), with widths of 5.6-7.1 mm (n — 4) and heights of 3.8-5.0 mm (n = 3). Eggs,
larvae and pupae developed like those of other halictines and as illustrated by
Nye (1980), although Nye recorded only the smaller spherical provision masses.
The number of cells in each nest is given in Table 1. Most nests were excavated
while they were still being provisioned, making an accurate estimate of the number
of cells in each generation impossible. The completed spring cell portion of nest
no. 7 (Fig. 6) contained 8 cells with pupae plus at least 3 recently abandoned cells,
while 4 nests excavated on 17 May, perhaps one week before the end of the spring
foraging period, contained 4-11 cells. A fifth nest (no. 5) excavated on that date
contained 25 cells; while only one adult female was captured in it, I cannot preclude
the possibility that there had been multiple foundresses. One summer nest (Fig.
7, no. 10) excavated on 25 June contained no eggs, thus suggesting that provi¬
sioning for the second generation was completed; it had 59 cells. An apparently
new summer nest with one adult bee and no eggs excavated on that date (no. 11)
had 9 cells.
Utah nests resemble those in California in their basic structure, with the minor
differences noted above. However, they differ greatly in the number of cells: Utah
first generation nests contain 2-5 cells, in contrast to the 11 or more cells that
appear typical of the California population. Second generation Utah nests contain
an average of 17 cells (a maximum of 27 cells, including 5 that appear to be first
generation soil-filled cells, is illustrated by Nye for one nest from 16 August),
while the average was undoubtedly greater for the California nests.
Caste structure.— All excavated spring nests (Table 1) yielded one female bee
each, although one or more inhabitants may have been absent from some nests
when I began excavations. Utah foundress nests are haplometrotic. The Davis
foundresses were all inseminated, all had at least one developed oocyte in their
ovaries (ovarian width x = 0.972 mm, SD = 0.166, n = 5), all had worn man¬
dibles, and five of six had nicked or tattered wing margins. Mean wing length was
9.00 mm (SD — 0.307, n = 6) and mean head width was 3.25 mm (SD — 0.074,
n = 6).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
129
E
E
3.5-i
3.4-
3 . 3 -
3 . 2 -
£
•o
cc 3.1-
<D
.C
3.0-
• •
o
• •
© o •
«D
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3
ovarian width (mm)
Figure 8. Ovarian width compared with head width, Halictus farinosus. Closed circles, bees in
second generation nests; open circles, bees in first generation nests (foundresses), a, head width =
2.36 mm.
Second generation nests contained from 1 to 10 females (Table 1). Once pro¬
visioning for the second generation was well in progress (14-25 June), most
inhabitants were inseminated (83% of 18 bees), and about half (56% of 18 bees)
had ovaries with at least one developed oocyte. The mean ovarian width of 0.843
mm (SD = 0.302, n = 15) was not significantly different from that for foundress
females. In nest 8, two of six females had very well developed ovaries; in nest 9,
one of the two females had very well developed ovaries; and in nest 10, three of
nine recovered females had very well developed ovaries. Insemination status was
not correlated with ovarian development; two of the three uninseminated bees
had well-developed ovaries. Summer bee wear was similar to foundress bee wear
after 14 June; 79% of 14 bees had nicked or tattered wing margins and 82% of
17 bees had well worn mandibles. The mean size of summer females (x wing
length = 8.91 mm, SD = 0.262, n = 19, x head width = 3.14 mm, SD = 0.198,
n = 23) was not significantly different from that of foundresses based on head
width. Ovarian width was not significantly correlated with head width (r = —0.11)
(Fig. 8).
Because bees were not marked and wear of summer females was similar to that
of spring females, I could not determine if the foundress remained in each nest
throughout the second generation. In the one nest excavated just after the begin¬
ning of the second generation (no. 7), the three bees captured were newly emerged
adults, but the one bee that escaped must have been reproductive and was probably
the foundress (there were only three vacated cells from the first generation, Fig.
6). All three recovered bees were uninseminated and had completely undeveloped
ovaries. The mean size of these bees plus three others reared from first generation
130
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
pupae (x wing length = 8.83 mm, SD = 0.139, n = 5; x head width = 3.13 mm,
SD = 0.057, n = 6) was slightly smaller than that of foundress females, the dif¬
ference in head width being significant at the 5% level. The size difference between
these first generation “workers” and the foundress “queens” was 1.2%, based on
wing length, or 3.7%, based on head width.
A summary picture of the second generation, based on admittedly few data, is
that the spring foundress remains in her nest at the beginning of the second
generation, when the newly emerged daughter females act as uninseminated, non-
reproductive workers. Within two weeks most of these females mate and develop
ovaries to various degrees, so only about half of the summer bees are nonrepro-
ductive. Castes are then poorly defined, and reproductive status is not correlated
with size. The “classic” worker, uninseminated with undeveloped ovaries, is then
almost nonexistent (1 of 18 females). Nest no. 11, with one female, suggests that
single summer females may also initiate or remain within nests.
In Utah, foundresses remain in their nests during the second generation and
act as queens and guards, and are in flight for 2-3 weeks into the second generation.
The first generation females all act as workers, unless the foundress queen dies,
when one of her daughters becomes guard and principal egglayer. Nests contain
2-5 workers. Nye presented no data on size or ovarian status, but his summary
indicates well-defined behavioral castes based on generation overlap.
Nest associates, predators, and guarding.— Two mite species were the most
commonly recorded inquilines in H. farinosus nests in Davis. Scutacarid mites,
Imparipes americanus, were collected from cells or adult bees in 8 of the 11 nests.
Adult female mites clung to hairs of female bees, preferentially on the lateral
surfaces of the propodeum bordering the posterior carinae, near the hind coxae.
In the nests, occasional female mites were seen on provision masses and in cells
containing developing bee larvae. Numerous mite larvae, males, and newly emerged
adult females occurred on moldy feces in pupal cells of nest no. 10, and females
also occurred on pupal and newly emerged adult bees. The life cycle of I. ameri¬
canus appears identical to that of the closely related I. apicola (Eickwort, 1979)
and both are presumably fungivores. Imparipes americanus was originally de¬
scribed from a specimen recovered from an adult H. farinosus in 1904 (see Del-
finado and Baker, 1976) and has been studied by Cross and Bohart (1969) in
association with the alkali bee, Nomia melanderi, where it is phoretic on 87% of
adult female bees and does not harm bee brood.
The second mite was a species of Histiostoma (Histiostomatidae, previously
Anoetidae), related to H. halictonida 1 (Woodring, 1973). It occurred on adult bees
or in cells of 8 of the 11 nests, 6 of which also contained I. americanus (thus only
one nest, no. 2, did not yield mites). Deutonymphs (=hypopi) attached by their
ventral opisthosomal suckers to the wings and metasomal tergum 1 of adult female
bees. Adult female mites were first seen in cells containing half- to two-thirds-
developed bee larvae, and mite larvae and protonymphs occurred on the surfaces
of prepupae and young pupae, while deutonymphs occurred on older pupae. The
life cycle is similar to that of H. halictonida in nests of Halictus rubicundus
1 Histiostoma halictonida and related species of Histiostoma associated with halictid bees, including
the two species mentioned in this paper, belong to the genus Anoetus according to B. M. OConnor
(in prep., pers. comm.).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
131
(Woodring, 1973; Eickwort, 1979), and like that species it presumably feeds on
microorganisms and does not harm its host. Nye also recorded histiostomatid
mites (as “ Histiogaster an acarid genus) in Utah nests of H. farinosus, as well
as the heterostigmatid mite Trochometridium tribulatum, which I did not observe.
I recorded no other inquilines or parasites in cells of California H. farinosus.
However, nest burrows were frequently usurped by the leafcutter bee Megachile
coquilletti at both sites along Putah Creek in June. One nest (no. 9) excavated on
14 June still was actively used by H. farinosus, which reached its cells by a detour
tunnel dug around the portion of the burrow usurped by M. coquilletti, both
species used the same entrance. In the remainder of the seven usurped nests, adult
H. farinosus were not present in the burrows although viable halictine brood were
intact in cells below the M. coquilletti nests. A separate note is being prepared for
publication on this bee.
In one of the usurped nests, ants ( Conomyrma, insana species group) occurred
in the burrow above the M. coquilletti nest but did not occur in the H. farinosus
cells. Of more significance was the pavement ant, Tetramorium caespitum, which
on 2 June eliminated one of the suburban lawn aggregations (site 3) of H. farinosus.
Ants swarmed over the bee nest entrances, dragging dead adult female bees (Fig.
4). According to the homeowner who alerted me about this raid, the bees were
alive when brought to the surface by the ants. Bee brood was not present on the
surface. Schultz (1982) described raids of the pavement ant against nests of the
alkali bee, Nomia melanderi. Nye recorded ants (ITapinoma sp.) invading nest
cells of Utah H. farinosus.
Nye also recorded Sphecodes arvensiformis (Halictidae), Dasymutilla sp. (Mu-
tillidae), Bombylius major and B. albicapillus (Bombyliidae), Leucophora obtusa
(Anthomyiidae), Nemognatha lutea (Meloidae), and Rhipiphorus sp. (Rhipi-
phoridae) as nest parasites. An unidentified aphelenchoidid nematode and ^4c-
rostichus sp. are phoretic in the reproductive tracts of Davis H. farinosus (Giblin
et al., 1981). Nye recorded the fungus Ascophaera lapis on feces in the cells in
Utah. Feces were also mold-infested in the Davis cells, but only three cells con¬
tained dead, fungus-covered brood or provision masses. Philanthus crabronifor-
mis (Sphecidae) (Alcock, 1974) and Mallophorina guidliana (Asilidae) (Nye, 1980)
have been recorded as predators of foraging adult bees.
Nest guarding was observed in summer nests in Davis. When a guard bee was
probed with a stem, it bent into a C-shape so both its open mandibles and the
apex of its abdomen were directed towards the intruder. This position is unlike
that observed in most halictines, where the head or the abdominal dorsum of the
guard effectively blocks the entrance. The nest entrance of H. farinosus is relatively
wide, allowing the simultaneous presentation of sting and mandibles. Nye also
recorded nest guarding, but did not note the C-posture. He stated that the foundress
queens were the principal guards in second generation nests.
Halictus ligatus
The three nests were in bare soil in the Putah Creek bank, near H. farinosus
nest site 2. On 19 May, the entrances were open, unguarded, and narrowed (di¬
ameters 3.6-3.7 mm) but not conspicuously smoothed or rounded. Bees brought
pollen into two nests. When excavated on 21 May, each contained one foundress
female, which was inseminated with well developed ovaries. The two fully ex-
132
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
cavated nests were 19.5 and 20.5 cm deep, vertical, unbranched, with 14 and 8
cells respectively (Fig. 9). One nest had a 3 cm horizontal burrow just above the
cells; this may represent the “forage cell” reported by Chandler (cited by Michener
and Bennett, 1977). Top cells were 9.0 and 6.5 cm, and bottom cells 16.5 and
16.5 cm deep, respectively. Burrow diameter was about 6.5 mm. Cells were similar
to those previously reported for H. ligatus (Michener and Bennett, 1977), 11.0-
12.5 mm long ( x = 11.60 mm, SD = 0.548, n = 5) by 5.5-6.5 mm wide (v = 6.02
mm, SD = 0.356, n — 5) and at a slight angle (6°-12°, n = 3). Cell contents ranged
from eggs to pupae. Four females were reared from pupae of one nest; their mean
head width (2.96 mm, SD = 0.014) was smaller than that of the three foundresses
from the nests (3.10 mm, SD = 0.110), giving a 4.4% size difference between the
presumptive queen and worker castes.
One cell contained a very small muscoid dipteran larva in addition to a live,
half-developed bee larva. Histiostomatid mites occurred in cells in one nest, the
instars associated with the different developmental stages of the bee as described
for the histiostomatid associated with H. farinosus. The mites associated with H.
ligatus and H. farinosus belong to different, although closely related, species of
Histiostoma. Histiostoma also occurs in H. ligatus nests in New York (Litte,
1977). Nematodes were abundant in the feces of pupal cells. Giblin et al. (1981)
have recently described the relationship between the nematode Acrostichus sp.
and Davis H. ligatus.
The Davis H. ligatus differ most strikingly from cool temperate populations in
the number of cells in the foundress nests. As summarized by Michener and
Bennett (1977), the average number of cells in single foundress nests in New York
and Indiana ranges from 2 to 4, with maxima of 6 and 7. In contrast, the Davis
nests contained 8 and 14 cells and were still being provisioned. The Davis nests
resembled most warm temperate and tropical populations of H. ligatus (Michener
and Bennett, 1977) in not being densely aggregated. Cool temperate foundress
nests are often pleometrotic; my sample size was too small to preclude that
possibility in Davis. The presumptive caste size difference of 4.4% is much smaller
than similar differences in Indiana (14.5%) and New York (16.9%) populations
(Michener and Bennett, 1977).
Discussion
The subgenus Halictus is abundant and diverse in the Palearctic region (Mich¬
ener, 1978), and at least 13 European and Asian species have been the subjects
of nesting biology studies, as reviewed by Sakagami and Michener (1962), Mich¬
ener (1974), Sakagami (1974, 1980), and Knerer (1980) (see also Batra, 1966b,
and Ivanov, 1977): Halictus {Halictus) cochlearitarsis, fulvipes, latisignatus, mac-
ulatus, paris, patellatus, quadricinctus, resurgens ( =holtzi, turkommanus), rubi-
cundus, sajoi, scabiosae, sexcinctus, and tsingtouensis. These Palearctic species,
plus the four North American species (H. farinosus, ligatus, parallelus, and ru-
bicundus), present a common pattern of social structure (with exceptions as noted
below): nests are founded in the spring by one or more inseminated females. Single
foundress nests contain 4-6 cells. Males are typically represented by 5-10% of
the first generation, although they are apparently absent in some populations of
H. sexcinctus, ligatus, and farinosus. Summer nests contain 2-8 females that
usually remain active through the summer until overwintering gynes become
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
133
Figure 9. Foundress nests of Halictus ligatus excavated 21 May 1979 in Davis, California. Ab¬
breviations as in Figures 5-7.
adults, unlike the short summer flight periods exhibited by eusocial Evylaeus ( H.
sexcinctus in Italy may resemble Evylaeus according to Bonelli, 1965). Foundress
females remain in the summer nests as egglayers and they often guard. Except
where males are absent in the first generation, from 4% to over 50% of the first
generation females are inseminated, and foragers frequently have partially to well
developed ovaries. Size differences between foundress “queens” and first gener¬
ation “workers” range from 0 in one Swiss population of H. scabiosae (Batra,
1966a) to 5% in H. maculatus, 9% in German H. scabiosae, 12-17% in H. ligatus,
and 17% in H. latisignatus (Sakagami, 1974). The latter Indian species has the
134
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
most distinctive castes of any analyzed Halictus (Batra, 1966b) and is the only
member of its species group (Michener, 1978).
The California H. farinosus is unique among social Halictus in the large number
of cells in typically monogynous spring nests; about twice that of any other species.
This is not a species characteristic because Utah nests contain many fewer cells.
It probably reflects the exceptionally favorable weather for foraging that is typical
of California springs, in which foundresses can continuously provision cells. This
hypothesis is supported by the large cell numbers in Davis H. ligatus foundress
nests.
The poorly defined castes in summer nests of California H. farinosus are not
unique among Halictus, although the lack of correlation between body size and
ovarian development, the 83% insemination rate, and the 56% ovarian devel¬
opment rate make this population among the most weakly social of the temperate
species. I hypothesize that second generation nests may start out as eusocial
colonies, with the foundress queen dominating her worker daughters, but as the
summer progresses the foundress dies or ceases to dominate and her daughters
mate and their ovaries variously develop, resulting in a semisocial colony. This
parallels the development in tropical H. ligatus nests (Michener and Bennett,
1977).
Halictus social structure is not fixed within a species and can be adapted to a
particular climate by a population, as had been amply demonstrated for H. ligatus
(Michener and Bennett, 1977) and in less detail for H. scabiosae (Batra, 1966a),
and which Nye and I show for H. farinosus. The “classic” eusocial Halictus colony,
with a foundress queen producing a second generation with the aid of her unmated,
nonreproductive worker daughters, may be an adaptation to a temperate climate
with a limited foraging season. Under these conditions selection favors distinct
castes: the harsh spring favors a queen that budgets her time and energy and thus
produces a few workers. The short summer prohibits these daughters from starting
their own nests and favors a queen (and by kin selection also her worker daughters)
that can reproductively dominate them and thus enforce efficient provisioning of
gyne and male cells. The terms “primitive” and “advanced” may be meaningless
in a phylogenetic sense when applied to caste differences within Halictus, as the
different states may be simply expressions of the same genome under different
climatic regimes.
However, eusocial behavior may well have characterized the ancestral Halictus
species. All studied species of Halictus (Seladonia ), the sister subgenus of Halictus
s.s., are eusocial (Sakagami, 1980), as are all but a few Halictus s.s., Knerer (1980)
cited H. ( H .) farinosus and parallelus as being solitary, but he was mistaken about
farinosus, and parallelus is social in Massachusetts, where Packard (1868) de¬
scribed a nest excavated on 16 July with 4 adult females and over 20 cells,
containing young larvae to pupae. Knerer also recorded H. sexcinctus as being
solitary in France, but Bonelli (1965) described eusocial colonies of that species
in Italy. The best substantiated solitary European species is H. quadricinctus,
although more than one female may occasionally occupy a nest (Grozdanic, 1969;
Marikovskaya, 1972). Sakagami (1980) has recently demonstrated exclusively
solitary nesting in H. tsingtouensis in Japan. He predicted that a social species
might become solitary in colder parts of its range, where only one generation per
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
135
year can be completed. Multiple reversion to solitary existence from eusocial
ancestry is a more parsimonius hypothesis than the reverse for Halictus.
As Michener (1974), Knerer (1980), and Sakagami (1980) point out, nearly all
species of Halictus s.s. and all species of H. (Seladonia ) share a common pattern
of nest architecture: horizontal or slightly sloping cells connected to the burrow
by laterals shorter (usually much shorter) than half a cell length, not clustered in
a comb or surrounded by a cavity. Since the primitive halictine nest has long
laterals leading to cells (Sakagami and Michener, 1962), the genus Halictus is
characterized by an apomorphic nest architectural feature. However, two solitary,
univoltine species, Halictus quadricinctus and sexcinctus sensu Knerer, deviate
from this pattern.
Halictus quadricinctus nests have closely clustered cells surrounded by a cavity,
much like those of eusocial Evylaeus. Despite its nests, H. quadricinctus is mor¬
phologically not a distinctive species, belonging to Michener’s (1978) group 3, as
does H. farinosus. The construction of a comb and cavity is not as unique as it
might seem. Knerer (1980) notes three other species of halictines in which it
appears facultatively, and a female of H. rubicundus tightly clustered its cells and
surrounded them by burrows which formed an imperfect cavity when forced to
nest in moist soil in my flight room. L. Packer (pers. comm.) has observed a
similar phenomenon in laboratory-reared H. ligatus. Moreover, Marikovskaya
(1972) provided diagrams and photographs of some nests of H. quadricinctus
without cavities, as well as of nests more typical for this species. The construction
of a comb of cells in a cavity thus appears to be an autapomorphic feature of H.
quadricinctus, derived from typical Halictus nest-building behavior and not ex¬
pressed under all conditions.
The population of H. sexcinctus studied by Knerer (1980) in France had cells
connected to the burrows by long (11-18 mm) laterals. Knerer suggested that this
is an adaptation for nesting in sand. While a nest with long laterals is otherwise
considered to be primitive, I accept Knerer’s hypothesis that it represents a reversal
in H. sexcinctus from a typical Halictus- nest ancestry. The differences between
Knerer’s population and Bonelli’s (1965) Italian population, with nests with short
laterals and a bivoltine, eusocial seasonal cycle, suggest that two different species
were involved.
The genus Halictus is large and diverse, yet quite clearly monophyletic (Mich¬
ener, 1978). It is thus an excellent taxon for testing the value of nest architecture
for classification. I conclude that nest structure is neither worthless nor a panacea.
A common pattern does characterize the genus, but it has been readily modified
into different types in response to edaphic conditions in ecological and evolu¬
tionary time.
Summary
In the Central Valley of California, Halictus {Halictus) farinosus makes monogy-
nous foundress nests that typically contain 11 or more cells, twice the number of
any other Halictus species. Both males and females are produced in the first
generation, and 83% of first generation females are inseminated. Castes are poorly
distinguished after two weeks into the second generation; 56% of nest bees have
developed ovaries, and there is no significant correlation between size and ovarian
136
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
development. In Halictus {Halictus) ligatus, monogynous foundress nests produce
up to 14 or more cells and caste size differences appear less than half those reported
for cool temperate populations. Histiostoma spp. (Acari: Histiostomatidae) are
nest associates of both species of Halictus, Imparipes americanus (Acari: Scuta-
caridae) is a nest associate of H. farinosus, Megachile coquilletti (Hymenoptera:
Megachilidae) usurps H. farinosus nest burrows, and Tetramorium caespitum
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) can destroy nest aggregations of H. farinosus.
Eusocial nesting is hypothesized to be primitive in the subgenus Halictus; H.
quadricinctus, sexcinctus, and tsingtouensis are hypothesized to have reverted to
solitary, univoltine nesting. In eusocial species, castes are typically continuous;
H. farinosus represents an extreme in the subgenus in the lack of morphologically
distinguishable castes. Its social structure appears to be an adaptation to the
climate of central California. Halictus {Halictus) nests are characterized by sub¬
horizontal cells connected to the burrow by very short laterals; the two exceptions
to this pattern {H. quadricinctus and H. sexcinctus) are hypothesized to have
secondarily evolved from it.
Acknowledgments
This paper is dedicated to Dr. Richard Bohart of the University of California
at Davis. Upon his retirement, I was invited to teach his course in Systematic
Entomology at U.C.-Davis as a visiting professor in 1979. My assignment was
greatly facilitated by the high standards that Dr. Bohart had set in his teaching,
and even more by his personal generosity in aiding my family and me to adjust
to our short stay in Davis.
This research was conducted at the University of California at Davis, and
students in Entomology 103 “volunteered” to excavate bee nests. I thank Ignacio
Cid, Chris Diedrick, Joe Machado, Mike Pettigrew,'Camilla Woodward, and also
Heidi Dobson for their help. At U.C.-Davis, the Department of Entomology
provided laboratory facilities and the Arboretum gave permission for excavations
in the gardens. For identifications, I thank Dr. William L. Brown, Jr. (Formicidae),
Dr. James Carpenter (Eumeninae), and Dr. Barry OConnor (Histiostomatidae).
For critically reading the manuscript, I thank Mr. Laurence Packer (University
of Toronto), Dr. Ronald McGinley (U.S. National Museum of Natural History),
and Dr. Penelope Kukuk of Cornell (who also provided statistical advice). Portions
of this research were supported by National Science Foundation grant DEB-78-
03151.
Literature Cited
Abrams, J., and G. C. Eickwort. 1980. Biology of the communal sweat bee Agapostemon virescens
(Hymenoptera: Halictidae) in New York State. Search: Agr. (Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta.),
1980(1):20 pp.
Alcock, J. 1974. The behaviour of Philanthus crabroniformis (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). J. Zool.,
173:233-246.
Batra, S. W. T. 1966a. Nesting behavior of Halictus scabiosae in Switzerland (Hymenoptera, Ha¬
lictidae). Insectes Soc., 13:87-92.
-. 1966b. Nests and social behavior of halictine bees of India (Hymenoptera: Halictidae).
Indian J. Entomol., 28:375-393.
Bohart, G. E. 1952. Pollination by native insects. Pp. 107-121 in Insects, the yearbook of agriculture,
1952. U.S. Govn. Printing Office, Washington.
Bonelli, B. 1965. Osservazioni biologiche sugli imenotteri melliferi e predatori della Val di Fiemme.
VIII contributo. Halictus sexcinctus F. Stud. Trentini Sci. Natur., ser. B, 42:97-122.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
137
Chandler, L. 1955. The ecological life history of Halictus ( Halictus ) ligatus Say with notes on related
species. Ph.D. thesis, Purdue University.
Cross, E. A., and G. E. Bohart. 1969. Phoretic behavior of four species of alkali bee mites as influenced
by season and host sex. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 42:195-219.
Delfinado, M. D., and E. W. Baker. 1976. New species of Scutacaridae (Acarina) associated with
insects. Acarologia, 18:264-301.
Eickwort, G. C. 1979. Mites associated with sweat bees (Halictidae). Pp. 575-581 in J. G. Rodriguez
(ed.), Recent advances in acarology, vol. I. Academic Press, New York.
-. 1981. Aspects of the nesting biology of five nearctic species of Agapostemon (Hymenoptera:
Halictidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 54:337-351.
Giblin, R. M., H. K. Kaya, and R. W. Brooks. 1981. Occurrence of Huntaphelenchoides sp. (Aphe-
lenchoididae) and Acrostichus sp. (Diplogasteridae), in the reproductive tracts of soil nesting
bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Nematologica, 27:20-27.
Grozdanic, S. 1969. Recherches zoosociologiques sur certaines especes du genre Halictus (Hyme-
nopteres), effectuees en 1965. Bull. Acad. Serbe Sci. Arts, 46:9-18.
Ivanov, S. P. 1977. Methods of study of bee nests (in Russian). Vestnik. Zool., no. 1:81-84.
Rnerer, G. 1980. Biologie und Sozialverhalten von Bienenarten der Gattung Halictus Latreille
(Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 107:511-536.
Litte, M. 1977. Aspects of the social biology of the bee Halictus ligatus in New York State (Hy¬
menoptera, Halictidae). Insectes Soc., 24:9-36.
Marikovskaya, T. P. 1972. On biology of bees (Apoidea) of the south-east Kazakhstan (in Russian).
Horae Soc. Entomol. U.S.S.R., 55:187-216.
Michener, C. D. 1974. The social behavior of the bees. Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, 404 pp.
-. 1978. The classification of halictine bees: tribes and Old World nonparasitic genera with
strong venation. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull., 51:501-538.
-, and F. D. Bennett. 1977. Geographical variation in nesting biology and social organization
of Halictus ligatus. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull., 51:233-260.
Moldenke, A. R., and J. L. Neff. 1974. The bees of California: a catalogue with special relevance to
pollination and ecological research. The family Halictidae and the family Melittidae. Tech.
Rep. 74-5, Origin & Structure of Ecosystems, I.B.P., published by the authors, 189 pp.
Moure, J. S., and P. D. Hurd, Jr. 1984. An annotated catalog of the bee family Halictidae in the
Western Hemisphere (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, In
press.
Nye, W. P. 1980. Notes on the biology of Halictus (Halictus) farinosus Smith (Hymenoptera: Ha¬
lictidae). U.S. Dept. Agr., Sci. Educ. Admin., Agr. Res. Results ARR-W-11, 29 pp.
Packard, A. S., Jr. 1868. The home of the bees. Amer. Natur., 1:596-606.
Parker, F. D. 1981. Sunflower pollination: abundance, diversity and seasonality of bees and their
effect on seed yields. J. Apic. Res., 20:49-61.
-. 1982. Efficiency of bees in pollinating onion flowers. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 55:171-176.
Roberts, R. B. 1973. Bees of northwestern America: Halictus (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Ore. St.
Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 126, 23 pp.
Sakagami, S. F. 1974. Sozialstruktur und Polymorphismus bei Furchen- und Schmalbienen (Hal-
ictinae). Pp. 257-293 in G. H. Schmidt (ed.), Sozialpolymorphismus bei Insekten. Wiss. Ver-
lagsgesellschaft, Stuttgart.
-. 1980. Bionomics of the halictine bees in northern Japan. I. Halictus ( Halictus ) tsingtouensis
(Hymenoptera, Halictidae), with notes on the number of origins of eusociality. Kontyu, 48:
526-536.
-, and C. D. Michener. 1962. The nest architecture of the sweat bees (Halictinae). Univ. Kansas
Press, Lawrence, 135 pp.
Sandhouse, G. A. 1941. The American bees of the subgenus Halictus. Entomol. Amer., 21:23-39.
Schultz, G. W. 1982. Soil-dropping behavior of the pavement ant, Tetramorium caespitum (L.)
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) against the alkali bee (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). J. Kans. Entomol.
Soc., 55:277-282.
Stephen, W. P., G. E. Bohart, and P. F. Torchio. 1969. The biology and external morphology of
bees. Agr. Exp. Sta., Ore. St. Univ., Corvallis, 140 pp.
Woodring, J. P. 1973. Four new anoetid mites associated with halictid bees (Acarina: Anoetidae.
Hymenoptera: Halictidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 46:310-327.
ANNOUNCEMENT
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature
ITZN 11/4 A.N.(S.) 130 2 July 1984
The Commission hereby gives six months notice of the possible use of its plenary
powers in the following cases, published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomencla¬
ture, volume 41, part 2, on 29 June 1984 and would welcome comments and
advice on them from interested zoologists.
Correspondence should be addressed to the Secretary at the above address, if
possible within six months of the date of publication of this notice.
Case No.
2442 Zygaena anthyllidis Boisduval, [1828] (Insecta, Lepidoptera): proposed
conservation.
2400 Reptomultisparsa D’Orbigny, 1853 (Bryozoa, Cyclostomata): request for
the designation of a type species.
1456 GOERIDAE Ulmer, 1903 versus TRICHOSTOMATIDAE Rambur, 1842
(Insecta, Trichoptera) request for a ruling under Article 23d(ii).
2393 Atractocera latipes Meigen, 1804 (Insecta, Diptera, Simuliidae): proposed
conservation in the common usage with rejection of the presumed holotype
under the plenary powers.
2407 Choeropsis Leidy, 1852 (Artiodactyla): proposed conservation under the
plenary powers.
2446 Centrums limpidus Karsch, 1879 and Centruroides ornatus Pocock, 1902
(Arachnia, Scorpiones): proposed conservation.
2448 Leucaspis Signoret, 1869 (Insecta, Homoptera, Diaspididae): proposed con¬
servation by the suppression of Leucaspis Burmeister, 1835 (Insecta, Hy-
menoptera, Leucospidae).
2451 Tomiopsis Benediktova, 1956 (Spiriferida, Brachiopoda): proposed con¬
servation under the plenary powers.
2333 CAECILIIDAE in Amphibia and Insecta (Psocoptera): alternative propos¬
als to remove the homonymy.
2421 Laspeyresia Hiibner, [1825] (Insecta, Lepidoptera): proposed conservation
by the suppression of Cydia Hiibner, [1825].
2314 Byrrhus murinus Fabricius, 1794 (Coleoptera, Byrrhidae): proposed con¬
servation by the suppression of Byrrhus undulatus and Byrrhus rubidus
Kugelann, 1792.
2456 Rhopalocerus W. Redtenbacher, 1842 (Coleoptera, Colydidae): proposed
conservation by the suppression of Spartycerus Motschulsky, 1837.
1748 Capys Hewitson (1865) (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae), proposed conservation
under the plenary powers: a restatement of the case.
2341 Hyla lactea Daudin, 1803 (Amphibia): request for conservation under the
plenary powers.
707 Cochliomyia Townsend, 1915 (Diptera, Calliphoridae): proposed conser¬
vation by the suppression of Callitroga Brauer, 1883.
R. V. Melville
Secretary
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, pp. 139-145
A New Pygmy Mole Grasshopper from California and
Baja California, Mexico (Orthoptera: Tridactylidae)
Kurt K. Gunther
Museum fur Naturkunde, Zoologisches Museum, DDR, 104 Berlin, Invali-
denstr. 43.
In the course of my revision (Gunther, 1977) of the pygmy mole grasshopper
genus Ellipes Scudder, I found a series of 14 males and 12 females from Anza-
Borrego, San Diego Co., California, that due to their extensive yellow coloration,
were distinctly different from other specimens of E. gurneyi Gunther. At that
time I considered these specimens to be only a color variation of the latter species
for both morphotypes came from the same locality. Recently, in determining the
Tridactylidae from Baja California, Mexico, I found further material of this sup¬
posed “variation” from three localities. A detailed examination showed that these
Baja California specimens agree with both the morphological and color variation
of the Anza-Borrego individuals. Both typical E. gurneyi and this “variant” live
sympatrically in a wide area without transition forms. For these reasons, combined
with distinct morphological differences (see below), this variant must be consid¬
ered a good species.
Ellipes californicus, New Species
Diagnosis. — A predominately black, although extensively yellow-marked species.
Pronotum black, yellow-marked as in Figure la. Hind femur outer distal lobus
genicularis white in caudal half. Antennae in males with 11 segments, females
with 12. Hind wings not reaching end of abdomen. Hind tibia with one pair of
narrow tibial lamellae. Caudal border of female subgenital plate parabolically
rounded, without inner sclerotisations at hind end (Fig. 2). Epiproct of males not
longer than broad (Fig. 3b), distinctly shorter than that of E. gurneyi. Hooks of
paraproct long, tapered (Fig. 3 a). Endophallus with 2 sclerotised bristle areas
similar to E. gurneyi (Fig. 4a) but more slender.
Both sexes of the new species differ from those of E. gurneyi in the pronotal
pattern (Fig. la, b). The male also differs by the form of the epiproct (Fig. 3b—
compare with Fig. 36 in Gunther, 1977), by the bristle areas of the endophallus,
and by the shape of the subgenital plate (see below). The most important difference
in the female is its characteristic egg guide plate (Fig. 2). Males of the new species
differ from E. monticolus Gunther by the bristle areas in the endophallus (only
two, similar to E. gurneyi) and the caudal margin of the subgenital plate. Females
are distinguished by the simple rounded end of the subgenital plate (Fig. 2—
compare with Fig. 59 in Gunther, 1977).
In the description below, coloration is described in detail for the holotype only
since there is some variation in the type series. The morphological description
that follows refers to the type series, including the holotype.
Holotype male.— Mexico, Baja California Norte, Sierra San Pedro Martir, Dia-
140
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
t- — ■ - ■ -1
1mm
b)
Figure 1. Pronotum: a) E. californicus holotype; b) E. gurneyi (male).
blo Canyon, E slope, 6-IV-1973, S. L. Szerlip, on damp sand at edge of stream.
Deposited in California Academy of Sciences (CAS), #15045, on indefinite loan
from University of California, Berkeley.
Coloration .—Predominant color brown to black, but with yellow-white mark¬
ings. Antennae black-brown, first segment laterodistal with a yellow spot. Palpi
black-brown, yellow at articulations. Compound eyes black-brown, ocelli glassy
white. Oral border of anticlypeus yellow. Laterooral parts of postclypeus yellow.
Frons with yellow crescent-shaped marking on each side. Eyes bordered with
yellow on inner aspect between lateral ocellus and occiput. Vertex between eyes
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
141
Lst8
Figure 2. E. californicus paratype female: subgenital plate and bursa copulatrix, ventral view. Ef—
egg guide; B. cop—bursa copulatrix; Lst 8—laterostemite 8; Sgpl—subgenital plate; Vag—vagina.
with a thin Y-shaped yellow marking; caudally an irregular yellow band connects
both eyes; from that band two yellow stripes run to the occiput. Genae white.
Border of antennal insertion yellow. Pronotum characteristically marked with
yellow (Fig. 1 a). Fore legs black-brown; distal coxa and main part femur yellow;
tibia with yellow spots. Middle legs black-brown; distal coxa and main part tro¬
chanter yellow-white; femur bordered yellow ventrally with an incomplete sub-
basal and broad medial yellow crossband as well as yellow at the distal end;
outside of tibia with 3 yellow spots, 2 near dorsal border and 1 at middle of
ventral border. Hind femur bordered with yellow at dorsal and ventral edge to
distal joint region; dorsobasal lobe yellow, outside with 2 yellow crossbands, each
interrupted once; distal lobus genicularis white in caudal half; tibia yellow, blackish
smoked. Tegmina with broad white crossbands such that only base and distal
third remain black-brown. Costal area of hind wing black-brown bordered, other
parts transparent. Abdomen black to black-brown; stemites 1 to 8 bordered white
caudally; subgenital plate with broad white distal part. Basal segments of cercus
black-brown; distal segment of cercus and appendage of paraproct light brown.
Measurements of holotype (mm ).—Body length: 4.22. Length pronotum: 0.96.
Breadth pronotum: 1.22. Length fore wing: 1.40. Length hindwing: 2.44. Length
metafemur: 2.59. Breadth metafemur: 0.91. Length metatibia: 2.07. Length apical
spurs: 1.04. Length subapical spurs: 0.47. Length tibial lamellae: 0.32. Length
metatarsus: 0.09. Length basal cercus segment: 0.45. Length distal cercus segment:
0.19. Length paraproct appendages: 0.54. Interocular distance: 0.43.
142
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
b)
Figure 3. E. californicus male paratype: a) hook of right paraproct; b) epiproct.
Allotype female. — Same data as holotype. Coloration same as in holotype except
abdominal stemites 1 to 6 are yellow, stemite 7 black-brown with white caudal
border, and the subgenital plate is black to black-brown.
Measurements of allotype (mm).— Body length: 4.81. Length pronotum: 1.11.
Breadth pronotum: 1.48. Length fore wing: 1.48. Length hindwing: 2.81. Length
metafemur: 3.03. Breadth metafemur: 1.04. Length metatibia: 2.44. Length apical
spurs: 1.17. Length subapical spurs: 0.56. Length tibial lamellae: 0.40. Length
metatarsus: 0.09. Length basal cercus segment: 0.54. Length distal cercus segment:
0.22. Length paraproct appendages: 0.61. Interocular distance: 0.52.
Morphology of type series.— Coloration generally as above. Stature typical for
Ellipes. Antennae filiform, males with 11 segments, females with 12; segment 3
distinctly longer, about as long as segment 4 plus 5; beginning with segment 4,
which is as long as broad, segment length increases to tip of antenna; length of
terminal segments about twice width. Lateral border of pronotum emarginated;
laterocaudal comer rounded and protruded to ventral side; outline of pronotum
as in Figure la. Front femur specialized for digging, provided with long bristles
among hairs on outer ventral edge and with dense row of flat bristles on medio-
ventral edge. Hind tibia with long apical spurs, these are half the length of tibia;
subapical spurs nearly half the length of apical spurs; a slender tibial lamella
occurs on both outer and inner dorsal edges. Tarsus of hind legs rudimentary,
present as scarcely visible lobe. Tegmina of male tapered, terminating obliquely;
distal third subcosta developed as stridulatory vein with about 55 teeth. Fore
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
143
Figure 4. Phallus: a) E. gurneyv, b) E. monticolus.
144
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
wing of female rounded at end, development of subcosta normal. Hind wing two-
thirds longer than tegmina, not reaching end of abdomen.
Male terminal abdomen segments. — Shape of tergite 10, cerci, paraproct ap¬
pendages as in E. gurneyi (see Gunther, 1977:Fig. 35). Epiproct not longer than
broad (Fig. 3b), tapered to end and with 2 swellings at base. Hooks of paraprocts
strongly developed, with long distal part which curves upward and tapers to end
(Fig. 3a). Subgenital plate nearly as long as broad, caudal border emarginated
distinctly. Phallus membranous, endophallus with 2 long sclerotised areas, cov¬
ered densely with bristles similar to E. gurneyi but more slender. Median part
tergite 8, caudal margin, with 2 or 2 pairs of strong bristles. Median part of tergite
9 without such bristles.
Female terminal abdomen segments.— Chaetotaxy similar to male. Epiproct
tongue-shaped, tapered to rounded end. Outline of subgenital plate parabolic (Fig.
2). Egg guide plate situated between subgenital plate and gonoporus; bursa co-
pulatrix large, membranous, baggy, bilobed at inner end. Spermatheca absent.
Rudiments of gonapophyses represented on each side by 2 small sclerites, these
situated on ventral side of medially-divided stemite 9, covered by subgenital
plate; ventral rudiment is triangular, other rudiment slender.
Paratypes. — MEXICO: BAJA CALIFORNIA NORTE: Sierra San Pedro Mar-
tir, Diablo Canyon, E slope, 6-IV-1973, S. L. Szerlip, 7 <3, 5 2, 4 nymphs with
holo- and allotype (CAS, University of Califomia-Berkeley, Zoological Museum
Berlin); Diablito Canyon, E face, 5-IV-1973, on damp sand at edge of stream, S.
L. Szerlip, 1 <3, 3 2 (CAS). Sierra Juarez Mts., El Tajo Canyon, 9-IX-1957, J.
Roberts, 2 2 (Los Angeles Co. Museum).
Further specimens (not designated paratypes).— USA: CALIFORNIA: San Die¬
go Co., Anza-Borrego State Park, Coyote Creek, 25-III-1959, D. C. Rentz, 14 <3,
12 2 (CAS, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Zoological Museum
Berlin). According to A. B. Gurney (pers. comm.) there are an additional 10 <3
and 4 nymphs in the collection of the U.S. National Museum from Coyote Creek
with collection date 15-11-1969.
Key to Ellipes Species of the gurneyi-monticolus Group
1. Antennae of male and female with 10 segments . E. minutes (Scudder)
Antennae of male with 11 and female with 12 segments . 2
2. Phallus with long strong sclerites (Brazil) . E. undecimartus Gunther
Phallus without sclerites, only sclerotised bristle areas existing (, gurneyi-
monticolus group). 3
3. Pronotum with narrow yellow border (Fig. lb) only at lateral and caudal
sides. Epiproct of male longer than broad. Sclerotisation of endophallus
as in Figure 4a with 2 large bristle areas. E. gurneyi Gunther
Pronotum with broad yellow border, central disc with several black spots
(Fig. la) . 4
4. Outer distal lobus genicularis of metafemur completely black; metafemur
nearly entirely black (Arizona) .. E. gurneyi var. nigrofemurata Gunther
Distal part of lobus genicularis of metafemur white. Epiproct of male about
as long as broad . 5
5. Caudal margin of female subgenital plate parabolically rounded (Fig. 2).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
145
Endophallus with 2 long sclerotised areas densely covered with bristles
. E. californicus, n. sp.
Caudal margin of female subgenital plate with a medial truncated process.
Endophallus with 4 sclerotised areas densely covered with bristles (Fig.
4b) . E. monticolus Gunther
Literature Cited
Gunther, K. K. 1977. Revision der Gattung Ellipes Scudder, 1902 (Saltatoria, Tridactylidae). Dtsch.
Ent. Z., N.F., 24:47-122.
Publications Received
The following volumes of the University of California Publications in Ento¬
mology were published by and are available from the University of California
Press, 2223 Fulton Street, Berkeley, CA 94720, telephone (415) 642-4562:
Volume 103. Courtship Behaviors of the Hawaiian Picture-Winged Drosophila.
By Herman T. Speith. vii + 92 pp., 5 figs., 1 table. Price $9.50 paperbound. ISBN
0-520-09691-6. Issue date given as April 1984. Review copy received by PCES
at CAS on 9 Aug. 1984.
Volume 104. Genetics and Ecology of a Hybrid Zone in Hyalophora (Lepi-
doptera: Satumiidae). By Michael M. Collins, xii + 93 pp., 38 figs., 18 tables.
Price $11.50 paperbound. ISBN 0-520-00953-2. Issue date given as 20 June 1984.
Review copy received by PCES at CAS on 9 Aug. 1984.
Volume 105. Revision of the Genus Enallagma of the United States West of
the Rocky Mountains and Identification of Certain Larvae by Descriminant Anal¬
ysis (Odonata: Coenagrionidae). By Rosser W. Garrison, ix + 129 pp., 117 figs.,
16 tables. Price $11.00 paperbound. ISBN 0-520-09954-0. Issue date given as
August 1984. Reciew copy received by PCES at CAS on 29 Oct. 1984. —P. H.
Amaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, pp. 146-151
A Review of Dichaetocoris Knight (Heteroptera: Miridae):
New Species, New Combinations, and
Additional Distribution Records
Dan A. Polhemus
Department of Biology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112.
The genus Dichaetocoris was proposed by Knight (1968) to contain twelve
species of Orthotylinae from the western United States. My studies reveal that
four species presently in the genus are not congeneric with D. pinicola Knight,
the type species of Dichaetocoris, while a species presently in Orthotylus, O.
piceicola Knight, should be transferred to Dichaetocoris. In this paper the following
new combinations are proposed: D. stanleyaea Knight = Melanotrichus stanle-
yaea (Knight), D. brevirostris Knight = Melanotrichus knighti Polhemus, D. sym-
phoricarpi Knight = Melanotrichus symphoricarpi (Knight), D. peregrinus (Van
Duzee) = Parthenicus peregrinus (Van Duzee), and Orthotylus piceicola Knight =
D. piceicola (Knight). Two new species, D. geronimo and D. mojave, are described
from Arizona and Nevada respectively, and distributional records are noted for
D. pinicola Knight, D. merinoi Knight, D. coloradensis Knight, D. nevadensis
Knight, and D. spinosus (Knight).
Generic concepts in the western Orthotylini are in serious need of revision, a
project beyond the scope of the present paper. As construed here, the genus
Dichaetocoris may be distinguished by the presence of two types of simple re¬
cumbent pubescence on the dorsum, a lack of sexual dimorphism, and restriction
to coniferous hosts. The closely allied genus Melanotrichus possesses flattened
silvery hairs on the dorsum, exhibits weak sexual dimorphism in which the females
are frequently shorter and broader than the males, and occurs on a variety of non-
coniferous hosts. A review of similar generic problems in British species was
presented by Southwood (1953) whose subgenus Pinocapsus appears quite similar
to Dichaetocoris.
The additions and deletions described herein bring the total number of species
in Dichaetocoris to twelve, including D. anasazi Polhemus (1984).
All specimens treated herein are held in the Polhemus collection (JTP) unless
otherwise noted.
Dichaetocoris geronimo, New Species
Description. — Male: Small, ovate; length 3.56 mm; maximum width 1.48 mm.
Coloration dull green, occasionally fading to yellow on head and scutellum.
Head green to yellowish, eyes black; frons set with erect black setae interspersed
with recumbent pale, silky hairs; gula with a small patch of pale, erect hairs; vertex
set with erect black setae, width exceeding twice the dorsal width of an eye.
Antennae green to yellowish, covered with short, dense, erect fuscous setae; seg¬
ment I with three long, erect, fuscous setae; segments II-IV with occasional longer,
erect hairs; lengths of antennal segments I-IV (in mm): 0.24; 1.00; 0.68; 0.28.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
147
Pronotum green, finely rugulose, width at base equal to 2.8 times length; surface
covered with erect black setae, intermixed with pale, recumbent, silky hairs; calli
small, indistinct; a single long seta present at base of each anterior angle; posterior
angles acute, rounded. Scutellum green to bright yellow, slightly raised; mesoscu-
tum broadly exposed; surface finely rugose, set with erect fuscous hairs.
Hemelytra green, subtranslucent, shining; set with erect fuscous setae inter¬
spersed with pale, recumbent, silky hairs; fuscous hairs more dense on cuneus;
membrane uniformly fumate, veins dull green.
Venter dull green, abdomen darker; rostrum pale green, tip black, length 1.32
mm, reaching beyond hind coxae. Legs green to yellowish, covered with very
short, erect, fuscous hairs; femora with scattered longer pale hairs; tibial spines
stout, fuscous; apices of tibiae and terminal tarsal segments infuscated. Abdomen
with fine golden hairs; genital segment lacking a tergal process; left clasper slender,
curved, pointed at tip; right clasper weakly sinuate, blunt (see Fig. 1).
Female: Similar to male in structure, pubescence, and coloration; length 3.48
mm; maximum width 1.40 mm.
Material examined. — Holotype, male, and allotype: ARIZ., Gila Co., Rye, 1120
m (3500'), IV-18-82, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus (JTP). Paratypes: 13 6, 23 9, taken
with types on Juniperus monosperma (One Seed Juniper); 3 <3, 5 9, ARIZ., Cochise
Co., Portal, 1526 m (4770'), IV-28-81, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus (JTP), on Juniperus
monosperma.
Etymology .—The name geronimo is a noun in apposition, and refers to the
Apache chief who for years eluded the U.S. cavalry amidst the Arizona mountains.
Discussion.—Dichaetocoris geronimo, n. sp. has a general appearance similar
to that of D. coloradensis Knight, but may be separated from this and all other
Dichaetocoris species by its blunt, relatively unmodified right clasper (see Fig. 1).
The left clasper is thin and curving, ending in a point, and very similar in shape
to those of D. pinicola Knight and D. anasazi Polhemus. The types were taken
on juniper in the company of several species of Dichrooscytus, a mirine genus
with which these bugs may be easily confused.
Dichaetocoris mojave y New Species
Description.— Male: Small, ovate; length 3.68 mm; maximum width 1.40 mm.
Coloration uniformly golden brown.
Head golden brown, eyes black; head oriented vertically, broad; frons with erect
fuscous setae intermixed with pale, recumbent, silky hairs; gula with patch of fine,
pale, erect hairs; vertex set with erect fuscous hairs, width subequal to twice the
dorsal width of an eye. Antennae pale brown to golden; segments I-IV with short,
black, bristle-like hairs; segment I bearing three long, stout, fuscous hairs; segments
III and IV with scattered erect pale hairs; lengths of antennal segments I-IV (in
mm): 0.24; 1.08; 0.68; 0.32.
Pronotum golden brown, trapezoidal, width at base equal to twice its length;
surface finely rugulose, set with erect fuscous setae intermixed with pallid silky
hairs; calli small, indistinct; a single long seta present near each anterior angle;
posterior angles rounded. Scutellum golden brown, flat, mesoscutum broadly ex¬
posed; surface set with erect fuscous hairs.
Hemelytra golden brown, shining, subtranslucent; set with erect fuscous setae
148
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1,2. 1. Dichaetocoris geronimo, n. sp., male right clasper. 2. Dichaetocoris mojave, n. sp.,
male right clasper.
intermixed with recumbent pale silky hairs; fuscous hairs more dense on cuneus;
membrane uniformly fumate, veins gold.
Venter golden brown, slightly darker on abdomen; rostrum length 1.64 mm,
reaching past hind coxae, color light brown, tip infuscated; legs golden brown, set
with short, bristle-like fuscous hairs; femora with scattered longer, erect pale hairs;
tibial spines stout, fuscous; terminal tarsal segment infuscated apically; claws
black. Abdomen with fine, pale pubescence; genital segment lacking a tergal pro¬
cess; left clasper slender, curved, pointed at tip; right clasper flat, blade-like,
multispinose (see Fig. 2).
Female: Similar to male in structure, color, and pubescence. Length 3.36 mm;
maximum width 1.32 mm.
Material examined.— Holotype, male, and allotype: NEV., Clark Co., Kyle
Canyon, Mount Charleston, 2080 m (6600'), VII-20-82, J. T. Polhemus (JTP).
Paratypes: 5 6, 2 2, taken with the types on Pinus edulis (Pinyon Pine) (JTP).
Etymology .—The name mojave is a noun in apposition, referring to the desert
area from which this species was collected.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
149
Discussion.—Dichaetocoris mojave, n. sp. is allied to D. anasazi Polhemus,
both species having a simple, curving, undifferentiated left clasper with a pointed
tip and a complex, multispinose right clasper. D. mojave may be separated from
D. anasazi by its lack of a tergal process on the genital segment, and from all
other Dichaetocoris species by its distinctive right clasper (see Fig. 2). The type
series is composed of slightly teneral specimens, thus the coloration may prove
darker in more mature individuals. At the Mount Charleston type locality this
species occurred sympatrically with Dichaetocoris pinicola Knight on Pinus edulis.
Melanotrichus stanleyaea (Knight), New Combination
Dichaetocoris stanleyaea Knight, 1968:115.
Although placed by Knight (1968) in Dichaetocoris, examination of the para-
types reveals that this species is clearly a Melanotrichus, on the basis of the silvery,
scale-like pubescence on the dorsum and the crescent-shaped male left clasper
(typical of western Melanotrichus species).
Melanotrichus knighti Polhemus, New Name
Dichaetocoris brevirostris Knight, 1968:115.
As in the preceding species, this insect belongs in Melanotrichus on the basis
of its general habitus and the possession of silvery, scale-like hairs on the dorsum.
Since Knight (1968) described the species from a single female, comparison on
the basis of male genitalia is at present impossible. The name Melanotrichus
brevirostris is preoccupied (Knight, 1927b), therefore the name Melanotrichus
knighti is proposed to avoid a secondary homonymy.
Melanotrichus symphoricarpi (Knight), New Combination
Dichaetocoris symphoricarpi Knight, 1968:114.
Although possessing a bifurcate male left clasper superficially similar to that
encountered in many Orthotylus species, this species exhibits silvery, scale-like
pubescence on the dorsum and weak sexual dimorphism in body shape which
place it in Melanotrichus. It is aberrant among western U.S. Melanotrichus in
lacking a crescent-shaped left clasper in the male; the genitalia appear more closely
allied to those of M. flavosparsus (Sahlberg), a species found in the eastern U.S.
and Europe. A good series is at hand from: UTAH, San Juan Co., Grand Flat
near Collins Canyon, VI-1-82, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus (JTP).
Parthenicus peregrinus (Van Duzee), Revised Combination
Atomoscelis peregrinus Van Duzee, 1918:303.
Parthenicus peregrinus: Carvalho, 1958:123, n. comb.
Dichaetocoris peregrinus: Knight, 1968:111, n. comb.
The correct generic placement of this species is troublesome. Examination of
Van Duzee’s paratypes reveals that it is certainly not a Dichaetocoris, yet at the
same time it does not fit conveniently into any other Orthotyline genus. It is here
transferred back to Parthenicus with the realization that such a placement is
questionable and will have to be subsequently re-evaluated.
150
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Dichaetocoris piceicola (Knight), New Combination
Orthotylus piceicola Knight, 1927a: 180.
This small species possesses two types of simple recumbent pubescence on the
dorsum, in contrast to Orthotylus in which but a single type is present, and feeds
on Picea englemanni, whereas Orthotylus species have radiated generally on Salix
and allied genera. A good series, the first reported since the types, was taken at:
COLO., Routt Co., Strawberry Park near Steamboat Springs, VII-23-83, D. A.
& J. T. Polhemus (JTP).
The following new records are noted for several species of Dichaetocoris :
Dichaetocoris pinicola Knight: CALIF., Inyo Co., along Calif. Hwy. 141 nr. 9
Mile Canyon, NW of Inyokem, CL 1631, VII-15-82, J. T. Polhemus (JTP), 3 <5,
2 9. NEV., Clark Co., Kyle Canyon, Mount Charleston, 2080 m (6600'), VII-21-
82, J. T. Polhemus (JTP), 5 <3, 5 9. On Pinus edulis (Pinyon Pine).
Dichaetocoris merinoi Knight: CALIF., Kern Co., nr. Walker Pass, CL 1629,
1600 m (5000'), V-30-81, J. T. Polhemus (JTP), 3 <3, 1 9. On Pinus edulis (Pinyon
Pine).
Dichaetocoris coloradensis Knight: ARIZ., Maricopa Co., E of Sunflower, CL
1634, VI-2-81, J. T. Polhemus (JTP), 5 <3, 2 9. NEV., Clark Co., Mount Charleston,
1920 m (6000'), VII-19-82, J. T. Polhemus (JTP), 1 <3, 1 9; at UV light. COLO.,
Montrose Co., 18 mi SE of Naturita, VII-8-80, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus (JTP), 6
<3, 10 9. On Juniperus osteosperma (Utah Juniper).
Dichaetocoris nevadensis Knight: UTAH, Grand Co., South Beaver Mesa, La
Sal Mountains, VII-4-80, D. A. & J. T. Polhemus (JTP), 6 <3, 9 9. CALIF., Inyo
Co., along Calif. Hwy. 141 nr. 9 Mile Canyon, NW of Inyokem, CL 1631, VII-
15-82, J. T. Polhemus (JTP), 1 <3. COLO., Garfield Co., 10 mi E of Glenwood
Springs, VI-22-82, J. T. Polhemus (JTP), 6 <3, 2 9. On Juniperus osteosperma (Utah
Juniper).
Dichaetocoris spinosus (Knight): COLO., Douglas Co., Waterton, 1758 m (5482'),
VIII-13-82, D. A. Polhemus (JTP), 25 <3, 10 9. On Juniperus scopulorum (Rocky
Mountain Juniper).
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank Thomas J. Henry of the Systematic Entomology Lab., USDA,
% U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C., for his advice and opinions, and
John T. Polhemus of Englewood, Colorado for critical review of the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Carvalho, J. C. M. 1958. Catalogue of the Miridae of the world. Arq. Museu. Nac. Brasil, vols.
44-51.
Knight, H. H. 1927a. Descriptions of seven new species of Orthotylus Fieber (Hemiptera, Miridae).
Can. Entomol., 59:176-181.
-. 1927b. Descriptions of nine new species of Melanotrichus Reuter from North America
(Hemiptera, Miridae). Can. Entomol., 59:142-147.
-. 1968. Taxonomic review: Miridae of the Nevada Test Site and the western United States.
Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull. 9(3): 1-282.
Polhemus, D. A. 1984. A new species of Dichaetocoris Knight from the western United States, with
notes on other species (Hemiptera: Miridae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 60:33-36.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
151
Southwood, T. R. E. 1953. The morphology and taxonomy of the genus Orthotylus Fieber (Hem.,
Miridae), with special reference to the British species. Trans. Royal Entomol. Soc. Lond., 104:
415-449.
Van Duzee, E. P. 1918. New species of Hemiptera, chiefly from California. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci.,
8:271-308.
Publications Received
The Marsh Flies of California (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). By T. W. Fisher and R.
E. Orth. Bulletin of the California Insect Survey, vol. 24, vii + 117 pp., 31 pis.,
43 maps. Issue date on review card given as January 1983. Received by PCES at
CAS on 17 May 1983. Published by University of California Press, 2223 Fulton
Street, Berkeley, CA 94720, telephone (415) 642-4562. Price $20.00 paperbound.
ISBN 0-520-09665-7.
An excellent treatise presenting the results of a 20 year study of the Sciomyzidae
of California. As the authors state in their introduction:
This bulletin compiles available information on the taxonomy, biology, and
geographical distribution of 49 species in 13 genera of sciomyzid flies known
in California and on 4 forms of Dictya montana. Also treated are 5 species
from Oregon as reported by Fisher and Orth (1975b), 2 from Nevada, and 1
from Arizona, because of their promixity may be ultimately found in the state.
The text also includes comments on the ecology and habitats of sciomyzids,
their potential as biological control agents of snail intermediate hosts of certain
man- and animal-attacking trematodes, development of the malacophagous
habit in Diptera with particular reference to the Sciomyzidae and their mollusk
hosts, and collection and preparation methods.
—P. H. Amaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, p. 152
Scientific Note
New Pacific Northwest Records for the California Oakworm
The California oakworm, Phryganidia californica Packard, is a common pest
of oaks in coastal valleys of California. The range has been reported as confined
entirely within the boundaries of the State by Wickman (1962, California oak¬
worm, Forest Pest Leaflet 72, U.S. Dept. Agric., Forest Service, 4 pp.). The species
could properly be called the Califomia-Oregon oakworm. Two adults were re¬
portedly collected in 1961 at Cave Junction, Josephine County, Oregon, by Peter
Orr (pers. comm.) who also reported extensive feeding on golden chinkapin,
Castanopsis chrysophylla (Dougl.), presumably by oakworm larvae. During aerial
surveys in the summer of 1971, LeRoy Kline detected several thousand acres of
defoliated chinkapin in Lane County, Oregon. Larry Wright, then a field technician
for the Oregon State Department of forestry, ground-checked the outbreak in
golden chinkapin near Veneta, Lane County, Oregon, and found what he thought
was California oakworm. He also found the oakworm on golden chinkapin just
south of Sunny Valley, Josephine County, Oregon. In November 1971, we visited
the Lane County infestation with Wright and found adult California oakworm,
severe defoliation, and egg masses on golden chinkapin.
Adults were taken in flight and on foliage of golden chinkapin at Veneta (Town¬
ship 16 S, Range 5 W, Sections 2, 10, and 11) and 1 mile east of Noti, Lane
County, Oregon (NEW STATE RECORDS). The extensive and severe feeding
on golden chinkapin is also a new host record. The California oakworm is most
likely a native of Oregon and reports of its presence will appear from time to time
in the future.
Boyd E. Wickman, Project Leader, USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest
Forest and Range Experiment Station, La Grande, Oregon 97850; LeRoy N.
Kline, Director, Insect and Disease Management, Forestry Department, State of
Oregon, 2600 State Street, Salem, Oregon 97310.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, p. 153
Scientific Note
New Host Records for Schizomyia macrofila (Felt)
(Diptera: Cecidomyiidae)
Felt (1965, Plant galls and gall makers, Hafner Press, New York, 364 pp.) records
the only known host for Schizomyia macrofila (Felt) as being Amsinckia lycop-
soides Lehmann (Boraginaceae). We observed last instar larvae of S. macrofila
inside galls on Amsinckia intermedia Fischer & Meyer in the San Joaquin Valley
(24 kilometers west of Bakersfield, Kern Co., California) on March 31, 1984 and
on Amsinckia spectabilis Fischer & Meyer at Bodega Bay, Sonoma Co., California
on May 5, 1984 near the northern California coast. At the San Joaquin Valley
site, approximately 20 percent of the host plants (A. intermedia) were galled by
S. macrofila. Galls were found primarily on the rachis of the inflorescence. How¬
ever, leaves and bracts were also occasionally galled. Linsley (1953, Gall midges
of California, Bulletin of the California Insect Survey, 2:125-150) reported the
larval habitat to be in flower galls. We failed to find any galled floral tissues, and
normal flowers were observed arising from galled tissues on the rachis of the
inflorescence. Spherical galls ranged in diameter from three to 15 mm, and one
to six larvae were in each gall. Last instar larvae averaged 4.8 mm in length, and
were observed leaving the galls and dropping to the ground, presumably to spin
cocoons in the soil. According to Hitchcock et al. (1959, Vascular plants of the
Pacific Northwest, Part 4, University of Washington Press, Seattle, 510 pp.), A.
spectabilis was often misidentified as A. lycopsoides in the past. Since S. macrofila
appears to be common on A. spectabilis on the California coast, the original host
of the type specimens collected at Los Angeles and Alameda, California might
have been A. spectabilis and not A. lycopsoides as stated by Felt (1908, New
species of Cecidomyiidae II, New York State Museum Bulletin, 124:286-304).
Many species of Amsinckia are important agricultural weeds, and therefore, S.
macrofila is a potential biological weed control agent.
We thank R. J. Gagne for confirmation of our identification of S. macrofila.
Dan James Pantone and Stephen M. Brown, Division ofNematology, University
of California, Davis, California 95616.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, p. 154
Scientific Note
Uropoda sp. Phoretic on Elater lecontei Horn
Phoresy, or attachment and transport of one species by another species for
purposes other than immediate parasitism by one participant, appears widespread
among insects and acarines although it is not particularly well documented. Clau¬
sen (1976, Ann. Rev. Entomol., 21:343) reviews the phenomenon among ento-
mophagous insects; Ferriere (1926, Mitt. Schweiz. Entomol. Gesel., 13:489) treat¬
ed the subject for nonentomophagous forms; and Roussy (1973, Apic. Gaz., 75:
122) discussed phoresy by acarines on Hymenoptera.
On the evening of 15 May 1984, while blacklighting at Redlands, CA, I took
a female Elater lecontei which was phoresitized by 33 deutonymphal Uropoda
sp. The mites formed two clumps, one consisting of 19 individuals located at the
apex of the left elytron (Fig. 1) and the other consisting of 14 individuals on the
ventromedial portion of the right hindfemur. All of the mites were firmly attached
by their anal stalks and remained intact after death by cyanide. When the beetle
was alive it appeared unaffected by the attached mites and it did not attempt to
groom them from its body. During the month of May I collected at the blacklight
on 24 evenings and took five other specimens of E. lecontei, but none were infested
with mites. The infested beetle is deposited in the entomological collections at
UCR. The photograph was taken by Mr. M. E. Badgley.
Gordon Gordh, Division of Biological Control, Department of Entomology,
University of California, Riverside, California 92521.
Figure 1.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, pp. 155-159
Nesting Habits of Osmia grinnelli Cockerell
(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae)
Frank D. Parker
Bee Biology & Systematics Laboratory, USDA-ARS, Utah State University,
UMC 53, Logan, Utah 84322.
Abstract.— The nesting habits of Osmia ( Cephalosmia ) grinnelli Ckll. are de¬
scribed for the first time. Nests were made in wooden trap blocks attached to
fence posts and to wooden stakes placed among desert shrubs in Utah’s San Rafael
Desert. Data on nest construction, cell provisioning, cocoon formation, diapause,
sex ratio, and nest associates are presented. Females preferred to nest in larger
holes (8.3 to 9 mm wide) rather than in smaller holes (1.9 to 5.9 mm wide).
Biological characteristics of O. grinnelli are discussed and compared with related
Osmia. The first host association for the parasitic bee, Stelis ( Pavostelis ) carnifex
Ckll., is recorded. Predaceous beetle larvae ( Trichodes or Nemognatha ) were found
in some cells.
The subgenus, Cephalosmia, has 5 included species (Rust, 1974). Information
on the nesting habits of four is available (see Rust, 1974 for O. californica Cr.,
O. montana Cr., and O. subaustralis Ckll., and Parker, 1980 for O. marginipennis
Cr.). Only the nesting habits of O. grinnelli Cockerell are unknown. Recent trap
nesting studies in Utah’s San Rafael Desert produced many nests of O. grinnelli.
This paper provides data on the nesting habits and nest associates of this bee.
Information on immature mortality, adult weight, sex ratio, and pollen provisions
is included.
Trap nests. —Three kinds of traps were used in this study. The first was a layered
trap (L.T.) from pine boards (10 x 13.7 x 1.9 cm) with 5 hole sizes (1.9, 3.2,
4.0, 5.9, 8.3 mm) drilled into the 1.9 cm wide end pieces; the holes extended as
deep as 85 mm. Each hole size was replicated twice (10 holes/board) and a single
trap had 3 boards taped together for a total of 30 holes/trap, Figure 1. The traps
were protected from weather by a coating of polyurethane. In the field, the traps
were nailed about 1 m above the ground on fence posts, dead and live trees with
the entrance to the holes east facing and the long axis of the trap vertical to the
ground. Other types of traps were made from 15x15x15 cm wooden blocks
(B.T.) that had 49 holes 9 mm wide and 7.5 x 7.5 x 7.5 cm wooden blocks that
had 42 holes 6 mm wide. Holes in both sizes of blocks were drilled through one
plane of the block. One end of the hole was covered by a sheet of aluminum foil
and the hole filled with an empty 6 or 9 mm wide paper waxed-lined soda straw.
The block traps were attached to 1 m long wooden stakes (2.5 x 5.0 cm) by a
bolt that extended through the length of the holes and the wooden stake and was
held in place by a winged nut. The traps were placed 30 m apart in a line across
each habitat sampled.
156
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Five layered traps and 20 block traps (10 with 6 mm and 10 with 9 mm wide
holes) were placed at each site; 10 sites in different habits (sand desert shrub, salt
desert shrub, mixed desert shrub, and piny on-juniper zones, see Harris, 1983 for
details) in the San Rafael Desert were sampled.
Nesting site. —Nests of O. grinnelli were recovered from three sites in southern
Utah. The first site was in a sand desert shrub zone at the road junction on Utah’s
U24 leading to Goblin Valley State Park. This site was a broad wash with nu¬
merous shrubs and forbs ( Wyethia, Poliomintha, Cryptantha, Artemesia, Astrag¬
alus, and Oenothera ). The second site was similar but was located in low hills 4
mi W of site one. The third site was in a piny on-juniper zone near interstate
highway 170, 25 mi W Green River, Utah.
Nest construction. —Fifteen nests with 103 cells were recovered from the layered
traps and all but two were made in the 8.3 mm diameter holes. The other two
nests were made in 5.9 mm holes. From the block traps, 24 nests of O. grinnelli
that contained 287 cells were recovered, but only from 9 mm wide holes. Most
nests (66%) were started when females applied a thin disk of macerated leaf pulp
at the base of the boring. Then, pollen-nectar provisions were added until the
food stores filled the entire cell. The thin (1 mm) saucer-shaped cell partition of
masticated leaf pulp was made on top of the provision. The surface of the partition
was smoothed both above and below (Fig. 2). Cells were of variable lengths and
those containing males were shorter (5.5 ± 0.78 mm long, n = 24) than those
with females (7.7 ±1.0 mm long, n = 22). In most nests, cells were built above
one another with no space left between the cell partitions. The number of cells/
nest ranged from 1 to 11 and averaged 6.8 ± 2.8 in the layered traps. In the block
traps, the number of cells/nest ranged from 1 to 15 and averaged 7.8 ± 2.9.
Generally, the last cell partition was thickened to an average of 3.5 ± 0.7 mm in
L.T. and 5.7 ± 2.5 mm in B.T. Most nests (80%) had a vestibular cell (the space
between the provisioned cells and the entrance plug) that averaged 8.5 ± 5.7 mm
long in L.T. and 65.4 ± 31.1 mm long in B.T. All but 2 nests were closed with
a 5.0 ± 2.0 mm thick entrance plug in the L.T. These figures on nest closure were
similar in the B.T. (5.7 ± 2.5 mm). The surface of the saucer-shaped plugs was
rough beneath but finely smoothed on the outer surface. Some plugs were made
from 2 or more compressed disks, Figure 3. The average placement of the plug
was 12.5 ± 5.8 mm below the nest entrance in L.T. and 6.5 ± 7.4 mm in B.T.
Provisions. — The semi-moist pollen-nectar provisions were tightly packed into
the cells. An egg chamber (Fig. 4) was made within the food stores near the bottom
of the cell. Over 99% of the pollen in the provisions came from the perennial
composite, Wyethia scabra Hook. Other species of Cephalosmia also provision
nests with pollen from composites.
Cocoon. —The three-layered cocoon, typical of Cephalosmia, was made first by
Figures 1-9. 1. A layered trap used in these studies. 2. Cell partitions made from macerated leaf
pulp. 3. Entrance plugs; note smooth texture on outer surface. 4. Pollen-nectar provision with egg
chambers now filled by developing host larvae (arrow). 5. Cocoon showing pollen and fecal material
spun into outer layer. 6. Inner cocoon of O. grinnelli. 7. Nipple on cocoon of O. grinnelli. 8. Cocoon
of the parasitic bee, Stelis carnifex. 9. Nipple on cocoon of Stelis carnifex.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
157
158
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
the larva spinning a thick brownish layer of silk against the cell walls that held
the fecal material, pollen, and other cell debris (Fig. 5) away from itself. Inside
this network, a second layer was formed that was darker and thicker (Fig. 6). The
third layer was clear and coated the inside of the second. The resulting cocoons
were often asymmetrical because of the irregularities caused by the cell debris.
The conical nipple on top (Fig. 7) consisted of fibrous silk strands that were sealed
on the inside by the last layer of the cocoon.
Overwintering. — All cells with live Osmia had adults in diapause when the nests
were recovered in November.
Adult weights and sex ratio.— Female bees from layered traps weighed more
(91.9 ± 12.8 mg, range 73.3 to 121.9, n = 22) than males (48.1 ± 7.9 mg, range
33.3 to 66.6, n = 24). Similar differences between the sexes in body weight were
found in those from block traps (9 = 99.2 ± 10.8, range 77.1 to 116.3, n = 30;
5 = 51.3 ± 9.3, range 34.8 to 67.8, n = 30). The observed sex ratio in adults from
L.T. was 1.16 5:1 9 whereas the expected sex ratio (female weight -r male weight)
was skewed towards more males, 1.90 5:1 9. Similar sex ratios were found in
adults from B.T. (1.19 5:1 9 observed, 1.93 5:1 9 expected). Placement of the sexes
within cell series was typical of many xylophilous Hymenoptera; females were at
the bottom and males were above. The average percentage of males in each cell
position from the first to the fifteenth was: 4, 20, 23, 42, 68, 89, 89, 93, 100, 100,
100 , 100 , 100 , 100 , 100 .
Mortality. — Dead host eggs and dead young larvae were found in 6.6% of the
Osmia cells. Another 1.0% of the host larvae died after their cocoons were com¬
pleted.
Nest associates.— Nest predators were the major mortality factor and they de¬
stroyed 23.2% of the host cells. The most common predator, the beetle Trichodes
ornatus Say (Cleridae), destroyed 21.2% of the host cells. Dermestid beetle larvae
consumed adult bees in diapause as well as pollen-nectar provisions in 2.0% of
the cells. Cocoons of Stelis carnifex Ckll. (Fig. 8), a parasitic bee, were found in
5.5% of the host cells. These megachilid parasites overwintered as prepupal larvae.
The Stelis cocoons were remarkably similar to host cocoons, but they could be
distinguished by their flattened and asymmetrical nipple (Fig. 9) as compared to
the broader nipple of Osmia (Fig. 7). One cell was parasitized by torymid wasps,
Monodontomerus sp. which had emerged before the traps were collected and
another host cell contained an adult of the meloid beetle, Nemognatha scutellaris
Lee.
Supersedure. —Two nests of Osmia sanrafaelae Parker were superseded by those
of O. grinnelli.
Discussion
The nesting habits of O. grinnelli are similar to other members of Cephalosmia
that use composite pollen for provisions, fill the cell entirely with the food mass
(except O. marginipennis), and oviposit in an egg chamber in the food mass. The
macerated leaf pulp used by O. grinnelli to make nest partitions and plugs was
similar to material used in nests of O. montana and O. subaustralis but it differed
from the mud and plant pulp mixture found in nests of O. californica and O.
marginipennis. The three layered cocoons characterize cells of all Cephalosmia.
The host association for Stelis ( Pavostelis ) carnifex is the first record for this
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
159
parasitic bee. Other species of Pavostelis are also associated with species of Cepha-
losmia. For example, S. callura Ckll. parasitizes O. marginipennis, and S. mon-
tana Cr. is a parasite in nests of O. californica and O. montana (Parker, 1980,
unpubl. data).
Other Cephalosmia have been reported to be parsivoltine or with a 2-year
developmental cycle (Parker, 1980; Torchio and Tepedino, 1982). All O. grinnelli
in this study transformed to the adult stage in the same season and none of the
cells contained host larvae in diapause.
Floral records for O. grinnelli include 6 plant families other than composites
(Rust, 1974). Apparently, O. grinnelli, like other Cephalosmia, collects pollen
only from composites for nest provisions, and other floral records are presumably
plants visited incidentally, or for nectar only.
Although 100 trap blocks with 5000 6 mm wide holes were available, none of
the O. grinnelli nests were made in these small soda straw-filled borings. Thus,
hole size might be a limiting factor in the nesting requirements of this Osmia.
Perhaps the lack of suitable nesting sites is why populations of O. grinnelli are
infrequently encountered (Rust, 1974).
Acknowledgments
Thanks are due my wife, Joanne, for assisting in this field work and recording
nesting data; and to D. Veirs and R. Butler for constructing the trap nests. V.
Tepedino of this laboratory and N. Youssef (Utah State University) offered manu¬
script suggestions.
Literature Cited
Harris, J. G. 1983. A vascular flora of the San Rafael Swell, Utah. Great Basin Naturalist, 43:
79-87.
Parker, F. D. 1980. Nests of Osmia marginipennis Cresson with a description of the female. Pan-
Pac. Entomol., 56:38-42.
Rust, R. W. 1974. The systematics and biology of the genus Osmia, subgenera Osmia, Chalcosmia,
and Cephalosmia. Wasmann J. Biol., 32:1-93.
Torchio, P. F., and V. J. Tepedino. 1982. Parsivoltinism in three species of Osmia bees. Psyche,
89:221-238.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, pp. 160-162
A New Species of Mallochia (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae)
Introduced to Texas to Control Eoreuma loftini (Dyar)
(Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) in Sugarcane 1
Robert A. Wharton
Texas A&M University, Department of Entomology, Biological Control Center,
College Station, Texas 77843.
Abstract.— A new species of Mallochia is described from material collected in
Sinaloa, Mexico from Eoreuma loftini (Dyar) (Pyralidae). This species is being
released in Texas as part of a biological control program directed against E. loftini
on sugarcane.
The New World genus Mallochia contains eight described species, four of which
have been recorded from North America (Townes and Townes, 1962, 1966).
There are no published rearing records for the North American species, and hosts
for Mallochia are unknown. The following description is provided for biological
control workers who have collected this species and released it in Texas for control
of Eoreuma loftini (Dyar), a stem borer in sugarcane.
Mallochia pyralidis, New Species
Clypeal tooth present, but very small (Fig. 1). Fore wing 3.5-6.8 mm long.
Mesonotal punctures very coarse, nearly adjacent, separated by 0.2-0.5x their
diameter (Fig. 2); notauli often impunctate or nearly so in small specimens; about
20% of specimens with punctures near middle of lateral mesonotal lobe more
widely spaced, separated by 1 x their diameter; posterior half of median mesonotal
lobe punctato-strigose. Mesopleuron similarly coarsely and very densely punctate
(Fig. 3), except anterior-dorsally in male, where punctures are more widely spaced,
separated by about 1 x their diameter. Ovipositor tip as in Figure 4; tip length
3.25 ± 0.20 (n = 10) times depth at node. Female petiole elongate, %rds-%ths
length of hind coxa; dorsal-lateral carina between spiracle and posterior margin
of petiole varying in strength with size of specimen, represented by weak, non-
carinate ridge in smallest specimens.
Coloration.— Male: head and body laterally marked with black, pale yellow to
white, and orange-brown as in M. agenioides Viereck (Townes and Townes, 1962:
Fig. 331a); extent of black, yellow, and orange-brown on propodeum variable,
but pattern generally as in Townes and Townes, 1962: Figure 331a; 2nd and 3rd
hind tarsi white; hind basitarsus varying from completely black to black with
apical Vi white; white portion of 4th tarsus varying in extent, but with at least
extreme apex black; face, orbital region of frons and vertex, anterior half of
pronotum, notauli (except extreme anterior ends), scutellum, postscutellum, 3rd
1 Approved as TA No. 19777 by the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
161
Figures 1-4. Mallochia pyralidis, new species (SEM). 1. Face, showing small median tooth on
ventral margin of clypeus (arrow). 2. Mesonotum, showing sculpture. 3. Mesopleuron, showing sculp¬
ture. 4. Ovipositor tip.
lateral area of propodeum, and extreme apices of petiole and 2nd tergum pale
yellow; remainder of metasoma dorsally orange-brown; scape brown ventrally;
antenna, frons and vertex medially, occiput, remainder of pro-, meso-, and meta-
nota, apical th of hind tibia dorsally, and all 5th tarsi black, 4th tarsi of fore
and mid leg and 3rd tarsus of mid leg dark brown to black; fore wing hyaline,
with well-defined infumate band apically, band extends into radial cell.
Female: orange-brown; ovipositor sheath and apical tarsomeres dorsally dark
brown; flagellomeres 6-8 entirely and 5 and 9 usually yellow, with ventral surface
slightly darker; apical flagellomeres usually brown ventrally; pedical often dark
brown to black distally, remainder of antenna black; inner orbits often and anterior
Vi of pronotum usually faintly yellow; fore wing hyaline with 2 very well-defined
bands; proximal band extends into median cell.
Holotype 9, MEXICO, Sinaloa, Los Mochis-Culiacan, 21-28.V.1983, reared
from Eoreuma loftini (Dyar) on sugarcane, J. W. Smith, Jr., H. W. Browning, F.
D. Bennett (deposited in U.S. National Museum). Paratypes: 3 9, 5 6, same data
as holotype (TAMU = Texas A&M University Collection); 23 9, 12 6, USA,
Texas, Brazos County, College Station, X.1983-IV.1984, lab colony reared on
Eoreuma loftini (Dyar), established from material originally collected in Sinaloa,
Mexico (TAMU).
Diagnosis.— This species is nearly identical to Mallochia agenioides, but the
female is darker, with the wing bands better developed, and the basal flagellomeres
162
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
black rather than brown. Both Mallochia agenioides and Mallochia pyralidis
exhibit extreme sexual dimorphism, particularly in mesosomal coloration. These
two are separated from other Mallochia species by the coarse and dense mesonotal
and mesopleural punctures, combination of orange mesosoma in female and
variegated mesosoma in male, and double wing bands in the female.
The specimen from Arizona listed by Townes and Townes (1962) as a possible
female of Mallochia strigosa (Cresson) is identical to females of Mallochia pyra¬
lidis, but the basal flagellomeres are brown, rather than black (possibly due to
fading with age). Unfortunately, the ovipositor tip is broken on this specimen,
and thus the deep ovipositor noted by Townes and Townes (1962) could not be
completely verified. The identity of this specimen must therefore remain doubtful.
In addition to Mallochia pyralidis, the following Mallochia species from the
TAMU collection are recorded from Texas, or portions of Texas, for the first
time: Mallochia laevis Townes, Washington County, Somerville Reservoir (1 2);
Brazos County, College Station (2 2, 2 d); previously known from Florida and
Georgia. Mallochia frontalis Townes, Anderson County, Salmon (2 2); Brazos
County, College Station (2 2); and Erath County, Bluffdale (1 2); previously known
in Texas only from Bexar County.
Acknowledgments
I am most grateful to J. W. Smith, Jr. and C. W. Agnew (TAMU) for making
this material available, and to L. Carroll’s (TAMU) assistance with the literature.
C. D. Michener (Univ. Kansas) and D. Azuma (Philadelphia Acad. Sci.) kindly
made available the Mallochia species in their care.
Literature Cited
Townes, H., and M. Townes. 1962. Ichneumon flies of America North of Mexico: 3. Subfamily
Gelinae, Tribe Mesostenini. Bull. U.S. Natl. Mus., 216(3), 602 pp.
-. 1966. A catalogue and reclassification of the Neotropic Ichneumonidae. Mem. Amer. Ento-
mol. Inst., 8, 367 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, pp. 163-169
Studies on Neotropical Veliidae (Hemiptera) VIII:
New Species and Notes 1
J. T. POLHEMUS AND D. A. POLHEMUS
(JTP) 3115 S. York, Englewood, Colorado 80110; (DAP) Department of Bi¬
ology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112.
Abstract.— The following new taxa are described: Stridulivelia ( Aenictovelia)
speciosa, n. sp. from Mesoamerica, Rhagovelia rivulosa, n. sp. from Brazil and
Paravelia truxali, n. sp. from Brazil. Rhagovelia perftdiosa Bacon is shown to be
a junior synonym of R. traili (Buchanan-White) (New Synonymy). The range of
Veloidea reposita Drake and Harris is extended to include Honduras and Mexico.
This paper is the eighth of a series dealing with the Veliidae of the Western
Hemisphere, and is based mainly on material in the Polhemus collection. Type
dispositions are given under each species. Institutional and private collection
abbreviations are as follows: Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County,
LACM; British Museum (Natural History), BMNH; H. H. Weber Collection,
HHW; J. T. Polhemus Collection, JTP. We are indebted to Dr. Charles L. Hogue
(LACM), and Dr. H. H. Weber, Kiel, and Dr. William R. Dolling (BMNH) for
the opportunity to study specimens under their care. Unless otherwise stated, for
all measurements 60 units = 1 mm.
Stridulivelia ( Aenictovelia ) speciosa , New Species
Macropterous male.— Elongate, broadest across humeral angles of pronotum;
coloration brown with scattered silvery patches; length, x = 4.99 mm, s = 0.13,
n— 10; maximum width, x = 1.61 mm, s = 0.07, n — 10.
Head brown, darker medially on frons; two subtriangular pruinose patches (1 +
1) adjoining anterior margins of eyes; frons set with fine black setae, interspersed
with very fine gold setae, median furrow present; width of eye/interocular space,
16/24. Antennae brown, segment I stoutest, curved; segments II and III slender,
cylindrical; segment IV subfusiform; all segments covered with fine gold setae
intermixed with longer black bristle-like setae; proportions of antennal segments
I-IV as follows: 54; 41; 31; 28.
Pronotum brown, anterior lobe darker; humeral angles prominent; anterior and
posterior lobes separated by a row of coarse pits, a second row of coarse pits
setting off collar; anterior lobe set with fine gold setae, two (1 + 1) large subrec-
tangular silvery hair patches present near anterior angles; posterior lobe subcar-
inate medially, surface to either side set with numerous pits; surface between pits
covered with minute yellow granulations and short gold setae; pronotal margins
smooth, set with short black setae; a tuft of longer black setae present medially
1 Contribution from University of Colorado Museum, Boulder 80309.
164
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
on posterior margin; pleural region infuscated, set with coarse, irregular pits fringed
by pale setae; pronotum length 48, width across humeral angles 46.
Abdomen brown, surface thickly covered with fine gold setae intermixed with
longer dark brown setae; connexival spines short, barely produced. Hemelytra
long, dark brown, reaching to tip of abdomen; two (1 + 1) subtriangular patches
of silvery hairs present basally near costal margins; a dusky yellow spot present
centrally caudad; basal half of hemelytra with fine gold setae, intermixed with
longer black setae along costal margins; veins light brown, margined with darker
brown, enclosed cells also light brown.
Ventral surface dark brown, abdomen brownish, rostrum brown, glabrous, with
dark stripe medially, tip black; meso- and metastemites set with long, fine golden
setae; abdomen with fine gold setae. Legs yellow brown, coxae and trochanters
pallid, tips of trochanters and femora infuscated, posterior femora broadly an¬
nulate with brown medially; all segments covered with short, fine gold setae,
intermixed with longer black setae; fore and middle femora and tibiae with evenly
spaced long black setae ventrally, 10-20 per segment; posterior femora with lon¬
gitudinal row of black pegs, consisting of about 20 small pegs before middle, one
large peg slightly beyond middle, and about 10 pegs of decreasing size toward
apex; posterior tibia each with a longitudinal array of about 30 black pegs; legs
with following proportions:
Femora
Tibia
Tarsal I
Tarsal II
Tarsal III
Anterior
68
68
2
3
19
Middle
110
116
5
29
34
Posterior
99
108
5
20
26
Parameres symmetrical, ovate, acuminate apically (see Fig. 1).
Macropterous female. — All features except genitalia very similar to macropter-
ous male including size and shape of posterior femur; the latter has fewer basal
black pegs; length, x — 5.03 mm, s = 0.09, n = 10; maximum width, x = 1.65
mm, s = 0.04, n = 10.
Apterous male.— Coloration and other features as in macropterous male; hu¬
meral angles less produced, posterior lobe of pronotum evenly rounded; abdomen
brownish black, connexiva lighter brown, tergites 5-7 shining; surface of abdomen
thickly clothed with fine gold setae, two (1 + 1) small silvery hair patches present
at basal abdominal angles; posterior femora with two short rows of black pegs,
pegs becoming stouter basally; length, x = 4.88 mm, s = 0.06, n — 5; maximum
width, x = 1.30 mm, s = 0.03, n — 5.
Apterous female.— Very similar to apterous male except connexiva reflexed at
45° angle; x = 5.09 mm, s — 0.06, n — 8; maximum width, x = 1.47 mm, s =
0.09, n = 8.
Material examined.— Holotype alate 5 and allotype alate 2: HONDURAS, 17
mi E of Jicaro Galan, CL1311,1-9-70, J. T. Polhemus (JTP). Paratypes as follows:
HONDURAS, 13 6, 4 2 alate, 3 2 apterous, same data as types (JTP); 2 6, 1 2
alate, 4 6, 3 2 apterous, 16 mi S of San Lorenzo, CL1310,1-9-70, J. T. Polhemus
(JTP); 14 <3, 12 2 alate, 1 <3, 1 2 apterous, 10 mi S of Choluteca, CL 1260, XII-22-
69, J. T. Polhemus (JTP). COSTA RICA, 12 <5, 13 2 alate, 1 2 apterous, N of
Esparta, CL1264, XII-24-69, J. T. Polhemus (JTP).
Discussion.— On the basis of external morphology Stridulivelia ( Aenictovelia)
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
165
speciosa, n. sp. is very closely allied to S. (A.) epeixis Drake and Menke. The
abdomen is somewhat dorso-ventrally deeper in speciosa than epeixis resulting
in a posteriorly more truncate abdominal ventrite VII in speciosa but these are
slight differences helpful only if both species are available for comparison. The
major difference between the species is the shape of the male paramere (Fig. la,
b); also the two species are geographically allopatric, epeixis known only from
western Mexico and speciosa known only from Honduras and Costa Rica.
The name speciosa means beautiful and refers to the pretty appearance of this
water strider.
Rhagovelia rivulosa, New Species
Apterous male. —Small robust, coloration brownish black; length, ^ = 2.78 mm,
s = 0.07, n = 10; maximum width, x= 1.21 mm, s = 0.03, n = 10.
Head brownish black, eyes dark red; frons and vertex with faint medial furrow,
surface set with fine recumbent gold setae intermixed with longer upright black
setae; two small black depressions present centrally on vertex; eye width/interoc¬
ular space, 20/28. Antennae black, segment I pallid basally; segment I stoutest,
curved, set with about seven stout bristly black setae and covered with fine re¬
cumbent gold setae; segment II cylindrical, covered with fine gold setae intermixed
with longer black setae, a pair of stout black bristle-like hairs present near middle;
segments III and IV with fine gold setae; proportions of antennal segments I-IV
as follows: 43; 24; 22; 24.
Pronotum broad, convex, brownish black, surface minutely pitted and covered
with fine recumbent gold setae; width/length, 72/55; anterior and posterior lobes
separated by an impressed fold; anterior lobe with transversely ovate yellow spot
medially; posterior lobe with hind margin rounded; pleural region set with long
black setae.
Abdomen brownish black, tapering strongly and evenly; connexiva reflexed at
about 45°; abdominal dorsum covered with fine recumbent gold setae.
Venter brownish black, margins of coxal cavities light brown; rostrum chestnut
brown, glabrous; metastemum with two (1 + 1) rows of long gold setae running
from middle anterior margin to bases of middle coxae; mesostemum with long
gold setae bordering coxal cavities; thorax and abdomen sparsely clothed with
fine gold setae. Legs black, coxae, fore and posterior trochanters dull yellow;
femora covered with fine gold setae, a double row of evenly spaced long black
setae present ventrally, scattered stout black setae also present on dorsal surface;
posterior femora armed with a row of about eight stout spines ventrally, spines
decreasing in size toward apex; tibiae and tarsi clothed with fine recumbent gold
setae, intermixed with longer upright black hairs; fore tibia with a row of very
fine upright setae on ventral face; proportions of legs as follows:
Femora
Tibia
Tarsal II
Tarsal III
Anterior
48
55
14
—
Middle
92
65
46
40
Posterior
68
77
5
12
Parameres symmetrical, broad, ovate, shape as in Figure 3.
Apterous female.— Larger and darker in coloration, otherwise similar to male;
166
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
length, x = 3.14 mm, s = 0.08, n — 10; maximum width, x = 1.27 mm, s = 0.03,
n = 10.
Macropterous male .—Generally similar to apterous form in structure and color;
humeral angles of pronotum more acute; pronotum width/length, 77/67; posterior
pronotal apex sharply pointed; wings long, reaching past tip of abdomen, dull
brown with fine gold setae along costal margins; length 3.30 mm; maximum width
1.32 mm.
Macropterous female .—Similar to male in structure and coloration, slightly
larger; length 3.85 mm; maximum width 1.42 mm.
Material examined .—Holotype apterous 6 and allotype 2: BRAZIL, Santa Ca¬
tarina, Nova Teutonia, IV-75, F. Plaumann (JTP). Paratypes as follows, all from
Brazil, Nova Teutonia, collected by F. Plaumann: 232 apterous specimens of both
sexes, 1 6, 2 2 alate, same data as types (JTP); 2 6, apterous, XII-1-56, (JTP); 1 2
apterous, X-4-56 (JTP); 21 <?, 22 2, apterous, no date (HHW & JTP); 9 6, 12 2,
apterous, IV-75 (HHW & JTP).
Discussion. —Rhagovelia rivulosa, n. sp. is similar to Rhagovelia tenuipes Cham¬
pion but has shorter legs and antennae than the latter, and other differences as
follows:
Character
tenuipes
rivulosa
1. Abdominal ventrites VI and VII strongly cari¬
nate on midline
yes
no
2. Ratio of mid-femur length/maximum body
width
1.74
1.35
3. Ratio of posterior femur length/maximum
body width
1.40
0.98
4. Ratio of first antennal segment length/head
width
1.34
0.97
5. Shape of right male paramere
Broad,
Broad,
elongate,
tapering
distally
The name rivulosa refers to the stream habitat of this insect.
ovate
Paravelia truxali, New Species
Macropterous male (holotype).—Large, elongate, broadest across humeral an¬
gles; coloration orange with dark brown and white markings; length 6.39 mm;
maximum width 2.20 mm.
Head orange, eyes silver; deep medial groove present; frons and vertex set with
upright black setae, as well as normal three pairs of facial trichobothria; anterior
portion of frons appearing pruinose in certain fights, set with tiny black peg-like
setae; anterior margins of eyes bordered with black, peg-like setae; a pit present
on vertex near inner margin of each eye; vertex with a few black peg-like setae.
Antennae brown, clothed with fine golden setae; segment I stoutest, curved; seg¬
ments III and IV with scattered upright setae equal in length to diameter of
segment; proportions of antennal segments I-IV as follows: 62; 52; 52; 59.
Pronotum orange, anterior lobe, humeral angles, and broad stripe medially dark
brown; subcarinate medial ridge present; anterior lobe with a row of coarse pits
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
167
Figures 1-3. Veliidae, left male parameres, lateral view. 1. Stridulivelia species, a. S. epeixis Drake
and Menke. b. S. speciosa, n. sp. 2. Paravelia truxali, n. sp. 3. Rhagovelia rivulosa, n. sp.
along forward margin, areas surrounding pits and along lateral margin vaguely
pruinose; surface set with erect black setae; posterior lobe convex, separated from
anterior lobe by a row of coarse pits; humeral angles produced into rounded lobes;
posterior apex acute, smoothly margined; surface set with upright black setae,
deeply and coarsely pitted, pits becoming more pronounced posteriorly; pleural
region with a row of coarse pits running from humeri to margin of fore coxal
cavity, area surrounding pits vaguely pruinose, set with fine black setae.
Abdomen orange brown, covered with fine gold setae; wings long, macropterous,
dark brown, reaching nearly to tip of genital segments; two (1 + 1) ovate white
spots present at basal angles adjoining pronotum; two (1 + 1) elongate pallid areas
present adjoining costal margin near middle; an ovate white spot present centrally
distad; veins set with fine upright black hairs.
Ventral surface orange, thorax brownish, gula and anterior margin of proster¬
num set with tiny black peg-like setae; rostrum orange, glabrous, with brown stripe
medially, tip black; thoracic tergites set with fine, upright golden to fuscous setae;
abdominal segments clothed with fine golden setae; a pair of acute tubercular
processes present laterally along ventral margin of ventrite VII. Legs orange brown,
femora and tibiae lightly infuscated apically; all segments clothed with fine golden
setae; trochanters and fore femora with scattered longer, erect golden setae; fore
tibia with raised black microserrate ridge on distal half of inner margin; posterior
femora with a row of about 20 black pegs on ventral surface increasing in size
distally; proportions of legs as follows:
Femur
Tibia
Tarsal II
Tarsal III
Anterior
100
100
12
28
Middle
128
124
36
36
Posterior
152
172
32
36
Genital segments clothed with fine golden setae, intermixed with black peg-like
setae on dorsal surfaces; suranal plate with blade-like median carina, dorsal margin
168
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
set with tiny black peg-like setae; parameres symmetrical, blunt, shape as in Figure
2, set with long golden setae basally, with a row of upright hairs along inner
margins.
Macropterous female (allotype).—Generally similar to male in structure and
coloration; fore tibia lacking raised ridge on distal half; posterior femora with
about seven black pegs on ventral surface, increasing in size distally; length 5.86
mm; maximum width 2.06 mm.
Material examined .—Holotype macropterous <3 and allotype macropterous 2:
BRAZIL, Goias, 20 km N Sao Joao da Alianca, IV-21-56 (upper Rio Toncantins
system), F. S. Truxal (LACM). Paratypes, 1 <3, 4 2 macropterous, same data as
types (LACM, JTP).
Discussion.—Paravelia truxali, n. sp. most closely resembles P. platensis Berg
and P. mlliamsi Hungerford, but differs from both of these by the shape and
position of the white basal hemelytral spots which are elongate and reach to the
base of the hemelytra in the latter two species but are irregular ovate and separated
from the base of the hemelytra in truxali. In truxali the suranal plate has a dorsal
median carina lacking in platensis ; we have no males of williamsi, but such a
structure is not mentioned or figured by Hungerford (1930). Finally, in truxali
the pronotum is acuminate posteriorly, a characteristic lacking in any closely
related Paravelia species; Paravelia itatiaiana Drake has a similar pronotal struc¬
ture but lacks an apical hemelytral white marking.
The name truxali honors the contributions of Dr. Fred Truxal to our knowledge
of aquatic Hemiptera.
Rhagovelia traili (Buchanan-White)
Rhagovelia traili (Buchanan-White), 1879. J. Linn. Soc., 14:487.
Rhagovelia perfidiosa Bacon, 1956. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 38:798. (New Syn¬
onymy)
Fresh material from Manaus matches exactly Bacon’s type material of perfidiosa
which was taken by Olalla in Brazil but without exact locality data. Rhagovelia
traili White has been an enigma because the taxon was founded on two winged
females from Manaus, whereas most Rhagovelia species have been described from
males. Bacon (1956) listed traili as an unknown species. Drake (1958) published
a splendid figure of the type of traili prepared by Arthur Smith; our comparison
of this type with paratypes of perfidiosa confirms that the two are indeed syn¬
onymous.
Material examined.— BRAZIL: 1 2 alate, Manaos, on board at light, August
1875, type of traili (BMNH); 2 <3, 2 2 apterous, 1 <3 alate, A. M. Olalla, No. 379
(no locality or date), paratypes of perfidiosa (JTP); (all of the following are apterous
specimens from HHW Coll.) 3 <5, 3 2, Manaus, Ig. Castanha, 22-X-65, E. J. Fittkau,
A-; 1 2, Rio Paru do Oeste, pr. alter Tiriyo-Maloca, 10-1-61, W. Sattler, Sa 891;
1 <3, 6 2, Rio Paru do Oeste, pr. neue Tiriyo-Maloca, 27-1-61, W. Sattler, Sa 853;
3 <3, 1 2, Rio Branco de Obidas, 18-VII-47, H. Sioli, SI96; 1 <3, 1 2, Rio Negro,
Rio Cuieiras, Lager Tapiri, 22-VII-61, E. J. Fittkau, A214; 1 <3, 1 2, Rio Solimoes,
Ilha Jucara, 3-IX-61, E. J. Fittkau, A255; 1 <3, 1 2, Rio Negro, Iharape, 7-X-59,
H. Sioli, S317; 1 <3, 1 2, Unter. Rio Negro, Ig. Cachoeira, 25-XI-62, E. J. Fittkau,
A420; 1 <3, 1 2, Unter. Rio Negro, Ig. Incamada, 24-XI-62, E. J. Fittkau, A416;
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
169
1 $, Sao Paulo de Olivenca, Igarape Anaquete, 24-X-59, H. Sioli, S324; 1 <5, Umg.
Belem do Para, Ig. bei Benfica, 13-XII-60, W. Sattler, Sa 875.
Veloidea reposita (Drake and Harris)
Drake and Lauck (1959) in a review of the genus Veloidea stated that V. reposita
was known only from the type series collected at Chiquimula, Guatemala. In
expeditions to Mexico and Mesoamerica we have collected this species over a
wide area including the following localities: GUATEMALA: 24 mi E Guatemala
City, CL1321, 1-12-70. HONDURAS: 10 mi S Choluteca, CL1260, XII-22-69.
MEXICO: Chiapas, 7 mi N of Arriaga, CL1246, XII-18-69; W of Rizo de Oro,
CL1331, 1-14-70. Sinaloa, Panuco, CL1637, IV-21-81.
These insects are found in cool clear mountain streams, usually under over¬
hanging rock ledges just above the water in accompaniment with Stridulivelia
( Aenictovelia ) spp. Their habitat during daylight hours indicates that they are
negatively phototropic and probably seek their prey at night.
Literature Cited
Bacon, J. A. 1956. A taxonomic study of the genus Rhagovelia (Hemiptera, Veliidae) of the Western
Hemisphere. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 38:695-913.
Drake, C. J. 1958. New neotropical Veliidae (Hemiptera). Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 71:133-142.
-, and D. R. Lauck. 1959. The genus Veloidea Gould (Hemiptera: Veliidae). Proc. Biol. Soc.
Washington, 72:161-166.
Hungerford, H. B. 1930. Three new Velia from South America. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 3:23-27.
Publications Received
Bumble Bees and Cuckoo Bumble Bees of California (Hymenoptera: Apidae).
By Robbin W. Thorp, Donald S. Homing, Jr., and Lorry L. Dunning. Bulletin of
the California Insect Survey, vol. 23, viii + 79 pp., 168 figs., 27 maps. Issue date
on review card given as February 1983. Received by PCES at CAS on 17 May
1983. Published and distributed by University of California Press, 2223 Fulton
Street, Berkeley, CA 94720, telephone (415) 642-4562. Price $19.00 paperbound.
ISBN 0-520-09645-2.
This excellent volume is based on the study of 46,000 specimens, of which
over 30,000 provided California flight distribution records (Figs. 1-27), and over
7400 provided flower association data. The introduction (pp. 1-12) contains
sections on biology and domestication, flower relationships, distribution and
abundance, mimicry, and taxonomic methods. The systematics section (pp. 13-
53) provides a key to the genera of Bombini, key to subgenera and species of
Bombus in California with 24 species analyzed, and key to the genus Psithyrus
with 3 species analyzed. Sections on list of plant genera visited by California
Bombini (pp. 55-59), literature cited (pp. 61-63), and Figures 28 to 168 (pp. 67-
78) include illustrations on structure, color patterns and variation, colony devel¬
opment, and nest structure, close with an index to Bombini and synonyms (p.
79) .—P. H. Amaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, pp. 170-179
Trechus obtusus Erichson (Coleoptera: Carabidae), a
European Ground Beetle, on the Pacific Coast of
North America: Its Distribution,
Introduction, and Spread
David H. Kavanaugh and Terry L. Erwin
(DHK) Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden
Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118; (TLE) Department of Entomology,
National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
20560.
Abstract.— The synanthropic European ground-beetle species Trechus obtusus
Erichson was introduced to the West Coast of North America sometime in or
prior to 1925 and presently occupies a partially disjunct range from southwestern
British Columbia to the San Francisco Bay Area, California. A single primary
introduction into the Seattle area is proposed through nursery stock originating
in continental Europe. By 1950, the species had spread north to Vancouver and
south to Portland, probably independent of human transport. Subsequent spread
to disjunct regions in central and southern Oregon and the San Francisco Bay
Area involved transport in nursery stock distributed from Portland. Recent range
changes have involved minor spread from these secondary introduction centers.
Records from undisturbed areas in California suggest marginal invasion of natural
habitats; but presence of T. obtusus appears to have had no effect on the native
carabid fauna to date.
Trechus obtusus Erichson is a morphologically varied and widespread ground
beetle species in the Mediterranean region and in other parts of Europe, including
the British Isles. Hatch (1933, 1949b) called attention to Trevor Kincaid’s 1927
collection of members of this species in Seattle, Washington, the first published
record for North America. Lindroth (1961) summarized the known distribution
of the species, noting that it had been collected around port areas near Seattle
and Vancouver and in southern Oregon (cf. Hatch, 1933). Erwin (1972) recorded
its occurrence in the San Francisco Bay region.
In December 1978, we discovered and collected Trechus obtusus specimens in
the cool, shaded canyon of Nicasio Creek, Marin County, California. A subsequent
search through undetermined trechine material in the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences (CAS) uncovered specimens from several other localities
around the San Francisco Bay Area; and one of us (DHK) has recently collected
additional specimens of T. obtusus in several other West Coast localities. An
analysis of the distribution pattern apparent from these specimens indicated to
us that this species is now more widespread than previously known.
In an effort to better establish its present distribution and the pattern of its
introduction and spread and thereby address questions posed by Erwin (1972),
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
171
we obtained additional material on loan from the American Museum of Natural
History (AMNH), J. K. Liebherr (JKLi) (University of California at Berkeley), J.
R. Spence (JSpe) (University of Alberta), Oregon State University (OSUO), the
University of Alberta, Strickland Museum (UASM), the University of British
Columbia, Spencer Museum (UBC), and the United States National Museum of
Natural History (USNM). The results of our study of available specimens of
Trechus obtusus are presented here.
Present Distribution of Trechus obtusus
in North America
Based on our study of 256 specimens and undoubted records from the literature,
the present known distribution of T. obtusus in North America is as illustrated
in Figure 1. Localities from which specimens have been collected and data for
these specimens (including locality, date of collection, collection depository, and
number of macropterous and brachypterous specimens) are provided in the Ap¬
pendix.
Pattern of Introduction and Spread
The earliest known record for Trechus obtusus in North America is based on
one adult female collected on 12 May 1925 at North Creek (King County) Wash¬
ington (OSUO; collector unknown), which is in the Bothell suburb of greater
Seattle. Hatch (1933) credited Trevor Kincaid with collecting the first North
American specimen on 26 May 1927 in Seattle itself. All subsequent records for
T. obtusus through 1936 are restricted to the greater Seattle area (Fig. 2); and
because there is no evidence to suggest its occurrence elsewhere in North America
either before or during that period, the Seattle area appears to be the point of
introduction to the continent.
In 1937, specimens were first collected at Cedar Mountain, some 20 miles
southwest of Seattle. The first record of T. obtusus outside of King County is from
a specimen collected in 1939 at Silver Lake (Snohomish County), Washington,
22 miles north of Seattle. The range of the species had extended to Everett (Sno¬
homish County) by the mid-1940’s and had spread south to Cowlitz County by
the mid-1950’s.
For at least 20 years after its original introduction (i.e., no later than 1925), T.
obtusus was apparently confined to Washington, mainly to the area between Ev¬
erett and Tacoma. But over only a seven-year subsequent period, this pattern
changed profoundly. In September 1948 an adult was discovered in Vancouver,
British Columbia; and the species became well-established in that area by the
mid-1950’s. Adults were found in Grants Pass (Josephine County), Oregon, in
June 1951, and in Portland and vicinity (Multnomah County) in 1959. The first
published record for California (Erwin, 1972) was based on a specimen collected
in September 1971, at Niles Canyon (Alameda County). However, we recently
examined a specimen (CAS) collected in San Francisco in April 1955; and by
1957, additional T. obtusus adults (CAS) had been collected in Mill Valley (Marin
County), San Bruno Mountains (San Mateo County), and East Palo Alto (Santa
Clara County), all San Francisco Bay Area localities.
The main features and full linear extent of the present distribution pattern of
T. obtusus in North America were apparently established prior to 1960 (Fig. 3),
172
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 1. Map of the present known geographical distribution of Trechus obtusus Erichson in North
America.
with disjunct occurrence in three main areas: (1) from Vancouver south through
Seattle to Portland; (2) the Grants Pass area; and (3) the San Francisco Bay Area.
The record provided by specimens in collections shows that subsequent spread
of the species has been limited, with focal occurrence in several widely separate,
intervening areas. Specimens were collected in the Corvallis area (Benton County)
in 1967. Most recent significant additional records are from Alsea (1983), Lobster
Valley (1972), Smith River (1978), and Winchester Bay (1978) (Benton County),
Waldport (Lincoln County, 1971), and Gold Beach (Curry County, 1978), Oregon;
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
173
Figures 2-3. Maps of the known geographical distribution of Trechus obtusus Erichson in North
America. 2. Records prior to 1945. 3. Records prior to 1960.
and from Jedediah Smith Redwoods State Park (Del Norte County, 1977), Nicasio
Creek (Marin County, 1978), and Petaluma (1982) and Sebastopol (1983) (Sonoma
County), California.
Mode of Introduction
In his study of the faunal connections between Europe and North America,
Lindroth (1957) discussed means by which Palaearctic species have been inad¬
vertently introduced by man onto both the east and west coasts of North America—
174
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
namely, as stowaways in bulk rock and soil which was taken aboard commercial
ships, mainly in the British Isles, as ballast for the trans-Atlantic crossing to North
America. Several North American ports (particularly in Newfoundland) had rules
which required that ballast be dumped on land so that the harbors themselves
would not become filled over time. This practice was commonly employed from
the 17th to 19th centuries on the East Coast of North America. After opening of
the Panana Canal in 1914, ballast-laden ships could reach the West Coast relatively
quickly as well. Lindroth (1957) cited one record (from the Portland area) which
indicates that such ballast was at least occasionally deposited on shore during the
second decade of the 20th century; but this practice was apparently abandoned
after World War I and probably never employed around San Francisco Bay ports
(Karl Kortum, National Maritime Museum, San Francisco (NMM), pers. comm.).
Although Lindroth (1957) believed that most introduced carabids in North
America were ballast-transported, we do not think that Trechus obtusus arrived
this way. Jeannel (1941) examined a small series of T. obtusus specimens, all of
which were macropterous, that he had received from M. H. Hatch. He identified
these, based on their full-sized hindwings, as subspecies T. o. obtusoides Jeannel
(Hatch, 1949a; Jeannel, 1941) and suggested that the source area for the Seattle
‘colony’ was North Africa. However, at least some populations of T. obtusus in
all parts of the present North American range of this species include both bra-
chypterous and macropterous individuals (see Appendix). While the genetic basis
for dimorphism in hindwing size has not yet been studied for T. obtusus, this
suggests that the population (or populations) which served as the source for the
North American colony(-ies) must also have included both brachypterous and
macropterous individuals, or at least individuals heterozygous for genes deter¬
mining this trait.
The problem of pin-pointing the source area for North American populations
is much more difficult to solve than might be expected. Subspecific determinations
for T. obtusus have been based mainly on hindwing size; and it has been routine
for European workers to discuss the distributions of the different subspecies, hence
different wing forms, separately (e.g., Jeannel, 1941). Lindroth (1974) noted that
only the brachypterous form, subspecies T. o. obtusus Erichson, occurred in the
British fauna. It therefore seems unlikely that the British Isles served as the source
area for North American introduction; and because almost all of the trans-Atlantic
ballast traffic described above originated in Britain (Lindroth, 1957), North Amer¬
ican introduction was probably effected by some other means. Jeannel (1941)
noted that only the macropterous form (subspecies obtusoides) occurs in North
Africa. He also stated that this form also occurs in southwestern France, while
the brachypterous form (subspecies obtusus) occurs in mountains and on Atlantic
shores in France. We interpret this to mean that both forms co-exist at least in
coastal parts of southwestern France. If so, then this region was a possible source
area for the North American introduction. We suspect that other parts of mainland
Europe also harbor dimorphic populations of T. obtusus and, therefore, could
have served as source areas; but these are unknown to us at present. There is
clearly no way to exclude the possibility of multiple introduction of this species
into North America. However, a single primary introduction site, namely in the
greater Seattle area (Washington), sometime prior to 1925 (but probably not much
before that date), is sufficient to account for the present occurrence of this species
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
175
on the West Coast. In addition to dimorphism in wing size noted above, there is
also considerable variation in size and body form among North American spec¬
imens. However, this variation is apparent in comparisons among individuals
within populations to the same degree as between populations; and the full range
in size and shape variation is represented throughout the North American range
of the species. This suggests (1) a single European source area, one in which the
T. obtusus population is highly varied; or (2) a single point of introduction into
North America, at which point intrapopulational variation may have been in¬
creased through crossings among individuals from different European source areas;
or (3) both a single source area and a single point of introduction. We prefer the
last hypothesis as the least complex explanation for the observed pattern.
If T. obtusus members did not arrive in western North America in the ballast
of ships, then how did they get here? A wide variety of human-assisted means
can be envisioned, but one of these stands out as particularly likely: namely,
transport in nursery stock. Hatch (1949a) and Lindroth (1957) suggested that this
mode of introduction was particularly important in the Pacific Northwest; and
Spence and Spence (in press) concluded that introduction and spread in nursery
stock explained observed distribution patterns of some introduced species better
than other plausible means. Trees and shrubs have been and continue to be shipped
from Europe to North America with roots packed in large balls of loose soil
wrapped in burlap. This would seem to be an ideal medium for long term survival
of adult and larval carabids, perhaps also eggs deposited in the soil, in a medium
which would permit long distance transport requiring weeks or even months. In
fact, adult specimens of several different carabid species have been intercepted
by quarantine officers in Vancouver (British Columbia) in nursery stock from
Europe packed in just this manner (Spence and Spence, in press).
Hatch (1949a) studied the faunas of greenhouses in the Seattle area and found
T. obtusus to be well-represented in this ‘habitat’; and all the early records for
this species in North America were markedly synanthropic. The habitat distri¬
bution of this species in Europe (Lindroth, 1957, 1961, 1974), on both open and
shaded ground and frequently in association with man and his cultivation, would
qualify members of this species as likely candidates for transport in soil associated
with nursery stock. We therefore suggest that the initial introduction of T. obtusus
into North America was through this means.
Means of Spread in North America
The range of T. obtusus in time and space is illustrated in Figures 2, 3, and 1.
Thus, the history of the spread of this species in North America can be divided
into three periods. The first of these began no later than 1925, with the hypoth¬
esized initial introduction event in Seattle, and extended into the mid-1940’s.
During this period of 25 years or more, the range of T. obtusus expanded slowly
north and south of the Seattle area (Fig. 2) in Washington in the lowland west of
the Cascade Range. The second phase extends from the late 1940’s or early 1950’s
to the middle of the latter decade. By 1948, T. obtusus was in Vancouver (British
Columbia). It had reached Grants Pass (Oregon) by 1951 and the San Francisco
Bay Area by 19 5 5. This latter period, although relatively brief, was one of profound
change in geographical distribution (Fig. 3). The third and final period began in
the late 1950’s and continues to the present. During this period, one significant
176
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
extension to the range of T. obtusus has occurred. By 1967, it was in the Corvallis
(Oregon) area and, shortly thereafter, at localities west of Corvallis. But other
distributional extensions are minor expansions from centers established during
the second period.
That the first period was one of slow, progressive spread north and south of
the original introduction site suggests to us that range expansion was effected by
natural dispersal of T. obtusus, unaided by human transport, into areas of suitable
habitat. Such habitats were chiefly those provided by humans through their mod¬
ification of the natural environment. While we cannot rule out the possibility that
this spread was assisted by human transport, at least in part, such means do not
appear to have been an essential factor in our view.
Following the period of slow spread, T. obtusus adults suddenly appeared in
Grants Pass (1951), Portland (1959), and the San Francisco Bay Area (1955).
What happened in the late 1940’s or early 1950’s to alter the range of T. obtusus
in western North America so rapidly and profoundly? In an attempt to answer
this question, we contacted the California Department of Food and Agriculture,
Sacramento (CDFA) and nurserymen in the San Francisco Bay Area to learn more
about the sources of nursery stock in California and the means and geography of
transport and redistribution of this stock within the state.
Bill Callison (Pest Exclusion Unit, CDFA, pers. comm.) noted that there has
been a steady, high-volume influx of nursery stock into California from the Pacific
Northwest for many years. Apparently little of this stock originates in the Seattle
area or in other parts of coastal Washington (Tim Talamantes, Dandylion Nursery,
Petaluma, CA, pers. comm.); but numerous large nurseries in the Portland area
have been the main suppliers of nursery stock for California and the entire West
Coast for decades (Ben Heller, Heller Nursery Company, Morgan Hill, CA, pers.
comm.). Of particular interest to us are commercial ventures such as California
Garden Supply, which was active in the late 1940’s (1947-1949), importing large
quantities of stock directly from Portland to secondary distribution centers in the
San Francisco Bay Area. Nurseries receiving and/or redistributing Portland stock
through such suppliers during that period were located in Alameda, Marin, San
Francisco, and San Mateo counties (Ben Heller, pers. comm.); and Trechus ob¬
tusus specimens have been collected in each of these areas (records from 1955
through the present; see Appendix).
It seems clear from the above discussion that the distribution network of the
commercial nursery business during the late 1940’s could have served as the
means by which the range of T. obtusus was abruptly changed. Of course, other
means could also be proposed; but none, we think, would account so well for the
distributional and temporal data available. The fact that the Portland area, rather
than Seattle or other areas in coastal Washington, was the major exporter of
nursery stock on the West Coast may explain why a change in the tempo of T.
obtusus range expansion occurred in the late 1940’s. We proposed above that
primary introduction from Europe was in nursery stock. It apparently took several
decades for the range of this species to spread from Seattle to Portland, probably
by dispersal of individuals under their own power. It was not until T. obtusus
became established in the Portland area that an efficient human distribution
system, the commercial nursery trade, was again available to assist with rapid,
long-distance spread. Unfortunately, the earliest known records for the Portland
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
177
area are from 1959; but for reasons outlined above, we think that T. obtusus was
represented there by 1950. This is supported by the Vancouver record of 1948
and the probability that spread from Seattle, north and south, was not human
assisted.
Since the 1950’s, spread of T. obtusus has been modest, confined chiefly to
areas adjacent to centers occupied by the mid-1950’s. Recent records (see Ap¬
pendix) from Gold Beach (Oregon) and Jedediah Smith Redwoods State Park
(California) probably represent dispersal from the Grants Pass area; and those
from Vancouver Island represent expansion from mainland British Columbia or
Washington. To what (if any) extent these range changes have been assisted by
human transport is unclear; but local redistribution of nursery stock may well
have been involved. Because T. obtusus has never been recorded from the area
between Portland and Corvallis, in spite of significant collecting activity in that
area in recent years, we suggest that records from the latter area represent a separate
introduction, again probably from the Portland area, sometime prior to 1967 (date
of first record from that area; see Appendix). Records from Alsea, Lobster Valley,
Smith River, Waldport, and Winchester Bay may all represent dispersal from the
Corvallis area or one or more additional independent secondary introductions.
Place in the North American Environment
At least four different European species of genus Trechus Clairville are now
recorded as introduced into North America. Three of these, T. discus Fabricius
(Lindroth, 1961), T. rubens Fabricius (Lindroth, 1961), and T. quadristriatus
(Schrank) (Bousquet and Smetana, 1984) are established in the northeastern United
States and/or southeastern Canada. Trechus obtusus is the fourth. There is little
evidence to suggest that the three eastern species have been able to invade rela¬
tively undisturbed native habitats. For example, T. rubens members are “probably
confined to cultivated ground” (Lindroth, 1961); and those of T. quadristriatus
in North America have been collected “at the edges of onion fields and cornfields,
in gardens, vacant fields, . . . etc.” (Bousquet and Smetana, 1984).
While most collections of T. obtusus members have also been from synanthropic
situations, recent discoveries suggest that this species is expanding its range, at
least in California, to include adjacent native habitats. For example, specimens
collected at Nicasio Creek (Marin County) in 1978 were found under Salix leaf
litter on sandy substrate on a secondary floodplain of the creek. This area, situated
in a thickly wooded, deeply shaded canyon, has remained relatively undisturbed
by human activity and contains an otherwise typical California woodland carabid
fauna. No other open-land or commonly synanthropic species were represented
there; and T. obtusus adults were found together with numerous specimens of the
native species, Trechus ovipennis Motschulsky. Other records from northern Cal¬
ifornia and westcentral and southwestern Oregon are also from rural areas; but
these may be associated with roadsides, state parks, etc., which may have been
slightly changed by human activity and cannot be classified as strictly native
habitat.
There is no evidence to suggest that the presence of T. obtusus in North America
has had any effect on the native fauna. As noted above, T. obtusus and T. ovipennis
members were found co-existing at Nicasio Creek, with the latter represented in
numbers typically encountered in that habitat during December. At this point,
178
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
we can only concur with findings of Spence and Spence (in press) for western
Canada that the inadvertent introduction of T. obtusus and other European cara-
bids to the West Coast of North America appears to represent an enrichment of
the native fauna with no evident deleterious effects on the latter. It will no doubt
be interesting to continue to monitor the geographical expansion of this species
and the interactions of its members with the native fauna in future years.
Acknowledgments
Lee H. Herman, Jr. (AMNH), J. K. Liebherr, J. R. Spence, G. L. Peters (OSUO),
G. E. Ball (UASM), and S. G. Cannings (UBC) gave us access, through loans, to
important specimens in their care. Karl Kortum (NMM) furnished useful infor¬
mation on the history of shipping practices on the West Coast, specifically in San
Francisco Bay; and information and personal insights provided by Bill Callison
(CDFA), Ben Heller, and Tim Talamantes gave us an understanding of past and
present commerce in nursery stock in western North America. John Spence gen¬
erously provided specimens, his own data and notes, and useful comments based
on his field and laboratory experience with synanthropic carabid beetles in western
Canada. We thank each of these individuals most heartily for their assistance
during the preparation of this paper.
Literature Cited
Bousquet, Y., and A. Smetana. 1984. Trechus quadristriatus, a Palaearctic species introduced into
North America (Coleoptera: Carabidae). The Canadian Entomologist, 116:215-220.
Erwin, T. L. 1972. Trechus obtusus Erichson in California (Coleoptera: Carabidae). The Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 26:42.
Hatch, M. H. 1933. Notes on Carabidae. The Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 9:117-121.
-. 1949a. Studies on the fauna of Pacific Northwest greenhouses (Isopoda, Coleoptera, Der-
maptera, Orthoptera, Gastropoda). Journal of the New York Entomological Society, 57:141-
165.
-. 1949b. A century of entomology in the Pacific Northwest. University of Washington Press,
Seattle, v + 43 pp.
Jeannel, R. 1941. Faune de France. 39. Coleopteres Carabiques. Premiere Partie. Librarie de la
Faculte des Sciences, Paris, 571 pp.
Lindroth, C. H. 1957. The faunal connections between Europe and North America. John Wiley and
Sons, Inc., New York, 344 pp.
-. 1961. The ground-beetles (Carabidae excl. Cicindelinae) of Canada and Alaska. Part 2.
Opuscula Entomologica, Supplementum, 20:1-200.
-. 1974. Coleoptera, Carabidae. Handbook for the identification of British insects, Volume 4,
Part 2. Royal Entomological Society of London, London, 148 pp.
Spence, J. R., and D. Hughes Spence. In press. Of ground-beetles and men: introduced species and
the synantropic fauna of western Canada. The Canadian Entomologist.
Appendix. Selected Data from Trechus obtusus Specimens Examined 1
CANADA
BRITISH COLUMBIA: Boundary Bay (10 mi E of Ladner, 1 Jim. 58, UBC, 1L), Delta (11 Jun.
79, JSpe, 1L/3S), Galiano Island (Spanish Hills, 6 Jun. 81, UBC, 1L), Mission (24 May 79, JSpe, 4L/
IS) (31 May 79, JSpe, 1L/1S), Squamish (10 Jun. 79, JSpe, 1L/1S), New Westminster (2 Jun. 58 —
1 For each entry, format for data is as follows: locality (qualifier, date of collection, collection
depository, number of long-winged (macropterous) specimens (L)/ number of short-winged (brachyp-
terous) specimens (S)).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
179
Lindroth (1961), specimens not seen), Vancouver (Second Beach, Sep. 48—Lindroth (1961), specimens
not seen) (20 May 51 —Lindroth (1961), specimens not seen) (18 Sep. 51 —Lindroth (1961); specimens
not seen) (Spanish Banks, 19 Jul. 52, UBC, IS) (University of B.C. Campus, 15 Aug. 59, UBC, 1L/
5S) (8 Aug. 62, UBC, IS) (9 Aug. 62, UBC, 1L) (University of B.C. Campus, 15 Aug. 62, UBC, 1L)
(University of B.C. Campus, Sep. 65, UBC, 1L) (28 Sep. 65, UBC, 1L) (17 Oct. 65, CAS, IS) (Wreck
Beach, 19 Jul. 80, CAS, IS), Whistler (10 Jun. 79, JSpe, 1L), Vancouver Island (Campbell River, 21
May 79, JSpe, 3L/1S) (Courtenay, 21 May 79, JSpe, 5L) (Victoria, 15 May 79, JSpe, 9L/7S).
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
CALIFORNIA: Alameda County, Berkeley (Woolsey Canyon, 21 Dec. 83, CAS, 1L), Niles Canyon
(12 Sep. 71, USNM, 1L), El Cerrito (6 May 79, CAS, 2S), Wildcat Canyon Regional Park (3 Jun. 79,
JKLi, 4L) (10 Nov. 79, JKLi, 1L); Del Norte County, Jedediah Smith Redwoods State Park (22 Sep.
77, CAS, 1L); Marin County, Lagunitas Creek (at Tocaloma, 8 Jul. 79, JKLi, 5L), Laurel Canyon (1
mile W of Nicasio Reservoir, 8 Jul. 79, JKLi, 3L), Mill Valley (25 May 57, CAS, 2S), Nicasio Creek
(0.5 miles W of Nicasio Reservoir, 12 Dec. 78, CAS/USNM, 11L) (0.5 miles W of Nicasio Reservoir,
28 Dec. 78, CAS, 1L); San Francisco County, San Francisco (8 Apr. 55, CAS, 1L); San Mateo County,
Crystal Springs Reservoir (2 Jul. 81, CAS, 1L), Junipero Serra Park (28 Jun. 64, CAS, 1L), San Bruno
Mountains (30 May 57, CAS, 1L), South San Francisco (25 Sep. 77, CAS, IS); Santa Clara County,
East Palo Alto (17 May 57, CAS, 1L); Sonoma County, Petaluma (3.5 miles NW, Jun. 82, CAS, 1L),
Sebastopol (4 May 83, CAS, IS) (10 Aug. 83, CAS, 2L/2S). OREGON: Benton County, Alsea (3 miles
SE, 15 May 83, CAS, 1L), Corvallis (7 Oct. 67, OSUO, 1L), Lobster Valley (15 miles SW of Alsea,
28 Jun. 72, OSUO, 1L); Curry County, Gold Beach (9 miles S, 1978, AMNH, 1L/1S); Douglas County,
Smith River (5.5 miles NE of Reedsport, 29 Jun. 78, AMNH, 1L/1S) (27.5 miles NE of Reedsport,
29 Jun. 78, AMNH, 2L), Winchester Bay (28 Jun. 78, AMNH, 2L); Josephine County, Grants Pass
(2 Jun. 51, OSUO, 3L) (31 Aug. 68, USNM, 1L); Lincoln County, Waldport (2.5 miles N, 1 Jun. 71,
CAS, IS); Multnomah County, Portland (27th & W Front, 16 Jul. 59, OSUO, 2L), Rooster Rock
State Park (20 May 59, OSUO, 4L). WASHINGTON: Cowlitz County, Lake Merwin (3 miles S of
Yale, 15 Sep. 57, OSUO, 1L), Lewis and Clark State Park (11 Sep. 56, USNM, 1L), Lewis River (4
miles E of Woodland, 15 Sep. 57, OSUO, 1L); King County, Bothell (1 Jul. 41, OSUO, IS) (4 Aug.
44, OSUO, 2L) (15 Jun. 49, CAS, 1L/5S), Cedar Mountain (18 May 37, OSUO, 1L) (12 May 39,
OSUO, IS) (7 Jul. 39, OSUO, 1L) (22 May 41, OSUO, 1L) (29 May 45, OSUO, 3L) (16 May 46,
OSUO, 1L/2S), North Creek (12 May 25, OSUO, 1L), Renton (Lake McDonald, May 39, OSUO, IS)
(Cedar River, 22 May 41, OSUO, 1L) (Cedar River, 16 May 46, OSUO, IS), Seattle (26 May 27,
OSUO, 1L) (8 Oct. 27, OSUO, 1L) (1 Mar. 28, CAS, IS) (17 May 28, OSUO, 2L) (21 Jun. 29, OSUO,
2L) (25 Apr. 31, OSUO, 1L) (30 Apr. 31, OSUO, IS) (10 May 31, OSUO, 1L) (23 May 31, OSUO,
18L) (24 May 31, OSUO, 3L/2S) (2 Apr. 32, OSUO, IS) (2 Aug. 32, OSUO, 1L) (10 Jun. 33, OSUO,
1L) (11 Sep. 33, OSUO, 1L) (28 Apr. 34, OSUO, 1L/1S) (17 May 34, OSUO, 3L/2S) (9 Jun. 34,
OSUO, 1L) (14 Sep. 34, OSUO, 1L) (10 Apr. 35, OSUO, IS) (14 Apr. 35, OSUO, 1L) (11 May 35,
OSUO, IS) (19 May 35, OSUO, 1L) (11 Apr. 36, OSUO, 1L) (Univ. of Washington Campus, 22 Apr.
37, OSUO, IS) (Univ. of Washington Campus, 27 May 37, OSUO, 1L) (Univ. of Washington Campus,
22 Jun. 37, OSUO, 1L) (Univ. of Washington Campus, 7 Apr. 38, OSUO, 1L) (20 May 38, OSUO,
1L) (8 Jun. 38, OSUO, 2L/3S) (2 Aug. 38, OSUO, 2L) (7 Sep. 38, OSUO, IS) (22 Jun. 39, OSUO,
IS) (Univ. of Washington Campus, 26 Jun. 39, OSUO, 1L) (Univ. of Washington Campus, 15 Apr.
41, OSUO, IS) (30 Apr. 41, OSUO, 1L) (Univ. of Washington Campus, 27 May 41, OSUO, 2S) (3
Aug. 41, OSUO, 3S) (2 May 42, OSUO, 1L) (Harbor Island, Apr. 44, OSUO, IS) (Saxe Greenhouse,
5 Jan. 46, OSUO, 1L) (2 Apr. 46, OSUO, 1L) (Carkeek Park, 18 Feb. 48, OSUO, IS) (Univ. of
Washington Campus, 8 Apr. 48, OSUO, 1L) (Univ. of Washington Campus, 13 Apr. 49, OSUO, 2S)
(22 May 49, OSUO, 1L/3S) (Saxe Greenhouse, 28 May 49, OSUO, 1L) (Univ. of Washington Campus,
14 Sep. 56, OSUO, 1L) (Innis Arden, 29 Mar. 59, AMNH, 1L); Mason County, Hartstine Island (30
Aug. 57, OSUO, 1L); Pierce County, La Grande (Pack Forest, 7 Jun. 60, OSUO, 1L), North Fort
Lewis (26 Jun. 44, CAS, 4L) (15 Jul. 44, CAS, 4L/1S), Puyallup (30 Jun. 53, OSUO, 1L), Tacoma
(29 Jun. 41, OSUO, 4L/1S) (29 May 47, OSUO, 1L); Snohomish County, Everett (Staiff Greenhouse,
26 Aug. 46, OSUO, IS), Silver Lake (20 Jul. 39, OSUO, IS); Thurston County, Nisqually (10 Jun.
57, OSUO, IS).
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, pp. 180-183
Bird Fleas, Genus Ceratophyllus , from Alaska
(Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae)
Glenn E. Haas, Nixon Wilson, and Tim Rumfelt
(GEH) 557 California St, #7, Boulder City, Nevada 89005; (NW) Department
of Biology, University of Northern Iowa, Cedar Falls, Iowa 50614; (TR) SRA
Box 1506E, Anchorage, Alaska 99507.
Abstract.— Birds’ nests and other sources excluding bodies of birds provided
24 collecting and rearing records of 7 of the 14 species of bird fleas in the genus
Ceratophyllus Curtis found in Alaska: Ceratophyllus styx riparius Jordan and
Rothschild, Ceratophyllus idius Jordan and Rothschild, Ceratophyllus scopulorum
Holland, Ceratophyllus garei Rothschild, Ceratophyllus diffinis Jordan, Cerato¬
phyllus gallinae (Schrank), and Ceratophyllus niger C. Fox.
Ceratophyllus Curtis is the largest of four genera of bird fleas in Alaska, with
14 species parasitic on birds. Twenty-four new collecting and rearing records of
seven of these species are presented, with notes on hosts, host nests, habitat, and
behavior.
Materials and Methods
Fleas were collected by picking apart old birds’ nests in a white pan, by hand¬
picking from infested persons, plants, and the ground, and by swabbing vegetation
with a piece of white flannel cloth. Specimens of two species were reared by
holding nests in plastic bags for several weeks to allow immature fleas to develop
into adults. Rearings and uncredited collections were by Haas. Specimens were
preserved in 70 percent ethanol, and samples were cleared in 10 percent KOH
and oil of cloves and permanently mounted in Canada balsam. Specimens were
deposited in the collections of Haas and Wilson, and in the Canadian National
Collection, Ottawa.
Results and Discussion
Ceratophyllus styx riparius Jordan and Rothschild
Record.— 1 male, King Salmon, 28.VI. 1978, burrow of Spermophilus parryii
(Richardson) (Arctic Ground Squirrel).
This flea is normally abundant in nests and burrows of the Bank Swallow
(Riparia riparia (Linnaeus)) (Haas et al., 1980b; Hopla, 1965). The ground squirrel
burrow, apparently incomplete and inactive, was at the base of a cut in a sand
dune along the main road. The stray flea was found about 30 cm inside of the
entrance. The nearest known nest colony of Bank Swallows was 9.3 km to the
southeast.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
181
Ceratophyllus idius Jordan and Rothschild
Records.—9 males (1 dead), 20 females, Anchorage, 1.V.1983, nest of Tachy-
cineta thalassina (Swainson) (Violet-green Swallow) in nest box, T. Rumfelt. Two
males, 5 females (4 dead), Palmer, 4.5 km NE (Clark-Wolverine Road), 13.IX. 1975,
nest of Picoides sp. (woodpecker) in cavity in Populus sp.
In Alaska this common flea of nests of Tree Swallows ( Tachycineta bicolor
(Vieillot)) also breeds in nests of Violet-green Swallows (Haas et al., 1981; Hopla,
1965).
Ceratophyllus scopulorum Holland
Record.—2 males, 4 females, Grayling, 29.VIII.1979, nest of Hirundo pyr-
rhonota Vieillot (Cliff Swallow) on house, F. A. Norman Jr. and G. G. Howard.
In Alaska this is the flea most commonly collected from nests of Cliff Swallows
(Haas and Wilson, 1979; Hopla, 1965).
Ceratophyllus garei Rothschild
Records. — 1 female (dead), Portage, 5.5 km SE, 10.VI.1978, nest, probably of
Ixoreus naevius (Gmelin) (Varied Thrush), and 176 males, 195 females, reared
from same nest, 21.VI-16.VII. 1978. Two males, Scammon Bay, 13.VI.1980,
Microtus oeconomus (Pallas) (Tundra Vole), G. E. Haas and S. Goodman. Two
males, 2 females, Seward, 12.8 km NW (km 12 Resurrection Road), 4.IX.1978,
nest of Zonotrichia leucophrys (Forster) (White-crowned Sparrow), and 4 males,
5 females, reared from same nest, 19.IX.1978.
This Holarctic bird flea ranges widely in Alaska and is without distinct host
specificity (Holland, 1963; Hopla, 1965). It is strongly hygrophilic, breeding in
birds’ nests on or close to damp ground. Hopla (1965) recorded specimens from
mammals, and we also collected strays, but most of our specimens were reared
from two birds’ nests.
The nest of the Varied Thrush was 2.2 m above ground level in a spruce ( Picea
sp.). It was in dense shade in a zone of abundant precipitation and high humidity.
The nest of the White-crowned Sparrow was 1.2 m up in a willow ( Salix sp.)
standing in several cm of water on a river flood plain.
Ceratophyllus diffinis Jordan
Record. — 1 female, Wasilla, 6 km E, 10.V.1975, vegetation near fallen birch
(Betula papyrifera Marsh.) stub with old nest of Parus atricapillus Linnaeus (Black-
capped Chickadee) or Parus hudsonicus Forster (Boreal Chickadee).
A Nearctic species associated with a variety of birds (Haas et al., 1980a; Holland,
1963).
Ceratophyllus gallinae (Schrank)
Records.— First 8 collections from nests of woodpeckers (Picoides spp.) in cav¬
ities in dead birch (Betula papyrifera ) and poplar (Populus sp.) stubs. Six males
(1 dead), 24 females, Chickaloon (km 124.8 Glenn Highway), 8.IV.1976. One
male, 1 female (both dead), Kenai (city), 23.IV. 1976. One male, 1 female, Palmer,
3.2 km S, 20.IV. 1975, R. E. Barrett; 3 females, 4.5 km NE (Clark-Wolverine
Road), 13.IX.1975; 5 males, 14 km NW (Edgerton Park Road), 27.IX.1975. One
female, Sterling, 7.2 km NW (Sunken Island Lake Road), 30.VII.1976, and 2
182
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
females, reared from same nest, 25.VIII.1976. One female, Talkeetna, 2.9 km SE,
21.IV.1975. One female, Wasilla, 4.6 km E, 2.V.1975; 24 males, 8 females, 6 km
E, 8.V. 1975, Homo sapiens L., grass, and Betula papyrifera stub with old nest of
Parus atricapillus or Parus hudsonicus, and 12 males, 1 female, 10.V.1975, same
grass and stub.
First reported for Alaska by Holland (1960), this common bird flea has been
established for some time in eastern North America and named the European
chicken flea for its status as a pest species. In the Old World it is widely distributed
as a natural parasite of passerines (Holland, 1963). We collected one specimen
from a Yellow-rumped Warbler ( Dendroica coronata (Linnaeus)) (Haas et al.,
1980a), a few strays from nests of swallows and squirrels (Haas et al., 1981; Haas
and Wilson, 1982) and woodpeckers, and many specimens that were seeking hosts.
During a warm, sunny period in spring, an old nest of a chickadee was observed
2 m up in a dead, well-rotted birch stub located in a dry, grassy opening of a
spruce-hardwood forest. After pushing the stub over for a closer examination of
the nest, the collector suddenly was aware of jumping fleas swarming over him
(but not biting), the grass, and the stub. Two days later more specimens were
swabbed from the grass and the stub.
After reviewing descriptions of host-seeking behavior of Ceratophyllus gallinae
in Europe by Bates (1962), Humphries (1968), Jurik (1974), Rothschild and Clay
(1957), and others, we concluded that when the stub was first observed, the fleas
had already emerged from cocoons, emigrated from the nest and dispersed up the
stub. And further that most females, having emerged before the males, had already
acquired hosts that carried them away, but some fleas that jumped toward birds
missed them and landed on the grass. When the stub was pushed over, any fleas
still on it were scattered over the grass.
Ceratophyllus niger C. Fox
Records.— 26 males, 42 females, Chisik Island, Cook Inlet, VI. 1979, Homo
sapiens L. at rookery of Rissa tridactyla (Linnaeus) (Black-legged Kittiwake), R.
D. Jones, Jr., C. Slater, and J. Burke; 15 males, 32 females, same data but VII. 1979.
The western chicken flea is common in many parts of western North America,
but in Alaska records are limited. The first collections were in 1937 from nests
and bodies of Larus argentatus Pontoppidan (Herring Gull) and Phalacrocorax
auritus (Lesson) (Double-crested Cormorant) (Philip, 1938). After a lapse of over
40 years, more specimens were collected in southcentral Alaska (Haas et al., 1979).
One of the latter collectors (Jones) revisited the flea-infested kittiwake rookery
on Chisik Island in 1979 and was attacked again by Ceratophyllus niger specimens
coming from the nests. His two assistants were also attacked, and all three hand¬
picked 115 specimens from their bodies and clothing.
Acknowledgments
We thank the collectors for contributing specimens and Dr. G. P. Holland,
Ottawa, for taxonomic assistance.
Literature Cited
Bates, J. K. 1962. Field studies on the behaviour of bird fleas I. Behaviour of the adults of three
species of bird fleas in the field. Parasitology, 52:113-132.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
183
Haas, G. E., T. Rumfelt, R. E. Barrett, and N. Wilson. 1980a. Fleas from some Alaskan birds
(Siphonaptera). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 56:105-106.
-,-, L. Johnson, and N. Wilson. 1979. Siphonaptera from mammals in Alaska. Supple¬
ment I. Can. J. Zool., 57:1822-1825.
-,-, and N. Wilson. 1980b. Fleas (Siphonaptera) from nests and burrows of the bank
swallow ( Riparia riparia) in Alaska. Northwest Sci., 54:210-215.
-,-, and-. 1981. Fleas (Siphonaptera) from nests of the tree swallow ( Iridoprocne
bicolor) and the violet-green swallow ( Tachycineta thalassina ) in Alaska. Wasmann J. Biol., 39:
37-41.
-, and N. Wilson. 1979 (1980). Fleas (Siphonaptera) from nests of the cliff swallow (Petro-
chelidon pyrrhonota ) in Alaska. Wasmann J. Biol., 37:59-63.
-, and-. 1982. Fleas (Siphonaptera) from nests of the red squirrel ( Tamiasciurus hud-
sonicus) and burrows of the arctic ground squirrel ( Spermophilus parryii ) in Alaska. Wasmann
J. Biol., 40:59-65.
Holland, G. P. 1960. Descriptions of two species of Ceratophyllus Curtis from Yukon Territory
(Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae). Can. Entomol., 92:787-793.
-. 1963. Faunal affinities of the fleas (Siphonaptera) of Alaska with an annotated list of species.
Pp. 45-63 in J. L. Gressitt (ed.), Pacific Basin biogeography. 10th Pac. Sci. Congr.
Hopla, C. E. 1965. Alaskan hematophagous insects, their feeding habits and potential as vectors of
pathogenic organisms. I. The Siphonaptera of Alaska. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory, Fort
Wainwright, Alaska, Project No. 8241, AAL-TR-64-12. Vol. I, 267 pp.
Humphries, D. A. 1968. The host-finding behaviour of the hen flea, Ceratophyllus gallinae (Schrank)
(Siphonaptera). Parasitology, 58:403-414.
Junk, M. 1974. Bionomics of fleas in birds’ nests in the territory of Czechoslovakia. Acta Sci. Nat.
Brno, 8(10): 1-54.
Philip, C. B. 1938. A parasitological reconnaissance in Alaska with particular reference to varying
hares. II. Parasitological data. J. Parasitol., 24:483-488.
Rothschild, M., and T. Clay. 1957. Fleas, flukes and cuckoos, a study of bird parasites. Collins,
London, 305 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, pp. 184-186
Ophrella, A New Genus of Orussidae From Panama
(Hymenoptera: Symphyta, Orussidae)
Woodrow W. Middlekauff
University of California, Berkeley, 94720
A unique, unusual appearing orussid collected in Panama by Professor Henry
A. Hespenheide of the University of California, Los Angeles was sent to me for
identification. This specimen is so different from its closest relative (Middlekauff,
1984) that a new genus is proposed for it.
As a means to help clarify the generic description, I have included illustrations
of critical anatomical features of the type species.
Ophrella Middlekauff, New Genus
Generotype. —Ophrella lingulata, new species.
Diagnosis. — In the fore wing vein 2r issues from much nearer the apex than
the base of the stigma. Cross vein cu-a is not interstitial with vein M, but intersects
the discoidal cell in the middle (Fig. 1). Hind wing lacks the cross vein between
veins Rs and M (Fig. 2). Head lacks facial carinae, and the seta arising from each
facial pit is uniquely flattened, ligulate (Fig. 3). Body hairs normal not ligulate.
Third antennal segment subequal to fourth, and slightly shorter than segment 5
(Fig. 4). Mesoscutellum obtusely rounded behind and without a definite margin
(Fig. 7). Post-orbital and occipital carinae present and distinct. Hind femur slightly
over 2Vi times longer than broad (Fig. 8). Hind tibia with a double row of spurs
(Fig. 8), the mid-tibia with a single row (Fig. 5).
Discussion.— This genus is described for a unique specimen belonging in the
tribe Ophrynopini. It is distinguished from all other known orussid-genera by a
combination of many of the above enumerated characters.
Etymology.— The generic name is modified from the name of the presumed
nearest relative, Ophrynella nigricans (Cameron) and is to be regarded as feminine.
Ophrella lingulata , New Species
(Figs. 1-8)
Female (holotype).—Length 6.5 mm. Head, thorax, abdomen, antennae, and
legs, except for fore tarsi, black. Fore tarsi amber brown. Fore wing with a strongly
contrasting pattern of black bands of microtrichia on heavily infuscated areas.
The hyaline areas lack such microtrichia. Several small patches of white scales
further emphasize the contrast (Fig. 1).
Facial carinae absent. Median ocellus on a slightly depressed area, the area
between the pits, pebbled, shiny. The parallel coronal crests at the top of the head
border a narrow valley. Face with numerous pits, each with a flattened, ligulate
or scale-like hair (Fig. 3). Post-orbital and occipital carinae present and distinct.
Hairs on the top of the head behind the eyes, small, flattened, closely appressed
to the head, appearing somewhat silvery. Lower down towards the genae the hairs
become progressively less flattened and more like normal hairs. Antennal segments
III, IV, V, VII and VIII subequal, VI slightly longer than III (Fig. 4). Pronotum
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 2
185
st J gma discoidal
scales
cu-a
carina
ovipositor
'-1
parapsidal
scutellum
Figures 1-8. Holotype, female Ophrella lingulata, new species. 1. Fore wing. 2. Hind wing. 3.
Head, front view. 4. Antenna. 5. Mid-tibia, lateral view. 6. Abdominal segments, ventral apex, semi-
lateral view. 7. Mesoscutellum. 8. Hind femur and tibia, lateral view.
finely reticulate. Anterior mesonotum inflated, posteriorly flattened with a median
and two lateral conspicuous narrow furrows (Fig. 7). Except in these furrows and
the anterior, swollen portion, the mesonotum has very small, recumbent hairs
each from a tiny pit, imparting a silvery sheen to the flattened area of the meso-
186
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
notum. Scutellum obtusely rounded in front and rear without carinate margins,
and the deep, contiguous pits lack hairs, thus appearing darker (Fig. 7). The wings
are strongly contrasting black and white, and in the living adult in repose, must
greatly give the impression of an ant with its constricted abdomen. The presence
of small patches of white scales tend to emphasize the contrast with the dark wing
areas. The venation is quite similar to that of Ophrynella nigricans but differs in
that cross vein cu-a arises from the middle of the discoidal cell not interstitially
with vein M, and the white scales on the fore wings of Ophrella become in
Ophrynella normal hairs below the stigma, and absent at the base of the wings.
Cross vein between Rs and M is present in O. nigricans, but absent in Ophrella.
Anterior femur without lateral longitudinal carina and is ventrally smooth (Fig.
8) not dentate. Basal segment of anterior tarsus one quarter longer than apical
two segments combined. Mid-tarsus with a single row of 8-9 spurs, becoming a
double row on the hind tibia. The carinae bordering the ovipositor are smoothly
rounded gradually rising to their highest posteriorly, adjacent to the saw sheaths.
Male. — Unknown.
Larva. — Unknown.
Host. — Unknown.
Holotype.— Female, Panama, Canal Zone “Plantation Rd” C29, 6.5 km ENE
Gamboa, 9°8'N, 79°39'W. August 5, 1978, H. A. Hespenheide, collector. Depos¬
ited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Discussion.— The species name is derived from the Latin lingulatus, tongue¬
like, which refers to the flattened hairs found on the front of the head.
Acknowledgments
I wish to express my appreciation to Professor Henry A. Hespenheide for
sending me the above mentioned specimen and to Carolyn Mullinex Tibbetts for
her excellent illustrations.
Literature Cited
Middlekauff, W. W. 1984. A revision of the sawfly family Orussidae for North and Central America
(Hymenoptera: Symphyta, Orussidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 101:1-46.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(2), 1985, pp. 187-188
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
STATEMENT OF INCOME, EXPENDITURES AND
CHANGES IN FUND BALANCES
Years Ended September 30, 1984 and 1983
1984 1983
Income
Dues and subscriptions . $13,048 $10,037
Reprints and miscellaneous . 21,050 6,504
Sales of Memoirs . 515 226
Interest . 5,552 2,509
Dividends. 448 468
Increase in value of capital stock:
American Telephone & Telegraph Company
and Pacific Telesis Group 665 590
$41,268 $20,334
C. P. Alexander bequest . . 29,732
$41,268 $50,066
Expenditures
Publication costs—Pan-Pacific Entomologist . $46,455 $10,262
Reprints, postage and miscellaneous . 1,337 694
$47,792 $10,956
Increase (Decrease) in fund balances . $(6,524) $39,110
Fund balances October 1, 1983 and 1982. 84,995 45,885
Fund balances September 30, 1984 and 1983 . $78,471 $84,995
STATEMENT OF ASSETS
September 30, 1984 and 1983
1984 1983
Cash in bank
Commercial account . $10,766 $ 3,385
Savings accounts & certificates of deposit
General fund . 29,889 46,678
Charles P. Alexander Fund. 31,961 29,732
Total cash in bank . $72,616 $79,795
Investment in 80 shares of American Telephone
& Telegraph Co. common stock and 66 shares
of Pacific Telesis Group at market value. $ 5,855 $ 5,200
$78,471 $84,995
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Year Ended September 30, 1984
Summary of significant accounting policies.
Accounting Method: Income and expenses are recorded by using the cash basis of accounting. Mar¬
ketable Securities: American Telephone & Telegraph Co. and Pacific Telesis Group common stock
188
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
are carried at market value. Increases and decreases in value are reflected in income. Income Tax:
The Society is exempt from Federal income and California franchise tax. Accounts Receivable: As of
September 30, 1984, accounts receivable aggregated $ 11,128 of which $6,084 was collected in October
1984. Accounts Payable: As of September 30, 1984, there was no material amount of unpaid bills.
As Chairman of the Auditing Committee, and in accordance with its bylaws, I have reviewed the
financial records of the Society. During the course of this review nothing was noted which indicated
any material inaccuracy in the foregoing statements.
H. Vannoy Davis
Chairman of the Auditing Committee
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles
on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬
cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed
page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for
publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor.
General. — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct
quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500
ft) elevation”.
Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All
manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight.
Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8'/2 X 11 inches are not acceptable.
Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each
sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet.
Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping.
First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses,
(3) the author's name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the
complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author
of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a
separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for
each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the
author.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings.
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (117 X 181 mm; 4 Vs X l'h inches). If possible,
allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face.
Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should
be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed
illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric
scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures
to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title
of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations
not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to
acceptance of the manuscript.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed
following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the
following format;
Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212.
Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information
Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e. . . . “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212)
noted ...”.
Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be
charged to the author.
Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00
per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges.
Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for
reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer.
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901-
1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to Vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to Vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per
volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for Vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58
(1982) and subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).*
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl Pritchard and
Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. Price $10.00 (plus $1.25
postage and handling).*
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).*
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343
pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, post¬
age, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-
California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at
this special price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).*
*(Add 6 % sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco,
Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties add 6 ‘/ 2 %). Members of the Society will receive a 20%
discount on the price of the memoirs.)
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
% California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118-9961
U.S.A.
Vol. 61
No. 3
July 1985
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
THOMAS, D. B., JR.—A morphometric and revisionary study of the littoral beetle genus
Cryptadius LeConte, 1852 (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae).. 189
KAUFMANN, TDicymolomia julianalis (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) as an endoparasite of the
bagworm, Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis (Psychidae): Its relation to host, life history
and gonad development... 200
SMITH, S. D.—Studies of Nearctic Rhyacophila (Trichoptera: Rhyacophilidae): Synopsis of
Rhyacophila nevadensis group. 210
WAHL, D. B.—The final-instar larva of Venturia townesorum (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) 218
MOORE, I. and F. G. ANDREWS—Extensions of range for some seashore and intertidal beetles
of Western North America (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae, Carabidae, Malachiidae & Rhi-
zophagidae)........ 221
VINCENT, L. S.—The first record of a tachinid fly as an internal parasitoid of a spider (Diptera:
Tachinidae; Araneae: Antrodiaetidae). 224
HALSTEAD, J. A. and R. D. HAINES—On the biology of Acanthochalcis nigricans Cameron
and Acanthochalcis unispinosa Girault (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae). 227
DOYEN, J. T.—New species of Eleodes from California and Nevada (Coleoptera: Tenebrion¬
idae) . 230
STEWART, K. W. and J. A. ST ANGER—The nymphs, and a new species, of North American
Setvena lilies (Plecoptera: Perlodidae). 237
IVIE, M. A.—The generic placement of Xixuthrus domingoensis Fisher (Coleoptera: Ceram-
bycidae). 246
BOUSQUET, Y.—The subgenus Pseudoferonina Ball (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Pterostichus ):
Description of three new species with a key to all known species... 253
ANNOUNCEMENT... 225
SCIENTIFIC NOTES__ 226, 229, 236, 245, 251, 261, 262, 263, 265, 266, 267
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, 1984 . 268
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1985
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. A. Chemsak, Editor
R. S. Lane, Associate Editor
W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen
R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬
en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should
be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall,
University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back
numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1985
J. Gordon Edwards, President W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer
Larry Bezark, President-Elect V. F. Lee, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast Entomoiogical
Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961.
Editor: J. A. Chemsak, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None.
This issue mailed July 11, 1985
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 189-199
A Morphometric and Revisionary Study of the Littoral Beetle
Genus Cryptadius LeConte, 1852 (Tenebrionidae: Coleoptera)
Donald B. Thomas, Jr.
Institute of Agriculture and Natural Resources, University of Nebraska, Lin¬
coln, NE 68588.
Abstract. — The tenebrionid genus Cryptadius LeConte occurs in littoral habitats
of southern California and northwestern Mexico. Through a geographic study of
character distribution and a morphometric analysis of population variation, the
9 nominal species of the genus are reduced to 3. Cryptadius oviformis Casey, C.
punctipennis Casey and C. curvipes Casey are placed in synonymy under C. inflatus
LeConte; this species occurs on the Pacific coast of Baja and southern California.
Cryptadius sinuatus Blaisdell, C. angulatus Blaisdell, and C. andrewsi Berry are
placed in synonymy under C. tarsalis Blaisdell; this species occurs on the gulf
coast of Baja California. Cryptadius sonorae Berry, from the Sonoran coast, is
retained as valid. Cryptadius inflatus is divided into 2 subspecies: C. i. blaisdelli,
n. ssp. from Baja Sur, and C. i. inflatus from southern California.
A morphometric analysis of geographic variation among populations of Cryp¬
tadius was undertaken as a prelude to a taxonomic revision of the genus. These
beetles inhabit the sandy coastal strands of California and northwestern Mexico
where the shrubby littoral vegetation approaches the tidal limits. These tenebrio-
nids are flightless and burrow in the sand beneath salt tolerant plants such as
saltbush (Atriplex spp.) or pickleweed {Salicornia spp.), often where the sand is
moistened by the high tides or ocean spray. Such habitats are separated by stretches
of rocky shoreline, muddy estuaries and unstable, unvegetated beaches, environ¬
ments unsuitable for Cryptadius. In essence therefore, these populations have a
disjunctive but linear distribution along some 3000 km of coastline.
Cryptadius at present contains 9 species and has not been the subject of a modern
revision. The genus was proposed by LeConte in 1852 to hold a new species,
inflatus, based on a unique specimen from San Diego, California. Subsequently,
this specimen was lost at sea while being sent to Europe for study. For its identity
we rely on the authority of Horn (1874) and Casey (1890) who based their de¬
scriptions on specimens from the type locality. Casey (1907) redefined Cryptadius
and proposed 3 new species, all from southern California. Casey distinguished
his species primarily by the form of the body which ranged from “broadly-oval”
to “oblong-oval,” and secondarily by the density of surface punctation, though
only in relative terms, i.e., more or less dense than in inflatus. Blaisdell (1923)
remarked without elaboration that Casey’s species were nothing more than inflatus
and its phases. Blaisdell in his turn added 3 new species to the genus, all from
the Baja California peninsula and constructed a key for their separation, later
(1943) adding additional locality records. He emphasized differences in the shape
of the pronotum, especially the posterolateral angles.
190
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
In recent times, Berry (1974, 1977) provided the first descriptions of male
genitalia and named 3 new species, 2 from Sonora and 1 from Texas. The Texas
species has since been removed to a distinct and separate genus (Thomas, 1984).
Berry observed that Blaisdell’s flippant dismissal of Casey’s species, while possibly
correct, should not be accepted without a thorough review of the species. The
following report attempts such a review.
Methods
In addition to specimens borrowed from museums, collecting trips were made
to the beaches of southern California, Sonora, and the Baja California peninsula.
Beetles were collected live by sieving sand beneath shrubs nearest to the shoreline,
the specimens placed immediately into 70% ethanol for preservation. All measure¬
ments were made on pinned specimens to the nearest 0.05 mm with the aid of a
graduated ocular on a dissecting, binocular microscope at a magnification of 14 x.
It was assumed that beetles of similar morphotype from a single locality were
conspecific. At some localities different morphotypes were sympatric. Only lo¬
calities for which there were at least 10 specimens available were included in the
morphometric analyses. Males and females were not considered separately as no
secondary sexual characters were found. The mean total body length of 36 females
was 6.5 mm while that of 21 males from the same locality was 6.4 mm. This
difference was not statistically significant at P = 0.05.
Basic statistical functions were performed on a Hewlett-Packard HP-65 pro¬
grammable calculator. The Student-Newman-Keuls Multiple Range Test (Sokal
and Rohlf, 1969) was used to compare sample means.
Results and Discussion
A search for characters revealed the presence of 3 discrete forms or morphotypes
of Cryptadius, each morphotype having a distinctive geographical distribution
(Fig. 1). A pacific coast morphotype occurs from Point Conception in California
to the tip of Baja California at Cabo San Lucas. A peninsula morphotype occurs
on the gulf coast of Baja California, many of the gulf islands and on the northern
coast of Sonora. A sonoran morphotype occurs on the coast of Sonora from Punta
Peiiasco south to Guaymas and at one known location on the Baja peninsula. The
sonoran and peninsula morphotypes are thus sympatric over a part of their ranges.
The 3 forms are distinguished by the shape of the pronotum, especially the pos¬
terolateral angles, the shape of the scutellum, and by a combination of other
characters which are discussed in the keys and diagnoses that follow. Populations
of these morphotypes were analyzed for morphometric heterogeneity.
The Pacific coast morphotype includes Cryptadius inflatus of authors and the
species described by Casey but considered by Blaisdell to be “phases” of C.
inflatus. Statistically significant morphometric differences are found among the
different populations of this morphotype (Table 1) of which many are of single
dimensions in a discordant pattern. A few differences were found to have a distinct
geographic pattern. The overall size (both length and width) of the populations
in the central part of the range are significantly smaller than those either to the
north or the south (Fig. 2). This character reversal correlates with a reversed cline
in humidity, the northern Baja coast being more arid than areas to the north or
south (Wiggins, 1980). Whether or not there is a cause and effect relationship for
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
191
Figure 1. Distribution of Cryptadius. Localities included in morphometric analyses indicated by
large symbols.
this correlation, the taxonomic significance of this variation is that it magnifies
the distinctiveness of the southern populations.
A strong character divergence is found by comparing the proportions of the
pronotum between populations from the pacific coast of Baja California Sur with
those further north. In the southern populations the pronotal base is proportion¬
ately wider. Figure 3 shows the degree of divergence between the forms. While
the difference is manifestly and statistically significant and involves a character
which is important in distinguishing full species of many tenebrionids, there is
still some overlap between the populations. Where the distributions of the pop¬
ulations converge, there is intergradation of the pronotal character. Since the
populations cannot be further discriminated by supporting characters I consider
these regional forms to be no more than races or subspecies of a single species.
All of the Pacific coast populations are therefore assignable to Cryptadius inflatus
LeConte, divisible into a northern and a southern subspecies.
The peninsula morphotype includes Cryptadius tarsalis Blaisdell, C. sinuatus
Blaisdell, C. angulatus Blaisdell, and C. andrewsi Berry. While there is somewhat
192
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 2. Size variation in pacific coast populations of Cryptadius inflatus-, mean, range and stan¬
dard deviation in mm.
less interpopulation variation within this morphotype than in the preceding, there
are significant differences in several characters between populations, though not
in a congruous geographic pattern. Most of the variation involves size rather than
proportion, and it is ironic that the two populations which represent the extremes
are from Bahia Concepcion, which Blaisdell named C. sinuatus, and Bahia Los
Angeles, the type locality for his C. tar salts. It can be seen (Table 2 and Fig. 4)
that the size differences between these two populations are filled by the other
populations, including C. andrewsi from northern Sonora and C. angulatus from
Carmen Island, in a continuous manner. Since no discrete characters separate
these populations, and no morphometric discontinuities are demonstrable, it must
be concluded that this morphotype represents a single taxonomic entity. These
populations are assigned to C. tarsalis Blaisdell.
The Sonoran morphotype is known from 5 localities on the Mexican mainland
and one on the Baja California peninsula (Playa San Bruno). Table 3 shows that
the degree of intrapopulation variation exhibited by this form is comparable to
that seen in the preceding. While there are not enough localities represented in
these data for the analysis of interpopulation variation to be definitive, the evi-
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
193
Table 1. Morphometric data for Pacific coast populations of Cryptadius, localities listed north-to-
south. Means and standard deviations in mm. Means without blocks or followed by the same letter
are not significantly different at P = 0.05.
El
Segundo
San
Pedro
San
Diego
Santa
Maria
El
Socorro
Guerrero
Negro
San
Jorge
San
Carlos
n
26
26
62
14
46
86
10
24
Total
6.58 b
6.32
6.18
6.24
6.10
6.56 b
7.ll a
6.78 a
length
(±0.45)
(±0.69)
(±0.50)
(±0.55)
(±0.56)
(±0.57)
(±0.36)
(±0.55)
Total
3.65 h
3.50
3.46
3.47
3.26 d
3.69 b
4.1 l a
3.88 a
width
(±0.28)
(±0.41)
(±0.29)
(±0.28)
(±0.24)
(±0.30)
(±0.21)
(±0.33)
Pronotal
3.04
2.91
2.86
2.82
2.69 b
3.09
3.50 a
3.23 b
width
(±0.27)
(±0.37)
(±0.27)
(±0.30)
(±0.22)
(±0.26)
(±0.15)
(±0.30)
Posterior
2.77
2.73
2.64
2.61
2.5 l e
2.93 c
3.38 a
3.13 b
pronotum
(±0.25)
(±0.35)
(±0.26)
(±0.26)
(±0.22)
(±0.25)
(±0.17)
(±0.29)
Anterior
1.88 a
1.85 a
1.75
1.75
1.68
1.92 a
1.98 a
1.88 a
pronotum
(±0.15)
(±0.22)
(±0.15)
(±0.17)
(±0.14)
(±0.14)
(±0.10)
(±0.16)
Pronotal
1.40
1.35
1.32
1.31
1.28 c
1.34
1.48 a
1.40
length
(±0.13)
(±0.15)
(±0.12)
(±0.15)
(±0.11)
(±0.12)
(±0.07)
(±0.11)
Elytral
3.00 c
2.78
2.75
2.77
2.59 d
3.15 b
3.5 l a
3.25 b
base
(±0.26)
(±0.34)
(±0.25)
(±0.29)
(±0.20)
(±0.27)
(±0.18)
(±0.29)
Head
1.64
1.61
1.55
1.53
1.47 b
1.61
1.67
1.67
width
(±0.14)
(±0.17)
(±0.13)
(±0.15)
(±0.10)
(±0.11)
(±0.11)
(±0.14)
dence is consistent with the assignment of this morphotype to a single taxonomic
unit. The only name available for this distinctive form is Cryptadius sonorae
Berry.
Figure 5 shows the character distribution of the pronotal morphometry which
distinguishes the three types of Cryptadius. Thus evidence from both the mor¬
phometric analysis of continuous variation and the distribution of discrete char¬
acters supports the division of Cryptadius populations into three valid species.
Darkling beetle species are often restricted in distribution to distinctive habitats
or substrates such as sand dunes, seashores or insular desert mountains. Owing
to the disjunctive nature of these habitats the ranges of such species are mosaics
of geographically separate demes. Isolation of these demes is intensified by the
low vagility characteristic of these beetles. With the concomitant reduction in
gene flow, morphological variation between demes sometimes approaches that of
fully specific entities. Such vicariance is the fodder of incipient speciation, and
the situation in Cryptadius may be indicative of a common pattern in the evolution
of our North American Tenebrionidae.
Keys and Diagnoses for Cryptadius and its Species
Genus Cryptadius LeConte, 1852
Diagnosis.— Flightless eurymetopines with body oblong-ovate in form, black
to castaneous in color, length 5.0 to 8.2 mm. Epistomum truncate, feebly pro¬
duced, often biemarginate. Gena strongly entering the eye anteriorly. Supra-orbital
carina present. Outer apical angle of protibia with strongly produced, flattened,
subacuminate process. Prostemum evenly deflexed behind coxae following their
194
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
16
-o
33
o 1.5
Z
o
r
gj 14
O
3
3 13
1.2
11
o
• BAJA NORTE &
CALIFORNIA
t
• • •
4 S t t*
• i
• • • to
• • o o o
e« o o 8 8
o 8 8 o 8 o o o
1 O «o8
o
• •
i i
• H
* w# * !*§ 8
• *
o
o o
o o o
f • J^f^| 5 ° • ° 8 o 8
| | #4* CO o
)• CO
• • o
O BAJA SUR
2.2
2.4
26 2B 3,0 32
PRONOTAL WIDTH |mm)
3.4
3.6
Figure 3. Pronotal proportions of C. inflatus expressed as mesial length vs. posterior width com¬
paring the Pacific coast populations of Baja California Sur with those further north.
RATIO PRONOTAL LENGTH vs WIDTH
Figure 4. Variation in pronotal proportions expressed as ratio of mesial length vs. width for 8
populations of the peninsula morphotype. Area under each curve is 2 standard deviations.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
195
Table 2. Morphometric data for gulf coast populations of Cryptadius , 1 localities listed from Sonora
to tip of Baja peninsula. Means and standard deviations in mm. Means followed by the same letter
are not significantly different at P = 0.05.
Punta
Chueca
Bahia Los
Angeles
San
Bruno
Bahia
Concepcion
Playa
Juncalito
Isla San
Francisco
La Paz
La
Ribera
n
38
44
16
31
16
17
39
34
Total
7.43 a
7.03 b
7.39 a
7.83 c
7.13 a
7.30 a
7.56 a
7.57 a
length
(±0.52)
(±0.61)
(±0.32)
(±0.50)
(±0.53)
(±0.46)
(±0.43)
(±0.39)
Total
3.76 a
3.52 b
3.78 a
3.90 a
3.75 a
3.78 a
3.76 a
3.70 a
width
(±0.27)
(±0.30)
(±0.17)
(±0.28)
(±0.26)
(±0.21)
(±0.21)
(±0.19)
Posterior
3.08 a
2.87 b
3.18 a
3.30 a
3.18 a
3.10 a
3.17 a
3.06 a
pronotum
(±0.22)
(±0.27)
(±0.16)
(±0.22)
(±0.25)
(±0.19)
(±0.21)
(±0.16)
Anterior
1.99 a
1.94 a
2.1 l a
2.24 b
2.07 a
2.04 a
2.05 a
2.06 a
pronotum
(±0.12)
(±0.15)
(±0.11)
(±0.12)
(±0.14)
(±0.11)
(±0.12)
(±0.13)
Pronotal
1.65 a
1.53 b
1.69 a
1.77 c
1.64 a
1.67 a
1.66 a
1.65 a
length
(±0.10)
(±0.13)
(±0.12)
(±0.12)
(±0.10)
(±0.12)
(±0.09)
(±0.09)
Ratio ant./
0.646 a
0.678 b
0.664 c
0.679 b
0.65 l ac
0.660 c
0.648 a
0.672 bc
post. pron.
(±0.017)
(±0.025)
(±0.019)
(±0.019)
(±0.025)
(±0.018)
(±0.019)
(±0.017)
Ratio L/W
0.536 a
0.533 a
0.532 a
0.537 a
0.518 b
0.539 a
0.526 ab
0.538 a
pronotum
(±0.017)
(±0.021)
(±0.020)
(±0.016)
(±0.020)
(±0.022)
(±0.023)
(±0.017)
1 Does not include Cryptadius sonorae.
contour, broadening posteriorly. Metastemum compact; distance between meso-
and metacoxae less than distance from metacoxae to posterior border of first
abdominal segment.
Key to the Species of Cryptadius
1. Posterolateral angles of pronotum obtuse, subangular to rounded . 2
Posterolateral angles of pronotum distinctly angular (gulf coast of Baja
California and northern Sonora) . tarsalis Blaisdell
Table 3. Morphometric data for Cryptadius sonorae. Means and standard deviations in mm.
Punta
Antonio
Punta
Chueca
Guaymas
San
Bruno
Bahia
San Pedro 1
n
1
8
21
6
1
Total
5.80
6.18
6.10
5.99
5.60
length
—
(±0.34)
(±0.49)
(±0.39)
—
Total
3.10
3.32
3.23
3.21
3.20
width
—
(±0.16)
(±0.29)
(±0.21)
—
Posterior
2.25
2.41
2.38
2.35
2.25
pronotum
—
(±0.14)
(±0.20)
(±0.16)
—
Anterior
1.45
1.63
1.61
1.58
1.55
pronotum
—
(±0.12)
(±0.13)
(±0.10)
—
Pronotal
1.25
1.37
1.32
1.31
1.30
length
—
(±0.07)
(±0.12)
(±0.06)
—
Head
1.30
1.37
1.37
1.36
1.35
width
—
(±0.07)
(±0.11)
(±0.07)
—
1 Male paratype.
196
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
TOTAL BODY LENGTH (mm)
Figure 5. Scattergram of body morphometry showing clustering of mean values from different
populations of Cryptadius.
2. Pronotum convex, narrow, embracing ventral thorax; antennae subclavate,
apical segments gradually enlarged (gulf coast Sonora and Baja Califor¬
nia) . sonorae Berry
Pronotum wide and depressed; antennae clavate to subcapitate, apical
segments abruptly enlarged (Pacific coast of southern California and Baja
California Norte) . inflatus LeConte
Cryptadius inflatus LeConte, 1852
Cryptadius inflatus LeConte, 1852. Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, 5:140.
Eurymetopon inflatum: Casey, 1890. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 5:346.
Cryptadius oviformis Casey, 1907. Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 9:328.
Cryptadius punctipennis Casey, 1907. Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 9:328.
Cryptadius curvipes Casey, 1907. Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 9:329.
Diagnosis. — Color varying from black to pale castaneous. Posterolateral angles
of pronotum rounded. Punctures on disc of pronotum mostly coalescent. Setae
on pronotal margin short. Setae on epipleural margin longer but seldom exceeding
width of antennal club. Antennae subcapitate, last 3 segments distinctly more
robust than preceding. Epistoma biemarginate. Scutellum about equally long as
wide. Aedeagus (Fig. 8) straight in lateral profile, apicale only weakly flexed.
Cryptadius inflatus inflatus LeConte, 1852. Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York,
5:140.
Length usually less than 6.8 mm, averaging ca. 6.5 mm. Pronotum evenly
convex; posterolateral angles broadly rounded. Ratio of mesial length to posterior
width of pronotum 0.47 to 0.55 (n = 183).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
197
Figure 6. Cryptadius inflatus blaisdelli, new subspecies; dorsal facies.
Distribution and habitat. — Pacific coast of southern California from Pt. Con¬
ception and Santa Cruz Island south to El Rosario, Baja California Norte. Found
on coastal strands in beach sand beneath littoral vegetation such as Salicornia,
Mesembranthemum and Abronia.
Cryptadius inflatus blaisdelli, New Subspecies
(Fig. 6)
Length usually more than 6.7 mm, averaging ca. 7.0 mm. Pronotum depressed;
posterolateral angles narrowly rounded, though not angular. Ratio of length to
posterior width of pronotum 0.42 to 0.48 (n = 125).
Distribution and habitat. — Pacific coast of Baja California Sur as far north as
Guerrero Negro. Found on coastal strands in beach sand beneath littoral vege¬
tation such as Salicornia.
Holotype.—6; MEXICO, Baja California Sur, Las Barrancas. 5 Sept. 1983. D.
B. Thomas & C. A. Olson. Deposited California Academy of Science.
Paratypes. — 24 specimens labeled same as holotype. Deposited California
Academy of Science, University of Arizona and collection of author.
Additional material examined from Baja California Sur: Guerrero Negro, San
Jorge, San Carlos, Punta Conejo, Playa Migrino, Playa Los Cerritos, Isla Asuncion,
Isla Natividad and Isla San Roque.
Comment.— The distributions of the two subspecies converge just north of
Guerrero Negro. A series of specimens from Millers Landing, Baja California
198
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 7-9. Aedeagi of Cryptadius species, dorsal view. 7. C. tarsalis. 8. C. inflatus. 9. C. sonorae.
Norte, show intergradation in character and none are typical of either subspecies.
The pronotum is depressed as in blaisdelli, but the body size is small as in inflatus.
Further the pronotal ratio among these specimens varies from 0.45 to 0.51, which
is intermediate to and overlapping the typical forms of the two races.
Cryptadius tarsalis Blaisdell, 1923
Cryptadius tarsalis Blaisdell, 1923. Proc. California Acad. Sci., 12:212.
Cryptadius angulatus Blaisdell, 1923. Proc. California Acad. Sci., 12:210.
Cryptadius sinuatus Blaisdell, 1923. Proc. California Acad. Sci., 12:211.
Cryptadius andrewsi Berry, 1977. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington, 79:561.
Diagnosis.— Color black to castaneous. Posterolateral angles of pronotum dis¬
tinctly angular; punctations on disc of pronotum mostly discrete. Scutellum much
wider than long. Antennae subclavate, apical segments only gradually enlarging.
Setae on epipleural margin short, length about equal to distance between them.
Aedeagus (Fig. 7) distinctly bent in lateral view.
Distribution and habitat.— Gulf coast of the Baja California peninsula and
northern Sonora. Also on Isla Santa Catalina, Isla San Francisco, Isla Carmen,
Isla San Jose, Isla Espiritus Santo and Isla Coronado. Found on coastal strands
in beach sand under Salicornia, Mesembranthemum, Frankenia, Proboscidea and
Atriplex.
Cryptadius sonorae Berry, 1974
Cryptadius sonorae Berry, 1974. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington, 76:175.
Diagnosis. — Color castaneous to pale castaneous. Pronotum proportionately
narrow and convex, embracing ventral thorax; posterolateral angles obtuse, weakly
angular; punctation on disc dense but shallow. Scutellum wider than long. Epi-
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
199
pleural and pronotal margin with long golden setae, longer than distance separating
them, and those on epipleural margin longer than width of antennae. Epistoma
feebly biemarginate. Antennae subclavate, the apical segments gradually enlarging.
Aedeagus (Fig. 9) nearly straight in lateral profile, apex only weakly flexed.
Distribution and habitat.—G ulf coast of Sonora from Punta Penasco to Hua-
tabampo and at one location in Baja California Sur, Play a San Bruno. Occurs on
coastal strands in beach sand under Salicornia, Frankenia and Abronia.
Acknowledgments
The author wishes to thank Richard L. Berry, Ohio Dept, of Health, for his
advice concerning synonymic problems in Cryptadius, David Kavanaugh, Cali¬
fornia Academy of Sciences, for arranging the loan of types of C. sonorae, C.
andrewsi, C. tarsalis, and C. angulatus, and Carl Olson, University of Arizona
for his special efforts in the held collecting of Cryptadius in Mexico. I also wish
to thank Brett Ratcliffe and Mark Marcuson, University of Nebraska for providing
facilities for this study and the drawing of C. i. blaisdelli respectively.
The following individuals and institutions loaned specimens for this study: Dr.
David Kavanaugh, California Academy of Sciences; Dr. Elbert Sleeper, California
State University, Long Beach; Mr. Robert Blinn, University of Missouri; Dr.
Floyd Werner, University of Arizona; Mr. Rolf Aalbu, Ohio State University;
Dr. Charles Hogue, Los Angeles County Natural History Museum; Dr. Fred
Andrews, California Dept. Food and Agriculture; and Dr. John Doyen, University
of California, Berkeley.
Larry Watrous, Field Museum of Natural History, and Fred Andrews, California
Dept, of Food and Agriculture, made valuable suggestions for the improvement
of the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Berry, R. L. 1974. New species of Cryptadius from Texas and Sonora (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae).
Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington, 76(2): 172-177.
-. 1977. Cryptadius andrewsi, a new species of Tenebrionidae (Coleoptera) from Sonora. Proc.
Entomol. Soc. Washington, 79(4):561-563.
Blaisdell, F. E. 1923. Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Gulf of California in
1921. Proc. California Acad. Sci., 12( 12):201—288.
-. 1943. Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of Lower California No. 7.
Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae. Proc. California Acad. Sci., 24(7): 171-228.
Casey, T. L. 1890. Coleopterological notices. II. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 5:307-504.
-. 1907. A revision of the American components of the tenebrionid subfamily Tentyriinae.
Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 9:275-522.
Horn, G. H. 1874. Descriptions of new species of United States Coleoptera. Trans. Amer. Entomol.
Soc., 5:20-43.
LeConte, J. L. 1852. Descriptions of new species of Coleoptera, from California. Ann. Lyceum Nat.
Hist. New York, 5:125-216.
Sokal, R. R., and F. J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry. W. H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco, 776 pp.
Thomas, D. B. 1984. Texaponium, a new genus for Cryptadius triplehorni Berry (Coleoptera: Te¬
nebrionidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington, 86(3):658-659.
Wiggins, I. L. 1980. Flora of Baja California. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, California, 1025 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 200-209
Dicymolomia julianalis (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) as an
Endoparasite of the Bagworm, Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis
(Psychidae): Its Relation to Host, Life
History and Gonad Development
Tohko Kaufmann
920 Deonne Cir., Norman, Oklahoma 73071.
Abstract.— In central Oklahoma, larval Dicymolomia julianalis Walker (Lepi¬
doptera: Pyralidae) attacks the eggs, larvae and pupae of the common bagworm,
Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis (Lepidoptera: Psychidae) at the rate of 21%, 7%
and 12% respectively. Beside preying on the bagworm eggs, it burrows into the
body of a living larva or pupa and lives on the host’s inner organs for several
months until pupation. Dicymolomia julianalis , therefore, is an endoparasite, as
well as an egg predator of the bagworm. Twenty percent of those that had para¬
sitized the immature stages of the host became adults, as opposed to 80% of those
that had preyed on the eggs.
The microscopic eggs of D. julianalis aestivate during summer months to hatch
in August-September, synchronous with the availability of host eggs and pupae.
A larva consumes % to 3 A of the eggs in a pupal case, leaving the rest to hatch in
spring. There is as yet no fixed pupation behavior. Of the total of 1912 bags
containing live eggs, larvae and pupae, 15% were affected by this organism, as
opposed to 6% by several different species of hymenopterans.
The development of gonads in both sexes is described.
Like many other pyralid larvae, the larva of D. julianalis had been known as
a general detritus feeder (Munroe, 1972). However, Gahan (1909), McCreary
(1930), Balduf (1937), and Barrows (1974), after finding julianalis larvae in the
fresh egg mass of the bagworm, described them as egg predators. Only the last
mentioned author was not certain whether the eggs were eaten or crushed by the
burrowing activity of the pyralid larvae. In 1981, I repeated these findings, con¬
firming this species as an egg predator, but at the same time, I discovered “another”
lepidopterous larvae, similar to those of julianalis but different in color and size,
parasitizing the larvae and pupae of the same bagworm. I isolated these larvae
for observation, but none of them pupated; all died after a few months. Toward
the end of 1982, I found a larger number of the same larvae, and since there
seemed little morphological difference between these and the julianalis larvae, I
fed them with bagworm eggs after the larvae had reached the last instar within
their original hosts. The emerged adults were identified as those of Dicymolomia
julianalis, thus establishing a new status of this species as an endoparasite of
Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis.
Records of lepidopterans endoparasitic upon other lepidopterans are almost
unheard of. This paper examines the host-parasite relationship between these two
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
201
Table 1. Details of the bagworm bags examined.
No. of empty male bags (due to emergence) 1284
No. of empty female bags (causes unknown) 17
No. of bags eaten by birds:
$ bags 332
5 bags 196
No. of bags with unfertilized females 49
No. of bags with dead larvae (causes unknown)* 87
No. of bags with dead pupae (causes unknown)* 31
No. of bags with fresh eggs 887
No. of bags with living larvae 410
No. of bags with living pupae 615
Total no. of bags examined: 3908
* In these two groups, the bodies of larvae and pupae were whole; they contained no recognizable
parasites or bore any holes on the body wall.
species of butterflies, as well as the ecological, biological, and anatomical aspects
of Dicymolomia julianalis. I hope that this work may contribute more details to
the existing knowledge of this microlepidoptera.
Materials and Methods
Bagworms were collected once every week from juniper and arborvitae trees at
10 different sites in Norman from August 1981 to April 1983. The collected bags
were then cut open and examined for parasites; those infested were individually
isolated in small glass jars until emergence of the parasites. Exceptions were those
collected in August and September, all of which were kept isolated in this way,
because the pyralid larvae at eclosion were too small to be detected among the
bagworm eggs, or in pupae and larvae. The total number of the bags thus examined
was 3908 (Table 1). Aside from these, from May to August, some 400 immature
larvae of various instars were also examined for possible parasites. Similarly, in
order to find out the identity of those lepidopteran larvae found in bagworm
larvae and pupae, the total of 80 such individuals (40 in larvae, 40 in pupae) were
divided equally into 4 groups as shown below:
Group 1. — 20 julianalis larvae left alone with their original larval hosts (control).
Group 2. — 20 julianalis larvae singly transferred to bags containing fresh bag-
worm eggs, after reaching the final instar within the original larval hosts.
Group 3. — 20 julianalis larvae left alone with their original pupal hosts (control).
Group 4. — 20 julianalis larvae singly transferred to bags containing fresh bag-
worm eggs, after reaching the final instar within the original pupal hosts.
Emerged adults were released into a cage (30 x 30 x 30 cm) provided with a
bagworm-infested arborvitae branch for mating and oviposition.
To study the development of gonads, 1-3 day old adults of both sexes were
dissected under the stereoscopic microscope. In males: testes, vasa deferentia,
vesicula seminales and accessory glands; in females, ovaries, oviduct, bursa cop-
ulatrix, spermatophores and receptaculum seminis, were crushed lightly between
a slide and a cover glass and examined under the compound microscope.
202
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 2. The frequency of D. julianalis larvae found in different stages of T. ephemeraeformis and
the percentage that became adults.
No. of bags containing live
Eggs
Larvae
Pupae
Total
887
410
615
1912
No. of bags infested
by D.j. larvae
189
30 (9 3, 21 2)
76 (38 3, 38 2)
295 (47 3, 248 2)
Infestation of D.j.
larvae against original
no. (%)
21.3
7.3
12.4
15.4
% of D.j. larvae that
became adults
80
5
15
100
Results
Host
Larval Dicymolomia julianalis attacks all stages except adult of the common
bagworm, Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis in various degrees depending on the
sexes and the developmental stages of the host (Table 2).
The relationship between each stage of the host and the parasite will be examined
separately.
(1) Host-eggs.— A batch of bagworm eggs is contained in a female pupal case
and is protected by a “plug” consisting of shed female body hairs. A. julianalis
larva enters an egg-filled pupal case from the opening made by the female host,
and begins feeding on the eggs. As it grows, the larva molds the soft, yellow-brown
hairs of the plug just mentioned into a tube which perhaps protects its occupant
against cold during the winter months (Fig. 1 A). As the larva continues feeding,
sticking its head out of the tube after the manner of the bagworm larva, some
more hairs are added to lengthen the tube which, at its final stage, may occupy
almost the entire length of the pupal case. By the time the larva is fully grown,
% to * 1 2 3 A of the eggs in the bag have been consumed, leaving the rest unmolested;
therefore, a pyralid-infested bag still yields bagworm larvae in spring. In this
connection, mention should be made that Gahan (1909) and McCreary (1930)
stated that bagworm eggs were completely consumed, while according to Balduf
(1937), the eggs were “reduced to various extent.” In my observations, no bags
occupied by a single julianalis larva were found empty. Normally one bag contains
only one julianalis, but in about 4% of the specimens examined, two individuals
shared a bag. In such cases, either both larvae starved to death, or the one which
had pupated first was devoured by the second, still in its feeding stage. The pyralid
larvae that had fed on the host eggs were white and fat, in comparison to yellow
and thin larvae that had parasitized the immature stages of the bagworm. Eighty
percent of the egg feeders successfully became adults.
(2) Host-larva. — Only the last instar host-larvae are attacked, since in August-
September, when the parasite eggs hatch, the great majority of the hosts have
either pupated or oviposited leaving only a small number of last instar larvae. A
newly eclosed Dicymolomia julianalis larva penetrates the body wall of the host
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
203
Figure 1. A. Dicymolomia julianalis larva in tube made of host body hair, feeding on bagworm
eggs. B. Pupa in sealed larval tube. Note the remaining host eggs. C. Adult female (wing span: 10
mm).
and consumes all the fat and inner organs in 5-6 months, depending on the size
of the host (female bagworm larvae are larger than male larvae; also, the well
nourished are considerably larger than the undernourished). The parasite may
then pupate inside the empty larval cuticle of the host without spinning a cocoon,
or chews an irregular hole through the host’s body wall, emerges, constructs a
silken cocoon and pupates in the bag. Only 5% of those which had parasitized
bagworm larvae became adults. The rest, upon emerging from the hosts, spun
flimsy “tents” inside the bags and remained there as such for as long as 4 months.
These larvae progressively became thinner and weaker, turned brownish and
eventually died, but if such larvae were transferred to bags containing fresh eggs
soon after they reached the last instar, then 70% reached adulthood as opposed
to 5% in the control (see Methods).
(3) Host-pupa. — The manner of host-pupa parasitization and pupation are sim¬
ilar to those just described in the host-larva. Fifteen percent of this group succeeded
204
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
in becoming adults (6.5% emerged from male pupae, 8.5% from female pupae),
as opposed to 80% in the egg-feeding group. The reason why more females than
males are attacked is that while winged males vacate their bags immediately after
emergence, vermiform females remain in them until oviposition is completed.
Some of the parasites which had developed into adults on this diet consumed not
only the inner organs, but also the entire exoskeleton of the host. At least one
even fed on its own excretory pellets so that the interior of the host bag was
literally empty except for the pupal case of the emerged parasite. If the pyralid
larvae which would not pupate after consuming their pupal hosts were given
bagworm eggs, then they continued development, pupated and 90% became adults
as compared to 15% in control (see Methods). This fact indicates that the arrested
development of the parasites was due mainly to a nutritional deficiency.
Population
The occurrence of Dicymolomia julianalis populations was restricted largely to
3 of the 10 collection sites. In general, bagworm-infested juniper and arborvitae
trees in isolated, undisturbed fields had far larger pyralid population concentration
than those near human dwellings or roads. In favorable localities, the proportion
of the bagworms affected by this organism ranged from 13 to 20%.
Pyralid larval populations appear first during August-September when bagworm
eggs become available, and reach a maximum from October to the following April
during which host eggs hibernate. The minimum period is from late May to late
July when only immature host-larvae are present in the wild. Of the total of 1912
bags containing live eggs, larvae and pupae, 15% were affected by this parasite
(Table 2) as opposed to 6% by other endoparasites consisting of 3 species of
ichneumonids and 2 species of chalcids.
Life History
Eggs .—Eggs are microscopic, measuring 0.5 mm long and 0.3 mm wide at
center. They are yellowish-white and flatten soon after deposition, clinging to the
substrate. These eggs aestivate from April-May to August-September, a period
of some 4 months.
Larvae .—Newly eclosed larvae are only about 1 mm long. No morphological
adaptation to the parasitic life is apparent: all 3 pairs of thoracic, as well as 5
pairs of abdominal legs with characteristic hooks are present. Larvae grow to 10
mm long in 5-6 months after several (5-6) molts.
Pupae .—The larval tube made of host hairs mentioned earlier is open on both
ends. Later, however, a last-instar larva may close the openings and convert it
into a cocoon in which to pupate (Fig. IB). Some 80% of the pupae of julianalis
found among host-eggs were inside such cocoons. As to the remaining 20%, some
emerged from the host-puparia and constructed their own silken cocoons within
their host-bags, while a few made no cocoons at all, but lay “naked” under the
host-puparia or in some other concealed niches in the bags. Thus the pattern of
pupation varies. Pupae are able to move their abdominal segments vigorously
when disturbed. Pupal period lasts from 14-26, an average of 21 days.
Adults (Fig. 1C).—Adult emergence occurred as follows: 3% in February, 15%
in March, 50% in April, and 32% in May (sample size: 295). Sixty percent of the
parasites became adults before the eclosion of the host larvae, while 40% did so
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
205
after eclosion. Of the latter group, 20% emerged successfully; the rest were partly
or completely eaten as pupae by the eclosed bagworm larvae. Most of these victims
were without cocoons; some had hair-cocoons which were penetrated by the host-
larvae. Newly eclosed bagworm larvae are normally vegetarians, but turn facul¬
tatively carnivorous whenever opportunities arise; they also devoured other dead
insects including the adults of their own species when these were experimentally
provided.
Adults are sexually mature at emergence. The sex ratio was 44% males and
56% females; this ratio coincided with that of the bagworm bags collected at
random from the field. Fifty-five percent of the caged females mated soon after
emergence; this figure could have been higher, if the first nine adults that emerged
had included males among them. Eggs were laid on the surfaces of the bags and
wooden frames of the cages. Adult life span did not exceed 2-3 days in both sexes.
Development of Gonads
Male. — The structure of the male reproductive system is shown in Figure 2. It
is almost identical with that of Maruca testulalis (Kaufmann, 1983); the only
morphological difference is that in julianalis, the vas deferens consists of 3 bulbous
parts instead of 1. Testes are comprised mainly of encysted spermatozoa and those
that have just been freed from the cysts, the individual spermatozoa of which,
therefore, are still tightly held together at this stage (Fig. 2Bb). The spermatozoa
of this species (Fig. 2Ba) are 2-3 times the length of those of Maruca testulalis.
Free spermatozoa develop only in the third bulb (Fig. 2A) of the vas deferens.
This bulb also contains encysted forms beside free spermatozoa (Fig. 2Bc) both
of which are then transferred to the vesiculum seminis. Due to the secretion
received from the paired accessory glands, vesicula seminales as well as the third
bulbs of the vasa deferentia are prominently white in color. It is probable that
without this accessory gland secretion, the free stage of the spermatozoa does not
develop. The unpaired accessory gland contains an opaque material in the upper
part, and milky white, granular substance in the lower part, the diameter of which
is twice as large as that of the upper part. Both of these secretions together with
spermatozoa form the spermatophore in females.
The development of free spermatozoa occurs within the first 24 hours after
emergence, in comparison to 4-5 days in Maruca testulalis (Kaufmann, 1983).
This is probably because the adult life span of this species is limited to 2-3 days,
while that of testulalis covers 12 days.
Female.— The female reproductive system of julianalis differs from that of
testulalis in the following features, namely: (1) ovarioles have no terminal fila¬
ments, (2) seminal duct arises directly from bursa copulatrix, (3) bursal gland lies
immediately below bursa copulatrix to which it is directly connected without any
duct, and (4) both bursa copulatrix and bursal gland are enveloped in a common,
thin, transparent outer sac (Fig. 3A).
Ovaries contain mature ova at emergence; each of the 4 ovarioles contains
about 25 eggs and therefore, the total number of eggs per female is 2 x (25 x
4) = 200. However, the number of mature eggs at any one time is about 80.
The spermatophore of this insect consists of a round sperm sac and a tube,
resembling the early stage of a tadpole (Fig. 3C1). When fresh, this entire structure
is pearly white. A single spermatophore occupies the entire cavity of the bursa
206
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
A B
Figure 2. Male reproductive system. A. Entire system, t: testes, vd: vas deferens, vs: vesiculum
seminis, pag: paired accessory glands, uag: unpaired accessory gland, ed: ejaculatory duct, p: pennis.
B. a: testicular cyst, h: head, b: spermatozoa immediately after being freed from cyst, c: free sper¬
matozoa.
copulatrix. Unlike in Maruca testulalis, there is only one chitinous rod lying on
the side of the seminal duct of the bursa (Fig. 3C3). When the muscular wall of
the bursa contracts, this stout rod presumably squeezes the spermatophore be¬
tween it and the opposite wall of the bursa, and in so doing, the spermatozoa are
flushed out through the seminal duct and reach the receptacula seminis via seminal
canal (Fig. 3B). An empty spermatophore quickly shrinks and 3 days after emer¬
gence, only a small residual body is seen in the seminal duct adjacent to the bursa
(Fig. 3C3). As in testulalis, during the process of fertilization at vestibulum, some
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
207
1 /
A
B
C
cr
Figure 3. Female reproductive system. A. Entire system, ov: ovary with eggs, od: oviduct, sd:
seminal duct, be: bursa copulatrix, os: outer sac, bg: bursal gland, gp: gonopore, v: vestibulum, rs:
receptaculum seminis, lr: lagina receptaculi, rd: receptacular duct, rg: receptacular gland, ag: accessory
gland, op: ovipore. B. Receptacular system, st: spermatozoa, sc: seminal canal. C. Bursa copulatrix
with spermatophore. sp: spermatophore, sr: residue of spermatophore, cr: chitinous rod, eg: stray eggs
in seminal duct.
of the descending eggs get caught in the seminal duct; one such stray egg is common,
but as many as 3 have been observed (Fig. 3C3).
Discussion
Where bagworms are locally abundant, especially in quiet, undisturbed fields,
the larvae of D. julianalis are also concentrated. From late August to September,
208
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
when julianalis eggs hatch, the bagworm populations in central Oklahoma roughly
consist of 65% eggs, 25% pupae, and 10% larvae. Consequently, chances are that
the largest number of the newly eclosed julianalis larvae find bags containing eggs
followed by those with pupae, while those that encounter bags occupied by larvae
will be the smallest numerically. Since the eclosion of this pyralid larvae is syn¬
chronous with the availability of bagworm eggs, feeding of the eggs by julianalis
larvae is no more opportunist than finding the bags filled with eggs. Moreover,
D. julianalis larvae show an evolutionary trend of adaptation for egg predation
such as the construction of protective tubes around their body, and the conser¬
vation of a part of the host eggs which, no doubt, contributes to the survival not
only of the host species, but also of the predator itself. Such predation is clearly
very different from that of other carnivorous butterfly larvae including those of
Spalgis epius (Lycaenidae) which prey on coccids, or several other lycaenid larvae
of similar habits (Clark, 1926).
As to those julianalis larvae which happen to enter the bags containing living
larvae or pupae, it is a form of parasitism, since they live within the living hosts
at the expense of the hosts’ body fat and inner organs for their sustenance for the
period of some 6 months—the definition of parasitism given by Brues (1946).
Many years ago, I worked on the biology of several different species of Tene-
brionidae in Israel. Up to that time, these beetles were thought to live mainly on
debris such as dry and decaying plant materials and excrement (Bodenheimer,
1935). My breeding experiments showed, however, that those larvae which fed
on dead or living insects and other animal food developed faster with only small
mortality than those which fed on both insects and debris. The larvae which were
given only debris never pupated, but remained as “permanent” larvae (Kaufmann,
1969). In nature, these tenebrionids feed on debris when there is no other choice,
but when an opportunity arises, they eagerly eat other animals. Perhaps the same
can be said about D. julianalis. Gahan (1909) was informed that larval D. julianalis
had been known as a scavenger of the common Typha, or cat tail. Munroe (1972)
describes this species as a detrivor like many other pyralid larvae. The crucial
question is: can they develop on detritus only? My own figures show that only
5% of julianalis larvae which parasitized bagworm larvae became adults. Yet,
these hosts were alive, not dead, at the time they were attacked. If julianalis larvae
fed exclusively on detritus, their chances of reaching adulthood could be very
slim. At any rate, the feeding of bagworm eggs must have been going on for quite
some time—long enough to develop the characteristic feeding behavior I have
described. Be that as it may, whether the egg-, larvae-, and pupae-feeding of this
pyralid should be regarded as a form of predation, parasitism, or both, depends
mainly on the opinion of the entomologist. In nature, especially among insects,
clear-cut distinctions between the two simply do not exist because of an inter¬
grading.
Acknowledgments
I thank Dr. D. C. Ferguson of USD A at Beltsville, Maryland for the identifi¬
cation of the pyralid species, and Drs. C. E. Hopla and H. P. Brown of the
University of Oklahoma for critically reading this manuscript. I am also grateful
to Dr. Brown for suggesting the study of the bagworm which was locally very
abundant in the summer of 1981 when I just returned from West Africa.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
209
Literature Cited
Balduf, W. V. 1937. Bionomic notes on the common bagworm, Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis
Haw. (Lepid., Psychidae) and its insect enemies (Hym., Lepid.). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 39(7):
169-184.
Barrows,E. M. 1974. Insect associates ofthe bagworm moth, Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis { Lepid.:
Psychidae), in Kansas. J. Kansas Ent. Soc., 47(2): 156-161.
Bodenheimer, F. S. 1935. Animal life in Palestine. Printing “Safer” Telaviv, 560 pp.
Brues, C. T. 1946. Insect dietary. Harvard Univ. Press, 466 pp.
Clark, A. H. 1926. Carnivorous butterflies. Ann. Rept. Smithsonian Inst, for 1925:439-508.
Gahan, A. B. 1909. A moth larva predatory on the eggs of the bagworm. J. Econ. Ent., 2:236-237.
Kaufmann, T. 1969. The life history and feeding habits of Opatroides punctulatus (Col.: Tenebrion-
idae) in Tiberias, Israel. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 62(l):236-239.
-. 1983. Behavior and development of gonads in Maruca testulalis Geyer (Lepid.: Pyralidae)
in captivity. Georgia Ent. Soc., 18(1):93—103.
McCreary, D. 1930. Dicymolomia julianalis Walk, predatory upon bagworm eggs. J. Econ. Ent., 23:
883.
Munroe, E. 1972. The moths of America north of Mexico. E. W. Classey Ltd. & The Wedge Ent.
Res. Foundation, 150 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 210-217
Studies of Nearctic Rhyacophila (Trichoptera: Rhyacophilidae):
Synopsis of Rhyacophila nevadensis Group
S. D. Smith
Department of Biology, Central Washington University, Ellensburg, Washing¬
ton 98926.
Abstract.— Members of the Rhyacophila nevadensis group are restricted to a
few montane regions of California, Oregon, and Washington. The group contains
three species: R. nevadensis, R. vaefes, and R. jewetti. A diagnosis and figures are
presented for the males and females of each species. I am not able to separate the
larvae of the three species. The larva of R. vaefes is described and figured.
This is the third in a series of papers to provide figures and descriptions of
previously undescribed larvae in species groups of nearctic Rhyacophila. Wold
(1974) in an extensive but unpublished Master’s thesis described the larvae of
many species; I have, however, independently established the identity of the larvae
that I am describing. Initially I intended to include only larval descriptions. Often,
however, as in this paper, it seems appropriate to also include notes on adults.
The Rhyacophila nevadensis group contains three closely related species that
are confined to the Coastal, Cascade and Sierra Nevada mountains of western
North America. Rhyacophila jewetti Denning is kno only from a few locations in
Oregon; R. nevadensis Banks is recorded from the Sierra Nevada Mountains of
California and Nevada and the southernmost peaks of the Cascade Mountains in
California, and R. vaefes Milne is the most common and widely distributed species
and occurs in British Columbia, Washington, and Oregon.
Larvae of R. vaefes are most common in slow portions of 1st and 2nd order
streams 3 to 10 m wide and less than 1 m deep. Thut (1969) and Wold (1974)
discussed some aspects of R. vaefes biology. Thut found that R. vaefes larvae were
omnivorous, “About 40% of the ingested material was plant (particularly dia¬
toms), 40% animal, and the remainder detrital . . . Acari were fed upon in con¬
siderable numbers, and Plecoptera nymphs were not fed upon at all.” Life history
data compiled from records from over the range of R. vaefes are confusing; periods
of growth probably relate to specific habitat temperature regimes. Adults are found
from April to October at different locations throughout its range. Evidence in¬
dicates 3rd to 5th instar larvae are the most common overwintering stages. Al¬
though they are occasionally abundant, larvae of R. nevadensis and R. jewetti are
infrequently collected and both of the species exhibit rather localized distributions.
Ross (1956) placed the nevadensis group with the Nearctic vofbca group, for
which the larvae are still unknown, and the Palearctic tristis group in branch 2
of his group phylogenetic diagram. He felt that they were rather primitive in
nature and had not modified much from the original Rhyacophila type and stated,
“As it seems to have no known close relatives, the nevadensis group appears to
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
211
Figures 1,2. 1. Rhyacophila vaefes male; la, lateral view; lb, Xth segment, dorsal view; lc, phallic
apparatus, ventral view. 2. Rhyacophila nevadensis male, lateral view. Figures 1 and 2 from Schmid,
1970.
212
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
3c.
Figures 3-6. 3. Rhyacophila jewetti male; 3a, lateral view; 3b, Xth segment, dorsal view; 3c, phallic
apparatus. 4. Rhyacophila vaefes female; 4a, VUIth segment, lateral view; 4b, vaginal apparatus. 5.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
213
Rhyacophila nevadensis female; 5a, VUIth segment, lateral view; 5b, vaginal apparatus. 6. Rhyacophila
jewetti female; 6a, VUIth segment, lateral view; 6b, vaginal apparatus; 6c, VUIth segment, dorsal view.
214
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 7. Rhyacophila vaefes larva; 7a, head, dorsal view; 7b, mandibles; 7c, propleuron; 7d,
submentum and maxillum; 7e, anal proleg.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
215
be another relict group confined to a single series of mountain ranges.” Schmid
(1970) did not place this group with any assemblage and listed it as having
uncertain status. Both Ross and Schmid confined their analyses to adult males.
Larvae of the tristis group from Europe do not reveal close affinities with those
of the nevadensis group.
Larvae of the nevadensis group do little to clarify their relationships to other
assemblages, at least when only Nearctic species are considered. As expected, they
exhibit a mixture of apparently plesiomorphic and apomorphic character states.
Although it is not my intent to discuss character states and their polarity until
later in this series of papers, a few comments relative to the nevadensis group are
in order here. The anal proleg of the nevadensis group is simple and very similar
to what I consider the basic rhyacophilan plan, but it does exhibit a modification
that is seen in no other Nearctic larvae. This apomorphy is that the small sclerite
at the base of the ventral setae (Fig. 7e) is elongated into a distinct sclerite. I have
seen larvae from Asia that have a similar but more complex development of this
sclerite. The trochantin of the nevadensis group is similar to those of several other
larval groups and is not produced into a digitate process. I consider the lack of a
digitate trochantin to be an apomorphy. The submentum and other maxillo-labial
structures seem little modified and most certainly are plesiomorphic. The chae-
totaxy likewise gives no clues. Therefore, until we are able to examine larvae of
the entire genus, particularly the Asian fauna, the affinities of the nevadensis group
must remain in doubt. I follow Schmid (1970) and consider it of uncertain status.
Diagnosis
R. nevadensis group
Males are readily recognized by the enlarged anal sclerite (Figs. 1-3), which has
a large posterior keel and a flared base. The Xth tergite is simple, surrounding
the base of the anal sclerite with a simple lobe on each side. The phallic apparatus
is quite different in each of the three species, much more so than would normally
be expected in closely related forms of Rhyacophila. The phallus varies from most
complex in R. jewetti (Fig. 3c) with lateral, dorsal and ventral processes to very
reduced and fused in R. nevadensis (Fig. 2).
Females (Figs. 4a, 5a, 6a) have a rather unmodified VUIth segment in the shape
of a truncated cone with the posterior margin in lateral view roundly concave to
quadrately emarginate (in dorsal view the posterior margin is narrowly emarginate
in jewetti only). The vaginal apparatus (Figs. 4b, 5b, 6b) is composed of two thick
lateral pieces and varies from short in R. vaefes to elongate and rugose in R.
jewetti.
Larvae can be immediately separated from all other Nearctic species by the
anal proleg. The small sclerite at the base of the ventral seta is greatly developed
and extends along the ventral margin of the large lateral sclerite (Fig. 7e). Addi¬
tionally, larvae have a “paddle” shaped mesal tooth on the left mandible (Fig.
7b). Wold (1974) incompletely described the larva of R. vaefes.
R. vaefes Milne, 1936
Male.— In lateral view (Fig. 1) anal sclerite projecting posteriorly well beyond
Xth tergite, only base of anal sclerite surrounded by Xth; in dorsal view anal
216
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
sclerite with slightly expanded apex. Phallic apparatus with two sets of lateral
processes, the outermost large and spatulate.
Female. — VUIth segment (Fig. 4a) more or less a truncate cone, posterior margin
roundly concave. Vaginal apparatus (Fig. 4b) sclerotized; lateral pieces with apices
evenly rounded, mesal margins sinuate.
Larva .—Length mature larva 16 mm. Head (Fig. 7a) slightly longer than wide,
widest medially narrowing to the front; cream to light tan colored; dorsum with
a dark “V” shaped maculation on frontoclypeus, roughly following the ecdysial
line; muscle scars distinct, their number and position variable; venter generally
cream colored, darker toward anterior margin, muscle scars indistinct. Mandibles
as in Figure 7b, left mandible with a single acute apical tooth and a “paddle”
shaped subapical tooth that arises from the anterior part of the mesal blade; right
mandible with a single acute apical tooth (occasionally there is also a very small
subapical dorsal tooth); apical teeth of mandibles frequently worn and blunt,
probably as a result of their somewhat unusual diet. Maxillo-labial structure as
in Figure 7d; maxillary palpi with 2nd and 4th segments 1.5 to 2 times longer
than 1st and 3rd segments respectively; glossa elongate, cylindrical, normal for
genus; submentum separate from ventral apotome, entire, roughly rectangular,
anterior margin concave with a median notch.
Thorax without gills. Prothorax with notum cream colored, muscle scars darker,
forming an indistinct dark maculation along the posterior half of the ecdysial
suture and in the postero-lateral quadrants; posterior margin and posterior half
of lateral margins black. Trochantin (Fig. 7c) not produced into a digitate process.
Tibial setae 1 and 4 setiform, 1 longer than 4 (setal numbers follow Williams and
Wiggins, 1981). All thoracic legs similar.
Abdomen without gills or other specializations. Setae 2, 3, 4, 5 on VIII arise
from a common slender sclerite.
Anal proleg (Fig. 7e) simple. Lateral sclerite with a large, curved, slightly acute
basoventral hook extending free from membrane; posterior angle not produced
into an apicolateral spur; “Y” shaped suture with long stem of “Y” extending
from postero-dorsal to antero-ventral angle. Ventral sole plate large; dorsal plate
small, produced into two small dorsal protuberances. Ventral seta arising from a
narrow, elongate sclerite that lies along the ventral margin of the lateral sclerite.
Anal claw with 2 ventral teeth, posterior tooth larger than anterior tooth.
R. nevadensis Banks, 1914
Male .—In lateral view (Fig. 2) most of anal sclerite enclosed by Xth tergite,
only the tip exposed. Phallic apparatus with lateral processes fused into a tube
which surrounds the phallus and appears attached to it ventrally.
Female .—VUIth segment a truncate cone (Fig. 5a) similar to vaefes; in lateral
view posterior margin slightly concave, postero-ventral angle produced. Vaginal
apparatus (Fig. 5b) lightly sclerotized; lateral pieces with apices narrowly rounded,
mesal margins straight.
Larva .—Same as R. vaefes.
R. jewetti Denning, 1954
Male .—Most of genitalia (Fig. 3) similar to R. vaefes. Anal sclerite very similar
to R. vaefes, in dorsal view anal sclerite not expanded at apex. Phallic apparatus
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
217
with lateral, dorsal, and ventral processes; dorsal process furcate at apex (Fig. 3c);
ventral process bearing a large spine on either side subapically.
Female .—VUIth segment (Fig. 6a) more or less a truncate cone as in R. vaefes
and R. nevadensis; in lateral view posterior margin with a sinuate emargination,
postero-ventral angle acute; in dorsal view posterior margin with a deep, narrow
emargination (Fig. 6c). Vaginal apparatus (Fig. 6b) elongate, posterior quarter
sclerotized remainder membranous; lateral pieces with apices pointed, mesal mar¬
gins nearly straight.
Larva. — Same as R. vaefes.
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank Dr. N. Anderson and Mr. R. Wisseman of Oregon State Univ.
for the loan of many specimens. I also appreciate the efforts of Dr. Glenn Wiggins,
Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto, and Dr. Ken Manuel, Duke Power Co., for
reading the manuscript and making many helpful suggestions. Dr. Fernand Schmid
kindly gave permission to reproduce his excellent figures of the male of R. vaefes
and R. nevadensis.
Literature Cited
Ross, H. H. 1956. Evolution and classification of the mountain caddisflies. Univ. Illinois Press,
Urbana, IL, 213 pp.
Schmid, F. 1970. Le genera Rhyacophila et la famille des Rhyacophilidae. Mem. Ent. Soc. Can.,
230 pp.
Thut, R. 1969. Feeding habits of larvae of seven Rhyacophila (Trichoptera: Rhyacophilidae) species
with notes on other life-history features. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 62(4):894-898.
Williams, N. E., and G. B. Wiggins. 1981. A proposed setal nomenclature and homology for larval
Trichoptera. Pp. 421-429 in G. P. Moretti (ed.), Proc. of the Third Int. Symp. on Trichoptera.
Series Entomologica Vol. 20, W. Junk Publ., The Hague.
Wold, J. 1974. Systematics of the genus Rhyacophila (Trichoptera: Rhyacophilidae). Unpubl. Mas¬
ter’s thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis, OR, 229 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 218-220
The Final-instar Larva of Venturia townesorum
(Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae ) 1
D. B. Wahl
Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 66045.
The Nigriscapus Group of the genus Venturia (Porizontinae) consists of fifteen
New World species, all but one tropical. Only V nigriscapus has had the larva
previously figured (Finlayson, 1975; Short, 1978). An adult male of Venturia
townesorum Wahl (1984a), reared from Pareuchaetes insulata (Walker) [Arctiidae]
on Chromolaena odorata (L.) R. M. King and H. Robison, a tropical composite,
was preserved with its larval remains. The host larva was collected by R. E.
Crutwell of the Commonwealth Institute of Biological Control at Catemaco, Ve¬
racruz, Mexico, 8 July 1969; the adult wasp emerged on 2 Aug. 1969. The para-
sitoid cocoon was within the host pupa; the cast skin of the final-instar larva was
extracted, and is here described and illustrated.
The terminology of the cephalic sclerites is that of Finlayson (1975) and Short
(1959), except that length of mandible is used for “full width of mandible.”
Methods of preparation differ from those of Beime (1941); they consist of: 1)
soaking the larval remains for 24 hours in water, 2) briefly ultrasonicating the
larval skin, and 3) clearing the cephalic sclerites in Nesbitt’s solution. A more
detailed discussion of these methods is given by Wahl (1984b).
Description
Cephalic sclerites (Fig. 1) well sclerotized. Epistoma absent; pleurostoma lightly
sclerotized and mesal end with dorsal recurved process; superior mandibular
process long and broad; inferior mandibular process with posterior strut not
visible; hypostoma terminating in long dorsal extension; hypostomal spur about
0.9 x as long as basal width. Stipital sclerite about 0.7 x as long as hypostoma,
broad and of uniform width except for median constriction; median V-shaped
carina present. Labial sclerite about 1.2 x as long as wide; ventral portion about
0.2 x as long as length of sclerite; interior ventral margin medially emarginate,
width of ventral portion about 3.0 x median width of lateral arm; medial face of
lateral arm not serrated; ventral part with small, weakly sclerotized lateral areas
present. Prelabial sclerite Y-shaped; free ventrally, touching labial sclerite dorsally;
stem about 0.8 x as long as arm. Silk press weakly sclerotized. Mandible with
short, slightly curved, strongly sclerotized blade, its length about 0.4 x as long as
mandible. (Antenna not on slide, but was circular and lightly sclerotized.) Skin
covered with small, bubble-like protuberances and with very few small setae.
The adult and the slides of the cephalic sclerites and skin were deposited at the
National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.
1 Contribution no. 1916 from the Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence,
Kansas 66045.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
219
Figure 1. Cephalic sclerites of Venturia townesorum. (Scale line = 0.1 mm.)
Discussion
The only key to Venturia larvae is that of Finlayson (1975), which deals with
seven Nearctic species, five of them undescribed. I have examined the adults with
which Finlayson’s larval skins were associated. Her Venturia sp. F is a species of
Sinophorus, and Venturia sp. D is V. nigriscapus (Viereck), which thus comes out
twice in the key.
Since sp. F belongs to Sinophorus , the condition of the prelabial stem being
longer than the prelabial arm can be used as a recognition character of Sinophorus ;
Venturia has the stem as long as the arm. The polarity of this character is unknown
at this time.
Since V. nigriscapus comes out twice in Finlayson’s key, the relation of length
to width of the hypostomal spur must be used with caution as a taxonomic
character; it appears to vary within nigriscapus.
In searching for characters that would distinguish the known larvae of the
Nigriscapus Group ( nigriscapus and townesorum), other species of Venturia and
the genera Campoplex and Sinophorus were used as outgroups for determining
character polarity. One possible synapomorphy for the group is the long dorsal
extension of the hypostoma. Finlayson’s Venturia sp. C possesses a similar feature,
but its length and angle relative to the hypostoma differ from those of nigriscapus
and townesorum. Another synapomorphy might be the medially emarginate in¬
terior ventral margin of the labial sclerite, which is more developed in townesorum.
Although several Sinophorus species also possess a similar character, it is probably
a parallelism, based upon congruence with other characters.
V. townesorum differs from nigriscapus by the long and broad superior man¬
dibular process, the V-shaped carina of the stipital sclerite, and the lack of ser¬
rations on the medial face of the lateral arm of the labial sclerite.
There are eleven described and approximately forty undescribed Nearctic species
of Venturia. Of these, the larvae of nine are known, including three new ones to
be described later. The chances that a specimen will belong to an unfigured species
220
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
are high enough that I do not envision a rewritten key as serving any useful
purpose.
Acknowledgments
I am grateful to T. Finlayson, Department of Biological Sciences, Simon Fraser
University, and C. D. Michener, Department of Entomology, University of Kan¬
sas, for their comments and suggestions. I wish to thank A. S. Menke, National
Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C., and J. R. Barron, Canadian
National Collection, Ottawa, for loaning specimens for this study.
Literature Cited
Beime, B. P. 1941. A consideration of the cephalic structures and spiracles of the final instar larvae
of the Ichneumonidae (Hym.). Trans. Soc. Br. Ent., 7:123-190.
Finlayson, T. 1975. The cephalic structures and spiracles of final-instar larvae of the subfamily
Campopleginae, tribe Campoplegini (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Mem. Entomol. Soc. Can.,
94:1-137.
Short, J. R. T. 1959. A description and classification of the final instar larvae of the Ichneumonidae
(Insecta, Hymenoptera). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 110:391-511.
Wahl, D. B. 1984a. The Nigriscapus Group of Venturia (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Contrib.
Am. Entomol. Inst., 21(4): 1-36.
-. 1984b. An improved method for preparing exuviae of parasitic Hymenoptera. Ent. News,
95:227-228.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 221-223
Extensions of Range for Some Seashore and Intertidal
Beetles of Western North America
(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae, Carabidae,
Malachiidae & Rhizophagidae)
Ian Moore 1 and Fred G. Andrews
(IM) Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, California
92521; (FGA) California Department of Food & Agriculture, Insect Taxonomy
Laboratory, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, California 95814.
Abstract. — Geographical range extensions and biological notes are presented for
the seashore and intertidal Coleoptera: Staphylinidae— Cafius lithocarinus Le-
Conte, C. luteipennis Horn, C. opacus LeConte, Hadrotes crassus LeConte, Diau-
lota harteri Moore, D. vandykei Moore, Briothinusa catalinae Casey, Salinamexus
giuliani Moore, Aleochara arenaria Casey; Malachiidae— Endeodes blaisdelli
Moore; Carabidae— Thalassotrechus barbarae (Horn); Rhizophagidae— Phyco-
nomus marinus (LeConte).
The marine insect fauna of the Pacific Coast of North America is a distinctive
and interesting assemblage. Recent reviews of the coleopteran elements of this
fauna (Moore and Legner in Cheng, 1976) have suggested that species may be 1)
widespread, with geographic ranges extending from Alaska to Baja California or
2) limited, with range extremes at Point Conception, California and/or Monterey
Bay, California. These patterns of distribution are shown by the “wide ranging”
species Cafius luteipennis LeConte, C. lithocharinus LeConte and Hadrotes crassus
LeConte and the “limited ranging” species (south of Point Conception) Diaulota
harteri Moore, Briothinusa catalinae Casey, Cafius opacus LeConte and Endeodes
blaisdelli Moore. A northern extension of the range of the “limited range” species
Diaulota vandykei Moore to Bear Harbor, Mendocino Co., California, some 300
miles north and across the Monterey Bay area, seemingly challenges the theory
that Monterey Bay has been a barrier area, although it is possible that D. vandykei
is a “wide ranging” species that has not been collected throughout it’s full range.
Additional collections from the rarely collected intertidal habitat are necessary
to determine if there are areas along the coast that have acted as barriers to the
distributional movement of intertidal Coleoptera.
New Records
Staphylinidae
1. Cafius lithocarinus LeConte. Previously reported from British Columbia to
the north end of Cedros Island, Baja California Norte, Mexico. New record, 61
1 Deceased.
222
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
specimens, Tortugas Bay, Baja California Sur, Mexico, III-18-1981, migratory
flight moving north, F. Andrews and D. Faulkner.
These specimens were collected as a part of a northward moving migratory
flight (see Leech and Moore, 1971). This flight was over a broad sandy beach
littered with numerous partially buried clumps of washed up kelp. The flight
began about 9 AM when there were very few individuals in the air. The insects
continually increased in numbers until approximately 11 AM when 10 to 12
random sweeps of an insect net would capture several hundred specimens. After
this the flight rapidly diminished and by 12 noon was completed. The individuals
were moving in a northerly direction with thousands being in the air at one
moment followed by periods when only dozens were in the air.
2. Cafius luteipennis Horn. Previously reported from British Columbia to El
Tomatal (near Miller’s Landing), Baja California Norte, Mexico (Orth and Moore,
1980). New record, 1 specimen, Tortugas Bay, Baja California Sur, Mexico, HI-
18-1980, under kelp on rocky beach, F. Andrews and D. Faulkner.
3. Cafius opacus LeConte. Previously reported from Refugio State Beach, Santa
Barbara Co., California to Socorro Dunes, Baja California Norte (Orth and Moore,
1980). New record, 1 specimen, 13.0 mi N El Rosario, Baja California Norte,
Mexico, III-15-1981, under kelp on rocky beach, F. Andrews and D. Faulkner.
4. Hadrotes crassus LeConte. Previously reported from Alaska to Baja Cali¬
fornia (Moore and Legner, 1976). This is based on specimens collected by Ian
Moore at Descanso Bay, Baja California Norte, Mexico. New record, 1 specimen,
Tortugas Bay, Baja California Sur, Mexico, III-18-1981, under kelp on rocky
beach, F. Andrews and D. Faulkner.
5. Diaulota harteri Moore. Previously reported from La Jolla Shores, San Diego
Co., California to Descanso Bay, Baja California Norte, Mexico (Moore, 1956).
New record, 2 specimens, Cedros Island, North Point, Baja California Norte,
Mexico, III-20/21-1981, intertidal rock crevices, F. Andrews and D. Faulkner.
This extends the known range about 300 miles south.
6. Diaulota vandykei Moore. Previously reported from Shell Beach, San Luis
Obispo Co., California to Pacific Grove, Monterey Co., California. New record,
10 specimens, 1 mi NW New Albion, X-24-1980, intertidal rocks, D. Giuliani.
7. Bryothinusa catalinae Casey. Previously reported from White Point, Los
Angeles Co., California (Moore and Orth, 1978) to La Jolla, San Diego Co.,
California (Moore, 1956). New record, 4 specimens, Cedros Island, North Point,
Baja California Norte, Mexico, III-20/21-1981, intertidal rock crevices, F. An¬
drews and D. Faulkner. This extends the known range about 350 miles south.
8. Salinamexus giulianii Moore. Previously reported from La Push, Callum
Co., Washington (Moore, 1978). New record, 10 specimens, Bear Harbor, Men¬
docino Co., California, X-26-1980, F. Andrews and D. Giuliani.
9. Aleochara arenaria Casey. Previously reported from British Columbia to
Baja California, Mexico (no locality given, Moore and Legner, 1977). New record,
7 specimens, Tortugas Bay, Baja California Sur, Mexico, III-18-1981, under kelp
on rocky beach, F. Andrews and D. Faulkner.
Malachiidae
10. Endeodes blaisdelli Moore. Previously known from Colonia Guerrero, Baja
California Norte, Mexico (Moore, 1954) to 39 mi N Guerrero Negro at Miller’s
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
223
Landing, Baja California Norte, Mexico (Moore and Mayor, 1976). New record,
23 specimens, Tortugas Bay, Baja California Sur, Mexico, III-18-1981, under kelp
on rocky beach, F. Andrews and D. Faulkner.
Carabidae
11. Thalassotrechus barbarae (Horn). Known geographic distribution from
Humboldt Co., California to Bahia Magdalena, Baja California Sur. New record,
36 specimens, north end Cedros Island, Baja California Norte, III-20/21-1981,
intertidal rock crevices, F. Andrews and D. Faulkner. This locality is intermediate
to the known California and Baja California Sur collections. Morphologically these
specimens fit the curves presented by Evans (1977), with an average body length
of 26.2 +1.4 mm. All individuals are testaceous with pigment spots.
Rhizophagidae
12. Phyconomus marinus (LeConte). Known geographic distribution central
California south to San Diego Co., California. New record, 9 specimens, 10 mi
N El Rosario, Baja California Norte, Mexico, VII-3-1979, on kelp on rocky beach,
D. Giuliani.
Literature Cited
Evans, W. G. 1977. Geographic variation, distribution and taxonomic status of the intertidal insect
Thalassotrechus barbarae (Horn) (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Quaest. Entomol., 13(2):83—90.
Leech, H. B., and I. Moore. 1971. Nearctic records of flights of Cafius and some related beetles at
the seashore (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae and Hydrophilidae). Wassmann J. Biol., 29:65-70.
Moore, I. 1954. Notes on Endeodes LeConte with descriptions of a new species from Baja California
(Coleoptera: Malachiidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 30:195-198.
-. 1956. A revision of the Pacific Coast Phytosi with a review of the foreign genera. Trans.
San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 12:103-152.
-. 1978. Two new species of Salinamexus from western North America (Coleoptera: Staphy¬
linidae). Entomol. News, 89:113-116.
-, and E. F. Legner. 1976. Intertidal rove beetles (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Pp. 521-551 in
Cheng (ed.), Marine insects. North Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, 551 pp.
-, and-. 1977. A report on some intertidal Staphylinidae from Sonora, Mexico, with
four new genera (Coleoptera). Pacific Insects, 17:459-471.
-, and A. J. Mayor. 1976. Notes on Endeodes with new synonymy and extensions of range
(Coleoptera: Malachiidae). Wassmann J. Biol., 34:179-184.
-, and R. E. Orth. 1978. Notes on Bryothinusa with a description of the larva of B. catalinae
Casey (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Psyche, 85:183-189.
Orth, R. E., and I. Moore. 1980. A revision of the species of Cafius from the west coast of North
America with notes on the east coast species (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Trans. San Diego Soc.
Nat. Hist., 19:181-211.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 224-225
The First Record of a Tachinid Fly as an Internal Parasitoid of a
Spider (Diptera: Tachinidae; Araneae: Antrodiaetidae)
Leonard S. Vincent
Department of Biology, Georgia Southern College, Statesboro, Georgia 30460-
8042.
Flies of the family Tachinidae are internal parasitoids on a wide variety of hosts
(Amaud, 1978). This however, is the first report of a spider, Atypoides riversi O.
P.-Cambridge (Antrodiaetidae) serving as a tachinid host (Rollard, 1984; Amaud
and Schlinger, pers. comm.). Atypoides riversi, a fossorial mygalomorph com¬
monly found in the Coast and Sierra Nevada Ranges of California (Coyle, 1968)
is also a host for several pathogens, parasitoids, and parasites (Vincent, in press),
including the only other taxa reported to be internal parasitoids of spiders—
acrocerids and nematodes.
Two tachinid larvae emerged in the laboratory, each from the abdomen of a
large immature A. riversi, from a total of 74 spiders that were collected along a
stream bank within the University of California’s Blodgett Forest Research Station
on 12 August 1982. These larvae were clearly visible in their hosts and emerged
and pupated within a day after emergence and developed within their puparia to
teneral adult females. Unfortunately, neither adult emerged, but they were re¬
moved from their pupal cases in 1984 and identified as an undescribed species
of Lypha by D. M. Wood. The known hosts of North American Lypha are
immature stages of Lepidoptera of the families Gelechiidae, Olethreutidae, and
Tortricidae.
Perhaps the laboratory conditions were not appropriate for the tachinids to
complete development. I suspect, however, that the two spiders may have been
accidental hosts since only two tachinids emerged from over 345 A. riversi of all
ages collected at Blodgett, examined for signs of parasitoids, and reared in the
laboratory for various periods of time since 1975.
Acknowledgments
I thank Dr. E. I. Schlinger, Dr. C. E. Griswold, and Mr. D. Glaser, University
of California, Berkeley, for help in the field, Dr. D. M. Wood, Biosystematics
Research Institute, Ottawa, Canada, for identifying the tachinids, and Dr. Schlin¬
ger for helpful criticism of this report. I also thank Mr. Robert Heald, Forest
Manager, Blodgett Forest Research Station, University of California for his co¬
operation. A Georgia Southern College Foundation Fellowship funded this project.
Literature Cited
Amaud, P. H., Jr. 1978. A host-parasite catalog of North American Tachinidae (Diptera). USDA
Misc. Publ., 1319:1-860.
Coyle, F. A. 1968. The mygalomorph spider genus Atypoides (Araneae: Antrodiaetidae). Psyche, 75:
157-194.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
225
Rollard, C. 1984. Composition et. structure de la biocenose consommatrice des Araneides. Rev.
Arach., 5:211-237.
Vincent, L. S. In press. Pathogens and parasitoids of the California fossorial mygalomorph spider
Atypoides riversi O. P.-Cambridge (Antrodiaetidae: Araneae) of various size classes. Proc. IX
Intemat. Arach. Cong. Panama.
Announcement
The Tribolium Information Bulletin is an informal newsletter which includes
research, technical and teaching notes on Tribolium and other Coleoptera; lists
of wild type and mutant stocks available in different laboratories throughout the
world; a current bibliography; and a personal and geographical directory of re¬
searchers using flour beetles in their research. The 25th volume of this newsletter
will be published in 1985.
Owing to the fact that Cal State University, San Bernardino has outgrown its
available space, we can no longer store the earlier issues of this newsletter. We
are therefore, making them available at $ 5/volume plus postage and handling on
a first-come, first-served basis until they are gone.
Contact the editor: Alexander Sokoloff, Department of Biology, California State
University, San Bernardino, California 92407.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, p. 226
Scientific Note
A New Record for Philanthus neomexicanus Strandtmann
(Hymenoptera: Philanthidae) and Some
Insects Found in Its Burrow
On August 31, 1982, I observed an adult female of Philanthus neomexicanus
Strandtmann (Hymenoptera: Philanthidae) flying with prey over sand dunes at
Beach North, Point Reyes, California. After landing, the wasp uncovered a hole
in the sand, entered with the prey, plugged the hole from the inside and stayed
for several minutes. I captured her as she emerged. Guided by an inserted buck¬
wheat stem, I excavated the oblique tunnel to reveal a pile of insect cadavers
approximately 12 cm into the tunnel at a vertical depth of approximately 8 cm.
No side tunnel branches or chambers were uncovered, nor were any wasp im-
matures found.
The insect bodies in the tunnel were mostly intact and in good enough condition
to allow identification. There were three males and one female of Lasioglossum
pavonotum (Cockerell) (Hymenoptera: Halictidae) and a male of Sphaerophoria
cylindrica (Say) (Diptera: Syrphidae).
Although this record is outside the previously known geographical and temporal
limits of P. neomexicanus (Bohart and Grissell, 1975, Bull. Calif. Ins. Surv., 19:
1-92), less is known of its biology than of other Philanthus species. Nonetheless,
the presence of a fly among the insects piled in the burrow is unusual. In field
studies of Philanthus wasps and their nests, it is standard to assume that paralyzed
insects found in tunnels or brood cells have been provisioned by the attending
female (Powell and Chemsak, 1959, J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 32:115-120; Evans,
1966, Great Basin Nat., 26:35-40). Bees are the most common prey of this genus,
but members of other hymenopteran families including Ichneumonidae, Chry-
sididae, Sphecidae, Vespidae and Scelionidae are occasional prey (Evans, 1970,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 140:451-511). So, if the syrphid in the burrow were
prey, a broad taxonomic gap in prey selection has been bridged. However, there
is a superficial resemblance between S. cylindrica and the bees preyed upon by
P. neomexicanus in size and banding pattern. The female wasp may have used
visual cues for prey selection and captured the fly in error. Indeed, Evans and Lin
(1959, Wasmann J. Biol., 17:115-132) attribute Philanthus ’ capture of certain
wasps to the bee-like qualities of the latter.
The fly’s presence in the tunnel does not confirm that it is suitable prey. The
nest lacked brood cells, and the fly and paralyzed bees were piled in the main
tunnel. These indicate that the nest was in an early stage of development. Pre¬
sumably the female could still reject the fly during later stages of nest construction,
or it could be refused by her larval offspring. Thus, while the observation may
be indicative of a previously unknown prey resource of P. neomexicanus, such
cannot be substantiated by this observation.
For species determinations I am grateful to H. V. Daly (bee), R. M. Bohart
(wasp) and E. I. Schlinger (fly).
Parker Gambino, Department of Entomological Sciences, University of Cali¬
fornia, Berkeley, California 94720.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 227-228
On the Biology of Acanthochalcis nigricans Cameron and
Acanthochalcis unispinosa Girault (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae)
Jeffrey A. Halstead and Robert D. Haines
(JAH) California State University, Fresno, Department of Biology, Fresno,
California 93740; (RDH) Tulare County Agricultural Commissioner/Sealer’s Of¬
fice, Visalia, California 93291.
Abstract.— The biological information for the genus Acanthochalcis Cameron
is reviewed. Rearing and habitat information is presented, recording the emer¬
gence from beetle infested wood of A. nigricans Cameron from interior live oak
(Quercus Wislizenii A. DC.) and of A. unispinosa Girault from valley oak ( Quercus
lobata Nee). The probable hosts proposed for both species of Acanthochalcis are
beetles in the family Buprestidae (Coleoptera).
The two Acanthochalcis Cameron are the largest members of the family Chal¬
cididae in North America. The recorded range is: A. nigricans Cameron—Kansas,
Oklahoma, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, California and Mexico; A. unispinosa
Girault—Texas, Arizona and California (Burks, 1979). Prior to this paper, host
information was virtually nonexistent; being restricted to a statement by Alex¬
andra A. Girault (1920) of a small female A. nigricans which was reared from a
flat-headed apple borer in Phoenix, Arizona, 21 September 1915, by A. W. Morrill.
This host has been interpreted as Chrysobothris femorata (Olivier) (Coleoptera:
Buprestidae) (Peck, 1963). Adults of C. femorata measure about 8 mm in length.
This apparent host record was not listed in Burks (1979).
A. nigricans females have been measured that range in length from 7 to 24 mm,
but are usually about 20 mm. Males range in length from 8 to 11 mm, but are
usually about 10 mm. A. unispinosa females have been measured that range in
length from 17 to 27 mm, but are usually about 21 mm. Males range from 5 to
11 mm, but are usually about 10 mm. Males and females are not as drastically
dimorphic in body size as inferred by the body length measurements, because
about one-half of the female length is attributed to the posteriorly projecting
ovipositor sheath. While it is possible that Acanthochalcis could successfully de¬
velop within the larva of C. femorata, metamorphosing into a very small adult,
the more common large sized adults would indicate a host larva substantially
larger.
Recently, a single male specimen of A. nigricans (11 mm) was reared from
interior live oak ( Quercus Wislizenii A. DC.) wood cut on 10 January 1983, from
a steep rocky hillside of Little Table Mountain (Valley Grassland/Foothill Wood¬
land Ecotone), Madera County, California. The wood, cut into 18 pieces, 22 to
48 cm in length and 5 to 10 cm in diameter, was held outdoors in a sealed
cardboard box and checked periodically for insect emergence. Adults of Dicerca
horni Crotch (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) and larvae of Dicerca sp. were collected
228
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
when the wood was cut. On 31 August 1983, the chalcidid was found dead in the
box after having emerged from the most heavily cracked and scarred area of a
10 cm diameter trunk. The round emergence hole was 2 mm in diameter and
extended through 8 mm of wood and 3 mm of bark. Excavation of the emergence
burrow to obtain the chalcidid’s larval and pupal exuvia, and to locate host
remains, was unsuccessful. Other insects reared from this lot of wood were Dicerca
horni, Polycesta californica LeConte (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) and Prionoxystus
robiniae (Peck) (Lepidoptera: Cossidae). Of these, the probable hosts are D. horni
and/or P. californica.
Rearing of valley oak ( Quercus lobata Nee) from Mooney Grove (Foothill
Woodland—a remnant stand of the valley floor oak parkland), Visalia, Tulare
County, California, produced both a male (10 mm) and female (18 mm) A.
unispinosa which emerged on 15 and 29 April 1982 respectively. Several 5 to 8
cm diameter limbs, which had fallen from a height of 5 to 7 m, were collected in
late March 1982 and kept indoors in metal trash cans and checked daily. The
only buprestid reared from this wood was P. californica, five specimens of which
emerged between 21 April and 24 May 1982. Although doubtful as hosts, Phy-
matodes lecontei Linsley, Xylotrechus nauticus (Mannerheim) and Neoclytus mo-
destus Fall (all Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) were also reared from this lot of wood.
While this biological information supports Girault’s statement suggesting a
probable host, the question remains whether the Acanthochalcis were reared from
the buprestid beetles or just associated with them, in that these insects emerged
from the same piece or lot of wood.
Acknowledgments
We wish to thank Dr. Richard Westcott, Oregon State Department of Agri¬
culture, Salem, Oregon, for determining the Buprestidae. We are very grateful to
Dr. Donald Burdick, California State University, Fresno, for his comments on
the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Burks, B. D. 1979. Chalcididae. Pp. 860-874 in K. V. Rrombein et al. (eds.), Catalog of Hymenoptera
in America north of Mexico. Vol. I. Smith. Inst. Press, Wash., D.C., 1198 pp.
Girault, A. A. 1920. New chalcid flies. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 58:193-194.
Peck, O. 1963. A catalog of nearctic Chalcidoidea (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Canad. Ent., 30(Suppl.),
1092 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, p. 229
Scientific Note
Diet of Larval Dytiscus dauricus (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae)
in East-central Arizona
It is well known that Dytiscus larvae are voracious predators, however, dietary
information on natural populations is lacking for some members of the genus.
Larval Dytiscus are cannibalistic but also prey on a variety of larval and adult
macroinvertebrates (Leech and Chandler, 1956, Aquatic Coleoptera, pp. 293-371
in Usinger’s Aquatic insects of California with keys to North American genera
and California species, Univ. California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles), larval
amphibians (Formanowicz and Brodie, 1982, Copeia, 1982:91-97), and even
small fish (Balfour-Brown, 1950, British water beetles, Vol. 2, Bartholomew Press,
London, 394 pp.) and garter snakes (Drummond and Wolfe, 1981, Coleop. Bull.,
35:121-124). I report feeding observations of final instars of D. dauricus from
east-central Arizona.
I observed a total of 15 feeding larvae from 21 June-27 August 1983, at Big
Meadows Tank (BMT) 1; a permanent pond 1.0 km NNW of the western edge
of Sunrise Lake, Apache Co. (elev. 2775 m). Number and kind of prey taken were
5 D. dauricus larvae, 4 Limnephilus sp. (caddisfly) larvae, 3 odonate larvae, 2
Ambystoma tigrinum (salamander) larvae, and 1 corixid adult. Four observations
of cannibalism were witnessed between 21 June-6 July and 1 on 25 July. Can¬
nibalism appears to be more prevalent in late spring and early summer when
larvae are more abundant. Limnephilus sp. is very abundant in July and August
at BMT 1 and may be a major food item of D. dauricus larvae. Interestingly, 2
of the 4 captured caddisfly larvae were without case. Beetle larvae may occasionally
extract caddisflies from their case just prior to or after killing them. I was not
certain if the captured caddisflies with case were killed. Two of the 3 odonates
taken in mid-July were coenagrionids which were abundant in BMT 1 at this
time. Observations of beetles feeding on larval A. tigrinum were on 12 and 13
July. Salamanders were about 35-40 mm from tip of snout to posterior end of
vent. The overall impact of D. dauricus larvae on this population of salamanders
is unclear, however, other studies indicate larval Dytiscus may have an important
effect on amphibian densities (Formanowicz, 1982, J. Anim. Ecol., 51:757-767;
Kruse, 1983, Oecologia, 58:383-388).
In conclusion, D. dauricus final instars appear to be opportunistic feeders.
Mature larvae are apparently a top predator in some of the fishless, montane
ponds of east-central Arizona, and accordingly, may have an important impact
in structuring these communities.
Joseph R. Holomuzki, Department of Zoology, Arizona State University, Tempe,
Arizona 85287.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 230-235
New Species of Eleodes from California and Nevada
(Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae)
John T. Doyen
University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720.
Fieldwork during the last 10 years in California and adjacent parts of Nevada
has led to the recognition of the two species described here.
Eleodes ( Metablapylis ) insolitus , New Species
Elongate ovate to slender black beetles with the sutural edge of the elytra raised
as a slight carina.
Female.— Head weakly convex between eyes; epistomal canthus slightly raised
over antennae, less prominent than eyes; epistomal suture finely impressed, com¬
plete except for small median area; dorsum of cranium set with tubercles 1-2 x
eye facet diameter, separated by about 1-2 diameters centrally, becoming denser
and finer posteriorly, slightly coarser anteriorly, sometimes with small, irregular
bare patches centrally; tubercles bearing very short, fine, anteriorly inclined setae.
Antennae gradually enlarged to apical segment, reaching slightly beyond pronotal
base; segment length ratios approximately as follows: 3.2:1.5:5.5:3.1:2.4:2.4:2.5:
2.5:2.5:2.4:2.8; segments 3-8 elongate, becoming trapezoidal distally; segments
9-10 subglobular; 11 asymmetrically tear drop-shaped. Mentum tuberculate, me¬
dian lobe bluntly deltoid, much elevated above lateral lobes.
Pronotum % as long as wide, widest at about anterior l h\ anterior border un¬
margined, nearly straight except near slightly produced acute anterior angles;
lateral borders finely, obscurely margined, finely denticulate; evenly arcuate nearly
to obtuse posterior angles, then very slightly everted; posterior border weakly
bisinuate, narrowly margined; pronotal disk uniformly set with tubercles about
1-2.5 x eye facet diameter, sometimes with narrow, bare, shallow median depres¬
sion; tubercles bearing fine, backwardly inclined setae less than tubercle diameter
in length. Hypomeron and prostemum sculptured as disk, but tubercles finer,
near lateral carina sparser; setae directed dorsad. Prostemal process about twice
as broad behind as between coxae, then attenuate to narrowly rounded, prominent
apex.
Elytra elongate oval; widest at middle, disk somewhat flattened, with medial
margins raised as carina in anterior %; set with tubercles about 1-2.5 x eye facet
diameter near humeri and along lateral-most contour of elytron; tubercles grad¬
ually decreasing to about 0.5 x eye facet diameter near suture and to about 1 x
eye facet diameter near epipleural carina. Epipleuron finely tuberculate, slightly
narrowed just behind humerus, then subparallel nearly to apex, which is slightly
expanded, producing weak caudal process.
Meso- and metastema with setiferous tubercles about size of eye facets, sepa¬
rated by about 1-2 tubercle diameters. Abdominal sterna slightly convex in lateral
silhouette; first sternite with tubercles about size of eye facets, separated by about
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
231
Figures 1, 2. Genitalia of Eleodes insolitus. 1. Apex of ovipositor, dorsal. 2. Aedeagus, dorsal and
lateral.
2-4 tubercle diameters; tubercles becoming finer on stemites 2-4, obsolescent on
stemite 5; attendant setae on sternite 5 about 2-3 times longer than on rest of
body.
Femora set with flattened tubercles bearing short, appressed setae; anterior
femur with dorsal margin abruptly narrowed just before apex. Tibiae set with
short, sharp, semierect spines interspersed with finer, appressed setae; anterior
tibia with outer margin keeled in basal half. Tibial spurs and tarsi similar in males
and females; protarsus with basal segment produced ventrally with tuft of stiff
setae interrupting plantar groove; tarsal claws about as long as basal metatarsal
segment.
Ovipositor with coxite produced apically as long, sclerotized, spatulate process
with gonostylus set dorsolaterally in notch at about middle (Fig. 1).
Male .—Slightly more slender than female; abdomen nearly flat in lateral sil¬
houette. Aedeagus as in Figure 2.
Measurements .—Elytral length, 7.7-10.6 mm; greatest elytral width, 4.7-6.2
mm; medial pronotal length, 2.8-4.1 mm; greatest pronotal width, 3.2-4.7 mm.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences) and 6 2 paratypes from
Nevada, Esmeralda County, Clayton Valley Sand Dunes, near Silver Peak, IX-
17/18-1974, J-T. Doyen. Twelve 2 and 14 6 paratypes, same data, F. G. Andrews
and A. R. Hardy. Paratypes in Essig Museum of Entomology, University of
California, Berkeley, and California Department of Food and Agriculture Col¬
lection, Sacramento.
Eleodes insolitus is superficially similar to E. dissimilis Blaisdell, but is distin¬
guished by the tuberculate body (punctate in dissimilis ) and the medial elytral
carina (flat in dissimilis ). The spatulate process of the coxite is longer than in any
other described Eleodini. In this character insolitus is similar to Embaphion and
Neobaphion. However, the coxite also bears a spatulate process in Eleodes dis¬
similis (Blaisdell, 1909, pi. 5), though it is shorter than in Embaphion. In several
other features, such as the shape of the prostemal process and profemur, insolitus
232
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
resembles members of the subgenus Metablapylis, where it is tentatively placed.
It differs from Metablapylis in its strongly tuberculate body. The spatulate coxites
in E. insolitus superficially resemble the coxites of many Tentyriinae, and may
be an adaptation for depositing eggs beneath the surface of sandy substrates.
It is likely that elongate coxites have been independently derived several times
in Eleodini, for example in the subgenera, Discogenia and Metablapylis of Eleodes
and again in Embaphion and Neobaphion. The relationship postulated by Blaisdell
between the last two is supported by the presence of relatively large amounts of
octanoic acid in their defensive secretions (Tschinkel, 1975). The composition of
the secretions of E. (Discogenia ) and species such as E. insolitus may clarify their
relationships as well.
Eleodes insolitus is known only from the sand dunes in Clayton Valley, Nevada.
A few individuals were taken from the sand surface at night, but most were
excavated by Drs. Hardy and Andrews from kangaroo rat ( Dipodomys ) burrows
on the flanks of the main dune mass.
Eleodes ( Tricheleodes ) obesus , New Species
(Fig. 3)
Brownish black to black pilose beetles with broadly ovate elytra.
Female.— Head very weakly convex between eyes; epistomal canthus slightly
raised over antennae, slightly less prominent than eyes; epistomal suture faintly
visible or usually obliterated; dorsum of cranium with small, flattened setigerous
tubercles posteriorly, becoming tuberculopunctate or punctate or rugosely punc¬
tate anteriorly, tubercles about 1.5 x eye facet diameter; punctures about 1-3
times eye facet diameter; setae black or dark brown, short and appressed poste¬
riorly, becoming much coarser, longer and inclined on epistomum and usually
near eyes. Antennae gradually enlarged to apical segment, reaching almost to
pronotal base; segment length ratios approximately as follows: 3.0:1.4:5.6:2.9:2.8:
2.4:2.4:2.0:2.0:1.8:2.3; segments 3-7 elongate, becoming trapezoidal distally; 8
broadly trapezoidal, 9-10 subglobular, 11 asymmetrically tear drop-shaped. Men-
tum punctate, median lobe bluntly deltoid, bearing long, coarse black setae lat¬
erally; maxillary base, mandibles and labrum all bearing spinose, black setae.
Pronotum about 1.25 x broader than long, widest slightly before middle; an¬
terior border nearly straight with slightly raised margin in lateral thirds; anterior
angles slightly obtuse, rounded at apex; lateral borders evenly arcuate or slightly
reflexed near posterior angles, irregularly crenulate or occasionally weakly carinate
anteriorly, indicated by irregular tubercles or obsolete posteriorly; posterior angles
obtuse, obsolete; posterior border nearly straight, finely margined. Disk centrally
with very coarse, reticulate punctures, becoming rugosely punctate laterally and
then tuberculate near margins; punctures and tubercles bearing short, semierect
black setae; hypomeron with setigerous tubercles about 1-2 x eye facet diameter,
separated by-about 2-3 tubercle diameters; sternum sculpted similarly, but setae
much coarser, longer; prostemal process about 1.5 times broader behind than
between coxae, then attenuate to a prominent, acutely rounded apex.
Elytra broadly ovate, widest at middle, evenly arcuate in lateral silhouette; disk
muricately punctate or tuberculopunctate medially, becoming tuberculopunctate
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
233
Figure 3. Eleodes obesus, female.
or tuberculate laterally; tubercles about 2-5 x eye facets in diameter; coarser
tubercles forming 8-12 irregular rows, less discernable laterally; large tubercles
supertending erect setae about % as long as basal metatarsomere; small tubercles
with setae Vi that size. Epipleuron hnely tuberculate, gradually narrowing almost
to apex, then expanded as rounded, ventrally concave caudal process.
Meso- and metasterna and pleura muricately punctate to tuberculate, with short,
fine appressed setae laterally, longer, semierect setae medially. Abdominal sterna
slightly to moderately convex in lateral silhouette; sparsely muricately, setigerously
punctate; setae short to very short, weakly inclined; 5th sternite becoming densely
setose along hind margin.
Legs densely muricately and setigenously punctate; femora with setae short,
appressed or slightly inclined; tibiae with fine setae on outer surface, mixed with
shorter, coarser spines on medial surface; meso- and metatibiae sometimes with
few longer, curved setae on posteromedial surface; anterior tibia outwardly keeled
in basal %; meso- and metatibia in basal l k- x k . Tibial spurs and tarsi similar in
sexes; protarsus simple; tarsal claws almost as long as distal protarsomere.
234
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 4, 5. Genitalia of Eleodes obesus. 4. Apex of ovipositor, dorsal. 5. Aedeagus, dorsal and
lateral.
Ovipositor with coxite weakly sclerotized, setose, with gonostylus set dorso-
laterally near apex (Fig. 4).
Male.— Distinctly more slender than female; abdomen flat or slightly convex
in lateral silhouette. Aedeagus as in Figure 5.
Measurements.— Elytral length: 9.0-12.4 mm; greatest elytral width, 5.7-8.7
mm; median pronotal length, 2.9-4.1 mm; greatest pronotal width, 3.7-5.5 mm.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciencies) from California, Siskiyou
County, Ash Creek Ranger Station, 9 mi E McCloud, 3500', VI-10/12-1974, J.
Doyen. Paratypes, same data, J. Chemsak, R. Coville, J. Doyen, D. Green (36
22, 27 66); same locality, VI-7/9-1974, J. Sorenson (12). /
Additional material examined. — California, Lassen Co., Pine Creek, IV-21-
1949 (1); Modoc Co., nr. Lost Lake, VI-14-34 (2); Shasta Co., Old Station, VI-
15-41 (1); Oregon, Klamath Co., V-17-1913 (1).
Eleodes obesus is similar to E. pilosus Horn. In obesus the elytra are noticeably
more inflated and the apices of the epipleura are expanded to produce slight
caudae (subparallel to apex in pilosus ). In obesus the pronotal setae are usually
short and appressed, the longer elytral setae are about 3 A as long as the basal
metatarsal segment. In pilosus the pronotal setae are erect; both pronotal and
elytral setae are about 1-1.5 x as long as the basal metatarsal segment. Specimens
from Modoc County have the pronotal setae longer and erect, but have the inflated
elytra and caudiform epipleura of obesus.
The vegetation at the type locality is coniferous forest on the south slope of
Mount Shasta. The substrate is largely volcanic ash, producing the local edaphic
aridity which probably allows the beetles to inhabit this region. Other species of
Tricheleodes occur in more arid parts of the Great Basin to the east.
The individuals comprising the type series appeared suddenly during the second
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
235
week of June, suggesting a synchronized emergence. Adults held in rearing con¬
tainers in the laboratory survived only about 30 days. This indicates a restricted
period of adult activity compared to most Eleodes, which live many months or
up to several years as adults.
Literature Cited
Blaisdell, F. E. 1909. A monographic revision of the Coleoptera belonging to the tenebrionide tribe
Eleodiini inhabiting the United States, Lower California, and Adjacent islands. U.S. Nat. Mus.
Bull., 63:1-524, 13 pis.
Tschinkel, W. R. 1975. A comparative study of the chemical defensive system of tenebrionid beetles:
chemistry of the secretions. J. Insect Physiol., 21:753-783.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, p. 236
Scientific Note
Mellinus abdominalis Cresson (Hymenoptera: Sphecoidea: Mellinidae)
Discovered in Idaho and Alberta 1
A female Mellinus abdominalis Cresson from eastern Idaho was found in the
University of Idaho Entomology Collection. The data for this specimen follows:
Sand Dunes, St. Anthony (Fremont Co.), ID, 14-IX-1965, A. R. Gittins collector.
The pin also bears a label indicating that the specimen was collected from green
rabbitbrush, Chrysothamnus viscidifloris (Hooker) Nuttall.
The Canadian specimen, a female, was collected by the author while vacationing
in Alberta. It was found in the car, thus the exact locality is unknown. The data
for this specimen is: near Orion, Alberta, Canada, 27-VIII-1982, J. B. Johnson
collector. We had approached Orion from the west on Highway 61.
The specimens were identified using key criteria and descriptions (Siri and
Bohart, 1974, Pan-Pac. Ent., 50:169-176). This is the first report of M. abdom¬
inalis and the family Mellinidae from Idaho and Canada. Mellinus abdominalis
was previously recorded from Nebraska, Colorado, Wyoming and Montana
(Krombein, 1979, in Krombein et al., Cat. Hymen. Am. N. of Mex., Vol. 2,
Apocrita, p. 1684).
James B. Johnson, Department of Plant, Soil and Entomological Sciences, Uni¬
versity of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843.
1 Published with approval of the director of the Idaho Agricultural Experiment Station as Research
Paper No. 8476.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 237-244
The Nymphs, and a New Species, of North American Setvena
lilies (Plecoptera: Perlodidae ) 1
Kenneth W. Stewart and Jean A. St anger
Department of Biological Sciences, North Texas State University, Denton, Tex¬
as 76203.
Stewart and Stark (1984) provided an updated account of nymphs of the 22
North American Perlodinae genera, including the first complete generic key to
nymphs and comparative illustrations of the type or other representative species
of each genus. That paper provided a complete treatment of nymphs of the 10
monospecific genera, and a useful baseline for the eventual study and analysis of
the relatively poorly known nymphs of the remaining 12 genera, representing 43
species.
The only comparative studies of nymphs at the species level have been for
Diploperla (Kondratieff et al., 1981), Helopicus (Stark and Ray, 1983), and Hy-
droperla (Ray and Stark, 1981). This study was undertaken to continue efforts to
provide comparative descriptions, keys and illustrations for the nymphs of all
species in this large and ecologically important subfamily of stoneflies, and spe¬
cifically for nymphs of the genus Setvena lilies.
The genus Setvena, previously a subgenus of Arcynopteryx (Ricker, 1952) is a
distinctive group haying simple, finger-like anteroventral gills (nymphs) or gill
remnants (adults) on the meso- and metathorax (Ricker, 1952; Shepard and Stew¬
art, 1983; Stewart and Stark, 1984). Two species, Setvena bradleyi (Smith) and
Setvena tibialis (Banks) have been recognized (Smith, 1917; Frison, 1942; Ricker,
1952; lilies, 1966; Stewart and Stark, 1984). The nymphs of S. tibialis have never
been formally described, illustrated or compared with those of S. bradleyi. S.
bradleyi nymphs were described by Claassen (1931) with illustrations of the la-
brum, mandibles, maxillae and labium, and by Stewart and Stark (1984) with
diagnostic illustrations of the head-pronotum pattern, mandible, maxilla, front
leg, mesostemum, thoracic ventrum with gills, male and female abdominal stemae
and cerci.
Materials and Methods
We began collecting and rearing nymphs of Setvena in 1979, as part of a larger
study of nymphs of North American Plecoptera genera by K. W. Stewart and B.
P. Stark. The large nymphs of this genus live in cool, high mountain streams in
the Coast and Cascade Mountains (S. tibialis ) and northern Rocky Mountains (S.
bradleyi) (Ricker, 1964) and are difficult to rear outside their native streams.
Individuals of both species were reared in styrofoam containers in the field or in
living streams at simulated stream temperatures (Stewart and Stark, 1984) or
1 Study supported by National Science Foundation Grants #DEB 78-12565, BSR8308422 and the
Faculty Research Fund of North Texas State University.
238
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
239
correlated with adults by removing the nymphal cuticle of mature nymphs, after
gently heating in 10% KOH to reveal the underlying adult genitalia. Drawings of
nymphal characters and adult genitalia were made with aid of a Wild M-5A
Stereomicroscope Drawing Attachment, and in some cases Scanning Electron
Microscopy.
Setvena wahkeena , New Species
Description.— Male: Body length 23-25 mm. Brachypterous, wings 10-11 mm,
extending to about 7th abdominal segment. General color brown with yellow
markings. Head brown, darker bordering M-line anterior to median ocellus; yellow
spot middle of frons; oval yellow spot in ocellar triangle, bordered by dark brown;
yellow band from lateral ocelli to interior margin compound eyes; broad yellow
band down middle of occipital area, extending transversely to near lateral margins
of head; reticulate pattern medial to compound eyes faintly visible; antennae
brown. Prothorax narrower than head and wider anteriorly; anterior angles acute,
posterior angles rounded; color brown with broad, yellow medial stripe, wider
posteriorly and with rounded, yellow rugosities either side. Legs yellow-brown;
femora brown distally; tibiae brown proximally and distally; tarsi yellow-brown.
Abdomen yellow-brown dorsally with dark band across anterior margin of seg¬
ments; tergum 10 with complete medial cleft, and produced anteriomedially as
narrow processes (Fig. 1 A); epiproct narrow, apex membranous on either side of
midline, darkly sclerotized at base and along dorsal and ventral surface (Fig. 1 A);
lateral stylets stout, and curved from lateral view (Fig. IB), narrow in dorsal view,
with high rounded crest and apex produced laterally at tip as 3-4 small teeth (Fig.
1C, D, K).
Female: Unknown.
Nymph: Body color dark brown with brown clothing hairs. Head with small
yellow triangles lateral to each lateral ocellus and small yellow oval spots anterior
to each lateral ocellus; pair narrow transverse light bars anterior to light M-line
on frons; occipital spinule row mostly 1-2 spinules wide, curving forward and
meeting at stem of ecdysial line (Fig. 2A). Anterior surface forelegs with short,
blunt spinules and few scattered medium length spinules (Fig. 2B). Posterior
spinule fringe of first 5 abdominal tergae very short, blunt, slightly longer on last
5 segments (Fig. 2C), mostly equal in length on Ab 9 (Fig. 2D); intercalary spinules
very short (Fig. 2C, D).
Types .—Holotype 6 from small stream ca. 0.5 mi west of mile 18 on Bridal
Veil Scenic Rd, 1.5 mi west of Wahkeena Falls, Multnomah Co., Oregon, 1-IV-
1983, K. W. Stewart; deposited in USNM. Paratype 6 from Oregon, Multnomah
Co., Wahkeena Falls, 30-VI-1957, S. G. Jewett, Jr. (NTSU).
Etymology.— This species is named after the Wahkeena Falls area where it is
found.
Figure 1. Adult male characters of Setvena. S. wahkeena: A, terminalia (dorsal); B, C, D, lateral,
dorsal and oblique anterior views of right lateral stylet; K. L, dorsal and lateral views of epiproct. S.
bradleyi: E, F, G, lateral, dorsal and oblique lateral views of right lateral stylet; M, N, dorsal and
lateral views of epiproct. S. tibialis: H, I, J, lateral, dorsal and oblique lateral views of right lateral
stylet; O, P, dorsal and lateral views of epiproct.
240
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 2. Nymphal characters of Setvena wahkeena: A, dorsum head; B, right front leg (anterior);
C, dorsum abdomen; D, dorsum Ab 9 .
Diagnosis. — Lateral stylets of male S. wahkeena are strongly, evenly curved
and stout in lateral view (Fig. IB). Dorsally they have a high, narrow crest (Fig.
1C, D), and their rounded tips bear 3-4 small sharp teeth (Fig. 1C, D, K). The
lateral stylets of S. hradleyi males are narrow, falcate in lateral view (Fig. IE) and
have a low dorsal crest (Fig. IF, G, M). Lateral stylets of S. tibialis are less strongly
curved than the other 2 species (Fig. 1H) with a very low dorsal crest and 4 small
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
241
Figure 3. Nymphal characters of Setvena bradleyi: A, dorsum head; B, right front leg (anterior);
C, dorsum abdomen; D, dorsum Ab 9 .
teeth on a rounded tip (Fig. II, J, O). The dorsal sclerotized portion of the S.
wahkeena epiproct: (1) is more robust (Fig. IK, L) than that of S. bradleyi, (2) its
sides are more evenly curved and convex in dorsal view (Fig. 1K) than S. tibialis
(Fig. lO), and (3) its dorsal carina bears 2-4 short, stout hairs (Fig. IK, L), unlike
S. bradleyi or S. tibialis.
Nymphs of S. wahkeenah can be distinguished from the other 2 species by the
242
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 4. Nymphal characters of Setvena tibialis: A, dorsum head; B, right front leg (anterior); C,
dorsum abdomen; D, dorsum Ab 9 .
4 small yellow spots on the frons, narrow occipital spinule row curved forward
and meeting on stem of ecdysial suture (Fig. 2A), short spinules on anterior margin
of front legs (Fig. 2B), and short posterior row of blunt spinules on abdominal
tergae (Fig. 2C, D).
S. bradleyi nymphs have a distinctive head pattern with falcate yellow spots
anterolateral to lateral ocelli and a medial light bar forward of the light M marking
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
243
(Fig. 3A); the occipital spinule row is mostly single, not curved forward and
meeting medially as in S. wahkeena (Fig. 3A). There are a few longer spinules
adjacent to the femoral and tibial hair fringes of the front legs in addition to short
spinules (Fig. 3A), and the posterior spinules of all abdominal tergae are long in
a wide medial band (Fig. 3C, D), unlike those of S. tibialis and S. wahkeena.
Nymphs of S. tibialis do not have the distinct medial light bar anterior to M-line
as in S. bradleyi, nor the light spots anterolateral to lateral ocelli present in both
5. bradleyi and S. wahkeena. The occipital spinule row of S. tibialis is distinctive,
being a band 2-4 wide, not meeting medially at the ecdysial stem (Fig. 4A). S.
tibialis front legs have several long sharp hairs (Fig. 4B) and the posterior fringe
of spinules (Fig. 4C, D) on abdominal tergae are intermediate between S. wah¬
keena (Fig. 2C, D) and S. bradleyi (Fig. 3C, D), and are sharp-tipped rather than
blunt as in the other 2 species.
Material examined.—Setvena bradleyi —BRITISH COLUMBIA: Head of
Gwillim Cr., Gladshelm Mossif, NW Slocum City, 22-VII-1958, John Ricker, S,
2; 8.8 mi N Vermilion Lodge, 28-VI-1967, J. and R. Wold, 3 N. IDAHO: Lemhi
Co., Wagonhammer Spring, 2 mi S North Fork, 28-V-1969, 6 N, ll-VI-1969, 2
6, B. R. Oblad, 23-VII-1979, K. Stewart, B. Stark, R. Baumann, 10 N. MON¬
TANA: Glacier N.P., Avalanche Cr., 20-VII-1958, W. E. Ricker, 2 EX, Iceberg
Cr., 27-VII-1965, A. R. Gauhn, 5; Gallatin Co., Hyalite Cr., 10, ll-VII-1979, J.
Fraley, 12 N; Ravalli Co., Str. below Lost Trail Pass, 8-VIII-1979, J. Fraley, 3
N; Lake Co., Crane Cr., 2 mi S Bigfork, 20-VI-1981, 19 N, Boulder Cr., E Shore
Flathead Lk., 21-VI-1981, 7 N, Teepee Cr., 12 mi S Big Fork, Hwy 35, 21-VI-
1981, 8 N, 26-VI-1981, 2 (reared), N, K. Stewart, B. Shepard. OREGON (New
State Record): Wallowa Mts., Trail to Horseshoe Lake, 10-VII-1968, E. Evans,
2 N.
Setvena tibialis—O REGON: Grant Co., Onion Cr., Strawberry Mt. 7700 ft
elev., 18-VII-1936, R. E. Rieder, 2 N; Mt. Hood, Trib of Salmon R., 5-IV-1964,
S. G. Jewett, Jr., 2 N; Hood River Co., Mt. Hood, S of Parkdale, ll-VII-1968,
E. Evans, 22 N, Mt. Hood Meadows, 13-VII-1979, K. Stewart, B. Stark, 2 N, <3
(reared), Newton Cr., Hwy 35, 13-VII-1979, K. Stewart, B. Stark, 2 N; Clackamas
Co., Mt. Hood, 3 mi blw. Timberline Lodge and Still Cr. C. G., 12-VII-1979, K.
Stewart, B. Stark, 16 N. WASHINGTON: Pierce Co., Mt. Ranier N.P., Fish Cr.,
N, St. Andrews Cr., 19 N, Sm. str at Reflection Lk., 13-VII-1979, K. Stewart, B.
Stark, N.
Setvena wahkeena—O REGON: Multomah Co., Wahkeena Falls, 30-VI-1957,
S. G. Jewett, Jr., Paratype 6; sm. str off S side Bridal Veil Scenic Rd., 0.5 mi W
mile 18 and 1.5 mi W Wahkeena Falls, 1-IV-1983, K. W. Stewart, holotype 6
(reared), 12 N (one a well-developed 6 with cuticle separated and underlying
genitalia fully developed).
Key to Adult Setvena Males
1. Apex of lateral stylets not distinctly serrated (Fig. 1G, M), stylets slender
and falcate in lateral view (Fig. 1E); sclerotized dorsal portion of epiproct
slender (Fig. 1M) . bradleyi
Apex of lateral stylets with distinct teeth (Fig. 1C, D, I, J, K, O); sclerotized
dorsal portion of epiproct robust (Fig. IK, O). 2
2. Lateral stylets stout, strongly curved in side view (Fig. IB), with a prom-
244
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
inent raised dorsal crest (Fig. 1C, D); epiproct with 2-4 short, stout hairs
on median, dorsal carina (Fig. IK, L) . wahkeena
Lateral stylets less strongly curved in side view (Fig. 1H), with low carina-
like dorsal crest (Fig. 1H-J); epiproct without short, stout dorsal hairs
(Fig. lO, P) . tibialis
Key to Set vena Nymphs
1. Head with distinct light medial bar anterior to M-pattem (Fig. 3A), oc¬
cipital spinule row mostly single not meeting medially (Fig. 3A), long
posterior fringe of blunt spinules on all Ab. tergae (Fig. 3C, D) ... bradleyi
Head without anterior medial bar, occipital spinule row 2-4 wide and/or
meeting medially at ecdysial stem; posterior spinule fringe very short
on first 5 abdominal segments. 2
2. Occipital spinule row 2-4 wide, not meeting medially (Fig. 4A), posterior
spinules longer medially on segments 7-10 and with sharp tips (Fig. 4C,
D) . . tibialis
Occipital spinule row 1-2 wide, curved forward medially and meeting at
ecdysial stem (Fig. 2A), posterior Ab. spinules mostly even length on
Ab. segments, and with blunt tips (Fig. 2C, D) . wahkeena
Acknowledgments
We are indebted to Drs. R. W. Baumann, J. D. Lattin, B. P. Stark, S. W.
Syczytko and W. E. Ricker who loaned us nymphs and adults for study, and to
John Fraley and Dr. W. D. Shepard for help in field collecting.
Literature Cited
Claassen, P. 1931. Plecoptera nymphs of America north of Mexico. Thomas Say Found. Ser., 31:
1-199.
Frison, T. H. 1942. Studies of North American Plecoptera with special reference to the fauna of
Illinois. Bull. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv., 22(2):289-290.
lilies, J. 1966. Katalog der rezenten Plecoptera. Das Tierreich, Berlin, 82:632 pp.
Kondratieff, B. C., R. F. Kirchner, and J. R. Voshell, Jr. 1981. Nymphs of Diploperla. Ann. Entomol.
Soc. Amer., 74:428-430.
Ray, D. H., and B. P. Stark. 1981. The Nearctic species of Hydroperla (Plecoptera: Perlodidae). The
Fla. Entomol., 64:385-395.
Ricker, W. E. 1952. Systematic studies in Plecoptera. Ind. Univ. Publ. Sci., 18:1-200.
-. 1964. Distribution of Canadian stoneflies. Gew. Abw., 34/35:50-71.
Shepard, W. D., and K. W. Stewart. 1983. A comparative study of nymphal gills in North American
Stonefly (Plecoptera) genera and a new proposed paradigm of Plecoptera gill evolution. Misc.
Pubs. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 55:1-58.
Smith, L. W. 1917. Studies of North American Plecoptera (Pteronarcinae and Perlodini). Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc., XLIII, pp. 438-487.
Stark, B. P., and D. H. Ray. 1983. A revision of the genus Helopicus (Plecoptera: Perlodidae). Freshw.
Invert. Biol., 2:16-27.
Stewart, K. W., and B. P. Stark. 1984. Nymphs of North American Perlodinae genera. Great Basin
Natur., 44:373-415.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, p. 245
Scientific Note
Fedtschenkia anthracina (Ashmead) (Hymenoptera: Sapygidae) in
Idaho: A New State Record 1
A male Fedtschenkia anthracina (Ashmead) from central Idaho was found in
the University of Idaho Entomology Collection. The specimen data follows: 7 mi
SE Challis, Custer Co., ID, 29-VI-1965, W. F. Barr collector. The specimen was
identified by comparison with a published description (Pate, 1947, Acta Zool.
Lill., 4:396-402) and specimens of F. anthracina from Arroyo Seco, Monterey
Co., Calif, in the author’s collection.
This is the first report of F. anthracina and thus the subfamily Fedtschenkiinae,
from Idaho. This constitutes a substantial range extension (approximately 480
km) since F. anthracina had previously been reported from California, Colorado,
New Mexico and Washington (Krombein, 1979, in Krombein et al., Cat. Hymen.
Am. N. of Mex., Yol. 2, p. 1319).
James B. Johnson, Department of Plant, Soil and Entomological Sciences, Uni¬
versity of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843.
1 Published with the approval of the director of the Idaho Agricultural Experiment Station as
Research Paper No. 8477.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 246-250
The Generic Placement of Xixuthrus domingoensis Fisher
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Prioninae)
Michael A. Ivie
Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210.
Abstract.—Xixuthrus domingoensis Fisher is transferred to Mecosarthron. The
species is illustrated and diagnosed. A key to the genera of West Indian Prioninae
is provided.
From a zoogeographic standpoint, Xixuthrus domingoensis Fisher (1932:1) (Figs.
1, 2) is perhaps the most intriguing species of West Indian Cerambycidae. The
other members of Xixuthrus are Oriental, and suspicion that the Hispaniolan X.
domingoensis might be an introduced species rather than the result of natural
disjunction led me to examine the type on a recent visit to the National Museum
of Natural History. I found instead that the species belongs in the Neotropical
genus Mecosarthron, and should be known as Mecosarthron domingoensis (Fisher)
NEW COMBINATION.
Mecosarthron differs from Xixuthrus by having the profemora longer than or
subequal to the mesofemora in males (profemora shorter than mesofemora in
Xixuthrus), the third antennomere distinctly shorter than the first (Fig. 1) (subequal
in Xixuthrus), and the anterior margin of the pronotum acutely indented near the
sides and in the middle (Fig. 1) (smoothly bisinuate in Xixuthrus). For a description
of Mecosarthron, see Lameere (1903:318).
Mecosarthron domingoensis Fisher can be distinguished from M. buphagas
Buquet (Brazil) and M. gounellei Lameere (Brazil) by the finely punctate pronotum
with irregular, smoothly glabrous calli on each side of disk (Fig. 1). I have not
seen the other described species of Mecosarthron, M. tritomegas Lameere (Brazil).
It still seems possible that this species was introduced into Hispaniola. The
other known members of the genus occur in Brazil, and I do not know of any
specimens of M. domingoensis collected since the original description. Since two
specimens exist, from different localities, seven years apart, and obtained by
different museums, mislabeling seems out of the question. However, that such a
large species, so disjunct from it’s congeners, would go uncollected for so long,
raises the possibility that the collections were the result of an adventive population
that may have subsequently disappeared from Hispaniola.
Mecosarthron can be distinguished from other genera of West Indian Prioninae
by the characters listed in the following key.
Key to the Genera of Prioninae of the West Indies
1. Prostemal process rounded or truncate behind; mesostemum normal; eyes
coarsely faceted. 2
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
247
Figure 1. Mecosarthron domingoensis (Fisher), holotype: habitus.
Prostemal process emarginate behind to receive mesostemal process; eyes
finely faceted . Derancistrus Serville
2. Third antennal segment 1.5 or more times longer than the scape (Fig. 3) 3
Third antennal segment subequal to or shorter than scape. 6
248
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 2. Mecosarthron domingoensis (Fisher), holotype: frontal view.
3. Antennae sub-serrate (Fig. 3); pronotum with a large curved spine medio-
laterally (Fig. 4) .. Monodesmus Serville
Antennae filiform; pronotum not as above. 4
4. Head nearly as wide as pronotum and elytra (Fig. 5); third antennomere
not reaching basal half of pronotum; metepistemum narrowed poste¬
riorly to a point . Anacanthus Serville
Head distinctly narrower than pronotum and elytra; third antennomere
reaching beyond base of pronotum; metepistemum truncate behind . . 5
5. Elytra smooth; anterio-lateral angle of pronotum usually acute; epistoma
distinctly pubescent . Callipogon Serville (part)
Elytra asperate; anterio-lateral angle of pronotum rounded or obtuse (Fig.
6); epistoma bare or with few scattered setae .... Strongylaspis Thomson
6. Pronotum of male quadrate, anterior margin nearly straight, all angles
nearly right (Fig. 7); female pronotum armed laterally with 3-5 large
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
249
Figures 3-8. 3, 4. Monodesmus sp., Andros Is. 3, antenna; 4, pronotum. 5. Anacanthus ruber
(Thunberg), Jamaica: head and pronotum. 6. Strongylaspis corticaria (Erichson), Panama: pronotum.
7, 8. Cubaecola hoploderoides Lameere, pronota. 7, male; 8, female (redrawn from Zayas, 1975: lamina
2c, 2d).
250
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
spines, width across anterior pair equal to width at basal pair (Fig. 8);
elytra pubescent . Cubaecola Lameere
Pronotum of male with anterior margin emarginate, angles projecting for¬
ward, acute, rounded, obtuse, spiniform or dentate; elytra variable ... 7
7. Mandible rounded above, rugose laterally, strongly curved downward in
male (Fig. 2); femora and protibiae multi-spinose below .
. Mecosarthron Buquet
Mandible carinate above, smooth laterally, not curved downward in male;
femora and tibiae smooth on inner margin . 8
8. Elytra dull, pubescent; anterio-lateral angle of female pronotum acute . .
. Callipogon Serville (part)
Elytra shining, glabrous; anterio-lateral angle of female pronotum rounded
or obtuse . Stenodontes Serville
For distributions of genera of Prioninae in the West Indies, see Chemsak and
Linsley (1982), with the addition of Anacanthus ruber (Thunberg) from Jamaica
(new record, in Florida State Collection of Arthropods and my collection) and
Guadeloupe (Villiers, 1980:152).
Acknowledgments
I am indebted to T. J. Spilman (National Museum of Natural History, Wash¬
ington) and R. M. Quentin (Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris) for
access to the types of the Mescosarthron species and other valuable material in
their care; to B. Beck and R. Woodruff (Florida State Collection of Arthropods,
Gainesville) for the loan of material; to A. Rubinstein and L. Shoemaker for
preparing the illustrations; and to C. A. Triplehom and J. A. Chemsak for a critical
review of the manuscript.
Type studies in Paris were supported by NSF Doctoral Dissertation Improve¬
ment Grant BSR-8401338.
Literature Cited
Chemsak, J. A., and E. G. Linsley. 1982. Checklist of the Cerambycidae and Disteniidae of North
America, Central America, and the West Indies (Coleoptera). Plexus, Medford, New Jersey,
138 pp.
Fisher, W. S. 1932. New West Indian cerambycid beetles. Proc. U.S. National Museum, 80(2922,
art. 22): 1-93.
Lameere, A. A. L. 1903. Revision des prionides (Huitieme memoire.—Mecosarthrines). Ann. Soc.
Roy. Ent. Belgique, 47:307-320.
Villiers, A. 1980. Colepteres Cerambycidae des Antilles Frangaises. Annls. Soc. Ent. Fr. (N.S.), 16:
133-157 [I. Parandrinae, Prioninae, Lepturinae], 265-306 [II. Cerambycinae], 541-598 [III.
Lamiinae].
Zayas, F. de. 1975. Revision de la Familia Cerambycidae (Coleoptera, Phytophagoidae). Instituto
de Zoologia, Academia de Ciencias de Cuba, La Habana, 443 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 251-252
Scientific Note
Notes on the Use of Spadices of Washington filifera (Wendl) by
Xylocopa californica (Cresson) (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) 1
The Southern California carpenter bee, Xylocopa californica Cresson, is known
to nest in the trunks of the desert fan palm, Washingtonia filifera Wendl (Hurd,
1978, an annot. cat. of the carpenter bees of the West. Hem., Smith. Inst. Press,
Washington, D.C.). Although the species has not been observed to construct its
own entrance tunnels into the trunks, females are known to enter the exit holes
of the giant palm boring beetle, Dinapate wrightii (Horn). They have been observed
remaining in the holes for at least one-half hour and no doubt the females enlarge
these holes for nesting.
Recently, Ron Grunt of Twentynine Palms, California, brought me several shed
spadices of W. filifera. He had picked them up off the ground in the western (and
privately owned) portion of the Oasis of Mara, San Bernardino County, California.
Typically, the spadices of this species of palm are approximately 3.5 m long,
develop between two and five hundred thousand 6 mm-diameter-flowers and are
from 4 to 10 cm wide at their proximal end. These usually break off within two
years after fruit production. A loud buzzing from within the spadices caused Grunt
to inspect them at which time he discovered dime-sized holes in the proximal
ends of approximately 20% of them. Within minutes after he picked them up
numerous specimens of X. californica flew from the holes.
He brought me ten spadices for examination on March 12, 1984. All of them
had tunnels starting from where the spadices had broken off from the tree and
running from 7 to 38 cm toward the tip. One stalk had three tunnels. The entrance
holes had a mean diameter of 15 mm. Each contained from five to twelve mature
carpenter bees identified as X. californica.
Two stalks were cut lengthwise revealing 12 and 13 discolored ridges that
appeared to indicate larval chambers. Grunt believed the bees hibernated in these
tunnels for adults were found in spadices during winter and were observed leaving
them in the spring.
The grove at the east end of the Oasis of Mara is dense, significantly disturbed
and sits around and in a small motel complex. The trees receive fault-associated
groundwater that nearly reaches the surface and irrigation from domestic watering.
The spadices had been on the ground for approximately two years and, in general,
were wider at their base than spadices produced by trees in undisturbed settings.
I checked spadices from nine other undisturbed palm groves in the Colorado
Desert of southeastern California and could not find additional Xylocopa tunnels
except at Mortero palms in Anza-Borrego Desert State Park in San Diego County,
California. This grove was similar to the western portion of the Oasis of Mara in
that the trees were so dense that the center of the oasis received little or no sunlight.
Approximately 10% of the spadices had been burrowed into by carpenter bees in
1 Supported by a grant from the Richard King Mellon Foundation to the Palm Springs Desert
Museum.
252
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
the same manner as at Mara. I cut two of these lengthwise revealing five adult
and two larvae in the first and two adult and six larvae in the second.
Carpenter bees are common in some palm groves. They are seen entering palm
boring beetle exit holes and also at the flowers in June and July. Often, the bees
destroy the ovaries as they feed on the nectar. To my knowledge, the utilization
of fallen palm spadices for nesting chambers, and perhaps as hibemaculums, has
not been previously noted. That they utilize them in this manner is not surprising—
most desert plants do not have trunks or branches of sufficient girth to meet the
nesting requirements of Xylocopa. Why then are the spadices not used in every
palm oasis? I suspect the rarity of this technique may be due to the fact that the
vast majority of the dead flower stalks either fall into direct sunlight, making
them thermally unsuitable, or into the paths of floodwaters. All of the spadices
which were, or had been, occupied by Xylocopa were in constant or at least
abundant shade and not subject to being washed away by floods as so often occurs
in canyon oases. Only dense stands of W. f lifer a not subject to floods are likely
to provide the necessary conditions.
J. W. Cornett, Natural Science Department, Palm Springs Desert Museum,
Palm Springs, California 92262.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 253-260
The Subgenus Pseudoferonina Ball
(Coleoptera: Carabidae: Pterostichus ): Description of
Three New Species with a Key to All Known Species
Yves Bousquet
Biosystematics Research Institute, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa K1A 0C6.
Abstract.— Adults of three new species of the subgenus Pseudoferonina Ball
(genus Pterostichus Bonelli) are described: P. vexatus Bousquet from Oregon, P.
smetanai Bousquet from Washington and P. campbelli Bousquet from Oregon.
A key to, and drawings of the median lobe of the aedeagus of, all known species
of the subgenus are provided. The subgeneric name Melvilleus Ball (type-species:
Pterostichus shulli sensu Ball, nec Platysma shulli Hatch = Pterostichus vexatus
Bousquet, by original designation and monotypy) is considered as a junior sub¬
jective synonym of Pseudoferonina (NEW SYNONYMY).
The subgenus Pseudoferonina was proposed by Ball (1965) for two species, P.
lanei Van Dyke and P. humidulus Van Dyke, previously assigned to the subgenera
Feronina Casey and Cryobius Chaudoir respectively. In the same paper, Ball
erected the subgenus Melvilleus for one species, which he misidentified as P. shulli
Hatch, externally similar to those of Pseudoferonina but differing by some char¬
acter states of the median lobe of the aedeagus.
The purpose of this paper is to describe the adults of three new species of
Pseudoferonina and to provide a key to, and drawings of the median lobe of the
aedeagus of, all known species. Members of the subgenus occur in western North
America, specifically in the states of Idaho, Oregon and Washington.
Abbreviations used for the locations of the material studied are: CAS, California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; CM, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh; CNC,
Canadian National Collection, Ottawa; OSU, Oregon State University, Corvallis;
UI, University of Idaho, Moscow.
Pterostichus vexatus Bousquet, New Species
Pterostichus shulli: Ball, 1965:110 (nec Hatch, 1949).
Description. — Coloration: dorsal surface of body, antennae and legs rufobrun-
neous, palpi rufous. Microsculpture: frons with isodiametric meshes; pronotum
and elytra with moderately transverse meshes. Pronotum (Fig. 2): sides oblique
in posterior half; anterior angles moderately produced; posterior angles obtuse;
outer laterobasal impressions clearly impressed; inner laterobasal impressions
punctate. Legs: mesotibia of male slightly curved apically (as in Fig. 5). Abdomen:
last exposed sternum of male without secondary sexual characters. Aedeagus (Fig.
7): left side of apical portion of median lobe (in left lateral aspect) straight; apical
portion of median lobe (in ventral aspect) without lightly sclerotized diagonal
band.
254
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Length of body: 9.0 mm.
Type material. — Holotype (male). Idaho: “Harvard, Ida. VII.22.’34 Bryant, 8./
Pter. (Melvilleus) shulli Hatch det. George E. Ball.” The specimen, which is
deposited in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, is complete but
has the abdomen, part of the metathorax and right leg glued on a plate pinned
with the specimen.
Distribution. — The species is known only from the type locality in Idaho. How¬
ever, I have seen 1 male and 1 female, in OSU, labelled “Amda, Id. 7-22-1934
LT Turney” that probably belong to this species. Unfortunately, the aedeagus of
the male is missing.
Remarks .—Adults of P. vexatus are very similar to those of P. shulli and P.
lanei but differ mainly by the shape of the median lobe of the aedeagus (Fig. la)
and the absence of a lightly sclerotized band on the ventral side of the median
lobe (Fig. 7c).
Ball (1965) erected the monotypic subgenus Melvilleus for this species, which
he misidentified as P. shulli, pointing out that it “is most similar to the species
of Pseudoferonina, but the males are readily separated on the basis of the genitalic
characteristics . . . .” However, I am unable to find any character states, even in
the male genitalia, which would justify a subgeneric separation for that species.
The morphological differences in the median lobe between P. vexatus and the
other species of Pseudoferonina are comparable to those found between species
of subgenera like Leptoferonina Casey and Hypherpes Chaudoir. Furthermore,
members of P. vexatus are synapomorphic with those of P. shulli and P. lanei in
having the mesotibia of the male slightly curved apically (Fig. 5).
Based on the above facts, I consider the name Melvilleus Ball (type-species:
Pterostichus shulli sensu Ball, 1965, nec Platysma shulli Hatch, 1949 = Pterosti-
chus vexatus Bousquet, by original designation and monotypy) as a junior sub¬
jective synonym of Pseudoferonina Ball (NEW SYNONYMY).
The drawing of the median lobe listed as that of P. shulli in Hatch (1953, Plate
III, Fig. \5a-c) is that of P. vexatus.
Etymology.— The specific name is the Latin adjective vexatus, -a, -um (mal¬
treated); it refers to the fact that the species has been misidentified in the past.
Pterostichus smetanai Bousquet, New Species
Description. —Coloration: dorsal surface of body piceous to black, elytra slightly
iridescent, basal antennomeres, palpi, epipleura and legs rufobrunneous to pi¬
ceous. Microsculpture: frons with isodiametric meshes; pronotum with moderately
transverse meshes, feebly impressed on disc; elytra with very transverse meshes.
Pronotum (Fig. 3): sides sinuate in posterior half; anterior angles strongly pro¬
duced; posterior angles slightly acute to right; outer laterobasal impressions im¬
pressed; inner laterobasal impressions slightly punctate. Legs: mesotibia of male
straight (Fig. 6). Abdomen: last exposed sternum of male with shallow depression
medially. Aedeagus (Fig. 11): left side of apical portion of median lobe (in left
lateral aspect) strongly sinuate near middle and slightly sinuate subapically; apical
portion of median lobe (in ventral aspect) with lightly sclerotized diagonal band.
Length of body: 8.2-8.5 mm.
Material .—Holotype (male). Washington: “Wash. Mt. St. Helens Spirit Lk.,
Bear Crk. 3200', 6.VII.74 A & D Smetana.” The specimen, which is housed in
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
255
Figure 1. Pterostichus smetanai Bousquet, new species.
256
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 2-6. 2-4. Pronotum. 2, P. vexatus ; 3, P. smetanai ; 4, P. campbelli. 5, 6. Mesotibia of male
(dorsal aspect). 5, P. lanev, 6, P. smetanai.
the Canadian National Collection (CNC No. 18400), has the last five (right) and
seven (left) antennomeres and the tibia and tarsus of the left posterior leg missing.
Paratypes. Washington: same data as holotype (CNC), 2 females.
Distribution.—Pterostichus smetanai is known only from the type locality in
Washington.
Habitat.— The three known specimens were collected at a wild creek on a steep
forested slope on shaded, wet places constantly sprinkled with water, under rocks
and pieces of bark on ground, together with adults of Pterostichus johnsoni Ulke
and Nebria sp. (A. Smetana, pers. comm.).
Remarks.— Adults of this species are very similar to those of P. campbelli but
differ by the shape of the median lobe of the aedeagus.
Etymology.— Patronymic, the species was named in honour of A. Smetana,
Biosystematics Research Institute, Ottawa, who collected the specimens of the
original series.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
257
Figures 7-12. Right paramere (a), median lobe (left lateral aspect) (b) and apical part of median
lobe (ventral aspect) ( c ) of aedeagus. 7, P. vexatus (holotype); 8, P. shulli (holotype); 9, P. lanei
(holotype); 10, P. humidulus (holotype); 11, P. smetanai (holotype); 12, P. campbelli (holotype).
Pterostichus campbelli Bousquet, New Species
Description .—Similar to P. smetanai except for the following character states.
Pronotum (Fig. 4): anterior angles less produced. Aedeagus (Fig. 12): left side of
apical portion of median lobe (in left lateral aspect) slightly sinuate subapically.
Type material .—Holotype (male). Oregon: “Ore. Tillamook Co 1 mi S Hebo
258
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
28.VII. 1979 JM & BA Campbell.” The specimen is housed in the Canadian
National Collection (CNC No. 18401).
Paratypes. Oregon: “Cannon Beach, Oregon VII-18-37” (CAS), 1 male, 1 fe¬
male.
Distribution. — Pterostichus campbelli is known from Oregon but may also occur
in Washington (see below).
In addition to the type material, I have seen 40 specimens, tentatively assigned
to this species (see remarks), from the following localities: Washington: “Was.”
(CM), 1 <5, 1 2. Oregon: Pacific City, 21.VII.42, K. M. Fender (OSU), 1 Alsea,
7.V.39, H. P. Lanchester (OSU), 1 3; Lobster Valley, 15 mi SW Alsea, 27.V.72,
P. Lattin (OSU), 1 3; Bald Mt., Polk Co., 23.VIII.42 (OSU), 1 <5; Mike Bauer
Wayside, Lincoln Co., 30.VIII.81, 6.IX.81, J. R. LaBonte (CAS), 1 6, 2 2; Mike
Bauer Park, Lincoln Co., 25.IX.81, P. J. Johnson (UI), 2 2; Grass Crk., Lincoln
Co., 25.IX.81, P. J. Johnson (UI), 3 8, 7 2; nr. Canal Crk., Lincoln Co., 25.IX.81,
P. J. Johnson (UI), 7 8, 7 2; Peavine Ridge, nr. McMinnville, 18.X.46, K. M.
Fender (OSU), 1 2; Gunaldo Falls, Yamhill Co., 30.VI.49 (OSU), 1 2; Boyer,
23.VII.41, K. M. Fender (OSU), 1 2; Latourell Falls, Multnomah Co., 8.V.37, M.
H. Hatch (OSU), 1 2; Cannon Beach, 14.VII.37 (OSU), 1 2.
Habitat .—The holotype was collected by sifting deciduous leaf litter along a
small stream (J. M. Campbell, pers. comm.). Some of the specimens studied have
the following habitat labels: “sea drift after storm,” “marshy area above river.”
Remarks .—Adults of P. campbelli are very similar to those of P. smetanai and
can be positively separated only by the examination of the median lobe of ae-
deagus.
Males assigned to P. campbelli show variation in the shape of the median lobe.
Some specimens have the apical portion of the median lobe less sinuate apically
and the apex more obliquely rounded (in left lateral aspect) than the holotype,
while others have the apical portion of the median lobe more twisted than the
holotype. I have not seen enough specimens of the subgenus to decide whether
or not these morphological differences fall within the range of variation of P.
campbelli. I have limited the type material to the specimens mentioned because
of the possibility that the additional material studied may include more than one
species.
The drawing of the median lobe listed as that of P. humidulus in Ball (1965,
Fig. 4) is that of P. campbelli.
Etymology.— Patronymic, the species was named in honour of J. M. Campbell,
Biosystematics Research Institute, Ottawa, who collected the holotype.
Discussion
In addition to the three species described here, the subgenus Pseudoferonina
includes three more species: P. shulli, P. lanei and P. humidulus These species
can provisionally be placed into 2 groups. Members of the first, which includes
P. vexatus, P. shulli and P. lanei, are characterised by having the sides of the
pronotum oblique (Fig. 2) or slightly sinuate in the posterior half, and the me-
sotibia of male slightly curved apically (Fig. 5). The species occur east of the
Cascade Range, in Washington and Idaho. Members of the second group, which
includes P. humidulus, P. smetanai and P. campbelli, differ by having the sides
of the pronotum clearly sinuate in the posterior half (Figs. 3, 4), and the mesotibia
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
259
of male straight apically (Fig. 6). The species occur in the Pacific coast area and
the Cascade Range, in Washington and Oregon. While the first group of species
is probably monophyletic, as its species share the synapomorphy related to the
form of the mesotibia of the male, I was unable to find any evidence suggesting
that this is also the case for the second group of species.
Members of species of each group are very similar to each other externally and
can be distinguished with confidence only by examination of the median lobe of
the aedeagus. Adults of these species differ from those of other groups of Ptero-
stichini (sensu stricto), occurring in Western North America, by the following
combination of character states: micro sculpture of elytra transverse; third interval
of elytra with 2 discal setae; metacoxa with 2 setae (both laterad); seta on meta¬
trochanter present; metepisterna subquadrate (medial and anterior margins sub¬
equal in length).
The following key should enable students to separate adults of the species of
Pseudoferonina.
Key to Adults of the Species of Pseudoferonina Ball
1. Mesotibia of male slightly curved apically (Fig. 5). Sides of pronotum
oblique (Fig. 2) or slightly sinuate in posterior half . 2
Mesotibia of male straight apically (Fig. 6). Sides of pronotum clearly
sinuate in posterior half (Figs. 3, 4) . 4
2. Median lobe of aedeagus in ventral aspect without lightly sclerotized di¬
agonal band (Fig. 7c) . P. vexatus Bousquet
Median lobe of aedeagus in ventral aspect with lightly sclerotized diagonal
band (Figs. 8c-9c) . 3
3. Median lobe of aedeagus in left lateral aspect strongly sinuate behind mid¬
dle (Fig. 8 b). Outer laterobasal impressions of pronotum impressed ..
. P. shulli Hatch, 1949
Known only from Idaho. Specimens studied: holotype (male) and allotype
(female) with label “Pierce Idaho May 23, 1929 Alt 3200 W. E. Shull Col¬
lector” in OSU.
Median lobe of aedeagus in left lateral aspect not sinuate behind middle
(Fig. 96). Outer laterobasal impressions of pronotum absent or faintly
impressed. P. lanei Van Dyke, 1925
Known from Washington and Idaho. Specimens studied: holotype (male)
with label “Wawawai, Wash. May 31, 1921 M. C. Lane Col.” in CAS; 4
specimens with label “Idaho, Boise Co. 10 mi NE Idaho City, 10-Mile
cmpdg., 18.VII.1981, J. M. Campbell” in CNC.
4. Last exposed sternum of male with 2 median protuberances. Apex of
median lobe of aedeagus with a right projection (in left lateral aspect)
(Fig. 106) . P. humidulus Van Dyke, 1943 1
Known only from Washington. Specimens studied: holotype (male) with
label “Hoquiam Wash. V-27-1914 E. C. Van Dyke Collector” in CAS; one
male (teneral) with label “Nasel R. Wash Pacific County Sept.9.1929” in
OSU.
Last exposed sternum of male without protuberances. Apex of median lobe
of aedeagus without projection (in left lateral aspect) (Figs. 116-126) .. 5
1 First described as Pterostichus pacificus Van Dyke, 1926, nec P. pacificus Poppius, 1906.
260
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
5. Median lobe of aedeagus in left lateral aspect sinuate near middle (Fig.
11 b) . P. smetanai Bousquet
Median lobe of aedeagus in left lateral aspect not sinuate near middle (Fig.
12 b) . P. campbelli Bousquet
Acknowledgments
I thank D. Lattin of the Oregon State University, D. Kavanaugh of the California
Academy of Sciences and P. J. Johnson of the University of Idaho for sending
me specimens used in this study, and my colleagues A. Smetana and I. Smith for
their criticisms of the manuscript. I also acknowledge Go Sato for the preparation
of the habitus illustration and for inking the line drawings.
Literature Cited
Ball, G. E. 1965. Two new subgenera of Pterostichus Bonelli from western United States, with notes
on characteristics and relationships of the subgenera Paraferonia Casey and Feronina Casey
(Coleoptera: Carabidae). Coleopt. Bull., 19:104-112.
Hatch, M. H. 1949. Studies on the Coleoptera of the Pacific Northwest III. Carabidae: Harpalinae.
Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 44:80-88.
-. 1953. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part 1: introduction and Adephaga. University
of Washington Press, Seattle, 340 pp.
Poppius, B. 1906. Zur Kenntnis der Pterostichen-Untergattung Cryobius Chaud. Acta Soc. Fauna
et Flora Fenn., 28:1-280.
Van Dyke, E. C. 1925-1926. New species of Carabidae in the subfamily Harpalinae, chiefly from
Western North America. Pan-Pac. Ent., 2:65-76, 113-126.
-. 1943. New species and subspecies of North American Carabidae. Pan-Pac. Ent., 19:17-30.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, p. 261
Scientific Note
Euparagia scutellaris Cresson (Hymenoptera: Masaridae) in
Idaho: A New State Record 1
Species in the genus Euparagia Cresson have been reported from Arizona,
California, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas and northern Mexico. All of the species
except E. scutellaris Cresson appear to be restricted to desert regions. Euparagia
scutellaris has been reported only from California where it occurs in the Transi¬
tional Zone (Krombein, 1979, in Krombein et al., Cat. Hymen. Am. N. Mex.,
Yol. 2, p. 1470). The collection of two specimens of E. scutellaris in south-central
Idaho constitutes a range extension of approximately 500 km. The specimens
were identified using key criteria (Bohart, 1948, Pan-Pac. Ent., 24:149-154) and
by comparison with specimens of E. scutellaris from Sagehen Creek, Nevada Co.
and Yuba Pass, Sierra Co., Calif, in the author’s collection.
Specimens of E. scutellaris examined: Idaho: 1 6 Twin Falls Co., 11 mi E
Rogerson, 20-VII-1952, W. F. Barr; 1 2 Camas Co., Corral, ll-VII-1983, J. B.
Johnson, on Lupinus sp. Both specimens were deposited in the University of
Idaho Entomological Museum.
James B. Johnson, Department of Plant, Soil and Entomological Sciences, Uni¬
versity of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843.
1 Published with the approval of the director of the Idaho Agricultural Experiment Station as
Research Paper No. 8478.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, p. 262
Scientific Note
Rhagoletis basiola in Apple: A New Host Record
Rhagoletis basiola (Osten Sacken) is a non-economic fruit fly which has been
known to utilize only plants in the genus Rosa, and has the widest range of any
Rhagoletis sp. in North America (Bush, 1966, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 134(4):
431-562). In Oregon, we have captured it frequently on AM traps which are
placed to detect apple maggot, R. pomonella (Walsh). Our work with the latter
also has involved rearing.
On 26 August 1980, apples were collected from two adjacent trees growing on
the slope below a railroad track in Gresham, Multnomah Co. (NW Sec. 4, T1S,
R3E). During April 1981, two adults of R. basiola emerged in the lab. Adults of
R. pomonella emerged also, but it is unknown if they were from the same fruits.
On 13 October 1982, only a few deformed fruit remained on the same trees. These
and (mostly) fruit on the ground were collected and yielded five pupae, all R.
basiola, from which four adults emerged during June 1983. A large number of
apples was collected from the same general area on 7 October 1983, yielding 17
pupae from which one R. basiola and a few R. pomonella adults emerged during
1984. The specimens of R. basiola have been deposited in the collections of the
Oregon Department of Agriculture and Oregon State University.
During 1982 and 1983, Kevin Tracewski, Washington State University (pers.
comm.) gathered 817 apples from the same area at various times, though it is
unknown if any were from the aforementioned trees. These apples yielded 1179
pupae, from which no adults of R. basiola emerged.
The Gresham site is heavily infested with R. pomonella in both apple and
naturalized hawthorn. A small stand of wild Rosa sp., which was found to be
infested with R. basiola and an unidentified microlepidopteran in the hips, oc¬
curred about 50 meters from the known apple host(s); however, during the spring
of 1983 these trees were destroyed by construction. Extensive rearing from apples
collected at many other sites in western Washington and Oregon by Tracewski
(pers. comm.) and the authors has not produced R. basiola, even when heavily
infested Rosa spp. grew contiguously.
From these data and the fact it has not been reported elsewhere, it seems that
the utilization of apple by R. basiola is rare. However, that this phenomenon
exists may not be particularly surprising considering that R. pomonella is estab¬
lished on Rosa rugosa Thunberg in New England (Prokopy and Berlocher, 1980,
Canadian Ent., 112(12): 1319-1320). Flies in the genus Rhagoletis appear to be
highly adaptable in exploiting new habitats and food resources (Bush, ibid.; 1969,
Evolution, 23:237-251). It is hoped that the example we present does not augur
additional problems for the apple industry.
Richard L. Westcott, Oregon Department of Agriculture, Salem, Oregon 97310;
M. T. AliNiazee, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331; Richard L.
Penrose, 27116 Vista Delgado, Valencia, California 91355.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 263-264
Scientific Note
Macrovelia hornii Uhler, a Cave-inhabiting Semiaquatic Bug
(Hemiptera: Macroveliidae) 1
Macrovelia hornii Uhler is a widespread semiaquatic bug, previously recorded
from Oregon, California, New Mexico, Nebraska to North Dakota, and Baja
California, Mexico (Polhemus and Chapman in Menke (ed.), 1979, Bull. Calif.
Insect Surv., 21:47). In California, the insect is found throughout the state, in¬
habiting stream margins, springs, and seep areas, usually where there is abundant
vegetation (see Polhemus and Chapman for additional details).
During a recent trip to Redwood Canyon, Kings Canyon National Park, Tulare
County, California, to explore caves for terrestrial arthropods, Thomas S. Briggs,
Darrell Ubick, and I discovered M. hornii on the walls of Cedar Cave and Lilbum
Cave. The bugs were most numerous in Cedar Cave (also known as Deep Cave),
where they were first discovered on 16 August 1984. They occurred only in the
twilight zone of the cave, from 2.5 m to 7.5 m from the entrance. The cave was
cool, approximately 7°C (relative humidity 89%), compared with the estimated
26-29°C outside temperature at 1500 hours, and there was no standing or running
water anywhere nearby. When four females were taken from the cave to the
outside, they became torpid, an apparent response to the drastic change in tem¬
perature. The first collection yielded 1 male and 14 females; the second collection
on the next day, 1 male and 4 females. In Lilbum Cave, 1 male and 3 females
were collected. All individuals collected or seen were macropterous adults; no
nymphs or brachypterous adults were present. No macroveliids were found in
the third cave explored, May’s Cave (also known as May’s Hole).
We were not able to find any M. hornii individuals outside the caves in the
immediate area during the short time we were there, but I would expect them to
be present along the margins of Redwood Creek, which runs through Redwood
Canyon. A female was found in a vegetated seepage hillside by D. Ubick on 17
August 1984 at 0.9 mile (0.5 km) south of Giant Forest Village, Sequoia National
Park, Tulare County. This collection stop is 10.5 airline miles (17.5 km) due
southwest of the Redwood Canyon area. The bug is also known from nearby
Potwisha and Crescent Meadow; these records were taken from specimens in the
collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Again, all these specimens are
macropterous adults.
This cave record is the first for Macrovelia hornii, and it is the second for a
semiaquatic bug in the Nearctic Region. Reddell (1970, Texas J. Sci., 22(1):47-
65 and in litteris ) recorded specimens of Microvelia sp. (Veliidae) from a pool at
the bottom of Balcones Sink in Texas. Several species of Microvelia have been
reported from caves in Africa, Central America, and other parts of the world.
Gagne and Howarth (1975, Pacific Insects (1974), 16(4):399—413) described an
apterous species Speovelia aaa Gagne and Howarth (now placed in Cavaticovelia),
the world’s first true troglobitic heteropteran, and recorded a species of troglophilic
Mesovelia from Hawaiian lava tubes. Recent surveys of neotropical Mexican caves
1 Note presented to the 19 October 1984 meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
264
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
revealed that Hemiptera in caves are represented by mostly trogloxenes and oc¬
casional troglophiles (1971, 1973, Assoc. Mex. Cave Stud. Bull., 3-5).
Macroveliids should not have been unexpected in caves since they tend to avoid
light: they tend to rest under overhanging rocks or on vertical dark sides of stones
(see Polhemus and Chapman). The presence of only adult macropters suggests
that M. hornii are temporary inhabitants of caves. Until collections are made at
other times of the year, no conclusions can be positively drawn regarding their
permanent residency and reproduction in caves. However, Cedar Cave was dis¬
covered only recently in the early 1970’s. At that time, the cave was completely
filled with fluvial gravel deposits, indicating that Redwood Creek was higher than
it is now. Through several excavations by spelunkers, the cave was first enlarged
in 1974 and lengthened to the present length of about 370 meters of passage.
Therefore, the bugs must have colonized the cave after the discovery of the cave.
Since the specimens collected do not have cave-adapted modifications, the insects
probably flew in from outside of the cave and did not colonize the twilight zone
of the cave from within, i.e., from the Lilbum Cave system which probably has
interstitial connections with Cedar Cave.
The writer gratefully acknowledges Dr. John C. Tinsley, Cave Research Foun¬
dation and U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, California, for the opportunity
to conduct the arthropod survey of the caves and for providing detailed infor¬
mation on the caves of the area; Mr. Stanley R. Ulfeldt, Trilobyte Computer
Corp., Berkeley, California, for information on the history of Cedar Cave; Mr.
Warren C. Rauscher, Belmont, California, for additional information; and Dr.
John T. Polhemus, Englewood, Colorado, for critically reading the manuscript
and confirming the identification of the insect.
Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Fran¬
cisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, p. 265
Scientific Note
Observations on Adult Behavior of Centris flavofasciata Friese
(Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae)
A large nesting aggregation of Centris flavofasciata was discovered on December
13, 1980 north of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico. A few observations were made on
the male bee behavior at the site and since two types of males were present, the
author has been encouraged to record these observations for comparison with
similar studies now in progress.
The nesting site was located at what was previously considered to be 5 miles
north of Mazatlan but with the extensive development of the area, is now within
the city limits. The location was just off the beach about 50 meters from the water
line. The area was about 50 x 20 meters in size on a slight north facing slope.
The substrate was very fine, loose sand with sparse clumps of prostrate plants at
the edges. A great deal of trash (cans, bottles, plastic bags, etc.) was present in the
vicinity.
The bees were first encountered at 11:50 AM on a bright sunny day. Hundreds
of individuals were flying over the site a few centimeters above the surface. Two
distinct types of males were present, one smaller and faster (“normal”) and the
other larger and slower (“beta”).
The beta males were observed to land on the sand and walk about in a sort of
searching behavior. Three or four more individuals would join the first and all
clustered together for about a minute before dispersing and flying away. The
normal males remained alone after landing and appeared to occupy a definite
territory. Whenever a bee flew over anothers territory, the owner would imme¬
diately take flight and pursue the intruder. Each type of male appeared to ignore
the other and no contact between the two was observed. No digging activity was
seen and all of the individuals flying over the site appeared to be males.
A normal male was observed mating at the edge of the site. The couple were
on the sand near the plant cover. While the couple were still joined, the female
flew a short distance and alighted on a small plant. During mating, the male held
the female behind the head with his mandibles and held her body with his legs.
The male remained in position even when not joined. After 2-3 minutes the male
made a buzzing sound and flew away. The female primped for a few seconds and
also flew away.
After an hour activity decreased and the number of bees flying over the site
was reduced.
My thanks to R. Snelling for determining the bees and to G. Frankie for sug¬
gesting the publishing of the observations.
John A. Chemsak, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, p. 266
Scientific Note
Bombus bifarius Foraging at Aphid Honeydew (Apidae)
On the morning of 21 September 1984, male and female Bombus bifarius
Cresson were observed collecting honeydew from clusters of aphids, Cinera cur-
vipes (Patch), feeding on white fir, Abies concolor (Gord. & Glend.). Approximately
a dozen individuals were noted among aphid aggregations in Panther Meadows
Campground, 2400 m, Mount Shasta, Siskiyou County, California. Activity was
first noted at 0730 hours and continued until 0900 hours when the observations
were terminated.
As many as three individuals were present per aphid cluster. Other associates
at the honeydew included Camponotus workers, two syrphids, and a calliphorid.
Yellow jackets ( Dolichovespula ) were also common around the honeydew accu¬
mulations, but were frequently driven off by the foraging bumblebees.
Although honeybees visit honeydew, this behavior is not well known among
bumblebees; e.g., foraging at honeydew is not mentioned in Heinrich (1979,
Bumblebee economics, Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass., 245 pp.), Mitch¬
ell (1962, Bees of eastern United States, Vol. 2, North Carolina Agr. Exp. Stat.
Tech. Bull., pp. 513-538), Plath (1934, Bumblebees and their ways, MacMillan
Co., New York, 201 pp.), or Thorp et al. (1983, Bumble Bees and Cuckoo Bumble
Bees of California (Hymenoptera: Apidae), Bull. Calif. Insect Survey, Vol. 23,
Berkeley, Univ. of Calif. Press, 79 pp.). Three Palearctic species have been reported
to occasionally collect honeydew: B. lucorum (L.), B. terrestris (L.), and B. hyp-
norum (L.) (Alford, 1975, Bumblebees, Davis-Poynter, London, p. 91; Free and
Butler, 1962, Bumblebees, Collins, London, p. 91).
Bischoff (1927, Biologie der Hymenopteren, J. Springer, Berlin, p. 85) observed
that B. hypnorum collected aphid honeydew in preference to visiting nearby Rubus
flowers, a frequent nectar source for this species. Similarly, males of B. bifarius
collected honeydew and ignored flowering Chrysothamnus (Nutt.), a frequent
nectar source of B. bifarius (Thorpe et al., loc. cit.).
These observations lead to questions regarding resource utilization by bum¬
blebees. It would be of interest to know if honeydew foraging is an opportunistic
behavior occurring late in the season as flower resources disappear, or fall tem¬
peratures drop below minimums for nectar secretion (Crane, 1975, Honey, Heine-
man, London, pp. 91-92). Alternatively, some individuals may be partial hon¬
eydew specialists throughout the life cycle of the colony, visiting honeydew early
in the morning then switching to flowers later in the day.
David L. Wagner, Department of Entomology, University of California, Berke¬
ley, California 94720; Sydney A. Cameron, Department of Entomology, Univer¬
sity of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 66045.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, p. 267
Scientific Note
A Homonymy in the Genus Trypoxylon (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)
In 1982 (Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., vol. 97, pp. 37-39) I described a large
mud-daubing sphecid wasp that occurs in southern Mexico. I gave the name
Trypoxylon ( Trypargilum ) giganteum Coville to the species. Recently, Dr. Alex¬
ander Antropov (of the Zoological Museum, Moscow State University, Herzen
Street 6, Moscow 103009, USSR), who is cataloguing the species of Trypoxylon,
kindly informed me that giganteum Coville is a junior homonym. Tsuneki (1980,
Special Publ. Japan Hymenopterists Assoc. No. 13, pp. 123-126) had given the
name giganteum to a species of Trypoxylon in the subgenus Trypoxylon that he
described from the Philippines. Therefore, a replacement name for giganteum
Coville is required. As a replacement name, I am proposing Trypoxylon ( Try¬
pargilum) antropovi in honor of Dr. Antropov for his discovery of the homonymy
and graciously informing me of the need to replace the name.
Rollin E. Coville, Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of Cal¬
ifornia, Berkeley, California 94720.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(3), 1985, pp. 268-271
Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 1984
FOUR HUNDRED AND TWENTY-EIGHTH MEETING
The 428th meeting was held Friday, 20 January 1984, at 8:10 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Harvey I.
Scudder presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 16 December 1983 were read, corrected, and accepted. Mr. Gary
L. Peters was proposed and elected as a regular member.
Mr. Vincent F. Lee read names of additional members of the Society who elected to be sponsoring
members for 1984: Mr. Arthur L. Chan, Mr. Benjamin Keh, Dr. Edward L. Smith, and Mr. Roy R.
Snelling. Dr. David H. Kavanaugh announced the rediscovery of the type of Amphizoa davidi Lucas
in the Paris Museum, the unique specimen of the only known species of amphizoid from the Old
World. He also announced that some boxes from the entomology department were available without
charge. Dr. Scudder announced the titles and speakers of the forthcoming meetings.
The featured speaker Mr. David L. Wagner, University of California, Berkeley, gave the lecture
entitled “The Mating and Flight Behavior of Ghost Moths (Lepidoptera: Hepialidae).” He showed
slides and talked about the general biology of hepialids and specifically on two local species, Hepialis
hectoides Boisduval and H. californicus Boisduval.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 51 persons was present, of which 32 signed as members and 17 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND TWENTY-NINTH MEETING
The 429th meeting was held Friday, 17 February 1984, at 8:15 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Harvey I.
Scudder presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 20 January 1984 were read and accepted. Mr. Richard L. Hall
was proposed and elected as a regular member.
Dr. Scudder reported on the status of the Society’s participation with the American Association for
the Advancement of Science meetings in June 1984. Several guests and students in the audience were
introduced. Dr. Kirby W. Brown showed color slides of the green shield scale Pulvinaria sidii Maskell.
The featured speaker Dr. Robert K. Washino, chairperson of the Department of Entomology,
University of California, Davis, gave the lecture entitled “Forecasting the Impact of Reclamation on
Mosquito Fauna.” He showed slides and talked about the history of California water projects and
how they affect several well-known mosquito species. By using regression analysis of variables such
as snowpack levels, temperatures in March and April, rice acreage, total insecticides, etc., predictions
of mosquito populations of the 1950’s through the 1970’s fell fairly close to actual estimates, especially
during years with normal weather.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 49 persons was present, of which 31 signed as members and 18 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTIETH MEETING
The 430th meeting was held Friday, 16 March 1984, at 8:15 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President-elect Dr. J. Gordon
Edwards presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 17 February 1984 were read and accepted. Three persons were
proposed and elected as new members: Mr. Eduardo A. C. de Almeida as a student member, and Dr.
George C. Eickwort and Mr. John E. Holzbach as regular members.
Mr. Gary W. Ulrich presented Mr. Clifford Y. Kitayama’s note on a new distribution record for
Megalodacne faciata (Fabricius).
The featured speaker Dr. Elaine A. Backus, University of California, Davis, gave a lecture entitled
“Sensory Mechanism of Feeding Behavior in Leafhoppers—A Matter of Good Taste.” She talked
about the feeding behavior of several species of leafhoppers. She also lectured on the stylet sensilla
involved in proprioception and showed excellent scanning electron micrographs of precibarial sensilla
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
269
that are thought to function as chemoreceptors. Speculation was made on the distribution and numbers
of these sensilla as they relate to the feeding strategies of these leafhoppers.
The social hour was held in the Goethe Room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 20 persons was present, of which 11 signed as members and 9 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-FIRST MEETING
The 431st meeting was held Friday, 20 April 1984, at 8:15 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with Past President Dr. Edward
L. Smith presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 16 March 1984 were read and accepted. Seven persons were
proposed and elected as new members: Mr. Randy W. Cohen as a student member, and Mr. Nicholas
A. Kormilev, Mr. Delbert A. LaRue, Mr. Randall W. Lundgren, Dr. Elwood S. McCluskey, Dr.
Edward L. Mockford, and Dr. Rudiger Wagner as regular members.
Dr. Smith reminded the audience of the AAAS-PCES meeting in June 1984. He also commented
on a financial problem of The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
The featured speaker Dr. Jacqueline L. Robertson, Pacific Southwest Forest and Range Experiment
Station, Berkeley, gave a lecture entitled “The Importance of Biotypes.” She talked about biotypes of
forest insects, with special reference to the douglas fir tussock moth and the western spruce budworm.
The techniques of identification of biotypes, namely electrophoresis for esterase and bioassay for
carbaryl, were described. The results of bioassay led to the speaker’s conclusion that the previous
history of exposure to pesticides was a common thread in the prediction of insect tolerance to carbaryl.
The implication of biotypes on registration and use of pesticides were discussed.
The social hour was held in the Goethe Room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 34 persons was present, of which 23 signed as members and 11 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-SECOND MEETING
The 432nd meeting was held Friday, 18 May 1984, at 8:15 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Harvey I.
Scudder presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 20 April 1984 were read and accepted. Four persons were proposed
and elected as new members: Mr. Steven V. Fend and Mr. Adam C. Messer as student members, and
Dr. Donald L. J. Quicke and Mr. Jacques Rifkind as regular members.
Dr. Scudder circulated photographs of the Habsburg Emperor’s Crown, which bore stylized insects
and is housed in the Vienna Museum. He also reminded the audience about the AAAS-PCES meeting
on 11 and 12 June 1984 and the “Computers in Systematics and Biogeography” seminar, which is
also co-sponsored by the Society, that might be of interest to the members of the Society. Dr. Francis
G. Howarth of the Bishop Museum and his wife Nancy were introduced by Dr. William E. Ferguson.
Mr. Alec M. Balmy presented a note on the first record of the viceroy butterfly from Baja California,
Mexico.
The featured speaker Mr. Fred C. Roberts, manager of the Alameda County Mosquito Abatement
District, Oakland, presented a lecture entitled “The Use of Computers for Entomological Biodata.”
He talked about the microhabitats of mosquitoes in Alameda County and the techniques used by
source reduction crews to sample and control mosquitoes in the source areas. The microcomputer
system put together by ACMAD to handle biological data from the field and laboratory, climatic data,
etc. was described. From these data, a model was created for prediction of mosquito population trends.
A current research project on the relationship of mosquito fish, Anopheles larvae, and the sago pond-
weed was also described.
The social hour was held in the Goethe Room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 29 persons was present, of which 21 signed as members and 8 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-THIRD MEETING
The 433rd meeting was held Friday, 19 October 1984, at 8:10 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Harvey I.
Scudder presiding.
270
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
The minutes of the meeting held 18 May 1984 were read and accepted. Thirteen persons were
proposed and elected as new members: Mr. Andrew M. Amster, Mr. Derek K. Broemeling, Ms. Helen
E. Carr, Mr. Jett S. Chinn, Mr. Liam Davis, Mr. J. Kenneth Grace, Jr., Mr. Peter M. Ozorio, and
Mr. Kirk A. Smith as student members, and Dr. D. Christopher Darling, Dr. Mario Descamps, Mr.
David J. Donahue, Dr. Henry A. Hespenheide III, and Dr. Dennis D. Murphy as regular members.
Dr. Scudder gave a brief summary of our Society’s seminar “Topics in Entomology,” held in
affiliation with the Pacific Division of the American Association for the Advancement of Science
meetings on 11 and 12June 1984 at San Francisco State University, announced the June 1985 meetings
to be held in Missoula, Montana, and mentioned the recent payment by the U.S. Department of
Agriculture of past due publication charges. Dr. Paul H. Amaud, Jr. announced with regret the passing
on 11 June 1984 of Dr. Robert C. Miller, an honor member of the Society, who served as treasurer
of the Society for 21 years and as a director of the California Academy of Sciences. Mr. Vincent F.
Lee announced the existence of a youth-oriented entomology group Young Entomologists’ Society (Y.
E. S.), formerly the Teen International Entomology Group and presented a scientific note entitled
“Macrovelia hornii Uhler, a Cave-inhabiting Semiaquatic Bug (Hemiptera: Macroveliidae).” Dr. Ed¬
ward S. Ross presented slides of the New Forest Butterfly Farm, in Longdown, near Southampton,
England. Dr. Stanley C. Williams presented a scientific note he co-authored with Dr. Jack T. Tomlinson
entitled “Gathering of Aecial Spores of Willow Rust by the Honey Bee, Apis mellifera (Hymenoptera,
Apinae).” Dr. Scudder announced the fall 1985 meeting of the World Health Organization, held in
conjunction with the Fogarty International Center of the National Institutes of Health, at the Gorgas
Memorial Laboratory in Panama. Mr. Lee also presented a news release from the Pacific Missile Test
Range at Point Mugu, California, with a photograph showing technicians spraying for mosquito control.
The featured speaker Dr. Charles H. Schaefer, University of California Mosquito Research Labo¬
ratory, Fresno, presented “Experiences with Mosquito Control and Malaria in Indonesia.” His slide-
illustrated lecture showed how cultural practices of the Javanese people and the 1982 drought en¬
couraged the growth of mosquitoes and maintenance of malaria. He also mentioned a project in which
Bacillus thuringiensis Berliner serotype H14 was used to control mosquitoes in a lagoon.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 45 persons was present, of which 22 signed as members and 18 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-FOURTH MEETING
The 434th meeting was held Friday, 16 November 1984, at 8:05 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Harvey I.
Scudder presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 19 October 1984 were read and accepted. Two persons were
proposed and elected as new regular members for 1985: Mr. Harold A. Connelly and Mr. Robert B.
Parks, Jr.
Dr. Scudder announced the formation of the auditing committee, consisting of Mr. H. Vannoy
Davis as chairperson and Dr. Paul H. Amaud, Jr. and Mrs. Helen K. Court as members, and the
nominating committee, with Dr. Stanley C. Williams as chairperson and Drs. William A. Ferguson
and Cornelius B. Philip as members. He also announced that the Academy is imposing a fee for the
use of the Morrison Auditorium and Goethe Room for the Society meetings and solicited donations
from the audience. Dr. J. Gordon Edwards introduced three students from San Jose State University.
Dr. Scudder announced that the 1985 meetings of the Pacific Division of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science will be held 9-14 June 1985 at the University of Montana, Missoula,
with Dr. Jerry J. Bromenshenk as the local coordinator for the Society, and called for volunteers from
the floor. Ms. Sharon S. Mead showed slides of a katydid she photographed in Costa Rica. Dr. Jack
T. Tomlinson gave a scientific note he co-authored with Dr. Williams entitled “Antibiotic Properties
of Honey Produced by the Domestic Honey Bee Apis mellifera (Hymenoptera: Apidae).”
The featured speaker Mr. Richard L. Tassan, Gill Tract, University of California, Albany, presented
“Biological Control of Iceplant Scales in California.” He lectured on the biologies of the iceplant scales
Pulvinariella mesembryanthemi (Vallot) and Pulvinaria delottoi Gill and their spread in the landscaping
along highways of California and on the attempts to control them with natural adelphid and encyrtid
parasitoids and coccinellid predators imported from South Africa.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 34 persons was present, of which 25 signed as members and 9 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 3
271
FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-FIFTH MEETING
The 435th meeting was held Friday, 14 December 1984, at 8:10 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. Harvey I.
Scudder presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 16 November 1984 were read and accepted. Two persons were
proposed and elected as new regular members for 1985: Ms. Lily Dong and Dr. Claire Levesque.
Dr. Scudder asked for committee reports. Dr. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr. summarized the audit committee’s
report and passed the report around for the audience to view. Mr. Vincent F. Lee reported for the
membership committee, gave a summary of the size of the membership for 1984, and mentioned the
successful sponsoring membership drive initiated this year. He then read the names of members who
elected to be sponsoring members for 1985: Dr. Phillip A. Adams, Mr. Robert P. Allen, Dr. William
F. Barr, Dr. Richard M. Bohart, Mr. and Mrs. Robert Buickerood, Dr. Donald J. Burdick, Dr. Leopoldo
E. Caltagirone, Dr. Kenneth W. Cooper, Dr. J. Gordon and Alice Edwards, Dr. George R. Ferguson,
Mr. Wayne C. Fields, Jr., Dr. Theodore W. Fisher, Dr. John G. Franclemont, Dr. Kenneth S. Hagen,
Dr. Alice S. Hunter, Mr. Johannes L. Joos, Mr. Charles E. Kennett, Mr. Dennis M. Kubly, Dr. Robert
J. Lyon, Dr. Robert L. Mangan, Mr. Gordon A. Marsh, Dr. Woodrow W. Middlekaulf, Mr. Calvert
E. Norland, Mr. Harry W. Oswald, Dr. Robert W. L. Potts, Dr. Jacqueline L. Robertson, Ms. Leslie
S. Saul, Dr. Evert I. Schlinger, Mr. David B. Scott, Dr. Harvey I. Scudder, Dr. Terry N. Seeno, Mr.
Frank E. Skinner, Dr. Edward L. Smith, Mr. Roy R. Snelling, Drs. Marius S. Wasbauer and Joanne
S. Slansky, and Dr. David B. Weissman. On behalf of Treasurer Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, Dr. Arnaud
thanked the President and Secretary for their part in getting payment for outstanding debts from the
U.S. Department of Agriculture.
Dr. Stanley C. Williams read the 1985 slate of candidates from the nominating committee: President
Dr. J. Gordon Edwards, Treasurer Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, Secretary Mr. Vincent F. Lee, and
President-elect Mr. Larry G. Bezark. Dr. William E. Ferguson suggested that a restaurant be indicated
on the meeting announcement for dinner before the regular meetings. The audience concurred with
a show of hands. Dr. Williams suggested that the Society host an annual formal dinner. Mr. Larry G.
Bezark gave a summary of the Entomological Society of America meeting in San Antonio. Dr. Williams
introduced Mr. Louis Dubay and Mrs. Lenore Bravo of the San Francisco Beekeepers Association,
and Mr. Benjamin Keh introduced Ms. Lily Dong. Dr. Scudder then past the gavel to the new president,
Dr. J. Gordon Edwards, Dr. Kirby W. Brown presented 35 mm slides of tortricid and reduviid eggs.
Dr. Edwards noted an old paper by Dr. Cornelius B. Philip and reminded the audience of his expertise
in many aspects of medical entomology.
The featured speaker Dr. Scudder presented the presidential address “North American Tertiary
Fossil Insects.” He summarized the known Tertiary fossil sites in North America and in other areas
in the Palearctic Region, with special emphasis on his studies of the paper shales of Stewart Valley,
Nevada.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 37 persons was present, of which 27 signed as members and 10 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles
on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history', and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬
cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed
page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for
publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor.
General. — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct
quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500
ft) elevation”.
Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All
manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight.
Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8 '/2 X 11 inches are not acceptable.
Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each
sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet.
Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping.
First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses,
(3) the author’s name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the
complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author
of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a
separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for
each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the
author.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings.
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (117 X 181 mm; 4 5 /s X 7'/s inches). If possible,
allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face.
Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should
be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed
illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric
scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures
to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title
of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations
not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to
acceptance of the manuscript.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed
following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the
following format;
Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212.
Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base. BioSciences Information
Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e. .. . “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:21 1-212)
noted ...*’.
Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be
charged to the author.
Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00
per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges.
Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for
reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer.
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901-
1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to Vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to Vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per
volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for Vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58
(1982) and subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).*
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl Pritchard and
Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. Price $10.00 (plus $1.25
postage and handling).*
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).*
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343
pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, post¬
age, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-
California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at
this special price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).*
*(Add 6 % sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco,
Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties add 6 ‘/ 2 %). Members of the Society will receive a 20%
discount on the price of the memoirs.)
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
% California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118-9961
U.S.A.
Vol. 61
October 1985
No. 4
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
GIESBERT, E. F.—Additional species in the genus Strangalia (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in
Central America, with a revised key to males. 273
GRACE, J. K.—A spider beetle, Sphaericus gibboides Boieldieu (Coleoptera: Ptinidae), tun¬
neling in wood in service... 288
PACKER, L.—Two social halictine bees from Southern Mexico with a note on two bee hunting
philanthine wasps (Hymenoptera: Halictidae and Sphecidae).... 291
KAMM, J. A. and L. M. McDONOUGH—Sex attractant for Diarsia pseudorosaria, a defoliator
of ryegrass (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).... 299
IVIE, M. A.—Nomenclatorial notes on West Indian Elaphidiini (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) 303
IVIE, M. A.—Synonymy in West Indian Lamiinae (Cerambycidae). 315
LONGAIR, R. W.—Male behavior in Euparagia richardsi Bohart (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) 318
BENNETT, S. G.—A new record of a short-tailed whip scorpion from Santa Catalina Island,
California (Schizomida: Schizomidae). 321
WESTCOTT, R. L„ R. E. BROWN, D. B. SHARRATT, and R. E. WHITE— Longitarsus: A
new species from Oregon and a new record for North America (Coleoptera: Chryso-
melidae). 323
ALLEN, R. K.—Mexican Mayflies: New species, descriptions and records (Ephemeroptera) ... 332
BARRETT, B. A., C. D. JORGENSEN, and S. J. LOOMAN—Foraging recruitment by the
giant tropical ant, Paraponera clavata (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). 334
DALY, H. V.—Bees of the genus Megaceratina in Equatorial Africa (Hymenoptera: Apoidea)
... 339
TOMLINSON, J. T. and S. C. WILLIAMS—Antibiotic properties of honey produced by the
domestic honey bee Apis mellifera (Hymenoptera: Apidae). 346
BHATTACHARJEE, R. K.—Three new species of Collembola from North-east India (Collem-
bola: Arthropleona: Hypogastruridae and Entomobryidae). 349
EDWARDS, D. R. and J. K. WANGBERG—Life history of Synalocha gutierreziae Powell
(Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) on Snakeweed (Asteraceae: Gutierrezia spp.)... 358
SCIENTIFIC NOTES. 331, 345, 348
INDEX TO VOLUME 61. 366
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1985
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. A. Chemsak, Editor
R. S. Lane, Associate Editor
W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen
R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafemik, Jr.
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬
en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should
be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall,
University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back
numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1985
J. Gordon Edwards, President W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer
Larry Bezark, President-Elect V. F. Lee, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961.
Editor: J. A. Chemsak, 201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None.
This issue mailed October 31, 1985
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 273-287
Additional Species in the Genus Strangalia
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in Central America,
with a Revised Key to Males
Edmund F. Giesbert
9780 Drake Lane, Beverly Hills, California 90210.
Abstract. — Five new species in the lepturine genus Strangalia Audinet-Serville
are proposed: S. maculifrons, S. panamensis, and S. linsleyi from Panama are
described and figured; S. pseudocantharidis and S. instabilis are described from
Panama and Costa Rica. Pseudotypocerus cantharidis Chemsak & Linsley and P.
dimidiatus Chemsak & Linsley are reassigned to Strangalia, and the males are
described, as is the male of S. montivaga from Mexico, El Salvador, and Honduras.
S. annae Chemsak & Linsley is recorded from Panama. A revised key to males
of the genus in Mexico and Central America is provided.
Recent studies by Chemsak (1969), Chemsak and Linsley (1976a, 1976b, 1981),
and Linsley and Chemsak (1971) have added much to our knowledge of the
Mexican and Central American species of Strangalia Audinet-Serville. It is hoped
that the following additions will assist in their projected comprehensive generic
revision of the Neotropical Lepturinae. As noted by Chemsak and Linsley (1976b),
there is a pronounced sexual dimorphism and dichromatism in many species of
this genus, which often makes the sexes difficult to associate. Three of the new
species described here are thus far known with certainty only from male specimens.
Key to Males of Mexican and Central American Strangalia
(To follow 1 st couplet in Chemsak and Linsley’s (1976b) key to the genus, which
provides for separation of males and females.)
2(1). Metatibiae without distinct carinae. 3
- Metatibiae carinate, at least apically along inside edge from base of
inner spur . 12
3(2). Abdomen with last stemite excavated for its entire length . 4
- Abdomen with last stemite excavated for less than its entire length 9
4(3). Antennae with very small, indistinct sensory pits . 5
- Antennae with well-developed sensory pits. 6
5(4). Elytra brownish with narrowly black lateral and sutural margins and
small black spot each side at middle. Length 16-18 mm. Sinaloa,
Mexico . S. sinaloae
- Elytra black, each usually with a narrow yellowish discal vitta from
base to apex. Vittae sometimes reduced. Length 15-18 mm. Moun¬
tains of Sinaloa, Mexico to Honduras . S. montivaga
6(4). Antennae with outer segments testaceous, subserrate, with apical
274
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
transverse sensory pits. Elytra black, subplanate; pronotum orange.
Smaller species; length 9-11 mm. Panama . S. linsleyi
- Antennae with outer segments black, sensory pits large, longitudinal.
Elytra usually bicolored. Larger species; length 13-22 mm. 7
7(6). Antennae with segments 7-11 with double sets of sensory pits; elytra
black, usually with 2 yellowish vittae. Length 22 mm. Vera Paz,
Guatemala . S. lachrymans
- Antennae with segments 7-11 with large single sensory pits. 8
8(7). Elytra whitish testaceous with margins and suture black; legs all black.
Length 13-17 mm. Panama . S. dimidiata
- Elytra orange testaceous with margins and suture black; legs with fore-
and mesofemora orange. Length 18-20 mm. El Salvador ... S. cavei
9(3). Elytra yellowish with dark lateral margins expanding discally into
spots; abdomen with last stemite excavated for % its length. Form
small, 10-13 mm. Mexico, Belize, and Guatemala. S. pectoralis
- Elytra varying from black to yellowish, with dark margins, if present,
not expanded into discal spots. Form moderate sized, 14-20 mm 10
10(9). Pronotum orange-testaceous; elytra yellowish with black apices; last
abdominal stemite shallowly concave, with sinuate-truncate apex.
Length 11-14 mm. Panama . S. pseudocantharidis
- Pronotum black, or mostly black; elytra black, orange, or black and
orange; last abdominal stemite laterally lobed at apex. 11
11(10). Abdomen with last stemite excavated for Vi its length, with lateral
lobes tmncate and recurved inward; pronotum densely clothed with
short appressed golden pubescence; antennae with small sensory
areas. Length 14-16 mm. Durango and Sinaloa, Mexico . . S. auripilis
- Abdomen with last stemite excavated for % its length, with lateral
lobes rounded, not recurved; pronotum moderately clothed with
short, thin pubescence; antennae with outer segments with large
sensory pits. Length 17-20 mm. Costa Rica and Panama . . S. annae
12(2). Abdomen with last stemite not excavated nor laterally expanded ... 13
- Abdomen with last stemite excavated, expanded to varying degrees 15
13(12). Metatibiae without broad plate at apex; metastemum without tuber¬
cles; integument orange and black; elytra narrowly black apically.
Length 13-18 mm. Mexico . S. biannulata
- Metatibiae with broad plate at apex; metastemum bituberculate .... 14
14(13). Metatibiae arcuate, apices with single spine in addition to broad plate;
integument orange and black, elytra usually orange. Length 15-18
mm. Sinaloa, Mexico. S. palaspina
- Metatibiae straight, apices with 2 spines in addition to broad plate;
integument testaceous and black, elytra narrowly black along mar¬
gins. Length 17-19 mm. Costa Rica. S. opleri
15(12). Pronotum very sparsely punctate, punctures scattered. 16
Pronotum densely punctate, punctures often contiguous. 18
16(15). Abdomen with last stemite broadly excavated, expanded sides round¬
ed at apex, margins of stemites simple; elytra black. Length 14-18
mm. Veracruz, Mexico, to Belize . S. brachialis
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
275
17(16).
18(15).
19(18).
20(19).
21 ( 20 ).
22(19).
23(22).
24(18).
25(24).
26(24).
27(26).
Abdomen with last stemite narrowly excavated, expanded sides acute
at apex; stemites with margins crenulated; elytra testaceous with
black spots . 17
Abdomen with apex of last tergite emarginate, angles not spinose.
Length 14-18 mm. Panama . S. saltator
Abdomen with apex of last tergite notched, angles spinose. Length
16-17.5 mm. Nicaragua to Panama. S. picticornis
Antennae with sensory pits well developed, distinct. 19
Antennae with sensory pits small or absent . 24
Abdomen with 4th stemite excavated, impressed, or at least flattened
at apex. 20
Abdomen with 4th stemite evenly convex for its entire length .... 22
Abdomen with 4th stemite deeply excavated on apical 3 4; head with
front short. Length 16-19 mm. Panama . S. panamensis
Abdomen with 4th stemite impressed or flattened at apex. 21
Metatibiae moderately curved, with a single unmodified spur; ab¬
domen with last stemite very strongly expanded, nearly as wide as
long, 4th stemite flattened apically; outer antennal segments each
with double set of large sensory pits. Length 15-18 mm. Panama
. S. maculifrons
Metatibiae strongly arcuate, inner spurs modified into small, flat plates;
abdomen with last sternite moderately strongly expanded, 4th ster-
nite impressed at apical antennae with sensory pits single. Length
20-25 mm. Oaxaca and Nayarit, Mexico . S. doyeni
Elytra ochraceous yellow with narrowly black apices. Length 14-17
mm. Costa Rica and Panama . S. cantharidis
Elytra not ochraceous yellow with black apices . 23
Elytra black with base narrowly reddish. Length 20-22 mm. Sinaloa
and Jalisco, Mexico . S. bicolorella
Elytra black, each with a longitudinal yellowish vitta which may be
entire, or interrupted to form 2 or 3 lineoles. Length 11-16 mm.
Costa Rica and Panama . S. instabilis
Pronotum reddish-orange, with margins narrowly black . 25
Pronotum black . 26
Abdomen with last sternite shallowly impressed for 4 / 5 of its length;
antennal segments 8 to 11 yellow. Length 19 mm. Nayarit, Mexico
. S. westcotti
Abdomen with last stemite deeply excavated for nearly its entire
length; outer antennal segments black. Length 23-25 mm. Southern
Arizona to Chihuahua, Mexico . S. occidentalis
Abdomen with last stemite strongly longitudinally carinate, sides very
strongly inflated, 4th sternite shallowly impressed at apex. Length
20-23 mm. Oaxaca, Mexico . S. cavaventra
Abdomen with last stemite not strongly longitudinally carinate, sides
moderately expanded, 4th stemite evenly convex. Length 14-19
mm . 27
Metatibiae straight; abdomen with last tergite not apically fringed;
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
276
integument black; antennae with last 3 segments yellow. Length
14-16 mm. Guerrero, Mexico . S. xanthotelas
- Metatibiae curved and expanded at apex; abdomen with last tergite
fringed at apex. 28
28(27). Abdomen with last tergite emarginate at apex; elytra broadly testa¬
ceous with black margins. Length 19 mm. Chiapas, Mexico, to
Guatemala . S. dolicops
- Abdomen with last tergite rounded at apex; elytra black. Length 16-
17 mm. Guatemala . S. melampus
Strangalia maculifrons, New Species
(Fig. 1)
Male. — Form moderate-sized, elongate, strongly tapering posteriorly; integu¬
ment yellow-orange, with tips of mandibles, tips of palpi, eyes, head except por¬
tions of front and occiput, subquadrate macula on front above clypeus, antennae
to 7th segment, 2 broad, often coalescent vittae on pronotal disk, scutellum, elytral
suture, apices, and margins, abdomen except middle of 1st segment, parts of
sternum, tips of mesofemora, apical Vs of metafemora, metatibiae, and all tarsi,
blackish. Head with front long, shallowly punctate, sparsely pubescent; vertex
finely, confluently punctate, sparsely pubescent, several long hairs near tempora
directed posteriorly, and with longitudinal impression between antennal tubercles;
antennae slightly longer than elytra, segments from 6 th slightly thickened, with
double sets of large oval sensory pits, segments to 5th with depressed black
pubescence, remaining segments micropubescent. Pronotum with sides slightly
sinuate, apex shallowly impressed; disk evenly convex, with moderately coarse,
close punctures; pubescence short, suberect, black or golden to match integument
beneath, with a few long, erect hairs laterally on basal Vi. Prostemum very finely
rugulose, finely, sparsely pubescent; mesostemum finely punctate and pubescent;
metastemum narrowly concave in middle between 2 elongate elevated tubercles,
punctures coarse, sparse. Elytra more than 3 times as long as basal width, sides
strongly tapering before middle, slightly dehiscent near oblique, emarginate apices;
punctures small, shallow, separated; pubescence short, moderately dense, sub¬
depressed, golden on disk, blackish toward margins. Legs moderately slender;
metatibiae slightly curved, carinate on inner side at apical Vi, with a single spur.
Abdomen extending 1 Vi segments beyond tips of elytra; stemites finely punctate
and pubescent basally, punctures becoming coarser and sparser apically; terminal
stemite deeply excavated for its entire length, sides very widely produced, nearly
as broad as long. Length 15-18 mm.
Female. —Unknown.
Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) and 12 male paratypes from
PANAMA, Panama prov., Cerro Campana, 2700', June 3-5, 1981 (E. Giesbert);
90 additional paratypes from PANAMA: 14 males, Panama prov., 10-13 km N
El Llano, 1800' (on blossoms of Psychotria luxurians Rusby), June 3-5, 1982 (E.
Giesbert); 5 males, Panama prov., 10-13 km N El Llano, May 29-31, 1983 (E.
Giesbert); 17 males, Panama prov., 10-13 km N El Llano, May 29-June 2, 1983
(J. Wappes); 40 males, Panama prov., 10 km N El Llano, 1400', May 4-June 3,
1984 (E. Giesbert); 9 males, Panama prov., 10.5 km N El Llano, June 3-5, 1984
(F. Hovore); 5 males, Panama prov., Cerro Jefe, May 31-June 2, 1984 (F. Hovore).
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
277
Figure 1. Strangalia maculifrons Giesbert, new species; male.
278
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Remarks. — This species exhibits a good deal of variation in the integumental
coloration of the pronotum. The markings vary from a pair of distinct and separate
dark vittae to an entirely black disk. The fronto-clypeal macula on the head,
however, is constant in the large series at hand. Elytral color variation consists
of the presence or absence of a slight expansion of the lateral black vitta onto the
disk as a median spot.
Strangalia maculifrons bears a similarity to S. lachrymans (Bates) in the peculiar
doubled arrangement of the antennal sensory pits.
The presence of occasional unaccompanied females of Strangalia belti (Bates)
at the above localities where male S. maculifrons are found raises the possibility
that the two forms belong to a single dimorphic species. S. belti, known only from
the females, has been collected over a much wider range than the present male
form, and may represent a complex of species in which the females are similar,
but the males differ. (Further collecting over the range of S. belti with observation
of mating pairs is needed.)
Strangalia panamensis, New Species
(Fig. 2)
Male. — Form moderate-sized, elongate, strongly tapering posteriorly; integu¬
ment yellow-orange, with head, antennae to about middle of 7th segment, varying
apical infuscation of pronotum, scutellum, elytral margins, apices, and suture,
meso- and metastemum, parts of coxae, abdomen except portions of last 2 ster-
nites, apices of pro- and mesofemora, metafemora (except lighter base), and all
tibiae and tarsi blackish. Head with front short, less than l h as long as entire eye,
moderately punctate, sparsely pubescent, palpi unequal, maxillary pair larger,
ovate, with longitudinal impressions; vertex with fine longitudinal impressed line,
punctures fine, confluent; antennae shorter than elytra, thickened from 7th seg¬
ment, single apical sensory pits small on 6th segment, large on segments 7-11,
segments to 5th with depressed black pubescence, 7-11 micropubescent. Prono¬
tum with sides slightly sinuate, apex shallowly impressed; disk with punctures
fine, close, with vague median impunctate line on basal Vr, pubescence fine, short,
subdepressed, golden, with a few long erect hairs laterally on basal Vi. Prostemum
and mesostemum finely punctate and pubescent; metastemum with an elevated
tubercle each side of middle, with fine, moderately dense, subdepressed golden
pubescence at sides. Elytra more than 3 times as long as broad, strongly attenuate,
slightly dehiscent for most of length, apices oblique, feebly emarginate; punctures
moderately fine, close; pubescence moderately dense, short, subdepressed, golden
on disk, black laterally. Legs slender; metatibiae curved outward near apices,
strongly carinate internally, inner apical spurs modified as small spatulate pro¬
cesses; metatarsi with 1st segment feebly sinuate. Abdomen extending 2 full seg¬
ments past elytral tips; stemites finely punctate on basal %, punctures becoming
more coarse and sparse toward apices; 4th stemite with apical l h moderately deeply
excavated; last stemite deeply excavated for its entire length, sides strongly pro¬
duced. Length 16-19 mm.
Female. —Unknown.
Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) and 26 male paratypes from
PANAMA, Panama prov., 10-13 km N El Llano, 1800' (on blossoms of Psychotria
luxurians Rusby), June 3-5, 1982 (E. Giesbert), 14 additional paratypes from
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
279
Strangalia panamensis Giesbert, new species; male.
Figure 2
280
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
PANAMA: 2 males, Panama prov., Cerro Campana, 2700' June 3-5, 1981 (E.
Giesbert); 2 males, Panama prov., 10-13 km N El Llano, May 30-June 2, 1983
(J. Wappes); 1 male, Panama prov., 10-13 km N El Llano, May 29-31, 1983 (E.
Giesbert); 1 male, Panama prov., Cerro Campana, June 1, 1983 (E. Giesbert); 2
males, Panama prov., 10 km N El Llano, 1400', May 4-20, 1984 (E. Giesbert);
1 male, Panama prov., Cerro Campana, 2200', May 18, 1984 (E. Giesbert); 5
males, Panama prov., 10.5 km N El Llano, June 3-5, 1984 (F. Hovore).
Remarks. — Color variation in the type series consists mainly of the degree of
infuscation on the pronotal disk, which ranges from a narrow apical blackish area
to an all blackish disk.
Superficially similar, Strangalia panamensis and S. maculifrons are sympatric
in central Panama. Both species have been encountered by the author on the same
blossoming shrubs each time they have been collected.
A single unaccompanied female, possibly of this species, was captured by the
author at a different elevation on Cerro Campana in Panama. Although it bears
a close resemblance to S. panamensis in coloration, this unassociated specimen
will not be assigned here as an allotype, until examples collected in copulo establish
its relationship with certainty.
Strangalia tins ley i, New Species
(Fig. 3)
Male. — Form moderately small, elongate, tapering, narrowest at apical V 3 ; in¬
tegument black, with tips of mandibles, prothorax, mesostemum, pro- and me-
socoxae, basal % of profemora, and basal % of mesofemora orange, portions of
palpi and segments 7 or 8 to 11 of antennae yellowish testaceous. Head with front
short, medially impressed, finely punctate and pubescent; palpi unequal, slender,
subcylindrical; vertex concave behind antennal tubercles, finely, shallowly punc¬
tate with scattered larger punctures, finely, sparsely pubescent with several long
hairs directed posteriorly, longitudinal impression feeble; tempora obtusely tu-
berculate; antennae extending to about apical V 3 of elytra, segments from 6th
thickened, subserrate, shortened, with transversely oriented apical sensory pits,
segments to 6th with suberect black pubescence, remaining segments with pale,
silky micropubescence. Pronotum shorter than basal width, with sides forming a
continuous sinuate line with elytral humeri; disk finely, shallowly, transversely
rugulose-punctate, moderately clothed with short appressed golden pubescence.
Pro sternum shining, nearly glabrous; me so- and metastemum finely, densely,
shallowly punctate, finely pubescent. Elytra 3 times as long as basal width, tapering
to apical V 3 , then widening to convex, obliquely subtruncate apices with outer
angle dentate, inner angle widely rounded, margins vertical; disk subplanate,
punctures granulate near base, larger than those of pronotum, pubescence black,
suberect. Legs moderately slender; metatibiae not carinate internally. Abdomen
moderately elongate, extending approximately 1 segment beyond elytral apices;
finely, densely, shallowly punctate, with fine, suberect, pale pubescence; 4th ster-
nite subcylindrical; terminal stemite broadly excavated for its entire length, ex¬
cavation subglabrous, with apex deeply emarginate, apical angles obtuse, mod¬
erately produced vertically; terminal tergite convex, apically subtruncate. Length
9-11 mm.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
281
Figure 3. Strangalia linsleyi Giesbert, new species; male.
Female. —Unknown.
Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) and 24 male paratypes from
PANAMA, Panama prov., Cerro Jefe, 2800', May 12-31, 1984 (E. Giesbert). 2
additional paratypes, same locality and dates (F. Hovore).
Remarks. —This species may be easily distinguished from its congeners in the
area of this study by its small size, shortened subserrate antennae, and flattened
elytral disk with rounded inner apical angles. Variation is expressed in the color
of the scutellum, which may be indistinctly orange, and in orange markings on
the genae and bases of metafemora in approximately 20 percent of examples in
the type series.
Strangalia linsleyi exhibits some characters which are somewhat anomalous in
the genus in Central America, but appears to be congeneric with the worldwide
species which are presently defined as Strangalia.
282
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 4. Relative shape of pronotum: left, Strangalia cantharidis (Chemsak & Linsley); right, S.
pseudocantharidis Giesbert.
It is a pleasure to dedicate this species to E. Gorton Linsley in honor of his
lifelong contributions to the knowledge of Cerambycidae.
Strangalia cantharidis (Chemsak & Linsley), New Combination
(Fig. 4)
Pseudotypocerus cantharidis, Chemsak & Linsley, 1976a: 174; Chemsak and Lins¬
ley, 1981:486.
The following description of the previously unknown male is based in part on
a series of examples from the type locality.
Male. —Form moderate-sized, elongate, tapering to apex; integument yellowish-
testaceous, with head, antennae, scutellum, portions of meso- and metathorax,
abdomen except base of 1 st stemite, 4th stemite, and basal Vi of terminal stemite
and tergite, tibiae, tarsi, and apices of elytra black, femora black except underside
at base longitudinally testaceous. Head with front moderately elongate, more than
IV 2 times as long as broad, sparsely pubescent, irregularly punctate; vertex with
fine longitudinal impression, finely, densely punctate, with larger punctures in¬
terspersed; antennae extending to about apical V 3 of elytra, segments 6-11 with
apical poriferous sensory pits containing small fascicles of short setae, distal seg¬
ments clothed with golden micropubescence. Pronotum campanulate, moderately
convex, sides sinuate, narrower across basal angles than elytral humeri (Fig. 3);
disk finely, subconfluently punctate; pubescence pale golden, longitudinally ap-
pressed, moderately dense. Prostemum nearly glabrous; meso- and metastemum
minutely, densely punctate, densely clothed with golden appressed pubescence,
metastemum with elongate tubercle each side of shallow median impression.
Scutellum triangular, with golden, longitudinally appressed pubescence. Elytra
slightly more than 2Vi times as long as broad, tapering to obliquely emarginate
apices; disk with punctures fine, moderately dense, subgranulate; pubescence short,
golden, appressed. Legs slender; protibiae slightly sinuate, with golden pubescence;
metatibiae feebly carinate on inside at apices. Abdomen elongate, extending nearly
2 segments beyond elytral apices, finely, closely punctate and pubescent on basal
3 4 of stemites 1-4; terminal stemite deeply, broadly excavated for its entire length,
with excavation shining, nearly glabrous, lateral margins vertical and produced
as subtruncate lobes; terminal tergite subtruncate, with basal % golden pubescent.
Length 14-15 mm.
Type locality. — Cerro Campana, Panama prov., PANAMA.
New material examined. —20 males, 3 females, from PANAMA, Panama prov.,
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
283
Cerro Campana, 2700', June 3-5, 1981 (E. Giesbert); 1 male, Panama prov.,
Cerro Campana, 2700', May 3, 1981 (E. Giesbert); 5 males, 2 females, Panama
prov., 10-13 km N El Llano, 1800' (on blossoms of Psychotria luxurians Rusby),
June 3-5, 1982 (E. Giesbert); 3 males, Panama prov., 10-13 km N El Llano, May
29-31, 1983 (E. Giesbert).
Remarks. —This and the following species were originally described as Pseu-
dotypocerus based solely on female specimens. Subsequent collection of both sexes
shows the males to have the elongated abdomen typical of the genus Strangalia.
Strangalia dimidiata (Chemsak & Linsley), New Combination
Pseudotypocerus dimidiatus Chemsak & Linsley, 1981:487.
The following description of the previously unknown male of this markedly
dimorphic and dichromatic species is based on a series of examples collected
within a few miles of the type locality.
Male. — Form moderate-sized, elongate, tapering posteriorly; integument black,
with palpi testaceous, and elytra whitish testaceous with apices, margins widely,
and suture narrowly, black. Head with front moderately long, densely punctate
except on raised triangular callus; palpi unequal, with terminal segment of max¬
illary pair large, spatulate; vertex finely, densely punctate, sparsely pubescent, with
fine linear impression from between antennal tubercles to neck; antennae sur¬
passing elytral apices by approximately 1 segment, slender, with segments from
6 th slightly thickened, 7th segment with apical sensory pit, segments 8-11 with
large dorsal and ventral sensory pits from base to apex, segments to 5 th with black
subdepressed pubescence, remaining segments with silky, pale yellowish micro¬
pubescence. Pronotum longer than basal width, with sides sinuate, apex shallowly
impressed; disk evenly convex, finely, densely punctate, with fine, depressed, pale
pubescence, and a few long, erect hairs laterally near base. Prostemum finely,
shallowly punctate, and finely pubescent on basal Vi in front of coxae; meso- and
metastemum finely, densely punctate and pubescent, metastemum with acute
tubercle each side of centro-apical glabrous impression. Elytra nearly 3 times as
long as basal width, sides tapering to apical l A, then slightly dehiscent to apices,
which are obliquely emarginate with acute angles; disk with punctures small,
separate, pubescence short, moderately dense, subdepressed. Legs moderately
slender; metatibiae lacking carinae, with double apical spurs. Abdomen extending
IV 4 segments beyond elytral apices, stemites each finely, densely punctate and
pubescent near base, with punctures and pubescence becoming sparser apically,
1 st stemite somewhat more pubescent than remainder of abdomen; terminal
stemite excavated for its entire length, with sides strongly produced as a pair of
downward-directed foliate lobes, excavation shining, with short central carina at
apex; 4th stemite evenly convex; terminal tergite convex, with apex subtruncate
to shallowly emarginate. Length 13-17 mm.
Type locality. — Cerro Azul, 700 m, Panama prov., PANAMA.
Material examined. — 33 males, 22 females, from PANAMA, Panama prov.,
Cerro Jefe, 2800' (on blossoms of Psychotria luxurians Rusby), May 12-31, 1984
(E. Giesbert); 3 males, 1 female, Panama prov., Cerro Jefe, May 31, 1984 (F.
Hovore).
Remarks. — There is very little similarity between the previously described fe-
284
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
male, and the male described above. In addition to the sexual dimorphism often
seen in Strangalia, S. dimidiata is also highly dichromatic, the female having
yellow-orange integument with the head, appendages, quadrate elytral humeral
maculae, and apices black. Positive association is based on the collection of a
number of pairs in copulo.
Strangalia pseudocantharidis, New Species
(Fig. 3)
Male. — Form moderate-sized, elongate, tapering; integument yellow-orange,
with elytra yellowish, head except macula on underside of neck, tips of maxillary
palpi, antennae, scutellum, meso- and metastemum, abdomen except most of 4th
segment, posterior ¥2 of procoxae, meso- and metacoxae, apical ¥2 of meso- and
metafemora, tibiae, tarsi, and apices of elytra black. Head with front moderately
elongate, less than IV2 times as long as broad, sparsely pubescent, irregularly
punctate; vertex finely, densely punctate with larger punctures interspersed, mod¬
erately clothed with transversely appressed golden pubescence; antennae extending
to about apical ¥3 of elytra, outer segments micropubescent, with large apical
poriferous sensory pits bearing small fascicles of short setae. Pronotum moderately
convex, base nearly as wide as elytral humeri, sides forming a nearly continuous
sinuate line with elytral humeri (Fig. 3); disk finely, subconfluently punctate,
pubescence pale golden, moderately dense, longitudinally appressed. Prostemum
nearly glabrous; meso- and metastemum finely, densely punctate, densely clothed
with appressed golden pubescence. Elytra 2 ¥2 times as long as broad, tapering to
obliquely emarginate apices; disk with punctures fine, moderately dense, subgran¬
ulate, pubescence short, golden, appressed. Legs slender, with golden pubescence
on inside of protibiae; metatibiae not carinate internally. Abdomen elongate,
extending about 2 segments beyond elytral apices; finely, closely punctate and
pubescent on basal 3 A of stemites 1-4; terminal stemite broadly, shallowly ex¬
cavated for most of its length, excavation moderately sparsely, finely punctate
and pubescent, widest across flattened, sinuate-truncate apex; terminal tergite
subtruncate, basal % golden pubescent. Length 14-15 mm.
Female. — Form somewhat more robust than male; head black with ventral
surface and genae usually marked with orange, abdomen orange with base and
apex of stemites 1-4 narrowly black, terminal stemite and tergite black, profemora
with apical ¥3 black; antennae reaching to about middle of elytra; abdomen not
elongate, extending about 1 segment beyond elytral apices, with hind angles of
emarginate-truncate apex rounded. Length 11-14 mm.
Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences), and 2 female para-
types from PANAMA, Panama prov., Cerro Campana, 2700', June 3-5, 1981 (E.
Giesbert). Additional paratypes : 3 males, 2 females, from PANAMA, Panama
prov., 10-13 km N El Llano, 1800' (on blossoms of Psychotria luxurians Rusby),
May 29-31, 1983 (E. Giesbert, J. Wappes); 1 male, 1 female, PANAMA, Panama
prov., 10 km N El Llano, June 3, 1984 (R. Penrose); 1 female, COSTA RICA,
San Jose, July 22, 1962 (A. E. Lewis).
Remarks.—Strangalia pseudocantharidis and S. cantharidis are sympatric in
Panama, and although superficially similar, structural differences indicate that
they may not be very closely related. These apparently convergent species appear
to share mimicry of a common model, presumably a similarly colored cantharid
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
285
beetle which has been observed in company with the latter species (Chemsak and
Linsley, 1976a).
S. pseudocantharidis may be separated from S. cantharidis by the form of the
pronotum (Fig. 3), the metatibiae lacking carinae, the orange femoral bases divided
from the black apices transversely, rather than longitudinally, the head at least
partially orange on the underside, the apically dark last segment of the maxillary
palpi; and in the males, by the usually orange profemora, and the form of the last
abdominal sternite.
Strangalia instabilis, New Species
Male. — Form moderate-sized, elongate, tapering posteriorly; integument black,
with discal vitta on each elytron from base to near apex, usually interrupted at
apical V 4 , and often also at basal %, yellow-testaceous; tips of maxillary palpi, and
often femora, tibiae, and distal portions of antennae brownish orange to orange.
Head with front long, finely, moderately densely punctate except on central callus;
palpi unequal, maxillary pair with terminal segment large, leaf-shaped; vertex
with linear impression between antennal tubercles, finely, confluently punctate,
very sparsely pubescent, with several long erect hairs directed posteriorly from
behind eye; antennae nearly attaining elytral apices, slightly thickened from 6th
segment, which bears a single oval sensory pit near apex, segments from 7th with
a pair of moderate-sized, smooth, oval sensory pits, segments to 5th with sub¬
depressed black pubescence, remaining segments micropubescent. Pronotum longer
than broad, with sides slightly sinuate, apex shallowly impressed; disk evenly
convex, with punctation moderately fine, not contiguous, with narrow glabrous
median line; pubescence moderately sparse, fine, subdepressed, with a few long
erect hairs on basal V 2 laterally. Prostemum finely, closely punctate and pubescent
on basal % in front of coxae; mesosternum finely, closely punctate and pubescent;
metastemum with a pair of nearly contiguous posteriorly directed acute tubercles
near apex. Elytra about 3 times as long as basal width, sides with basal % tapering,
apical V 3 nearly parallel-sided, slightly dehiscent near apices, which are obliquely
emarginate, with acute angles; disk with punctures small, separate, pubescence
short, moderately dense, subdepressed. Legs moderately slender, metafemora dor-
sally carinate to near apices; metatibiae carinate on inner side, with double apical
spurs. Abdomen extending V/ 2 segments beyond elytral apices; stemites finely,
densely punctate and pubescent basally, punctures becoming coarser and much
sparser apically; 4th sternite evenly convex, terminal sternite with a deep rounded
concavity between 2 curved foliate plates for nearly its entire length, with a short
centro-apical carina; terminal tergite convex, with apex rounded. Length 14-17
mm.
Female. —Form slightly more robust than male; antennae reaching to about
apical Vi of elytra, lacking distinct sensory pits; abdomen not elongate, extending
about 1 segment beyond elytral apices, with terminal sternite shallowly emarginate
and impressed at apex; terminal tergite feebly bilobed; metatibiae lacking carinae.
Length 12-16 mm.
Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences), and 28 paratypes
(18 males, 10 females) from PANAMA, Panama prov., Cerro Jefe, 2800' (on
blossoms of Psychotria luxurians Rusby), May 12-31, 1984 (E Giesbert). 17
additional paratypes as follows: 7 males, 4 females, PANAMA, Panama prov.,
286
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Cerro Campana, 2700', June 3-5, 1981 (E. Giesbert); 4 males, 1 female, PAN¬
AMA, Panama prov., Cerro Jefe, May 31, 1984 (F. Hovore); 1 female, COSTA
RICA, Braulio Carillo N.P., May 28, 1983 (P. Sherrill).
Remarks. —This species may be distinguished from its congeners in the area
of this study by the combination of yellowish vittate elytra with carinate meta¬
tibiae, double antennal sensory pits, and distinct metastemal tubercles in the
males; vittate elytra, black abdomen, and often partially orange appendages in
the females.
A great deal of variation is expressed in the color of the appendages. The
antennae may be all black, all orange or orange-brown, or with the basal segments
blackish and outer segments orange. The legs vary from all black, to all orange
femora with orange-brown tibiae. The elytral vittae may be entire, interrupted at
the apical %, or interrupted at both the apical % and the basal 2 / 5 to form a pattern
of 3 lineoles on each elytron. In the specimens at hand, the Cerro Jefe population
exhibits the latter tendency, while the Cerro Campana examples usually have less
interrupted vittae, and a tendency toward dark appendages. The Costa Rican
specimen has black antennae with orange pro- and mesofemora.
Strangalia montivaga, Chemsak & Linsley
Strangalia montivaga Chemsak & Linsley, 1976b:226.
This species was described on the basis of female specimens. The following
description of the male is drawn from a series of examples from the general area
of the type locality.
Male. —Form moderate-sized, slender, elongate, tapering posteriorly; integu¬
ment black with a narrow longitudinal vitta on each elytron from base to just
before apex yellowish. Head with front moderately short, moderately coarsely,
closely punctate and pubescent, except on triangular callus, with median linear
impression from callus to between antennal tubercles; maxillary palpi with ter¬
minal segment slender, subcylindrical; vertex densely, moderately coarsely punc¬
tate, sparsely pubescent; antennae attaining elytral apices, slender, sensory porifer¬
ous pits very small, indistinct. Pronotum about as long as basal width, with sides
slightly sinuate, apex shallowly impressed; disk evenly convex, moderately densely
punctate, finely, sparsely pubescent, median glabrous line indistinct. Prostemum
and mesostemum finely, densely punctate and pubescent; metasternum lacking
tubercles, with fine, dense punctation and pubescence becoming slightly sparser
apically. Elytra nearly Vh times as long as basal width, sides with basal % tapering,
then widening and slightly dehiscent to obliquely truncate apices; disk with punc¬
tures moderately close, slightly larger than those of pronotum, pubescence short,
subdepressed. Legs slender; metatibiae lacking carinae, with 2 apical spurs. Ab¬
domen slender, extending 2 segments beyond elytral apices; stemites finely, dense¬
ly punctate and pubescent basally; 4th stemite cylindrical with at most a slight
apical indentation, terminal stemite excavated for its entire length, laterally pro¬
duced outward and downward as a pair of foliate lobes; terminal tergite convex,
subtruncate. Length 15-18 mm.
Type locality. —24 mi W La Ciudad, Durango, MEXICO.
Material examined. — 8 males, 3 females, from MEXICO, Sinaloa, 2-7 km W
El Palmito, August 3-7, 1983 (E. Giesbert); 1 male from EL SALVADOR, La
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
287
Palma, 1200 m, May 12, 1971 (H. Howden); 1 male from HONDURAS, 16 km
N Siguatepeque, June 14, 1979 (J. A. Chemsak, A. and M. Michelbacher, W. W.
Middlekauff).
Remarks. — Along with the usual sexual dimorphism in Strangalia, the abdo¬
men of S. montivaga is red in the female, and black in the male. The Honduras
specimen differs from the Sinaloa series by a slight indentation at the apex of the
4th abdominal stemite. In the example from El Salvador, the elytral vittae are
reduced to a small basal lineole on each side.
An additional male of this species was reared by the author from a 1 Vi inch
diameter section of Pinus sp., slightly punky and without bark, found lying on
the ground at the Sinaloa location.
Strangalia annae, Chemsak & Linsley
Strangalia annae Chemsak & Linsley, 1981: 490.
This apparently variable species is here recorded from Panama, where examples
seen are all black, with the exception of abdominal segments 1 to 4 reddish, and
the profemora partially orange.
Type locality. —6 km S Santa Elena, Puntarenas prov., COSTA RICA.
New material examined. — 1 male, 2 females, from PANAMA, Panama prov.,
Cerro Campana, 2700', June 3-5, 1981 (E. Giesbert).
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank James E. Wappes, Frank T. Hovore, William H. Tyson, and
Dr. David Kavanaugh of The California Academy of Sciences, for collection data
and loan of specimens, Dr. Henry Stockwell and Dr. Dodge Engleman for valuable
assistance in Panama, and John A. Chemsak for collection data, helpful advice,
and review of the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Chemsak, J. A. 1969. New Mexican and Central American species of Strangalia Audinet-Serville.
Journal of the New York Entomological Society, 77:2-9.
-, and E. G. Linsley. 1976a. The lepturine genus Pseudotypocerus. Coleopterists Bulletin, 30:
171-175.
-, and-. 1976b. A review of the Mexican and Central American species of Strangalia
Audinet-Serville. Journal of the New York Entomological Society, 84:216-232.
-, and-. 1981. Additions to the known species of Pseudotypocerus and Strangalia. Pan-
Pacific Entomologist, 57:485-491.
Linsley, E. G., and J. A. Chemsak. 1971. An attempt to clarify the generic status of some Neotropical
species currently assigned to Euryptera, Chontalia, and Ophistomis. Arquivos de Zoologia do
Estado de Sao Paulo, 21:1-40.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 288-290
A Spider Beetle, Sphaericus gibboides Boieldieu
(Coleoptera: Ptinidae), Tunneling in
Wood in Service
J. Kenneth Grace
Department of Entomological Sciences, 201 Wellman Hall, University of Cal¬
ifornia, Berkeley, California 94720.
Spider beetles (Coleoptera: Ptinidae) are general scavengers with omnivorous
feeding habits (Howe, 1959, Bull. Entomol. Res., 50:287-326) and are frequently
found infesting stored food products. Several species will bore into wood to form
pupal chambers (e.g., Shapiro, 1948, Entomol. Obozr., 30:53-59), but significant
damage to wood has only been reported to occur in heavily infested warehouses
and granaries (Mackie, 1932, Calif. Dep. Agr. Mon. Bull., 21:474-488).
I describe here an infestation of Sphaericus gibboides Boieldieu damaging kitch¬
en cabinetry in a home in Berkeley, California (Alameda County). This species
was first reported in California in 1884, from infested plant specimens and papers
in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (Schwarz,
1890, Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 1:174-177). It has been collected from red
pepper (Fall, 1905, Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc., 31:97-296), saffron, cayenne, curry
powder, fish meal (Spencer, 1942, Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Col., 39:23-29),
caraway seeds and insect collections (Papp and Okumura, 1959, Bull. Calif. Dep.
Food Agr., 48:228-248). S. gibboides has not previously been reported to tunnel
in wood, nor has damage to wood by spider beetles been reported in residential
buildings.
In August 1984, a Douglas fir ( Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.) Franco) kitchen
cutting board measuring 50 x 40 x 2 cm was brought to me for examination.
Small, round to slightly elliptical holes were present on all surfaces of the board
(Fig. 1), having a long axis mean diameter of 1.3 ± 0.3 mm and short axis mean
diameter of 1.1 ± 0.2 mm (n = 52). These holes led into galleries of the same
diameter extending no deeper than 5 mm from the wood surface, but frequently
running slightly below and parallel to the surface for distances up to 20 mm.
Galleries were present only in the springwood (early wood), giving the end grain
a laminated appearance. They were loosely packed with fibrous frass appearing
without magnification as a course powder. Similar damage was noted to the
unpainted interior surface of a ponderosa pine ( Pinus ponder os a Dougl. ex Laws)
half-round molding secured to the front edge of the cutting board as a hand-pull.
Two dead adult S. gibboides were removed from galleries in the side and rear
edges of the cutting board. Galleries in the front edge of the board, originating in
the joint between the cutting board and the half-round molding, yielded ten intact
dead adults, three partial adult specimens, and four live larvae with ptinid char¬
acteristics (Manton, 1945, Bull. Entomol. Res., 35:341-365). Larvae (Fig. 2) ranged
in length from 1.4-1.9 mm, and adults (Figs. 3, 4) averaged 2.3 ± 0.3 mm in
length (n = 12). This is slightly greater than the 1.8-2.2 mm adult length reported
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
289
Figures 1-4. 1. Exit holes of Sphaericus gibboides galleries. 2. Lateral view of S. gibboides larva.
3. Dorsal view of S. gibboides adult. 4. Lateral view of S. gibboides adult.
by Papp and Okumura (1959). No other arthropod species were present, nor were
any body parts or fecal materials detected which would indicate prior gallery
occupation by other species.
Exit holes were also found in the Douglas fir cabinetry abutting the cutting
board. These holes were present only in the cabinet surfaces adjacent to the front
edge of the cutting board, where the seam between the board and half-round front
molding had yielded the majority of beetle specimens. The persistent, localized
nature of the population is indicated by the absence of S. gibboides infestation
elsewhere in the cabinetry or in the foods currently stored in the kitchen.
It is likely that S. gibboides was originally brought into this kitchen in contam¬
inated foodstuffs. Larvae or ovipositing adult beetles either fell into or sought
refuge in the seam between the cutting board and half-round front molding. These
beetles were probably able to persist on organic debris, and possibly derived some
nutrition from the wood itself. As the cutting board was rarely used by the oc¬
cupants of the house, larvae were able to mine the surface of the board and the
abutting cabinetry without discovery. The length of many of these galleries (up
to 20 mm) suggests rather long periods of larval excavation, although the primary
purpose may have been as pupation chambers. Persistence of the infestation is
290
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
indicated by numerous exit holes and significant cosmetic damage to the wood
surface.
Acknowledgments
I thank R. M. Mandel for bringing this infestation to my attention, and J. T.
Doyen, G. W. Frankie and D. L. Wood for pertinent information and manuscript
review. Specimens are deposited in the Essig Museum, Department of Entomo¬
logical Sciences, University of California, Berkeley.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 291-298
Two Social Halictine Bees from Southern Mexico with a
Note on Two Bee Hunting Philanthine Wasps
(Hymenoptera: Halictidae and Sphecidae)
Laurence Packer
Department of Zoology, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario M5S 1A1,
Canada.
On the 25th of January 1985 a large mixed aggregation of Halictus (Seladonia )
hesperus Smith and Lasioglossum ( Dialictus) exiguum (Smith) was discovered 1
kilometer to the east of Ocosingo, Chiapas, Mexico. Bees of both species were
abundant along the length of a bank at the side of a dirt road. The vertical face
of the bank was bare but the top was covered in vegetation that was kept short
by the grazing activities of a herd of bulls. The bank varied in height from 30 to
125 cm and the bees appeared to be congregated mainly where the bank was at
least half a meter in height. The lower portion of the bank had been cut back by
machinery earlier that morning and many bees were searching for their destroyed
nests. Other nests with entrances near the top of the bank remained intact. Samples
of flying bees were collected and nests excavated on the 25 th and 26th of January.
Nests were excavated by pushing a grass stem down the burrow entrance and
digging from the side of the bank. The bees were killed and preserved in 70%
alcohol and measured, aged and dissected using standard techniques (Abrams and
Eickwort, 1980).
The nesting substrate was complex, being composed of a mixed series of deposits
from the nearby river overlain by a loam layer some 10 to 15 centimeters deep.
The substrate beneath was largely composed of compacted sand interspersed with
bands of clay and limestone. Both species seemed to nest only on the vertical
exposed surface of the bank, avoiding the flat area above where some Halictus
ligatus nests were found. H. hesperus nests had been initiated in the dark topsoil
layer but L. exiguum nest entrances were found both in the dark soil and the
sandy vertical faces.
A small aggregation of Philanthus gibbosus Fabricius nests was located in the
vertical sandy part of the bank in an area with many nests of both halictine species.
Three nests were excavated and two females returning with prey were captured.
Trachypus gracilis Cameron and T. mexicanus Saussure nested in loose aggre¬
gations in the area, no nests of these species were excavated but two females of
the former were caught returning with prey.
Ocosingo is situated in a valley (17°10'N, 92°26'W) at an altitude of about 800
meters and is bordered to the north and south by mountains that exceed 2000
meters in height. The dry season in this part of Mexico begins in November and
ends in April.
292
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
ED <
ueens
>s
u
c
<D
D
CT
0
head width mm
Figure 1. Histograms showing size variation and reproductive status of a) L. exiguum and b) H.
hesperus females.
Results
Thirty-four workers and three queens of L. exiguum were caught flying around
the nest site and an additional 11 workers came from an incompletely excavated
nest.
The queens were obviously larger than the workers and were the only bees that
had mated (Fig. la). Queens averaged 19.5% larger than the workers based upon
head width and 19.2% larger in wing length (mean and standard deviation of head
width—queens x = 1.73, SD = 0.047; workers x = 1.39, SD = 0.52; wing lengths—
queens x = 4.35, SD = 0.084; workers x = 3.51, SD = 0.14).
Seven (15.2%) of the workers had enlarged ovaries and 5 (10.9%) contained an
oocyte that was at least half developed. Each of the three queens contained a
minimum of two oocytes that were more than half developed.
Two nests were incompletely excavated. One contained 11 workers one of which
had developed ovaries. The nest burrow was horizontal from the vertical sand
bank for about 20 centimeters and then sloped down at an angle of 30 degrees
from the horizontal for another 25 cm before it was lost. One branch left the main
burrow 25 cm in from the entrance and continued parallel to it for approximately
10 cm. The nest entrance was about 2 mm across and guarded, the burrows were
3 mm in diameter. No cells were located in this nest. The other nest had been
opened by the cutting back of the bank, no adult bees were located, but four
worker pupae and a fully grown larva were found. The cells were about 9 mm in
length and 3 mm in height with a narrow neck that was from 2 to 3 mm in length
and were lined with a waxy like material as is usual in halictines.
Ninety-three workers and 38 queens of H. hesperus were caught flying around
the nest site and a further 15 workers and 7 queens excavated from nests. As with
L. exiguum, the queens were much larger than the workers (Fig. lb) averaging
23.4% larger based upon head width and 19.5% larger in wing length (mean and
standard deviation in head width, queens —x = 2.38, SD = 0.07; workers x =
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
293
1.82, SD = 0.08; wing length, queens—x = 5.83, SD = 0.09, workers x = 4.79,
SD = 0.16).
Six (5.5%) of the workers had mated and 10 (9.3%) had enlarged ovaries, 5 of
them with an oocyte at least half developed. Mated workers were no larger than
unmated ones (mean head width of mated workers 1.82) but those with ovarian
development were significantly larger (mean head width of workers with developed
ovaries x = 1.89, SD = 0.06; for the rest x = 1.81, SD = 0.07, t = 3.27, P <
0 . 01 ).
Most of the workers had extremely worn mandibles, often worn down to the
inner tooth or beyond even if the wings showed no signs of wear.
Six nests were fully excavated, three contained only the founding gyne, the
remainder are illustrated in Figure 2. The entrances of all three illustrated nests
were constricted to a diameter of 2 mm (narrower than the head widths of the
queens) burrow diameters being about 4 mm. The cells were lined with a waxy
material as is usual for halictines and the top parts of the burrows were lined with
paler soil from deeper in the nest. No chalky film was observed lining the upper
part of the burrows. The nests with solitary gynes did not have constricted en¬
trances and the upper parts of the burrow were not lined with material from lower
down. As can be seen from Figure 2 the most recently excavated cells were not
necessarily the deepest and in nest 1 were well spread amongst the older ones.
Nest contents are shown in Figure 2; all of the pupae were female and clearly of
worker size.
Two queenright nests contained 8 and 5 workers, the third nest contained two
workers and a dead queen. In the last case neither of the workers were mated or
had ovarian development but both had mandibular wear.
Some H. hesperus gynes were still in the early stages of colony founding. This
is indicated by the three excavated nests that contained only the foundress and
the presence of gyne-sized bees with little ovarian development and low indices
of wear amongst the bees caught flying around the nest site.
A bombyliid fly Bombylius sp. was observed flying around areas inhabited by
H. hesperus . The association between the fly and its possible host was not con¬
firmed but flies of this genus frequently attack halictine bees. A deutonymph of
Anoetus sp. (Acari: Histiostomatidae) was found on a fully grown larva of H.
hesperus, these mites are common associates of halictines (Eickwort, 1979).
Two females of each of Philanthus gibbosus and Trachypus gracilis were caught
returning to their nests with prey. Each of the wasps was carrying a worker of H.
hesperus. A small aggregation of Philanthus gibbosus nests was found in the ver¬
tical, sandy part of the bank, in close proximity to nests of the two halictine
species. The exact positions of Trachypus gracilis nests was not determined but
judging by the behavior of several females they made their nest entrances in the
darker surface soil in the portion that was overhung by grass roots. T. mexicanus
females also nested in the vertical side of the bank.
Philanthus gibbosus females were observed to close their nest entrances while
foraging and when in the burrows for any great length of time. The nest entrances
were roughly semicircular with a lower diameter of 6 mm and a height of 4 mm.
The burrows were more or less horizontal but curved to the left and right. No
accessory burrows were observed. Two cells were discovered in one nest and one
in each of the other two. Cell contents were as follows:
294
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 2. Three nests of H. hesperus. The open circles represent pollen balls, with or without eggs;
closed circles are larvae and squares represent prepupae and pupae. The open cell in nest 3 had been
newly excavated and the dead gyne in this nest had been pushed to the bottom of the right hand
branch of the burrow. Filled in cells are not shown in the diagrams because their number and positions
are not known with any accuracy.
Nest 1. Cell 1. —5 H. hesperus queens, 1 L. exiguum queen. Cell 2.-4 H. hesperus
queens.
Nest 2. Cell 1. —5 H. hesperus workers, 1 dead Philanthus female.
Nest 3. Cell 1.—10 H. hesperus workers.
Two P. gibbosus males were captured while escaping from one burrow when a
long piece of grass was pushed into the entrance.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
295
Discussion
Halictus hesperus has been the subject of two previous reports: Wille and Mich-
ener (1971) studied the species briefly in Costa Rica and Brooks and Roubik
(1983) made their observations from the middle to near the end of the colony
cycle in Panama. The data presented here represent an earlier stage of the colony
cycle than in the Panama study. Some of the differences between the studies may
be attributable to this. For example, the size difference between queens and work¬
ers is greater in the bees from Southern Mexico than Panama (the percentage size
differences being 23.4 and 15.2 respectively based upon head width). An increase
in worker size during the colony cycle is a well known phenomenon in social
halictine species with more than one worker brood (Breed, 1975). Thus a larger
size difference between queens and workers is to be expected earlier in the colony
cycle. Similarly the lesser degree of ovarian development in workers from Mexico
(9% showing any ovarial development) compared to the populations from Panama
and Costa Rica (25 and 30.1% respectively) may be attributed to an earlier stage
of colony development. Thus the queen may more easily dominate the fewer
number of smaller workers particularly when she is younger.
Both previous studies reported the existence of a chalky lining to the top of the
burrow. This product of the Dufours gland (Brooks and Cane, 1984) was not
observed in the nests in Mexico. Brooks and Cane (1984) suggest that the function
of this secretion is to cement together the soil particles at the nest entrance. The
lack of this lining in the Mexican nests supports this hypothesis because with the
nest entrances situated on a near vertical slope loose soil particles did not collect
around the entrance. In contrast, the nests in Panama and Costa Rica were on
level ground.
The high levels of worker mandibular wear found in H. hesperus at Ocosingo
are quite remarkable, almost half of the bees having mandibles worn down to the
level of the inner tooth. This may be because the workers enlarge the nests before
commencing foraging activities, the very hard, compacted substrate causing a
large amount of mandibular wear. A similarly high degree of worker mandibular
wear was observed by Wille and Michener (1971).
This is the first description of the biology of L. exiguum a species known only
from southern Mexico. However, it is very closely related to L. umbripenne which
has been found in Guatemala and Costa Rica (Eickwort, 1970). These two taxa
may be sibling species, or differentiated only at the subspecific level (Eickwort,
pers. comm.).
L. umbripenne has been studied in two localities in Costa Rica by Wille and
Orozco (1970) in the distinctly seasonal habitat of Damitas and Eickwort and
Eickwort (1971) in the more homogeneous climate of Turrialba. Eickwort deter¬
mined that the bees at the two localities were conspecific (Eickwort 1970). The
scanty data available on the social organization of L. exiguum indicate that it is
more similar to L. umbripenne in details of its biology than any other member
of the subgenus Dialictus that has been studied so far. Thus, both species exhibit
a large degree of morphological caste differentiation (size differences, based upon
wing lengths being 19.2% for L. exiguum, 16.9% for the Damitas population of
L. umbripenne and 9.1% at the Turrialba locality). There is a similar degree of
queen control over worker reproductivity in the two species. With respect to
296
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
ovarian development 15.2% of the L. exiguum workers had developed ovaries
whereas the corresponding figures for L. umbripenne are 34 and 25% at Damitas
and Turrialba respectively. None of the L. exiguum workers were mated whereas
in the larger samples of L. umbripenne 2.5% were mated at Damitas and 6.1%
at Turrialba.
Unfortunately, insufficient data from nest excavations are available to inves¬
tigate other variables that pertain to the social organization of L. exiguum. Par¬
ticularly important would be data concerning the frequency of polygynous nests.
However, judging from the, admittedly small, samples of flying bees it seems
likely that small gynes may not occur in this population making it more similar
to the Damitas population of L. umbripenne than the Turrialba one. The caste
differentiation data are in agreement with this comparison. The differences be¬
tween the data for the two species may, in part, be due to the small sample size
for the Mexican species. However, these four variables (queen-worker size di¬
morphism, queen control over worker ovarian development and mating and the
degree of polygyny) are important in halictine social evolution (Breed, 1976;
Packer and Knerer, 1985) and the fact that all indicate a higher social level for
L. exiguum may be significant. Additionally, the data indicate that the Mexican
species is more similar to the Damitas population of L. umbripenne than the
Turrialba one. This may not be surprising considering the more marked wet and
dry seasons at the former two localities compared to Turrialba.
The data on H. hesperus and L. exiguum are consistent with the notion that
these species begin their colony cycles in the dry season. The absence of any adult
males of either species around the nest site or on flowers in the surrounding area
or of male pupae in the nests of H. hesperus indicate that only the earlier stages
of the colony cycle are present at this locality in January.
The data on H. hesperus indicate that although some nests contained developing
second brood workers others consisted of a solitary gyne which had not yet begun
provisioning. The comparatively low index of mandibular wear and the poorly
developed ovaries of some of these gynes strongly suggest that they were not
merely foundresses that had lost their nests and brood during the bank widening
process. This indicates an unusual lack of synchrony in nest initiation in this
species. A small sample of H. hesperus collected from the flowers of Bidens pilosa
along an undisturbed roadside at a lower elevation at nearby Palenque also con¬
tained worn workers and queens. Such lack of synchrony in nest initiation has
been observed in L. umbripenne (Wille and Orozco, 1971) and also in Lasio-
glossum ( Evylaeus ) malachurum (Knerer, 1973). In the latter instance nest ini¬
tiation was bimodal with the second peak representing bees that had been trying
to usurp the nests of others but initiated their own when the end of the first brood
provisioning phase had been reached by the rest of the population. It is considered
unlikely that H. hesperus gynes exhibit a similar dual strategy. Perhaps the tran¬
sition from wet to dry season is not as easy to predict as the end of a cold winter
which serves as a cue for nest initiation for temperate social halictines.
Trachypus gracilis, like T. mexicanus studied by Evans (1964) would seem to
concentrate upon H. hesperus as prey. Evans found that 7 of the 9 bees caught
by one T. mexicanus female belonged to this prey species, one other was of the
halictid genus Augochlora and the last was an anthophorid bee Exomalopsis.
The behavior observed in P. gibbosus is no different from that which has been
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
297
previously described for this sphecid, with the exception of the prey species re¬
corded here. Males of P. gibbosus are known to rest within the nest (Evans, 1973)
and nest closure during hunting and while the female is inside the nest has also
been reported (Evans and Lin, 1959). Burrow sharing has been recorded in several
Philanthus species including P. gibbosus (Evans, 1973). This phenomenon was
not observed at Ocosingo, perhaps because of the limited duration of the study.
P. gibbosus is known to concentrate upon halictine bees as prey (Evans and
Lin, 1959; Barrows and Snyder, 1973; Alcock, 1974). It is interesting to note that
H. hesperus may be the major prey species of P. gibbosus, T. gracilis and T.
mexicanus at this locality, at least during the dry season. A high degree of overlap
in prey speices has been observed for sympatric Philanthus on several occasions
(Alcock, 1974 and references therein).
Summary
A nesting aggregation of Lasioglossum ( Dialictus ) exiguum and Halictus hes¬
perus was discovered in the state of Chiapas, Mexico in January 1985. Both of
these species are primitively eusocial with well developed morphological and
physiological caste differentiation. H. hesperus has been studied in Costa Rica
and Panama and details of the biologies of the different populations are compared.
The social organisation of L. exiguum is compared with that of its close relative
L. umbripenne. Philanthus gibbosus is recorded as a predator upon both halictine
species and Trachypus gracilis preyed upon H. hesperus.
Acknowledgments
The author would like to thank Professor George Eickwort for identifying L.
exiguum and the mite and for commenting upon the manuscript. I am also grateful
to Professor H. E. Evans for identifying the sphecids and G. Knerer and R.
Tuckerman for commenting upon the text.
Literature Cited
Abrams, J., and G. C. Eickwort. 1980. Biology of the communal sweat bee Agapostemon virescens
(Hymenoptera: Halictidae) in New York State. Search: Agr. (Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta.)
1980(1): 20 pp.
Alcock, J. 1974. The behaviour of Philanthus crabroniformis (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Linn. J.
Zook, Lond., 173:233-246.
Barrows, E. M., and T. P. Snyder. 1973. Halictine bee prey of Philanthus gibbosus (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae) in Kansas. Ent. News, 84:314-316.
Breed, M. D. 1975. Sociality and seasonal size variation in halictine bees. Ins. Soc., 22:375-380.
-. 1976. The evolution of social behavior in primitively social bees: a multivariate analysis.
Evolution, 30:234-240.
Brooks, R. W., and J. H. Cane. 1984. Origin and chemistry of the secreted nest entrance lining of
Halictus hesperus (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). J. Kans. Ent. Soc., 57:161-165.
-, and D. W. Roubik. 1983. A halictine bee with distinct castes: Halictus hesperus (Hyme¬
noptera: Halictidae) and its bionomics in central Panama. Sociobiology, 7:263-282.
Eickwort, G. C. 1970. The identity of Dialictus umbripennis in Central America (Hymenoptera:
Halictidae). J. Kans. Ent. Soc., 43:34-43.
-. 1979. Mites associated with sweat bees (Halictidae). Pp. 575-581 in J. G. Rodriguez (ed.),
Recent advances in acarology, vol. I. Academic Press, New York.
-, and K. R. Eickwort. 1971. Aspects of the biology of Costa Rican halictine bees, II. Dialictus
umbripennis and adaptations of its caste structure to different climates. J. Kans. Ent. Soc., 44:
343-373.
298
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Evans, H. E. 1964. Notes on the prey and nesting behavior of some solitary wasps of Mexico and
southwestern United States. J. Kans. Ent. Soc., 37:302-307.
-. 1973. Burrow sharing and nest transfer in the digger wasp Philanthus gibbosus (Fabricius).
Anim. Behav., 21:302-308.
-, and C. S. Lin. 1959. Biological observations on digger wasps of the genus Philanthus.
Wasmann J. Biol., 17:115-132.
Knerer, G. 1973. Periodizitat und Strategic der Schmarotzer einer sozialen Schmalbiene, Evylaeus
malachurus (K.) (Apoidea, Halictidae). Zool. Anz., 190:41-63.
Packer, L., and G. Knerer. 1985. Social evolution and its correlates in bees of the subgenus Evylaeus
(Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Behav. Ecol. and Sociobiol. (in press).
Wille, A., and C. D. Michener. 1971. Observations on the nests of Costa Rican Halictus with
taxonomic notes on Neotropical species (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Rev. Biol. Trop., 18:17—
31.
-, and E. Orozco. 1970. The life cycle of the social bee Lasioglossum ( Dialictus ) umbripennis
(Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Rev. Biol. Trop., 17:199-245.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 299-302
Sex Attractant for Diarsia pseudorosaria, a Defoliator of
Ryegrass (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae ) 1
J. A. Kamm and L. M. McDonough
(JAK) Forage Seed and Cereal Research Laboratory, USDA ARS, Department
of Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331; (LMM) Yak¬
ima Agricultural Research Lab, USDA ARS, 3706 W. Nob Hill Blvd., Yakima,
Washington 98902.
Abstract.— A combination of (Z)-11-hexadecen-1-ol acetate (Zll-16:Ac) and
(Z)-9-hexadecen-l-ol acetate (Z9-16:Ac) is a sex attractant for male Diarsia pseu¬
dorosaria (Hardwick) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Neither compound alone pro¬
duced trap captures. No significant difference in trap capture occurred when baits
had ratios of 1.5:1 to 4:1 of Zll-16:Ac to Z9-16:Ac, respectively. The effective
dosages of a 2.3:1 ratio of Zll-16:Ac to Z9-16:Ac ranged from 3 to 32 mg per
bait. Pheromone traps baited with the two-component bait were superior to black
light traps for monitoring seasonal flight.
Diarsia pseudorosaria (Hardwick) is primarily a grass feeder that occurs
throughout the western United States and Canada (Crumb, 1956). This is one of
several species in a complex of cutworms that defoliate grasses grown for seed in
the Pacific Northwest (Kamm, 1984). During field tests with candidate sex at-
tractants for Pseudaletia unipuncta (Haworth) (Kamm et al., 1982), we discovered
a potent two-component sex attractant for male D. pseudorosaria. We report here
results of field trials to identify the effective dose and ratio of the two compounds.
Then, seasonal flight was monitored with black light traps and the two-component
bait in pheromone traps.
Materials and Methods
Field tests were conducted near Albany, Oregon, in commercial fields of ryegrass
grown for seed. Pherocon® 1C traps were suspended from steel rods just above
the canopy of ryegrass. In dosage and ratio tests, traps in each replicate were
positioned in a straight line 20 m apart and replicates spaced at least 100 m apart.
Four replications were used for each test bait (including an unbaited check trap),
and traps were rerandomized daily. Tests remained in the field from 4-11 days.
Four sex attractant traps and one battery-powered black light trap were used to
characterize the seasonal flight. Sex attractant traps were serviced twice each week
and baits (7 mg Z11-16:Ac and 3 mg Z9-16:Ac) changed monthly.
The test chemicals (Farchan Division, Story Chemical Co., Willoughby, OH)
1 Contribution of the Agricultural Research Service, USDA, in cooperation with the Agricultural
Experiment Station, Oregon State University. Technical Paper No. 7278 of the latter. Mention of a
commercial or proprietary product does not constitute an endorsement of this product by the USDA.
300
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Mean daily number of male Diarsia pseudorosaria captured per trap.
Test no.
No. of days tested
Mg/dispenser
Zll-16:Ac to Z9-16:Ac
x males/trap/day
1
11
1000:0
0.05 a
1000:40
0.96 a
1000:70
11.4b
1000:100
16.5 b
Check
0.18 a
2
5
2000:0
0
2000:100
0.83 a
1800:200
3.4 b
1600:400
8.1 c
1400:600
10.9 c
1200:800
7.6 c
1000:1000
3.9 b
800:1200
1.3 a
0:2000
0
3
4
70:30
0.8 a
210:90
1.3 ab
700:300
2.2 be
2100:900
5.3 cd
7000:3000
8.8 d
4
5
1400:600
4.8 a
2800:1200
6.5 ab
5600:2400
6.6 ab
11,200:4800
7.1 ab
22,400:9600
10.2 b
a Mean of 4 replications. Numbers followed by the same letter within a test do not differ significantly
(P = 0.05) Duncan’s new multiple range test.
were analyzed by capillary gas chromatography to insure freedom from geomet¬
rical isomers (< 1%) and extraneous materials (<2%). Dichloromethane solutions
of test compounds were impregnated in No. 1 red rubber sleeve stoppers as
previously described (Kamm and McDonough, 1980).
Results and Discussion
Males clearly were attracted to a combination of (Z)-l 1-hexadecen-l-ol acetate
(Zll-16:Ac) and (Z)-9-hexadecen-l-ol acetate (Z9-16:Ac) but not to Zll-16:Ac
alone (Table 1, test 1). Trap captures were statistically equivalent when the ratio
of the two components was in the range of 1.5 to 4:1 (Test 2). Again, males were
not attracted to baits with only Z1 l-16:Ac or to Z9-16:Ac.
Test 3 was designed to identify the effective dosage of the two components, but
the results suggested that an even higher dose was required. In test 4, the dosage
was increased further and the effective dosages ranged from 3 to 33 mg per
dispenser (Test 4). These data agree with that of other insects where maximum
response was obtained with an optimum ratio of two components over a wide
range of concentrations (Bellas and Bartell, 1983). In addition to the compounds
found attractive, Z11-16:AL, Z9-16:AL, Zll-16:OH, Z9-14:Ac and Z7-12:Ac
were tested in the field at concentrations of 0.1-1 mg, but none resulted in trap
capture of D. pseudorosaria.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
301
Figure 1. Weekly trap captures of Diarsia pseudorosaria in commercial ryegrass with pheromone
traps baited with sex attractant and a black light trap.
The seasonal flight of D. pseudorosaria was monitored with the two-component
bait in pheromone traps and a black light trap. The pheromone traps clearly
captured more moths per trap (all males) than were captured in the black light
trap that captured both males and females (Fig. 1). We cannot account for the
similar numbers captured during the second generation of moths in 1981 but
suspect that the black light trap captured a higher ratio of females than were
captured during the first generation flight. The pheromone traps also captured
moths earlier in the spring and later in the fall compared with catches in the black
light trap. In general, monitoring D. pseudorosaria populations with pheromone
traps was more reliable, logistically simpler, and more cost effective than black
light traps.
Z11-16: Ac is a common component of sex attractants for a growing number of
species, and Z9-16:Ac is also a component of several species (Ando et al., 1977;
Steck et al., 1979). Successful reproduction and partitioning of resources is basic
to survival of a species. As pheromone components of more species become
known, our understanding of the channels of chemical communication will pro¬
vide useful insights to the parameters that mold phylogeny and speciation of
insects.
Literature Cited
Ando, T., K. Kishino, S. Tatsuki, H. Nakajima, S. Yoshida, and N. Takahashi. 1977. Identification
of the female sex pheromone of the rice green caterpillar. Agric. Biol. Chem., 41:1819—1820.
Bellas, T. E., and R. J. Bartell. 1983. Dose-response relationship for two components of the sex
pheromone of lightbrown apple moth, Epiphyaspostvittana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). J. Chem.
Ecol., 9:715-725.
Crumb, S. E. 1956. The larvae of Phalaenidae. USDA Tech. Bull. No. 1135, 356 pp.
Kamm, J. A. 1984. Cutworm defoliators of ryegrass. Pan-Pacific Entomol. 61:68-72.
302
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
-, and L. M. McDonough. 1980. Synergism of the sex pheromone of the cranberry girdler.
Environ. Entomol., 9:795-797.
-,-, and R. D. Gustin. 1982. Armyworm (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) sex pheromone: field
tests. Environ. Entomol., 11:917-919.
Steck, W. F., M. D. Chisholm, B. K. Bailey, and E. W. Underhill. 1979. Moth sex attractants found
by systematic field testing of 3-component acetate-aldehyde candidate lures. Can. Entomol.,
111:1263-1269.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 303-314
Nomenclatorial Notes on West Indian Elaphidiini
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
Michael A. I vie 1
Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210.
Abstract. — The name for this tribe is corrected from Elaphidionini to Elaphi¬
diini. A lectotype is designated for Stenocorus nanus Fabricius, and its type locality
is restricted to St. Thomas, Virgin Islands. It is moved to the genus Anelaphus
Linsley, with Elaphidion thomae Gahan placed as its synonym. A lectotype is
designated for Callidium cinereum Olivier, it is removed from synonymy with
Anelaphus nanus (Fabricius), and placed as a senior synonym of Anoplium sub-
tropicus Casey as A. cinereus (Olivier). Elaphidion guttiventre Chevrolat is placed
in Anelaphus Linsley. Curtomerus subflavus Chemsak is placed in synonymy with
Callidium flavus Fabricius as Curtomerus flavus (Fabricius). Elaphidion pseudo-
nomon, n. sp. is described from the Virgin Islands, and nomenclatural confusion
of this species and E. glabratum (Fabricius) is discussed. Distribution and liter¬
ature errors are discussed for all these species, with numerous minor corrections.
This tribe, originally named Elaphidionitae by Thomson (1864:235), has gone
under the name Elaphidionini since Bradley (1930:229). Recently it has been
pointed out to me by T. J. Spilman and S. A. Fisher that the correct name for a
tribe based on the genus name Elaphidion is Elaphidiini. The generic name is
based on the Greek elaphos (deer) in combination with the adjectival ending idion
(pertaining to). Thus the stem is Elaphidi and the correct tribal name Elaphidiini
(=Elaphidionini auct.).
The Elaphidiini are represented in the West Indies by a large number of nom¬
inate species, including some of the most commonly collected and widespread
beetles in the region, as well as rare endemics. In the course of a study of the
Virgin Island Cerambycidae, I have come across several nomenclatural errors
involving some of the oldest names in the tribe. It is hoped that these notes will
improve the situation, and not add further to the confusion.
Persons identifying West Indian Elaphidiini are cautioned against over-reliance
on Gilmour’s keys (1968). The keys of de Zayas (1975) (Cuba) and Villiers (1980)
(French Antilles) are excellent. A study of the tribe for the entire region is badly
needed, as many nominate species have not been placed in the generic framework
proposed by Linsley (1963) for North American species, and several unnamed
species are represented in collections.
Studies of the types of the species discussed below bring forth a problem. In
several instances workers have recorded the sex of a type incorrectly. The sexes
are easily distinguished by the shape of the last antennal segment. In the male, it
1 Current address: Department of Entomology, Montana State University, Bozeman, MT 59717-
0002 .
304
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
is long and narrow, often with a slight notch or annulation (Fig. 14). In the female,
the last antennomere is shorter and thicker (sausage-shaped) and lacks the notch
(Fig. 1).
In distinguishing species, the male genitalia has been found to be useful. The
traditional characters of color, density of vestiture, length of antennal and femoral
spines and shape of pronotal calli have been found to be both variable and difficult
for users to interpret. Use of the genitalia should be very helpful in decisions of
conspecificity of inter-island populations.
Material mentioned in this paper is deposited in collections as designated by
the following acronyms: American Museum of Natural History, New York
(AMNH); British Museum (Natural History), London (BMNH); Florida State
Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville (FSCA); Illinois Natural History Survey,
Champaign (INHS); Institut de Recherches Entomologique de la Cara'ibe, Guade¬
loupe (IREC); Julio Micheli (private collection), Ponce, Puerto Rico (JMIC); Mi¬
chael A. Ivie (private collection), Columbus (MAIC); Museum National d’Histoire
Naturelle, Paris (MNHN); National Museum of Natural History, Washington
(NMNH); New York State Museum, Albany (NYSM); Richard S. Miller (private
collection), Columbus (RSMC); Ohio State University, Columbus (OSUC); Wil¬
liam H. Tyson (private collection), Fresno, California (WHTC); University of
California, Berkeley (UCBC); Museu de Zoologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo,
Sao Paulo (USPB); Virgin Islands Ecological Research Station, St. John (VIER);
College of the Virgin Islands Cooperative Extension Service, St. Croix (VIES);
Zoologisk Museum, Copenhagen (ZMDC). Use of one of these acronyms after a
locality in the distribution sections indicates a voucher for that new island record
can be found in the indicated collection.
Anelaphus nanus (Fabricius), New Combination
Stenocorus nanus Fabricius, 1792:300. Lectotype male (ZMDC) here designated,
labeled: 1. a small green square. 2. a red label reading “type.” 3. handwritten
label “Ins. Amer.; Smidt; Mus. T. Lund; Stenocorus; nanus F. male (symbol).”
4. red label reading “Lectotype: Stenocorus nanus; Fabricius, 1792 male (sym¬
bol); des. M. A. Ivie, 1981.” Genitalia removed and placed in vial of glycerin.
Lectoallotype and paralectotype (1) females in ZMDC, here designated. Linsley,
1963:104.
Elaphidion nanum: Chevrolat, 1862:261. Wolcott, 1951:337. Chemsak and Lins¬
ley, 1982:27.
Anoplium nanum: Cazier and Lacey, 1952:19 (part).
Elaphidion thomae Gahan, 1895:104 (Holotype male, labeled “St. Thomas: Dr.
Hombeck” on green label in Chevrolat’s handwriting, in BMNH, examined).
Aurivillius, 1912:88. Wolcott, 1951:338. Blackwelder, 1946:565. Leng and
Mutchler, 1914:445. NEW SYNONYMY.
Elaphidionoides thomae: Chemsak, 1966:212. Chemsak and Linsley, 1982:25.
Anelaphus subtropicus: (not Casey, 1924). Linsley, 1963:104 (part). Gilmour, 1968:
131 (part). Villiers, 1980:289, fig. 56.
Elaphidion guttiventre: (not Chevrolat) Miskimen and Bond, 1970:93.
MALE. Form elongate, subparallel, reddish-brown to dark brown. Eyes deeply
emarginate, encircling antennal bases. Dense pubescence confined on head to
emarginations of eyes and immediate margins of same. Head with longitudinal
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
305
furrow between antennal tubercules. Antennae surpassing elytral apices by 2 to 3
segments, setose; apices of segments 3 through 7 spinose on inside margin and
carinate dorsally; segments 8 through 11 laterally compressed; segment 11 longer
than 10. Pronotum and prosternum clothed in dense, closely appressed pubes¬
cence; laterally with sparse setiferous macropunctations; dorsally with glabrous
median vitta; dor so-laterally with hook-shaped glabrous vittae. Femora subcla-
vate, apices dentiform. Procoxal cavities narrowly open behind. Elytra with dense
appressed light brown pubescence, rubbed in older specimens into various pat¬
terns. Length 8-13 mm.
FEMALE. Like male, but with pronotum less pubescent and heavily punctate.
Antenna shorter, with apices of segments 6-8 dentiform externally, segment 10
longer than 11.
Distribution. — Puerto Rico, Vieques, St. Thomas, St. John, St. Croix, Tortola,
Virgin Gorda, St-Barthelemy [BMNH], St. Martin.
This species is common at lights throughout the Virgin Islands. It often hides
in comers and cracks around lights with its legs and antennae held tightly against
the body, resembling a bark chip.
This species (as E. thomae ) was placed without comment in the genus Ela-
phidionoides Linsley by Chemsak (1966:212). It is here transferred to Anelaphus
Linsley based on the characters in Linsley’s keys (1961:32, 1963:2) and his re¬
description of the genus (1963:99). This species differs from the description of
Elaphidionoides in lacking bispinose elytral apices or a spine on the outer angle.
Also, in the species of Elaphidionoides examined [incertus (Newman), parallelus
(Newman)], the lower lobe of the aedeagus is as wide as, and nearly as long as
the upper lobe. In the species of Anelaphus studied [A. inermis (Newman), A.
nanus (Fabricius), A. cinereus (Olivier) and A. guttiventre (Chevrolat) [NEW
COMBINATION] the lower lobe is much narrower and shorter than the upper.
In 1792 Fabricius described Stenocorus nanus without a type locality. In 1862,
while describing Elaphidion guttiventre from Cuba, Chevrolat stated that guttiven¬
tre was “like nanum, whose home is unknown, probably St. Thomas. I received
a specimen from Dr. Hombeck, which was from that part of the Antilles, deter¬
mined from the type” (translated by Ivie).
In 1895 Gahan described Elaphidion thomae from the specimen referred to as
nanum by Chevrolat. The type of E. thomae bears a label “St. Thomas, Dr.
Flombeck” in Chevrolat’s handwriting. Gahan ignored Chevrolat’s statement that
the specimen before him had been compared to the Fabrician type, because he
felt another species before him matched Fabricius’ description more closely than
the Hombeck specimen.
Subsequent authors followed Gahan’s description of E. nanum and E. thomae
until 1963 when Linsley placed nanum of Gahan in synonymy with Anoplium
subtropicus of Casey. When making this synonymy, Linsley stated “ Stenocorus
nanus Fabricius . . . , judging from the type, represents a different species” (p.
104).
Examination of the type of nanus confirms Chevrolat’s determination, and the
genitalia of both types were examined. Thus, nanus of Fabricius should be applied
to those specimens currently referred to thomae of Gahan, thomae being the
junior synonym.
Further, though Fabricius gave no locality for nanus, he attributed it to “Dom.
306 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1-13. 1. Elaphidion pseudonomon, n. sp., female antenna. 2-4. Anelaphus cinereus (Oli¬
vier) (Key Largo); 2, aedeagus, lateral view; 3, aedeagus, dorsal view; 4, parameres. 5-7. Anelaphus
nanus (Fabricius) (St. Croix); 5, aedeagus, lateral view; 6, aedeagus, dorsal view; 7, parameres. 8, 9.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
307
Figure 14. Elaphidion pseudonomon, n. sp.; habitus.
Lund,” referring to Niels Tender Lund, whose collection is rich in material from
the former Danish colonies including the U.S. Virgin Islands (formerly the Danish
West Indies). Comparison of the type and Virgin Island material show complete
agreement of characters, therefore the type locality is hereby restricted to St.
Thomas, Virgin Islands.
Recognition of the above synonymy brings forth another problem.
Anelaphus cinereum (Olivier), New Combination, New Status
Callidium cinereum Olivier, 1795:69 (Lectotype here designated in BMNH la¬
beled: “?Type [in red circle]/ ex mus. Ol./ Callidium; cinereum: Ol. St. Do-
minque/ Bowr. Chevr.; 63.47*/ Elaphidion: cinereum Ol. 70. p 69. 96; rufeatus
Dejean P. [illegible]: Sto. Domingo ex mus. Ol; h in [scratched out] Cuba d.
Roux [on green paper in Chevrolat’s handwriting]/ “Callidium”; cinereum; ex
mus. Oliv.; Sto. Domingo [in Gahan’s hand?]/ [my lectotype label]).
Anelaphus guttiventre (Chevrolat) (Cuba); 8, aedeagus; 9, parameres. 10, 11. Elaphidion glabratum
(Fabricius) (St. Croix); 10, aedeagus; 11, parameres. 12, 13. Elaphidion pseudonomon, n. sp. (St.
Thomas); 12, aedeagus; 13, parameres.
308
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Elaphidion cinereum: Chevrolat, 1862:261.
Elaphidion nanum: (not Fabricius, 1792). Gahan, 1895:103. Zayas, 1975:95. Duf-
fey, 1969:121, figs. 70-72.
Anoplium nanum: Linsley, 1963:467. Cazier and Lacey, 1952:19, fig. 2.
Anoplium subtropicus Casey, 1924:245. NEW SYNONYMY.
Anelaphus subtropicus: Linsley, 1963:104. Chemsak, 1967:185. Chemsak and
Linsley, 1982:25.
For further references see Linsley (1963:104) and Duffey (1960:121).
In the same paper in which he described thomae, Gahan (1895:103) states that
before him in his “redescription” of nanum he had what Chevrolat considered
to be the type of cinereum Olivier (1795:69, from Sto. Domingo) as well as
specimens from Cuba and Haiti. Gahan synonymized cinereum with his nanum,
which was in turn synonymized with subtropicus by Linsley, but Linsley (1963:
104) left cinereum (Olivier) as a synonym of nanus of Fabricius, in error. The
type of cinereum in the BMNH is indeed this species, and Anelaphus cinereus
(Olivier) is therefore the valid name, with both subtropicus Casey and nanum of
Gahan as junior synonyms.
All Virgin Island records for nanus, cinereum, subtropicus, thomae, and gut-
tiventre in their various generic combinations are placed under Anelaphus nanus
(Fabricius). The fact that several genera have been confused under these names
indicates the depth of the problems in the nomenclature of this group. This is the
only Virgin Island species of the Elaphidion complex of genera that lacks spinose
elytral apices, and all records of any name referable to such a species are placed
here.
Diagnosis. —A. nanus and guttiventre are easily separated from cinereus if all
species are at hand by the difference in color. The elytra of cinereus are light
brown with a piceus longitudinal line expanded at base and at middle into broad
spots, the latter extending to the suture, which is narrowly piceous. In nanus and
guttiventre the elytra are basically unicolorous, pattern being a product of rubbed
off setae, though the suture is sometimes (usually in nanus ) narrowly darker than
the rest of the elytra. More reliable characters to separate the species are: cinereus
with the face between the eyes and the pronotal callosities ocelate-punctate, while
in nanus and guttiventre the face is simply punctate and the pronotal callosities
are impunctate, especially the longitudinal median vitta. In cinereus the apex of
the fifth abdominal sternum is apically produced and emarginate on either side,
while in nanus and guttiventre it is evenly rounded or obtusely pointed, but not
produced or emarginate.
A. guttiventre can be separated from nanus by the presence of a distinctly
elevated, rounded longitudinal rib on the elytral disc of guttiventre, the elytral
disc being plane in nanus.
The 3 species can further be distinguished by the shape of the aedeagus and
parameres. In cinereus, the aedeagus has the tip greatly curved in lateral view
(Fig. 2), is relatively acute apically, and has the lower lobe very narrow (Fig. 3).
The parameres are very deeply cleft below, both apically and basally (Fig. 4). The
aedeagus of nanus is not curved in lateral view (Fig. 5), is broader at the apex
and the lower lobe is relatively wide (Fig. 6), and the parameres are less deeply
cleft (Fig. 7). In guttiventre, the aedeagus is emarginate on each side of apex, the
lower lobe has a similar shape (Fig. 8), and the parameres are as in Figure 9.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
309
Material of A. nanus has been examined from Puerto Rico (OSUC, MAIC,
NMNH, UCBC), St. Thomas (MAIC), St. John (MAIC), Tortola (NMNH, UCBC),
Virgin Gorda, St. Croix (MAIC, NMNH, WHTC), St. Barthelemy (BMNH), St.
Martin (MNHN).
Specimens of cinereus have been examined from Jamaica (MAIC), Cuba, His¬
paniola (FSCA, MAIC), Gt. Exuma and S. Bimini (Bahama Is.) (NYSM, OSUC),
and Key Largo (Florida) (OSUC).
The type of guttiventre (BMNH) and a series from Cuba (NMNH) were studied.
Curtomerus fLavus (Fabricius)
Callidum flavum Fabricius, 1775:191.
Cylindera flava: Aurivillius, 1912:120.
Curtomerus flavus: Gressitt, 1956:77. Linsley, 1963:5. Villiers, 1980:282.
Curtomerus subflavus Chemsak, 1966:213. NEW SYNONYMY.
For more complete synonymy, see Linsley (1963:5), and Villiers (1980:282, fig.
50).
Distribution. — Florida, S. Bimini (NMNH), Andros (NMNH), New Providence
(NMNH), San Salvador (NMNH), Cuba (NMNH), Grand Cayman (NMNH),
Jamaica (NMNH), Hispaniola (NMNH), Mona, Puerto Rico (NMNH), St. Mar¬
tin, Barbuda (NMNH), St. Christopher (NMNH), Guadeloupe (NMNH), Le De-
sirade, Marie-Galante, Les Saintes (MAIC, IREC), Dominica (NMNH), Marti¬
nique, St. Lucia (NMNH, FSCA), St. Vincent (RSMC), Barbados (NMNH),
Grenada (FSCA), South and Meso America, Hawaii, Tahiti.
Diagnosis. — The sub-erect pubescence, with each seta arising from a puncture,
shining testaceous integument, and unarmed antennae, femora and elytral apices
will distinguish this species in the Virgin Islands. The concolorous elytra and
simply punctate to irregularly rugose pronotum will distinguish it from other
species of Curtomerus known from the West Indies.
The characters used by Chemsak to distinguish subflavus are size dependent.
In a series running the range from smallest to largest in the Virgin Islands, the
punctation coarseness of the pronotum increases directly with size. The type of
flavus (ZMDC) is of the large, coarsely punctured rugose form, and compares
fundamentally with the type of subflavus.
Elaphidion conspersum Newman
Elaphidion conspersum Newman, 1841:110. Gahan, 1895:101. Blackwelder, 1946:
564. Wolcott, 1951:338. Gilmour, 1968:127. Miskimen and Bond, 1970:93.
Villiers, 1979:97, 1980:285, fig. 52.
Elaphidion spinicorne: (not Drury, 1773), non-Jamaican records of authors.
Elaphidion excelsum: (not Gahan, 1895). Zayas, 1975:86, plate 11, fig. c.
Distribution. —Crooked Is., Long Is., Gt. Exuma, New Providence (Bahamas),
Cuba, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, St. Thomas, St. John, St. Croix, St. Martin, Guade¬
loupe, Curasao, Bonaire.
Diagnosis. — A large, robust species characterized by antennal segments 3-10
bispinose; bispinose elytral apices; spinose metafemora; punctate to rugose prono¬
tum; and elytral pubescence coalesced into many distinct spots, with the inter¬
vening areas having pubescence limited to one seta per puncture.
310
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
This species has been frequently confused with E. spinicorne Drury from Ja¬
maica. The record of conspersum from Jamaica dates to Gahan (1895:101) based
on a specimen in Pascoe’s collection which Gahan suspected was mislabeled. In
the absence of additional Jamaican material, I agree, and have dropped the Ja¬
maica record. The two species are very different in appearance. E. spinicorne has
the elytra almost entirely covered in dense appressed pubescence with scattered,
slightly raised vermiculate glabrous markings, the punctures of which do not bear
setae. Also, it is smaller and more slender than conspersum, the pronotum is
impunctate and completely covered in dense appressed pubescence except for the
smooth, glabrous callosities.
E. conspersum is variable, as would be expected for such a wide-ranging species.
It breeds in red mangrove, and is probably susceptible to rafting as larvae, thus
maintaining genetic contact between populations. The length of the meta- and
mesofemoral spines and those of the elytral apices are quite variable both between
and within populations, and are of no use in separating the species’ various forms
into species. I have studied specimens from the Bahamas (FSCA), Hispaniola
(both Haiti and the Dominican Republic) (FSCA), and the Virgin Islands (NMNH,
VIER, MAIC), as well as the lectotype. Numerous specimens of E. spinicorne
have been studied, all from Jamaica (MAIC, FSCA, HAHC, INHS) where it is
apparently very common. The occurrence of E. spinicorne elsewhere is uncertain,
and other records probably belong to E. conspersum, with the possible exception
of the Caymans.
Zayas’ record of E. excelsum from Cuba refers to conspersum, as evidenced by
the size he records and the illustration. Elaphidion excelsum Gahan is a very
different, very large species from Guadeloupe.
Elaphidion glabratum (Fabricius)
Stenocorus glabratus Fabricius, 1775:180.
Elaphidion glabratum: Gahan, 1895:100. Blackwelder, 1946:565. Duffy, 1960:
123. Villiers, 1979:96, 1980:287, fig. 53.
Elaphidion insulare Newman, 1840:27. Gahan, 1895:100.
Elaphidion mite Newman, 1840:27. Ballou, 1913:61.
Elaphidion hummelinicki Gilmour, 1963:84.
Elaphidion cobbeni Gilmour, 1963:81.
Distribution. — Confirmed distribution of glabratum (sensu stricto) is St. Croix,
St. Martin, St. Barthelemy, St. Eustatius, Nevis, Antigua (BMNH), Montserrat
(BMNH), Guadeloupe. Literature records (Duffy, 1960:123) for St. Christopher,
Dominica, and St. Lucia probably belong here.
Diagnosis. — This species can best be recognized by the form of the male genitalia
(Figs. 10, 11). Length: males 13-19 mm, females 12-17 mm.
The confusion involving this species is considerable, though the work of Villiers
(1979) did much to correct this situation, Stenocorus glabratus was described by
Fabricius from St. Croix based on two male specimens [ZMDC]. Villiers (1979:
96) designated one of these specimens lectotype, although he recorded it as a
female. Newman (1840:27) described Elaphidion insulare from Nevis based on
a female. Elaphidion mite was described for specimens of glabratum, which name
Newman mistakenly applied to the North American E. mucronatum. As early as
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
311
1895 Gahan suggested that E. insulare might be a synonym of E. mite ( =glabra -
turn) but did not take formal action.
Until Villiers formally synonymized them in 1980, these “species” were dis¬
tinguished by sexual characters, resulting in the males being called glabratum and
the females insulare. These names came to be applied to the sexes of a common
species from the northern Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico, leading Gilmour to
describe hummelinicki and cobbeni in 1964 from the Lesser Antilles. The type
of cobbeni, recorded as a male, is actually a female. The type of hummelinicki,
recorded as a female, has not been examined, but the description of the last
antennomere clearly indicates it is a male, and the accompanying photograph
(Gilmour, 1963, plate II, fig. 3) confirms this. Villiers examined the types of all
these species, and while he misinterpreted the sex of the specimens, he correctly
synonymized them. However, because the characters used in the pre-1980 liter¬
ature were based on sexual dimorphism which is uniform throughout related
species, pre-Villiers 1980 records for all these species are uncertain. In the Virgin
Islands, glabratum occurs only on St. Croix, being replaced in the northern Virgin
Islands by another species, erroneously recorded under these names (see below).
Elaphidion pseudonomon , New Species
Elaphidion glabratum: (not Fabricius) Gahan, 1895:100 (part). Leng and Mutch-
ler, 1914:445 (part). Blackwelder, 1946:565 (part). Duffey, 1960:123 (part).
Chemsak, 1966:212. Gilmour, 1968:124 (part).
Elaphidion insulare: (not Newman) Chemsak, 1966:212. Gilmour, 1968:124.
Description. —MALE. Figure 14. Elongate, subparallel. Reddish brown, densely
covered with golden recumbent pubescence. Eyes emarginate, encompassing bases
of antennae. Antennae long, seventh antennomere reaching elytral apices, eleventh
longer than tenth, 3-5 heavily spined meso-apically, 6 sometimes with a smaller
spine, 5-11 carinate externally. Pronotum moderately punctate; with bare, shin¬
ing, longitudinal callus dividing it from anterior to posterior margins; a pair of
less distinct, comma-shaped callosities ring the disk, their visibility depending on
the amount of pubescence rubbed off. Scutellum with a distinct bare line. Elytra
rubbed into a variety of patterns depending on the age of the specimen, generally
with three bare strips running the length of the elytra; elytral apices bispinose,
outer spine longer than sutural one. Genitalia as in Figures 12, 13. Length 9.5-
16 mm.
FEMALE. Differs from male in having a slightly broader body; larger diameter
pronotal punctation; shorter antennae barely surpassing the elytral apices, and
the last antennomere being short and broad (Fig. 1). Length 10-17 mm.
Diagnosis. — This species is best separated from the closely related E. glabratum
by the form of the male genitalia (Figs. 12, 13). Other characters are useful only
if series of both species are available. E. glabratum is a dark chocolate-brown;
averages larger; has the pronotal disk less pubescent and more strongly punctate;
the median glabrous line wider at middle; and the elytra less pubescent, with
larger glabrous areas. All of these secondary characters are individually variable,
teneral glabratum being lighter in color, etc. The allopatric distribution is perhaps
the safest distinguisher for isolated female specimens in the absence of compar¬
ative material of both sexes.
312
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Distribution.—The islands of the Puerto Rican Bank: St. Thomas, St. John,
Tortola, Virgin Gorda, Anegada, Puerto Rico.
Biology. — Adults of this species are very common at lights in the northern
Virgin Islands. They are easily overlooked as they hold their antennae and legs
close to the body and secrete themselves in comers and cracks. Specimens have
been reared from an unidentified, small diameter (approx. 5 mm), dead woody
vine taken at Salt Pond Bay, St. John on 7 May 1978, emerging on 5 June 1978,
and at Perseverance Bay, St. Thomas, on 2 August 1980. In this latter vine was
found one adult and one larva. The larva was transferred to artificial diet and
pupated 21 May 1981, emerging 5 June 1981. The adult male was of normal size
and appearance, although the 10 months to emergence may be an artifact of the
artificial diet. Four specimens emerged on 19 September 1980 from a limb of a
small dead tree collected at Smith Bay, St. Thomas on 4 August 1980.
Etymology. — Based on the Greek adjective pseudonymos, meaning under a
false name, in reference to the nomenclatorial history of the species.
Holotype male, labeled: Virgin Is: St. Thomas: Red Hook: 31 JUL 1980: at uv
light/ M. A. Ivie coir. The genitalia have been removed, and are in a glycerin vial
on the pin. Deposited in the ZMDC. Allotype female, labeled: Virgin Is.: St.
Thomas: Red Hook: 27 JUL 1980/ beaten from tree/ M. A. Ivie Coir. Deposited
with Holotype.
Paratypes: Puerto Rico: 3f, 1 m—Roosevelt Roads, A. B. Cochran [intercepted
at] San Juan, 4 March 1963, #18392, 637416 [NMNH].
St. Thomas: 1 f—Frenchmans Bay Est., 1 May 1978, M. A. Ivie [RSMC]. 1 f—
Red Hook, 1 August 1980, uv light, M. A. Ivie; 1 m—ibid., 16 August 1980; 1
m-ibid., 17 August 1980 [USPB]. 1 m-II-21 1925; 1 f-11-22-1925; 1 f—III-
2-1925 [L. B. Woodruff]; 1 m, 1 f?-24-VIII-17; 1 m?-22-X-1917 [AMNH]. 1
f-Eggers [ZMDC]. 1 m, 2 f-Tippmann coll.; 1 f-II 24 1956, W. R. Fyke, on
divi divi seed pod, 56-3803; 1 m —31 III 1912. Antillae Ujhelvi, Tippmann coll.;
2 m—24-VIII-17, acc 5632 [NMNH]. 1 m, 1 f-Red Hook, 16-VIII-1980, uv
light, M. A. Ivie [IREC]. 1 m—Perseverance Bay, 2 August 1980, ex vine, M. A.
Ivie; 1 m—ibid., as larva, reared on artificial diet, emerged 5 June 1981; mating
pair—College of the V.I., 1 May 1978, M. A. Ivie; 1—Smith Bay, July 1980, C.
A. Jennings; 2 m, 2 f—Smith Bay, 4 August 1980, as larvae, emerged 19 Septem¬
ber, M. A. Ivie; 1 m—Frenchmans Bay Est., 750 ft, 9 September 1979, M. A.
Ivie; 2 f—ibid., 12 November 1979; 1 m—ibid., 17 November 1979; 2 f—Red
Hook, 6 August 1980, uv light, M. A. Ivie; 1 m, 1 f, 1 ?—ibid., 16 August 1980;
1 m—1 August 1980; 1 m—ibid., 14 August 1980; 1 f—ibid., 18 August 1980; 1
f—ibid., 22 August 1980; 1 f—ibid., 26 July 1980; 1 f—26 July 1980; 1 f—ibid.,
30 July 1980; 1 m, 1 f—12 November 1979 [MAIC]. 1 m, 1 f—Red Hook, 17
August 1980, uv light, M. A. Ivie [VIES]. 1 m, 1 f-Red Hook, 25 July 1980, uv
light, M. A. Ivie [OSUC].
St. John: 1 m?, 1 f—nr. Lameshur Bay, 7-9-1970, at light. Hanzely: 1 f—nr.
Trunk Bay, 20 October 1962, B. Sloane; 1 f—Lind Point, 5 April 1962, H. B.
Muller; 1 m—Lameshur Bay, 7-15-1968, R. Mattlin; 2 f—Lameshur Bay, 20 July
1972, A. Gray; 2 m, 1 ?—8-68, A. E. D[ammann] [VIER]. 2 f—Lind Point, 5
April 1962, at light, H. B. Muller; 1 f-ibid., 30 April 1962; 1 f-Mandal, 11-30-
1958, C. F. Adams [NMNH]. 1 f-Est. Carolina, NW of Coral Bay, 26 May 1982,
250 ft, uv light, W. B. Muchmore [USPB]. 1 f-1-2-92, Meinert [ZMDC]. 1 f-
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
313
Est. Carolina, NW of Coral Bay, 250 ft, 3 June 1982, uv light, W. B. Muchmore;
1 f—ibid., 6 June 1982; 1 m—ibid., 18 May 1982; 1 m—ibid., 18 May 1982; 1
m—Lameshur Bay, 6 June 1979, M. J. Canoy; 2 f— Lameshur Bay, VIERS, 15
August 1980, uv light, M. A. Ivie; 1 f—ibid., 18 June 1980, W. B. Muchmore; 1
m—Salt Pond Bay, 7 May, as larva, emerged 5 June 1978, M. A. Ivie; 1 f—
Calabash Boom, 14-18 October 1981, at light, W. B. Muchmore [MAIC]. 2 m,
2 f—Est. Carolina, NW of Coral Bay, 250 ft, May-June 1982, uv light, W. B.
Muchmore [UCBC]. 1 m—Lameshur Bay, YIERS, 4-5 MAR 1984, uv light, W.
B. Muchmore; 1 f-ibid., 8-9 MAR 1984 [JMIC]. 1 m-Lameshur Bay, VIERS,
10-11 MAR 1984, uv light, W. B. Muchmore [WHTC].
Tortola; 1 m, 2 f-Sopers Hole, 5 IV 1958, J. F. G. Clarke; 1 f-Sage Mt., 1000
ft, 17 IV 1956; 1 m-Roadtown, III 14 1941, at light, lot 41-11534 [NMNH]. 1
m?—1-20 August 1958, C. E. Helsley [INHS]. 1 m-18-19 August 1982, R. S.
Miller [RSMC].
Virgin Gorda: 1 f-1-30 September 1958, C. E. Helsley [INHS].
Anegada: 1 m—Setting Point, 21-25 March 1983, malaise trap, R. S. Miller
[RSMC].
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank the following persons for helping with this work. R. Quentin
(MNHN), J. Marshall (BMNH), T. Spilman (NMNH), F. Chalumeau (IREC), J.
Miller (VIER), T. McCabe (NYSM), B. Beck and R. Woodruff (FSCA), O. Lomholt
(ZMDC), C. Triplehom (OSUC), L. Herman (AMNH), D. Webb (INHS), R. S.
Miller, and B. D. Valentine for loans or gifts of material used in this study. S. A.
Fisher, Ohio State University Department of Classics, and T. J. Spilman assisted
with nomenclatorial problems. A. Rubinstein executed the habitus of Elaphidion
pseudonomon, n. sp. J. Chemsak, C. Triplehom, R. Miller and J. Stribling gave
much assistance by discussing problems and carefully reviewing the manuscript.
Study of material in London and Paris was supported by NSF grant BSR 840
1338.
Literature Cited
Aurivillius, C. 1912. Coleoptorum catalogus 22, pars 39, Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae, pp. 1-574.
Ballou, H. A. 1913. Notes on insect pests in Antigua. Bull. Ent. Res., 4(1):61—65, 2 pis.
Blackwelder, R. E. 1946. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the West
Indies and South America. Bull. United States Nat. Mus., 185(4):551-763.
Bradley, J. C. 1930. A manual of the genera of beetles of America north of Mexico. Keys for the
determination of the families, subfamilies, tribes, and genera of Coleoptera with a synoptic list
of the genera and higher groups. Ithaca, New York, 360 pp.
Casey, T. L. 1924. Additions to the known Coleoptera of North America. Memoirs on the Coleoptera,
11:1-347.
Cazier, M. A., and L. Lacey. 1952. The Cerambycidae of the Bahama Islands. British West Indies
(Coleoptera). Am. Mus. Novit., 1588:1-55.
Chemsak, J. A. 1966. Descriptions and records of West Indian Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). Proc.
United States Nat. Mus. 118(3526):209-220.
-. 1967. Notes on Cerambycidae of Grand Bahama Island. Coleoptera. Pan-Pacific Ent., 43:
181-188.
-, and E. G. Linsley. 1982. Checklist of the Cerambycidae and Distenidae of North America,
Central America, and the West Indies (Coleoptera). Plexus, Medford, New Jersey, 138 pp.
314
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Chevrolat, M. A. 1862. Coleopteres de l’isle de Cuba. Notes, synonymies et descriptions d’especes
nouvelles. Families de cerambycides et des parandrides. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 4, 2:245-
280.
Duffey, E. A. J. 1960. Monograph of the immature stages of Neotropical timber beetles (Ceram-
bycidae). British Museum, London, v + 327 pp., XIII pis.
Fabricius, J. C. 1775. Systema entomologiae. Lipsiae, 30 + 832 pp.
-. 1792. Entomologia systematica, vol. 1. Hafniae, 330 + 538 pp.
Gahan, C. J. 1895. On the longicom Coleoptera of the West India Islands. Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
1895:79-140, pi. 2.
Gilmour, E. F. 1963. Some Caribbean Coleoptera Cerambycidae. Studies on the Fauna of Curasao
and Other Caribbean Islands, 18(78):75-102, pi. I—II.
-. 1968. The Coleoptera Cerambycidae of Curasao, Bonaire and Aruba. Studies on the Fauna
of Curasao and Other Caribbean Islands, 23(100):81—179, pi. IX-XVII.
Gressit, J. L. 1956. Insects of Micronesia Coleoptera: Cerambycidae. Insects of Micronesia, 17(2):
61-183.
Leng, C. W., and A. J. Mutchler. 1914. A preliminary list of the Coleoptera of the West Indies as
recorded to January 1, 1914. Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist., 33(30):391-493.
Linsley, E. G. 1961. Taxonomic notes on some Mexican and Central American elaphidionine
Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 56(2):32-43.
-. 1963. The Cerambycidae of North America. Taxonomy and classification of the subfamily
Cerambycinae, tribes Elaphidionini through Rhinotragini. Univ. California Publ. Ent., 21:1—
165.
Miskimen, G. W., and R. M. Bond. 1970. The insect fauna of St. Croix, United States Virgin Islands.
Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, 13(1): 1-114. New York Academy of
Sciences.
Newman, E. 1840. Entomological notes. Entomologist, 2:17-32.
-. 1841. Entomological notes. Entomologist, 7:110-112.
Olivier, A. G. 1795. Entomologie, ou histoire naturelle des insectes, avec leurs caracteres generiques
et specifiques, leur description, leur synonymie, et leur figure enluminee. Coleopteres, vol. 3,
vol. 4. Paris.
Thomson, J. 1864. Systema cerambycidarum ou expose de tous les genres compris dans la famille
des cerambycides et families limitrophes. Mem. Soc. r. Sci. Liege, 19:1-540.
Villiers, A. 1979. Coleopteres Cerambycidae des Petites Antilles nouveau genre. Designation de
types. (Deuxieme note.) Rev. Fr. Ent., N.S., l(2):96-98.
-. 1980. Coleopteres Cerambycidae des Antilles frangaises. II. Cerambycinae. Ann. Soc. Ent.
France (N.S.), 16(2):265-306.
Wolcott, G. N. 1951. The insects of Puerto Rico. Coleoptera. J. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico [1948],
32(2):225-416.
Zayas, F. de. 1975. Revision de le Familia Cerambycidae (Coleoptera, Phytophagoidea). La Habana,
443 pp., 38 pi.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 315-317
Synonymy in West Indian LamMitae (Cerambycidae)
Michael A. Ivie 1
Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210.
Abstract. — Caribbeana Gilmour (Apomecynini) is synonymized with Stylolep-
tus Dillon (Acanthocinini) (NEW SYNONYMY). Caribbeana hebes Gilmour and
Leptostylus bredini Chemsak are synonymized with Lamia inermis Fabricius
(NEW SYNONYMIES) as Styloleptus inermis (Fabricius), NEW COMBINA¬
TION. The type locality of Lamia inermis Fabricius is restricted to St. Croix,
Virgin Islands.
In preparation of a paper on the Cerambycidae of the Virgin Islands, the fol¬
lowing synonymies were discovered. They are published here to make them avail¬
able to others dealing with the West Indian fauna.
Styloleptus Dillon
Styloleptus Dillon, 1956:158 [type species Leptostylus biustus Dillon].
Caribbeana Gilmour, 1963a:97 [type species Caribbeana hebes Gilmour]. NEW
SYNONYMY.
Caribbeana was erected for Gilmour’s new species hebes, based on a unique
specimen. Examination of Gilmour’s type shows that this genus belongs in the
Acanthocinini, not in the Apomecynini where it was placed by Gilmour. C. hebes
is a typical Styloleptus, under the current definition of that genus.
Styloleptus inermis (Fabricius), New Combination
Lamia inermis Fabricius, 1801:293.
Caribbeana hebes Gilmour, 1963a:98 NEW SYNONYMY.
Carribeana hebes: Chemsak and Linsley, 1982:96.
Leptostylus bredini Chemsak, 1966:217. Chemsak and Linsley, 1982:96. NEW
SYNONYMY.
Styloleptus bredini: Chalumeau, 1983:230.
Distribution.—St. Croix, St. Eustatius, St. Barthelemy (?), Antigua.
Lamia inermis Fabricius was erected for a specimen cited from America me-
ridionali, collected by D. Smidt, in the Sehestedt collection. Beginning with Fleu-
tiaux and Salle (1889:472), this name was misapplied to Styloleptus posticalis
(Gahan) until clarified by Villiers (1980a:92, 1980b:573) ( Leptostylopsis inermis
was used in this sense by Chemsak and Linsley, 1982:98). The lectotype and
paralectotype of Lamia inermis were compared to material assembled for a study
1 Current address: Department of Entomology, Montana State University, Bozeman, MT 59717-
0002.
316
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
of Virgin Island cerambycids and found to be conspecific with specimens from
St. Croix, Virgin Islands. As Smidt was a resident of St. Croix (Zimsen, 1964:
14), and since specimens from that island match both the original specimens, the
type locality is here restricted to St. Croix.
The types of Caribbeana hebes and Leptostylus bredini were also examined and
found conspecific with Lamia inermis. The type of C. hebes is greasy, and the
color pattern is obscured, giving it a uniform appearance.
The Neotropical Acanthocinini are in need of a modem revision, and until one
is accomplished, diagnoses of most species will be tentative at best. Styloleptus
inermis can be distinguished from S. posticalis, the species with which it has most
often been confused in the literature, by the light colored elytral disk which is the
same color, and often continuous with, the medio-apical area. In S. posticalis the
elytral disk is dark and very distinctly separated from the light colored medio-
apical area (see Villiers, 1980b, fig. 97). These species appear to be allopatric,
with S. posticalis occurring on the islands from Guadeloupe to Grenada, while
S. inermis is known from the islands from St. Croix to Antigua. Although the
Guadeloupe record for inermis was shown by Villiers to belong to S. posticalis,
the source of the record of St. Barthelemy (Aurivillius 1923:401 and others) has
not been located. It was dropped by Villiers, and I suspect that it belongs under
inermis.
Styloleptus divisus Gilmour from Hispaniola, known to me only from Gil-
mour’s description and photo (1963b:70, plate I), appears to be the species most
closely related to S. inermis.
In addition to the lectotype and paralectotype of Lamia inermis (in Zoological
Museum, Copenhagen), the holotype and paratypes of Leptostylus bredini (in U.S.
National Museum, Washington), and the holotype of Caribbeana hebes (in Don¬
caster Museum, Doncaster), I have seen the following specimens: 4 specimens
from St. Croix in the Copenhagen collection; and 3, also from St. Croix, taken in
ethanol baited vane traps by J. A. Yntema and P. A. Godwin during January and
June (in Virgin Islands Bureau of Fish and Wildlife collection, St. Croix, and in
my collection).
Acknowledgments
O. Lomholdt (Copenhagen), J. A. Yntema (St. Croix), P. Skidmore (Doncaster),
and T. J. Spilman (Washington) kindly provided me with the material for this
paper. J. A. Chemsak (Berkeley) and C. A. Triplehom (Columbus) provided useful
suggestions in reviewing the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Aurivillius, C. 1923. Cerambycidae: Lamiinae, in W. Junk, Coleopterorum Catalogus, 23(74):323-
704.
Chalumeau, F. 1983. Acanthocinini des Petes Antilles. Nouveaux taxa et observations deverses
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Lamiinae). Nouv. Rev. Ent., 13(2):219-237.
Chemsak, J. A. 1966. Descriptions and record of West Indian Cerambycidae. Proc. U.S. National
Museum, 118(3526):209—220.
-, and E. G. Linsley. 1982. Checklist of Cerambycidae and Disteniidae of North America,
Central America, and the West Indies (Coleoptera). Plexus, Medford, New Jersey, 4 +
138 pp.
Dillon, L. S. 1956. The Nearctic components of the tribe Acanthocinini, pt. I. Ann. Ent. Soc. America,
49(2): 135—167.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
317
Fabricius, J. C. 1801. Systema eleutheratorum. Kiliae, pp. 1-506.
Fleutiaux, E., and A. Salle. 1889. Liste des Coleopteres de la Guadeloupe et descriptions d’especes
nouvelles. Annales Soc. Ent. France, ser. 6, 9:351-484.
Gilmour, E. F. 1963a. Some Caribbean Coleoptera Cerambycidae. Studies on the Fauna of Curasao
and Other Caribbean Islands, 18(78):75—102, plates I—III.
-. 1963b. On the neotropical Acanthocinini. Some species and genera. Studies on the Fauna
of Curasao and Other Caribbean Islands, 17(76):57—96, plates I-IV.
Villiers, A. 1980a. Coleopteres des Petites Antilles. Nouveaux generes, nouvelles especes. Designation
de types (troisieme note). Revue Frangaise d’Entomologie (N.S.), 2(2):86-98.
-. 1980b. Coleopteres Cerambycidae des Antilles frangaises. III. Lamiinae. Annales Soc. Ent.
France (N.S.), 16(4):541—598.
Zimsen, E. 1964. The type material of I. C. Fabricius. Munksgaard, Copenhagen, 656 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 318-320
Male Behavior in Euparagia richardsi Bohart
(Hymenoptera: Vespidae)
Robert W. Long air
Department of Zoology and Entomology, Colorado State University, Fort Col¬
lins, Colorado 80523. 1
The vespid subfamily Euparagiinae is considered to be the primitive sister-
group of the rest of the Vespidae (Carpenter, 1981). Little information is currently
available on nesting behavior in this rare group, the only two published reports,
both on E. scutellaris, indicating that females construct turret-surmounted ground
burrows with one or more cells, and provide their young with larvae of curculionid
beetles. Females nest, at most, in small aggregations (Williams, 1927; Clement
and Grissell, 1968).
No information is available about the behavior of males in Euparagiinae. Males
of many aculeate Hymenoptera search for females at resources where females are
concentrated, away from the nesting site (Thornhill and Alcock, 1983). This is
likely to occur only when nests are scattered or occur in small aggregations, and
where some resource is sufficiently rare and patchily distributed to result in a
concentration of females at that resource site.
During a study of male behavior in Stenodynerus taos (Vespidae: Eumeninae),
males and females of E. richardsi were frequently observed. Since there are no
published reports on male behavior in Euparagiinae, the following observations
will be useful in comparative studies of mating behavior in the Vespidae.
Materials and Methods
Observations were made in Lower Sonoran Desert in the San Simon Valley,
approximately 3 km west of Rodeo, New Mexico. The study site was a filled,
unused concrete cattle trough, surrounded by scattered vegetation, especially Sal-
sola sp., on bare soil. The water surface of the trough measured 3.4 x 0.7 m.
Additional natural water sources were temporarily available after rains, and in
1981 an artificial pool 1 m in diameter was constructed approximately 10 m from
the trough.
A variety of insects visit water sources in the area, usually females to obtain
water, but males of some species are present as well. During the longer study on
S. taos in 1980 and 1981, males and females of E. richardsi were observed at the
trough and artificial pool. In 1981, males were observed between 22 July and 25
August and females between 3 August and 9 September. Some males were marked
with individually distinctive dots of enamel paint on the thorax. Times are given
in Mountain Standard Time.
Results and Discussion
Females landed on the water surface presumably to obtain liquid for nest con¬
struction and excavation. An individual female would land on the most central
1 Present address: Dept. Environ. Biol., Univ. Guelph, Guelph, Ont., Canada NIG 2W1.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
319
portion of the trough, away from the concrete edges. Males similarly restricted
flights to the central portion of the water, flying continuously back and forth down
the central strip, rarely venturing toward the edges, where males of S. taos de¬
fended territories (Longair, 1984). Usually only a single male patrolled the central
strip of the trough, with occasional incursions by a second male. At the pool, two
males occasionally patrolled, without displacing one another. Males were some¬
times chased by males of S. taos. On one occasion in 1981, when a male E.
richardsi was taken from the trough in the morning for identification, a second
male appeared within an hour and began to patrol. One marked male was present
at the trough over a period of seven days, including one visit late in the day to
the artificial pool. Between 16 August and 25 August, at least one male was present
on the pool every day of observation.
On four occasions (three on 4 August and one on 5 August), males were observed
to approach a female floating on the water surface. In three cases, when the male
contacted the female, the female bent her abdomen forward under her thorax,
and became completely passive, floating on her side on the water. Males anten-
nated the female and tried to make genitalic contact, but in all cases, no successful
copulation was observed and males released the female and resumed patrolling
or left the trough, returning later. In one case, a male attempted to mount a single
female twice in succession, with the same negative result. One female did not
bend her abdomen on contact, but again the male released her without copulating.
In single-mating species, males are predicted to search for females in locations
where access to virgin females is highest, that is where females are most concen¬
trated. If nests are rare and widely scattered, searching for females at nest sites is
likely to be relatively unproductive with respect to matings. In such cases, where
females are more concentrated at some other resource, males may search there.
Females of E. richardsi come to water sources, probably to obtain water for
use in nest construction, softening the soil for removal and manipulation, as is
the case for many solitary vespids. Where water is scarce, this results in a con¬
centration of females at such water sources. Males may encounter larger numbers
of females at such sites and these observations indicate that males patrol portions
of water and attempt to mate with females there. Since both virgin and mated
females must come to water, this may explain the failed copulation attempts
observed here.
Both males and females restrict their activity to the central portion of the water.
This may be a result of the presence of territorial males of S. taos along the edges
of the trough, but not in the central portion (Longair, 1984). Additional water
sources such as temporary rain puddles and an artificial pool, result in more males
patrolling. While no aggression between males was observed, the presence of only
one or two males on a given water source suggests that displacement or avoidance
of other males may occur.
The behavior of males of E. richardsi is somewhat similar to that of some other
solitary vespids, the females of which obtain water for nest construction (Smith
and Alcock, 1980; Longair, 1984), and hints strongly at the role of ecological
factors, especially soil type for nesting, and availability of other resources, in
determining the nature of mating systems in these wasps.
320
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank H. E. Evans who supervised the research of which this is
a part, and an unidentified reviewer for helpful comments. W. Moir kindly allowed
the use of his water trough, property and home. R. M. Bohart and J. Carpenter
identified wasps. Financial support was provided by grants from Sigma Xi, the
Theodore Roosevelt Memorial Fund of the American Museum of Natural History,
National Science Foundation grant BNS 79-26655 to H. E. Evans and NSERC
grant A-8098 to P. G. Kevan. This study was done in partial fulfillment of re¬
quirements for a Ph.D. degree at Colorado State University.
Literature Cited
Carpenter, J. M. 1982. The phylogenetic relationships and natural classification of the Vespoidea
(Hymenoptera). Syst. Ent., 7:11-38.
Clement, G. L., and E. E. Grissell. 1968. Observations on the nesting habits of Euparagia scutellaris
Cresson. Pan-Pac. Ent., 44:34-37.
Longair, R. W. 1984. Male mating behavior in solitary vespid wasps (Hymenoptera: Vespidae).
Ph.D. thesis, Colorado State Univ., ix T 113 pp.
Smith, A. P., and J. Alcock. 1980. A comparative study of the mating systems of Australian eumenid
wasps (Hymenoptera). Z. Tierpsych., 53:41-60.
Thornhill, R., and J. Alcock. 1983. The evolution of insect mating systems. Harvard Univ. Press,
Cambridge, Mass., ix + 547 pp.
Williams, F. X. 1927. Euparagia scutellaris Cr. A masarid wasp that stores its cells with the young
of a curculionid beetle. Pan-Pac. Ent., 4:38-39.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 321-322
A New Record of a Short-tailed Whip Scorpion from
Santa Catalina Island, California
(Schizomida: Schizomidae)
Stephen G. Bennett
Orange County Vector Control District, Garden Grove, California 92643.
One adult male and female Schizomus pentapeltis were found in February 1982
under the same rock in Gallaghers Canyon, ca. 3.3 km NW of the city of Avalon,
on the leeward side of Santa Catalina Island and represent the first records of
schizomids from the southern Channel Islands. Six species have been described
from southern California. Schizomus briggsi from near Fresno; S. shoshonensis
from the northern Mojave Desert; S. joshuensis from Joshua Tree National Mon¬
ument; S. borregoensis from Anza-Borrego State Park; S. belkini from the San
Gabriel, Santa Monica, and Santa Ynez mountains and Santa Cruz Island (the
only record from any of the northern Channel Islands); and S. pentapeltis, which
occurs in the Los Angeles Basin, Riverside, Orange, and San Diego counties
(Rowland, 1972; Rowland and Reddell, 1981). Although Hilton (1932) and Cock¬
erell (1945) referred to S. belkini (on Santa Cruz) as S. pentapeltis, McDonald
and Hogue (1957), Horn (1967), and Rowland and Reddell (1981) have subse¬
quently reported them as S. belkini. Rowland (1972) reported that schizomids
are very sensitive to desiccation and typically are found in dark, moist habitats
in leaf litter, under rocks, and in logs. They also become more abundant during
the cooler, wetter months from autumn through early spring. Gallaghers Canyon
is fed by springs most of the year, creating moist conditions. The two specimens
were found beneath a rock along side the stream bed shortly after a rain (0.63 cm
on January 29th). Considering the secretive habits of schizomids, their occurrence
in litter, and the number of humans that visit and live on Catalina, *S. pentapeltis
may have been unknowingly introduced to the island. However, one should not
rule out the likely possibility of random dispersal of schizomids over water, since
Santa Catalina is relatively close to the mainland and suitable habitats are found
in several canyons.
Schizomus pentapeltis is primarily tropical and may have moved along the west
coast of Central America into Baja California during the Miocene when the Baja
peninsula was still part of mainland Mexico (Rowland, 1972). The isolated schi-
zomid populations were possibly distributed throughout the humid peninsular
mountain ranges and northward movement of Baja along the San Andreas Fault
eventually brought these mountains into contact with California during the Plio¬
cene. Geological evidence from the coastline of southern California and offshore
island ridges seems to indicate an absence of any Pliocene and Pleistocene land
bridges to Catalina which could have acted as a pathway for dispersal of land
animals (Vedder and Howell, 1980). Warmer, wetter postglacial climates would
have favored schizomid dispersal, but concurrent rising sea levels that significantly
decreased the surface area of the island and increased the distance from the
322
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
mainland, may have presented a more formidable barrier to rafting organisms.
On the other hand, temperatures in southern California during the Pleistocene
glacial periods may not have been cold enough to limit the distribution of schi-
zomids, particularly in coastal regions. As a result, lowered sea levels would have
exposed more of Catalina and decreased the distance from the mainland, thereby
increasing the chances of colonization by random dispersal. It seems likely that
additional S. pentapeltis populations occur in other canyons on Catalina Island
where optimal conditions may be found whether they represent recently intro¬
duced or relictual groups. The only other locality examined was Toyon Canyon,
adjacent to Gallaghers Canyon, and no specimens were recovered. In any event,
this discovery may serve as an impetus to conduct studies on Catalina and other
off-shore islands to determine schizomid occurrence and distribution. It seems
unlikely, however, that S. pentapeltis inhabits San Clemente, San Nicolas, and
Santa Barbara islands because these islands are smaller, are situated a greater
distance from the mainland, have less rainfall, and only one of them (San Nicolas)
has significant water.
Both specimens are deposited in the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles,
Los Angeles County, California.
Acknowledgments
Appreciation is extended to Dr. Charles Hogue, Natural History Museum of
Los Angeles, Entomology, Scott Miller, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Har¬
vard University, Cambridge, Mass., and Dr. James P. Webb, Orange County
Vector Control District, Garden Grove, California for their editorial comments
during the preparation of this manuscript; Dr. J. M. Rowland, CIBA-GEIGY
Corp., Ardsley, New York, for his comments and identification of specimens;
Nan Chadwick, Dept, of Zoology, U.C. Berkeley, for assistance in the field; and
Ross and Kristi Turner, Catalina Island Marine Institute at Toyon Bay, for the
use of their facilities.
Literature Cited
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1945. The Colorado Desert of California: its origin and biota. Trans. Kansas
Acad. Sci., 48(1): 1-39.
Hilton, W. A. 1932. Tardarid whip-scorpions of southern California. Pomona Coll. J. Entomol.
Zool., 24:33-34.
Horn, K. 1967. Notes on two California whip-scorpions (Uropygi, Schizomidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol.,
43(3):216-220.
McDonald, W. A., and C. L. Hogue. 1957. A new Trithyreus from southern California (Pedipalpida,
Schizomidae). Amer. Mus. Novitates, 1834:1-7.
Rowland, J. M. 1972. Origins and distribution of two species groups of Schizomida (Arachnida).
Southwest Natur., 17(2): 153—160.
-, and J. R. Reddell. 1981. The order Schizomida (Arachnida) in the New World IV. Good-
nightorum and Briggsi groups and unplaced species (Schizomidae: Schizomus ). J. Arachnol.,
9:19-46.
Vedder, J. G., and D. G. Howell. 1980. Topographic evolution of the southern California borderland
during Late Cenozoic time. The California Islands: Proc. Multidiscip. Symp., Santa Barbara
Mus. Natur. Hist., pp. 7-31.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 323-330
Longitarsus : A New Species from Oregon and a
New Record for North America
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)
Richard L. Westcott, Robert E. Brown, Daniel B. Sharratt,
and Richard E. White
(RLW, REB, DBS) Oregon Department of Agriculture, Salem, Oregon 97310-
0110; (REW) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, ARS, USD A, % U.S.
National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560.
Abstract. — A new species of flea beetle, Longitarsus nigrocephalus White, is
described from Oregon. Longitarsus ganglbaueri Heikertinger is recorded from
North America, with discussions on taxonomy, distribution, bionomics, parasit¬
ism and biogeography. It is postulated that L. ganglbaueri is a naturally occurring
Holarctic species.
In October 1971, the flea beetle Longitarsus jacobaeae (Waterhouse) was first
released in Oregon by the Oregon Department of Agriculture as a biological control
agent against tansy ragwort, Senecio jacobaea L. During the next six years, ap¬
proximately 80 releases were made, almost all specimens being from California
field collections. Since 1978, the Department has conducted an extensive redis¬
tribution program from beetle populations that have built up in western Oregon.
Much use has been made of a vacuum device (“D-Vac”) for field collections.
During the course of this work, two other species of Longitarsus were collected
in vacuum samples. The first, L. ganglbaueri Heikertinger, is a new North Amer¬
ican record and exhibits some potential as a biological control agent for tansy
ragwort. The second was collected from a single locality and subsequently found
to feed on an unrelated host. It is a new species and is described below to further
the understanding of the genus Longitarsus in the Pacific Northwest.
Longitarsus nigrocephalus White, New Species
(Figs. 1-4)
General. —Body about 1.6 times as long as wide, subdepressed. Head black,
prothorax dark brown to black; elytra brown, translucent, lightest in tone where
flying wings show through; mesostemum, metastemum, abdomen, antennae, and
legs brown to red brown; first antennal segment, front legs, middle legs, and hind
tarsi usually lightest in tone. Dorsal surface distinctly shiny, with minute and
sparse setae.
Head. — Surface above eyes mostly smooth, shiny, but with minute transverse
wrinkles; a punctate depression immediately above each eye; interantennal carina
moderately developed; coronal sulcus weak to absent, other sulci obsolete. An¬
tennal segments 1 and 11 longest, segments 2 and 3 shortest, segments 5-11
subequal in length.
324
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Dorsal surface. — Pronotum about 1.5 times as wide as long, widest medially,
sides arcuate; pronotal surface nearly evenly convex; punctation moderate in size
and density, most sparse anteriorly, punctures more or less clearly impressed and
separated on an average by 2-3 times diameter of a puncture. Elytra widest
medially; punctation larger than that of pronotum, punctures separated on an
average by 1-2 times diameter of a puncture; humeri prominent; flying wings
fully developed.
Ventral surface. — Abdominal sternites 2, 3, and 4 each before apex with a
transversely aligned series of setiferous punctures, irregular in form and sometimes
very closely aligned; sternites more or less minutely, transversely wrinkled me¬
dially; sides more or less alutaceous; fifth stemite of male with a distinct fovea
before apex, fovea absent in female. First tarsal segment of male noticeably wider
than second segment; unmodified in female. Hind tibia with a distinct apical
spine.
Length: 1.8-2.1 mm.
MALE HOLOTYPE (USNM No. 100640), allotype (USNM), and 12 paratypes
(5 in USNM, 4 in ODA, 2 in Oregon State Univ. Coll., 1 in Arthur J. Gilbert
Coll.) bear the data: Oregon, Yamhill Co., SW, NE Sec. 8, T5S, R8W, 6 air miles
NW Grand Ronde Agency, 800' [244 m], 27/IV-4/V-82; on host plant Veronica
serpyllifolia var. humifusa ; R. E. Brown, R. L. Westcott collectors.
The beetles were collected in a low-lying, relatively disturbed habitat in a
generally forested area of the Coast Range. All of them were collected with an
aspirator from plants which exhibited feeding damage (mostly circular holes in
the leaves), primarily those growing in a small open area near the road. According
to Munz (1963), V. serpyllifolia var. humifusa (Dickson) Vahl (Scrophulariaceae)
ranges from southern California (mountains) to Alaska, and is found on the
Atlantic Coast, South America and Eurasia.
The sexes of L. nigrocephalus are readily distinguished by the form of the last
abdominal stemite. This structure is regularly arcuate and not foveate in the
female, but that of the male is lobed apically and bears a distinct fovea before
the apex.
In Hatch (1971:212) this species keys to L. oregonensis Horn and, though similar
to it in many characters, the two are easily separated by color. L. oregonensis is
nearly uniformly brown throughout, whereas the head and generally the prothorax
of L. nigrocephalus are black with the remainder of the body dark to light brown.
Details of the color are as follows: In L. oregonesis the head, pronotum, elytra,
ventral surface, and hind femora are brown to dark brown with the ventral surface
the darkest. The elytra are similar to, or a little lighter than the remainder. The
antennae, front legs, middle legs, and tibiae and tarsi of hind legs are light brown
and the lightest parts of the body. In L. nigrocephalus the head is the darkest,
generally black, the pronotum is usually paler, and the ventral surface and antennae
are also dark. The elytra and hind femora are dark brown to medium brown while
the remainder of the legs are medium brown to red brown and are the lightest
parts of the body. The three type specimens of L. oregonensis range in length
from 1.9-2.6 mm, and bear MCZ type number 3856.
There are differences in the male genitalia (Figs. 3-4, 6-7). That of L. nigro¬
cephalus in dorsal view has the apex more distinctly pointed and the furrows
behind the apical orifice extend much farther posteriorly. In lateral view the male
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
325
Figures 1-4. L. nigrocephalus. 1. Dorsal view. 2. Spermatheca. 3. Aedeagus, dorsal view. 4. Ae-
deagus, lateral view. Figures 5-7. L. oregonensis. 5. Spermatheca. 6. Aedeagus, dorsal view. 7. Ae¬
deagus, lateral view. Small drawing beside Figure 1 equals actual size.
genitalia of L. oregonensis is more slender and sinuate. Males of both species have
the fifth stemite foveate apically. There are clear differences in the female sper-
mathecae (Figs. 2 and 5), the most obvious of which is that the spermathecal
duct in L. nigrocephalus is arcuate while that in L. oregonensis is coiled basally.
This species appears to be native to North America and not introduced. It
cannot be satisfactorily identified using the keys of Gressitt and Kimoto (1963),
Mohr (1966), Kevan (1967) or Samuelson (1973), so does not appear to be part
of the faunas covered by them.
The specific name of this species refers to the dark head.
Longitarsus ganglbaueri Heikertinger
This species first came to our attention through Sharon Rose, now with Montana
State University, who collected adults on Senecio jacobaea about 7 km S Jordan,
Linn Co., 14-VII-76. Subsequently, specimens were collected from a number of
additional localities in western Oregon and a sample was sent to Sharon L. Shute,
British Museum (Natural History), who identified the species as L. ganglbaueri.
Her determination was confirmed by Carlo Leonardi, Museo Civico di Storia
Naturale, Milano. Richard E. White (USNM) and Eric H. Smith (Field Museum
of Natural History) compared specimens to identified and unidentified North
American species under their care, finding none conspecific. Apparently L. gangl¬
baueri has not been described from the U.S. under a different name. Eric Smith
(in litt.) suggested that it might match “ Longitarsus sp.” of Couplet 2 in Hatch
(1971:212). The two Hatch specimens of this taxon (Oregon State University
326
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Coll.) had been sent to Carlo Leonardi who supposedly determined them both as
L. ganglbaueri’, however, one of us (RLW) has examined them and only the
specimen from Lake of the Woods had been identified as this species. The only
specimen from Bly (13-VI-45) that was located bore no determination label, is a
female (Hatch recorded the Bly specimen as a male) and definitely is not L.
ganglbaueri.
Taxonomy
Hatches description of L. ganglbaueri (1971:212, Couplet 2) well typifies the
species, but considerable variation exists. The elytra and pronotum vary from
light brownish-yellow to reddish-yellow, with the pronotum almost always a dark¬
er shade which may be more red or brown than yellow. The head and venter are
always darker, usually distinctly so, varying from light brownish-red to black-
brown. The antennae, forelegs and middle legs are light brownish-yellow, the
apical antennal segments often infuscated. The hindlegs, notably the femora, are
usually darker, more reddish. The most diagnostic feature of L. ganglbaueri is
the darkened sutural area of the elytra; however on some specimens only the
suture itself is “darkened,” being suffused with light brownish-red. The sutural
darkening varies to almost black (diffusing to a much lighter brown laterally) and
to about % mm in width. Often it is much wider from about the basal V 5 to near
the apex of the elytra. According to Carlo Leonardi (in litt.) sutural darkening
appears to be a reliable character in L. ganglbaueri, while in the closely related
L. gracilis Kutsch it is seasonally progressive; the newly formed adult is completely
yellowish, darkening later.
Considerable variation occurs in the pronotal punctation and sculpturing. Punc-
tation is usually fine to very fine, shallow, moderately to sparsely placed, vague
or obsolete at the sides, and the pronotal surface is not or only vaguely micro-
reticulate. However, variation ranges to extremes: 1) the punctures are subequal
to those of the elytra and the surface is distinctly microreticulate (therefore less
shining); 2) punctures obsolete and surface sculpture lacking. Usually the surface
is smooth, but occasionally it is vaguely rugose. Elytral punctation is very uniform,
with moderately dense punctures which are almost always very distinctly larger
and deeper than those of the pronotum.
A sample of specimens was found to range in length from 1.74-2.31 mm (n =
40, Y = 1.99 mm): males, 1.74-2.05 mm (n = 20, Y — 1.93); females, 1.92-2.31
mm (n = 20, Y = 2.05 mm).
Distribution
According to Mohr (1962), L. ganglbaueri occurs from Ireland and southern
Sweden to Spain, Italy and the Balkan Peninsula; and in the Caucasus, “Ussu-
rigebiet” and, questionably, Japan. “Ussurigebiet” translates to Ussuri Territory,
which undoubtedly meant somewhere in the vicinity of the Ussuri River (48°N,
135°E) along the China/Russia border north of Vladivostok. Gressitt and Kimoto
(1963:857) did not mention this in their only reference to L. ganglbaueri, in their
synonymy under L. lewisii (Baly): “ Longitarsus ganglbaueri Heikertinger = ? lew-
isii: Hktgr. & Csiki, 1939, Col. Cat. 166:128 (Japan, S. Sachalin).” Shute (1980)
found that British specimens determined as L. ganglbaueri had been misidentified;
therefore, some doubt must be cast on its occurrence in Ireland.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
327
OREGON
ENTOMOLOGY MUSEUM
DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY
OREGON STATE UNIVERSITY
124 °
124 °
122 °
Figure 8. Distribution of Longitarsus ganglbaueri in Oregon.
The distribution of L. ganglbaueri in Oregon (Fig. 8) was compiled mostly from
extensive “D-Vac” collections (from S. jacobaea, unless otherwise indicated be¬
low) made by Weed Control personnel of the Oregon Department of Agriculture
and identified by R. L. Westcott. Specimens bearing the following data are located
in the collection of the Oregon Department of Agriculture: CLACKAMAS CO.,
Sec. 13, T3S, R5E, 600 m, 23-IV-81; Sec. 1, T5S, R8E, 1050 m, nr. Timothy
Lake, 8-V-80, on Senecio pseudaureus\ SW Sec. 9, T6S, R4E, 850 m, Lukens
Creek, 9-IX-80; NW Sec. 6, T7S, R3E, 400 m, S. Molalla River, 4-IX-80; SW
Sec. 21, T7S, R3E, 600 m, Copperhead Creek, 4-IX-80. POLK CO., Sec. 1, T7S,
R7W, 300 m, Mill Creek Ridge, 20-V/15-VI-77, on S. jacobaea Sc S. sylvaticus.
LINN CO., Sec. 19, T10S, R2E, 6 air mi S Lyons, 29-XI-77; Sec. 30, T10S, R2E,
600 m, 27-1-78; Sec. 5, T11S, R2E, 1000 m, vie. Bilyeu Creek, 27-1-78. LANE
CO., Sec. 13, T16S, R3W, 600 m, nr. McGowan Creek, 17/31-1-78; Sec. 9, T17S,
R1W, 350 m, 2 Vi mi N Walterville, 20/31-1-78; NW Sec. 17, T18S, R3E, 500 m,
12-VI-80; SE, NW Sec. 23, T18S, R1E, 600 m, 29-IV-80; SE Sec. 11, T19S, R4E,
1050 m, 10-IX-80; Sec. 35, T20S, R2W, 600 m, 30-IV-81; Sec. 5, T20S, R1W,
350 m, 28-III-78; NE Sec. 21 and NW Sec. 35, T21S, R2W, 350 and 750 m,
Perkins Creek & vie. Dorena, 10-IX-80. DOUGLAS CO., Sec. 10, T25S, R2E,
1000 m, 15-IX-80; Sec. 27, T27S, R3W, 500 m, Peel Creek, 7-IV-81. Specimens
from these or additional localities depicted in Figure 8 have been deposited in
collections under the care of aforementioned specialists; and of California State
328
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Collection of Arthropods, University of Idaho, Oregon State University, D. G.
Furth and A. R. Gilbert.
The only other known occurrence of L. ganglbaueri in North America is based
on a specimen from CANADA, Manitoba, Glenlea, 18-V-78, coll. 35, “D-Vac”
sample, H. G. Wylie. It was determined by Eric H. Smith and deposited in the
Canadian National Collection. According to Glenn Wylie (in litt.) the sample was
taken from Urtica gracilis Aiton (no feeding injury observed on this plant) growing
in a deciduous woodland.
Bionomics
European foodplants for L. ganglbaueri listed by Mohr (1962) are Senecio
viscosus L. and S. vulgaris L., and Leonardi (in litt.) provided S. jacobaea. In
western Oregon it is widespread and locally very abundant on S. jacobaea, as
evidenced by collections, numerous adult feeding observations and abundant leaf
damage. Adults have been observed feeding on S. sylvaticus L. in Polk Co., Mill
Creek Ridge and on S. triangularis Hooker near Timothy Lake.
In Oregon we have found L. ganglbaueri to be rather evenly distributed between
elevations ranging from 250-1100 m, strongly suggesting that here it is a foothill
and mountain species. Despite extensive “D-Vac” sampling, we have not found
it below 250 m. The only occurrence above 1100 m of which we are aware is the
specimen from Lake of the Woods (1525 m). A sample of German and Austrian
localities listed by Mohr (1962) suggests an elevational range of less than 100 m
to less than 1000 m, most between 100-500 m.
Adults of this flea beetle have been observed and/or collected in Oregon during
all months except December, appearing to be most abundant from mid-January
to April and during September; however, this interpretation likely is biased, as
no extensive effort was made to sample various sites during all months, nor to
correlate the elevational differences.
Additional observations include mating on 15/28-III-78 at Butte Creek, Clack¬
amas Co., 300 m and Rickreall Creek, Polk Co., 460 m, respectively. At the latter
site, on 12-VII, late instar larvae, pupae and teneral adults were associated with
S. jacobaea in the soil, up to 14/plant; a similar association with S. pseudaureus
was made 26-VII near Timothy Lake, Clackamas Co., 1050 m. At Rickreall Creek,
15-VI, adults were found on the plants, but no stages were found in crowns, leaf
petioles or in the soil. No check was made to determine if larval feeding takes
place within the roots.
Observations at Timothy Lake indicate that L. ganglbaueri is more abundant
early in the season on S. pseudaureus, when it is in the rosette stage, than on S.
jacobaea', however, later in the season, as S. pseudaureus sends up an inflorescence
(and by which time this plant has been heavily fed upon), the beetle is more
abundant on S. jacobaea.
In some areas observed, L. ganglbaueri seems to have a marked deleterious
effect on the growth of tansy ragwort.
Parasitism
Parasitism of adult L. ganglbaueri was observed in a sample of 23 males, 17
females from Lane Co., NE, NW Sec. 19, T16S, R2W, 31-1-78. A single hymenop-
terous larva was found inside the abdominal cavity in each of 11 males, 3 females;
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
329
another male contained 2 parasites. Total percentage of parasitism was 37.5 (52.2
in males, 18.2 in females). Seven L. jacobaeae examined were free of parasites.
During the fall, 1978, specimens from the same locality were examined with
negative results; however, unlike those dissected earlier, the beetles had been kept
alive in a greenhouse and were not examined until they were found dead in their
cages. No adult parasites were reared.
From the same site, 13 male, 7 female L. ganglbaueri were collected 24-X-80;
15 male, 7 female, 13-IV-81, and examined the same day as collected. No parasites
were found. Parasitism has not been noted at any other site, although very few
beetles have been checked. Research on parasitism of this species and the implied
potential for parasitism of L. jacobaeae is needed to assess possible deleterious
effects on biological control programs aimed against tansy ragwort.
Biogeography
The following criteria suggest that L. ganglbaueri is a naturally occurring Hol-
arctic species: 1) While of widespread occurrence in western Oregon, it appears
confined to foothill and mountainous regions; 2) The earliest collection record
(Lake of the Woods, Klamath Co., 1945) represents the southernmost and alti¬
tudinal (1525 m) extreme of distribution, the least likely general area for an
introduction; 3) Its association with native Senecio spp. at Timothy Lake (see
under “BIONOMICS”): When S. jacobaea was first discovered here (1978) it
appeared to be a very recent invader and no evidence of L. ganglbaueri was found
on this plant; however, when samples were collected during 1979 a few beetles
were found. Since that time, L. ganglbaueri has increased in abundance on tansy
ragwort at this locality.
The above factors suggest a montane species of originally limited and sporadic
distribution which has successfully exploited a new and very favorable introduced
host (tansy ragwort), which itself has rapidly colonized extensive forested areas
disturbed by man. Further support for this Holarctic thesis is the apparent oc¬
currence of L. ganglbaueri in northeast Asia and the find in Manitoba, Canada.
Of course, substantiating evidence is needed in the form of collecting, particularly
in Asia, Washington and/or British Columbia. Likely, if insect collectors stalked
their prey with “D-Vacs” we would have a much better understanding of L.
ganglbaueri.
If L. ganglbaueri is an immigrant species, its widespread occurrence argues for
a very early introduction. Also, it would seem necessary that it move rapidly from
the most likely site(s) of introduction (lowland areas of major commerce), where
today it apparently does not exist. It would have had to exploit a widespread and
favorable host, such as tansy ragwort. According to Isaacson (1976), this weed
was first collected in Oregon during 1922 on a ballast dump in Portland. By 1941
it was established widely enough to be of concern, though it is doubtful if it was
common in the foothill and mountainous regions by this time (Robert B. Hawkes,
pers. comm.).
It seems impossible that the beetle could nearly have kept pace with the weed,
or that populations of tansy ragwort necessary to explain the current distribution
of L. ganglbaueri have existed much more than 40 years. An excellent discussion
of immigrant vs. natural occurrences, and the mechanisms for dispersal, was
presented by Lindroth (1957).
330
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
L. ganglbaueri is winged, but we have never observed it to fly. So too is L.
jacobaeae, which has been even more extensively observed in the field and only
rarely seen to fly, even after much prodding. Our observations are in accord with
Shute (1980) for various species of Longitarsus, although as she says, “flight ability
and the factors which induce flight have not been studied in Longitarsus. ”
The only evidence for dispersal capability of L. ganglbaueri is indirect and
perhaps tenuous. It comes from observing the release of 200 L. jacobaeae at a
site in Curry Co., from which the beetle spread at the average rate of 2.2 km/year
over 6 V 2 years. These beetles were limited in their westward movement by ocean,
eastward by mountainous areas largely devoid of hosts. The distance from the
northernmost Oregon record for L. ganglbaueri (which, considering the state’s
geography and history, certainly is much closer to any probable area of intro¬
duction) to the southernmost (collected in 1945!) is approximately 375 km.
Acknowledgments
Thanks go to those specialists mentioned in the text, who provided valuable
information for this study. David Furth, Peabody Museum, furnished taxonomic
assistance and other information on the genus Longitarsus ; and Alfred Newton,
Museum of Comparative Zoology, loaned types. We are grateful to Dennis L.
Isaacson and Robert B. Hawkes, former and current Supervisor of Weed Control,
Oregon Department of Agriculture, for technical assistance, and to the latter for
reviewing the manuscript. Appreciation is given for financial support from Con¬
tract No. YA551-CT3-340025, U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land
Management.
Literature Cited
Gressitt, J. L., and S. Kimoto. 1963. The Chrysomelidae (Coleopt.) of China and Korea, part 2.
Pacific Ins. Monog., 1B:301-1026.
Hatch, M. H. 1971. Beetles of the Pacific Northwest, part V. Univ. Washington Press, xiv + 662
pp.
Isaacson, Dennis L. 1976. The role of biological agents in integrated control of tansy ragwort. Pp.
189-192 in T. E. Freeman (ed.), Proc. IV Int. Symp. Biol. Cont. Weeds.
Kevan, D. K. 1967. The British species of the genus Longitarsus Latreille (Col., Chrysomelidae).
Entom. Month. Mag., 103(1235—1237):83—110.
Lindroth, Carl H. 1957. The faunal connections between Europe and North America. John Wiley,
New York, 344 pp.
Mohr, K. H. 1962. Bestimmungstabelle und Faunistik der mitteleuropaischen Longitarsus-Arien.
Ent. Blatter., 58:55-118.
-. 1966. Chrysomelidae. Pp. 95-299 in H. Freude, K. Harde, and G. Lohse (eds.), Die Kafer
Mitteleuropas. Boecke and Evers, Krefeld, 9.
Munz, Philip A. 1963. A California flora. Univ. California Press, 1681 pp.
Samuelson, G. A. 1973. Alticinae of Oceania (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Pacific Ins. Monog., 30:
1-165.
Shute, Sharon L. 1980. Wing-polymorphism in British species of Longitarsus beetles (Chrysomelidae:
Alticinae). Syst. Ent., 5:437-448.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, p. 331
Scientific Note
A Telenomus (Hym.; Scelionidae) Parasite of Chrysopa nigricornis
Burmeister in California, and Its Potential Impact on
Inundative Releases of Chysoperla carnea (Stephens)
Ten clusters of unusually dark grey eggs of Chrysopa nigricornis Burmeister
were found during the collection of parasitized aphids on Liriodendron tulipifera
L. One Telenomus (Hym.; Scelionidae) parasite emerged in the lab from each of
170 eggs collected on Piedmont Avenue in Berkeley, California, in October 1984.
Three species of Telenomus have been reported as chrysopid egg parasites.
Telenomus acrohates Giard and Telenomus ferganae Johnson are Palearctic in
distribution. Telenomus chrysopae Ashmead has been reported from the eastern
United States. Telenomus has not previously been reported as parasitizing Chry¬
sopa nigricornis and no records were found for Telenomus parasitizing eggs of
any chrysopid in the western United States. The medially bifurcating portion of
the terminus of the laminae volsellares of the local Telenomus has 4 distinct teeth
per digitus. The male genitalia otherwise appear as illustrated for Telenomus
chrysopae by Johnson and Bin (1982, Estratto da Redia, 65:189-206).
Johnson and Bin cite Italian work where an inundative release of chrysopids
to control aphids in apple orchards “was entirely frustrated by the extremely high
rate of parasitism (by Telenomus ).” They speculated that much of the loss to
parasitism suffered in this experiment could have been avoided if eggs were not
distributed until later in their development. Because inundative releases of Chry-
soperla carnea (Stephens) were being conducted to suppress tuliptree aphids,
Macrosiphum liriodendri (Monell), a preliminary lacewing host suitability study
was undertaken.
Groups of six female and two male Telenomus which had emerged from the
field collected eggs were exposed to eight groups each of about 40 C. carnea eggs
which were 24 or 96 hours old (±12 hours). The Telenomus were confined in
tissue covered 200 ml (3.5 inch diameter) plastic dishes, exposed to the eggs for
24-36 hours, and then observed for the emergence of lacewing larvae or Telen¬
omus. The parasites and eggs were held at 24°C and 16 hour days throughout the
experiment.
The Telenomus successfully developed from 1 day old C. carnea eggs, 47% of
which (74 of 157) yielded parasites. Parasites were unsuccessful in completing
their development in four day old lace wing eggs. Only one parasite emerged from
170 of the more embryonically advanced host eggs and this single (female) parasite
may have been produced by an infertile host egg. It appears that this local Te¬
lenomus would not have an adverse impact on inundative releases of embryon¬
ically advanced chrysopid eggs.
I thank Kenneth S. Hagen, Donald L. Dahlsten and Leopoldo E. Caltagirone
for their suggestions and encouragement.
Steve H. Dreistadt, Division of Biological Control, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 332-333
Mexican Mayflies: New Species, Descriptions and
Records (Ephemeroptera)
Richard K. Allen
22021 Jonesport Lane, Huntington Beach, California 92646.
A mayfly collection from southern Mexico sent to the author by Dr. Joaquin
Bueno Soria has revealed undescribed stages and new distributional records. Types
of the new species are deposited in the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco.
Baetis buenoi Allen, New Species
Male imago (in alcohol). —Length: body 2.0-3.0 mm; wings 2.5-3.5 mm. Head
brown; antennae light brown; lower portion compound eyes black, upper portion
brown; turbinate portion moderately long and upper surface elongate oval. Thorax
brown; legs light brown; wings hyaline; venation pale, translucent; hind wing with
well developed hooked costal projection; hind wing with 2 longitudinal veins, no
intercalaries or cross veins. Abdominal segments 1-6 pale, translucent, segments
7-10 brown. Genital forceps of the intercalaris- type. Cerci absent.
Types. — HOLOTYPE. Male imago, 20 km. despues de Ciudad Valles a San
Luis Potosi, Mexico, 19-III-80, Padilla et al. ALLOTYPE. Female imago, same
data as holotype. PARATYPE. Male imago (parts on slide) same data as holotype.
Remarks. —Baetis buenoi, n. sp. is the first species of the genus to be described
from southern Mexico. Three species are presently known from Central America
and one has been described from northern Mexico. Eaton (1892) described and
named B. salvini based on male imagoes from Costa Rica and Guatemala, and
Kimmins (1934) named B. eatoni from a long series he found in Eaton’s collection
from north Sonora, Mexico. Navas (1924) described and named B. sinuosus from
a male imago collected in Costa Rica, and Flowers (1979) described B. maculi-
pennis from a male imago and a mature nymph collected in Panama.
Baetis salvini and B. maculipennis are large species, almost twice as long as the
average Baetis, and they are distinguished from B. buenoi by this large body size
and by other morphological characters. Baetis sinuosus is smaller in body size
than B. buenoi, it differs in color, and the hind wing has a short straight costal
projection, 3 longitudinal veins, and a cross vein. Baetis eatoni is geographically
isolated from B. buenoi, and it also differs in abdominal color characters and in
hind wing venation.
Iron metlacensis Traver
New records. —Mexico. Zempoala, 15-III-80, J. Bueno and J. Padilla. Veracruz.
La Perla, 10-XII-79, M. Rivera and J. Padilla.
Thraulodes lunatus Traver & Edmunds
New record. —Hidalgo. Rio Venados, 29-III-79, P. Carter and J. Padilla.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
333
Thraulodes ephippiatus Traver & Edmunds ?
Thraulodes ephippiatus was described from a single male imago collected in
Chiapas, Mexico. The nymph described below was also collected in Chiapas and
it is similar to the male holotype in the color of the thorax and abdomen. It seems
prudent at this time to assign this specimen, and the other nymphs, as the im¬
mature stage of this species.
Mature nymph. —Length: body 6.5-7.5 mm; caudal filaments 8.5-9.5 mm.
General color dark brown with pale markings. Head brown, pale paired submedian
maculae on posterior margin between compound eyes. Prothoracic notum dark
brown to light brown with pale paired submedian maculae on anterior margin;
metathoracic notum dark brown with paired submedian maculae, wing pads pale;
prothoracic leg (others missing) pale with saddle-shaped brown macula; tibia and
tarsus light brown; claw with 5 denticles. Abdominal terga dark brown, terga
4-9 with pale median maculae; gills symmetrical, narrow, length-to-width ratio
7:1; gills without lateral trachea; gills suffused with black. Caudal filaments pale
with dark brown annulations.
Material. —Three nymphs, Rta. Palenque-Bonan pak. to 65 km from Palenque,
Chiapas, Mexico, 23-V-80, J. Bueno.
Remarks. —These nymphs belong to the gonzalesi- group. Keying these nymphs
herein assigned as T. ephippiatus in the nymphal revision by Allen and Brusca
(1978) one ends at an impass at the end of the key. These nymphs are readily
distinguished from all previously described nymphs by the distinctive thoracic
and abdominal color patterns.
Tmverella sp. “C” Allen
New record. — Chiapas. Rta. Palenque-Bonam pak. to 65 km from Palenque,
23-V-80, J. Bueno.
Literature Cited
Allen, R. K., and R. C. Brusca. 1978. Generic revisions of mayfly nymphs II. Thraulodes in North
and Central America (Leptophlebiidae). Canad. Entomol., 110:414-433.
Eaton, A. E. 1892. Biologia Centrali Americana, Insecta, Neuroptera, Ephemeridae, pp. 1-16.
Flowers, R. W. 1979. A new species of Baetis from Panama (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Pan-Pac.
Entomol., 55:187-191.
Kimmins, D. E. 1934. Notes on the Ephemeroptera of the Godman and Salvin collection, with
descriptions of two new species. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, 14:338-353.
Navas, R. P. 1924. Insectos de la America Central. Brot. Ser. Zool., 21:55-86.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 334-338
Foraging Recruitment by the Giant Tropical Ant,
Paraponera clavata (Hymenoptera, Formicidae)
Bruce A. Barrett, 1 Clive D. Jorgensen, and Sandra J. Looman
Department of Zoology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah 84602.
Increased foraging of an exceptionally abundant, but ephemeral, food source
by ants can result from foraging excitement that does not include pheromone
trails, tandem running, or from recruitment of other workers along pheromone
trails (Carrol and Janzen, 1973). They also provided rationale for two types of
short-lived pheromone trails resulting in mass or group recruitment. These both
seem to fall into the Type II foraging strategy described by Oster and Wilson
(1978). Neither of these discussions conveniently allow for pheromone recruit¬
ment by relatively small colonies of a primitive monomorphic species such as
Paraponera clavata. Our observations suggest that recruitment to an abundant
ephemeral food source does occur naturally and can be induced artificially in
colonies of P. clavata.
Paraponera clavata is considered primitive (Wilson, 1958), particularly in for¬
aging habits (Young and Hermann, 1980; Young, 1977). Hermann (1973, 1975)
reported that P. clavata, unlike more advanced species, forages independently;
following short periods of apparent group activity outside of the colony (Young
and Hermann, 1980). It reportedly does not return to a food source when only
part has been harvested. After returning to its colony with booty, a single worker
resumes foraging independently, with no observable tendency to return to partially
harvested booty or without recruiting additional workers to collect the remaining
food (Hermann, 1973; Young and Hermann, 1980). Reports of independent for¬
aging, lack of forager recruitment, and apparent lack of food source fidelity resulted
in the assumption that P. clavata probably lacks an effective pheromone trail
communication system (Young and Hermann, 1980).
Methods
Five colonies of P. clavata on Barro Colorado Island, Panama, were selected
for our studies. All entrances to the colonies were positioned at the bases of trees,
with other trees, shrubs and vines within 1 m of the entrance. Ants foraging from
each colony were observed continuously for 24 hr to determine when foraging
activity was lowest and to assess which possible foraging routes were not used.
These routes were marked for subsequent placement of an artificial food source
(sugar-water in a plastic bag equipped with a sponge wick). Food sources were
located on unused limbs or vines about 4 m from the frequently used routes, but
always in contact with them via interconnecting vines, limbs, etc. The food sources
were each placed about 2 m above the ground surface.
Tests were conducted at four colonies to determine if recruitment to a food
1 Present address: Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman, Washington
99164.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
335
Table 1. Average response times (min) of Paraponera clavata for recruitment and pheromone tests.
Colonies
Response time of ants
Lathrop 2
Lutz 1
Lutz 2
Lutz 3
Marked ant
Spent at the food site
6.39
7.13
7.59
4.07
Spent in returning to nest
0.35
5.20
1.51
1.17
Number of returned visits to the food site
3.50
2.00
2.00
1.50
Unmarked ants
Emerging from nest after marked ant
first entered the nest
Spent in traveling on first visit to
0.29
5.75
0.19
1.10
the food site
1.35
2.40
.056
1.41
source was evident and to determine if pheromone trails were established to aid
the recruitment. The fifth colony was used as a control to observe non-induced
foraging behavior. Tests were conducted from late morning to midday when
natural foraging was least active. During these hours, the only persistent activity
was mound workers excavating dirt and removing debris from the mound. Prior
to starting each test, foraging activity was observed for 30 min after the sugar-
water had been installed to make sure that it was not located by natural foragers.
One mound worker was placed directly on the sponge wick. After collecting
sugar-water had started, the ants’ thorax and abdomen were marked with white
Liquid Paper® (Liquid Paper Corp., Box 61, Boston, MA 02199) for future iden¬
tification. The following data were then recorded: (1) the time required for the
marked ant to return to the colony entrance with sugar-water booty, (2) number
of times the marked ant returned to the food source within 15 min after it was
first placed on the source, (3) time interval between entrance into the colony by
the marked ant and exit by an unmarked ant on its way to the food source, (4)
time interval for the first unmarked ant to reach the food source and (5) the rate
at which ants arrived at the food source.
These methods were also used to determine if trail pheromones were deposited,
except all possible routes leading to the food source from the colony entrance
were covered with leaves for these observations. After several ants had crossed
over the leaves, allowing ample time for a pheromone trail to be established on
the leaves, they were removed and all ants at the food source placed back at the
colony entrance. Following this, the times required to relocate the food source
and re-establish foraging trails were recorded.
Results and Discussion
Ants were found foraging most frequently during the late afternoon to early
evening, but continued less frequently through the night. Comparable observations
were also reported by McClusky and Brown (1972). Because we timed our tests
to coincide with the least active foraging periods, natural discovery of the artificial
food sources did not occur.
A brief period of disoriented behavior by the mound worker placed on the
artificial food source was followed by collecting sugar-water booty. After spending
4.07-7.59 min collecting a droplet of booty, they returned the 6.0-8.5 m to the
336
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Time (min)
Figure 1. Cumulative visits of unmarked Paraponera clavata to the artificial food site after initial
marked ant had returned to the nest after it had been introduced to the food site. Lathrop 1 is a control
since a marked ant had not first been introduced to the food site.
colony entrance in 0.35-5.20 min (Table 1). Orientation to the entrance by the
marked ants of each colony on their first return trips must have included some
visual cues since its placement on the artificial food source precluded the possi¬
bility of a trail pheromone. What these visual cues were requires field experi¬
mentation with canopy and local vegetative characteristics. The use of visual cues
to return while establishing pheromone trails has been reported for Solenopsis
saevissima (Wilson, 1962) and is generally accepted as a functional phenomena
for others (Carroll and Janzen, 1973).
Hermann (1973) reported that recruitment to a partially utilized food source
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
337
was not apparent for P. clavata. Our studies indicated active recruitment to the
artificial food source, since in all but one case (Lutz 1), other ants within the colony
reached the food source before the marked ant returned to it. This may not
represent comparable behavior for naturally occurring food, but similar recruit¬
ment was apparent when ants from Lathrop 1 were observed collecting dozens
of swarming termites that happened to land on the tree where the ant colony was
located. In this case, the ants were very active (20+ ants at a time) in collecting
the termites after the first forager returned to the colony entrance with its booty.
Elfective recruitment to a food source requires a means of reliably communi¬
cating locations of the booty, usually some type of dance or pheromone (Carroll
and Janzen, 1973). The marked ant was observed dragging its gaster while re¬
turning to the colony entrance the first time, suggesting the deposition of a trail
pheromone. This behavior was not observed by the ant from the control colony
that was placed on a branch without booty. Also, as the number of ants using the
trail increased, the speed of movement along the trail appeared to increase. Ori¬
entation to the food source and colony entrance become more precise and move¬
ment more direct as the number of passages along the trail increased.
The number of ants recruited from each colony was variable since additional
ants were recruited continuously throughout the observations in some colonies
(Fig. 1, Lathrop 2 and Lutz 3), whereas others seemed to reach a limit of recruits
(Fig. 1, Lutz 1 and 2), and the control had no recruitments (Fig. 1, Lathrop 1).
Although one might speculate why such apparent differences occurred, without
nutritional and colony population data, it would not likely be helpful to our basic
understanding of their behavior.
The use of trail pheromones by P. clavata has not been reported (Hermann,
1973; Young and Hermann, 1980), although it apparently does possess the ability
of maintaining foraging routes close to the nest (Hermann and Young, 1980). By
eliminating the presumed pheromone trails when the leaves they were on were
removed, we temporarily disrupted recruitment to the artificial food sources.
Foraging behavior was apparently reduced to searching behavior when they en¬
countered the interrupted trail. Additional observations need to be made to val¬
idate the presence and longevity of trail pheromones more completely.
Conclusions
Recruitment to an exceptional food source by P. clavata can be induced using
sugar-water, and as reported for their attack on termites probably occurs more
frequently under natural conditions than originally thought. Utilization of an
abundant food source may be more effective than previously thought, since P.
clavata workers did return to the food source several times (Table 1). Foragers
following the same path established by an original marked ant indicates that trail
pheromones probably play an important role in the foraging behavior of P. clavata.
Acknowledgments
This research was supported by the Department of Zoology, Brigham Young
University, in cooperation with the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institution
(STRI) in Panama. Dr. Hal L. Black and David P. Mindell assisted in the field
research, and Drs. Henry R. Hermann and Allen M. Young provided helpful
reviews of the manuscript.
338
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Literature Cited
Carroll, C. R., and D. H. Janzen. 1973. Ecology and foraging by ants. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst., 4:231-
147.
Hermann, H. R. 1973. Formation of preforage aggregations in ponerine ants (Hymenoptera: Formici-
dae), a possible step toward group raiding. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc., 8:185-186.
-. 1975. Crepuscular and nocturnal activities of Paraponera clavata (Hymenoptera: Formici-
dae: Ponerinae). Entomol. News, 86:94-98.
-, and A. M. Young. 1980. Artificially elicited defensive behavior and reciprocal aggression
in Paraponera clavata (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Ponerinae). J. Georgia Entomol. Soc., 14:
8 - 10 .
McCluskey, E. S., and W. L. Brown. 1972. Rhythms and other biology of the giant tropical ant
Paraponera. Psyche, 79:335-347.
Oster, G. F., and E. O. Wilson. 1978. Caste and ecology in social insects. Princeton Univ. Press,
352 pp.
Young, A. M. 1977. Notes on the foraging of the giant tropical ant Paraponera clavata (Formicidae:
Ponerinae) on two plants in tropical wet forest. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc., 12:41-51.
-, and H. R. Hermann. 1980. Notes on foraging of the giant tropical ant Paraponera clavata
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Ponerinae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 53:35-55.
Wilson, E. O. 1958. The beginnings of nomadic and group-predatory behavior in the ponerine ants.
Evol., 12:24-36.
-. 1962. Chemical communication among workers of the fire ant Soleopsis saevissima (Fr.
Smith). I. The orientation of mass foragers. Anim. Behav., 10:134-147.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 339-344
Bees of the Genus Megaceratina in Equatorial
Africa (Hymenoptera, Apoidea)
Howell V. Daly
Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California, Berkeley, Cal¬
ifornia 94720.
Abstract. —New information is provided for the monotypic Megaceratina : syn¬
onymy, illustrations and description of male, collection records, information on
geographic variation in size and color pattern, and phylogenetic relationships to
the Ceratinini.
Hirashima (1971) described Megaceratina, with the type species Ceratina
bouyssoui Vachal (1903), for the largest ceratinine bees in Equatorial Africa. He
chose to treat the specimens available to him as members of one widespread,
polymorphic species. I support his interpretation and provide new synonymy, the
first complete description of the male, new collection records, information on
variation, and a reinterpretation of phylogenetic relationships.
The monotypic Megaceratina is recognized by the large body size (forewing
length 6.7-10.2 mm), unique wing venation of a slender pterostigma and long
prestigma (equal to or greater than the length of the stigma proximal to vein r),
genal spines on females that increase allometrically with body size, and, in both
sexes, a sharp, blade-like edge ventrally on the distal half of the mid and hind
femora. Except for facial marks, the bodies of both sexes may be almost entirely
black or with the metasoma almost entirely red or variously marked with a pattern
of orange to yellow spots. The color patterns suggest that the bees are involved
in local mimetic associations with similar-sized wasps.
Megaceratina sculpturata (Smith), New Combination
(Figs. 1-6)
Ceratina sculpturata Smith, 1854:225 (Senegal; type is a male, not a female as
originally indicated, BMNH 17B-310) (examined).
Ceratina bouyssoui Vachal, 1903:383 (Gabon, Lambarene; lectotype female des¬
ignated by Daly, 1973:385; MNHN) (examined). Syn. n.
Ceratina ruficauda Cockerell, 1932:12 (Zaire, Malela, 6S 12.40E; holotype female,
AMNH) (examined). Syn. n.
Measurements (method illustrated in Daly, 1983; except as noted, numbers are
millimeters x 100). —Female (C. bouyssoui lectotype): wing, 9.3 mm; number of
hamuli, 9; eye, 230: 245: 270: 270; clypeus, 120 x 250: 50: n.a.; interocellar, 30:
85: 65: 80, D 25; frontal carina, 95; malar area, 0 x 90; interalveolar, 50: 80: 80:
95, D 25; antenna, 110: 23: 20: 10: 15: 15, D 25. Male (C. sculpturata holotype):
340
3
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1-6. Megaceratina sculpturata. 1. Wings of female, scale equals 2 mm. 2. Right hind leg
of male, scale equals 0.5 mm. 3. Male metasomal sternum 6, ventral view. 4. Male genitalia, dorsal
(left) and ventral (right) views. 5. Same, lateral view. 6. Male metasomal sternum 8 (dorsal and ventral
views). For Figures 3-6, scale equals 0.5 mm.
wing, 6.7 mm; hamuli, 8; eye, 185: 160: 170: 165; clypeus 90 x 140: 35: 105;
interocellar, 25: 50: 45: 55, D 18; frontal carina, 65; malar area, 0x6; interal¬
veolar, 40: 40: 60: 70, D 20; antenna, 70: 15: 15: 7: 10: 18, D 22.
Female. — See Hirashima (1971).
Male. — Head rounded in cephalic view; inner margin of eye with deep groove
just anterior to summit, inner margins slightly divergent below; frontal carina
strong, inverted Y shape, arms diverging on ffons below antennal bases; clypeus
unmodified; lateral portion of gena unmodified; preoccipital ridge strongly cari¬
nate; hypostomal carina strong, straight edged in lateral view, with a short trans¬
verse subgenal carina attached at rear angle of hypostomal carina (corresponding
to subgenal carina associated with genal spine in female); postgena at each side
of proboscidial fossa and posterior to subgenal carina with a large pyriform fossa
similar to acarinaria on certain other ceratinines (also in female); antennal fla¬
gellum with ventral length of segment 2 less than segment 3; mandibles tridentate;
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
341
labrum with 2 denticles on disk. Mesosoma: Dorsum of pronotum below scutum,
straight, without carina, lateral angles rounded in cephalic view and not carinate;
scutellum, metanotum, and propodeum in essentially one sloping plane; axillae
not spined; metapleural line carinate; propodeum without carinae; lateral angles
of fore coxa produced and narrowly rounded; fore and mid tibia with single
dorsoapical recurved spine, fore tibia with sharp, projecting ventroapical angle;
mid and hind femur with sharp ventral edge in distal half (also in female); hind
tibia with small basitibial spine at basal 0.35 (position as in female). Metasoma:
tergum 1 with dorsoanterior surface flattened, distinct from large anteriomedian
depression and narrow, transverse, polished apex (also in female); terga 2-4 and
sterna 2-3 with graduli; sterna 1-5 unmodified; small median emargination of
sternum 6 with sharp, reflected edge and short admedian teeth (Fig. 3); sternum
8 (abdominal sternum 9) transverse, V shape, without pubescence (Fig. 6); tergum
7 small, truncate, unmodified; gonobase unusually short, transverse, strap-like
sclerite (Fig. 4); genitalia without gonostyli, apex of gonocoxite narrowly and
unevenly rounded, with small dorsal recurved hook, apex thinly pubescent, sub¬
apex with lateral plumose setae and medial stout bristles, penis valves long,
slender, hook-like with blunt apex and bearing a dense dorsolateral brush of
plumose setae (Figs. 4, 5). Sculpture and vestiture: impunctate areas limited to
small areas as follows: subantennal area, in front of pronotal lobes, posterior ends
of notauli, just lateral to spiracle on propodeum, median posterior area of pro¬
podeum, sides and disk of tergum 1. Punctation generally dense over body; large,
contiguous, areolate punctures on head becoming smaller and obscured by lon¬
gitudinal costae on clypeus; polygonal to round punctures, less than a puncture
width apart on scutum; scutellum and metanoum with smaller, contiguous punc¬
tures; base of propodeum uniformly rugulose; mesopleuron with round punctures
less than a puncture width apart; metapleuron and sides of propodeum with dense
fine punctures; metasoma with small punctures anteriorly, becoming indistinct
posteriorly. Pubescence general sparse except long, woolly, pale plumose setae
ventrally on the following: thorax and anterior sterna, apices of all coxae, all
trochanters, extending distad on basal third of mid and hind femora, and apical
half of hind tibia (Fig. 2); inconspicuous, but enlarged subapical setae laterally on
terga and sterna 2-5, spaced several to many seta widths apart.
Geographic distribution and variation. —Megaceratina is known from West and
Central Africa, from 15N to 1 OS latitude; near sealevel along western coast from
Senegal to the mouth of the Zaire River, inland to 2000 m in the Zaire basin,
and reaching the easternmost record north of Lake Victoria, Uganda. Variation
exists in body size, the color of both sexes and, in females, the genal spines may
be only small genal carinae or massive projections with associated sculpturing.
Yellow facial marks in both sexes consist of a transverse, subapical spot on the
clypeus that may be divided medially in specimens with reduced marks, a spot
on each side in the lower paraocular area just lateral to tentorial pit, and, in males,
an additional spot on the mandible base. The head and thorax are shiny black,
legs dark brown to black, wings light smoky to very dark brown, and the metasoma
either essentially one color or black with a spot pattern of orange to yellow. Thus,
metasomal terga and sterna 2-6 may be almost entirely red, yellow-orange, or
black, or metasoma black with a light colored spot pattern: tergum 3 with a spot
at each side, terga 4-5 with large lateral spots that may be separate or continuous
342
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
medially, tergum 6 almost entirely light colored or black, and sterna 5-6 with or
without lateral spots.
In western Africa the bees are the smallest (forewing lengths of 2 males: 6.7-
7.1 mm; of 2 females: 6.7-7.1 mm), wings smoky, face marks distinct, female
metasoma either red (Gambia) or black (Ivory Coast), male abdomen largely black
with obscure lateral reddish areas (Senegal), and females with no genal spines.
Females from near Douala, Cameroun are the largest specimens (forewings of 2:
9.6-10.2 mm) and have very dark wings, distinct face marks, metasoma red, and
large genal spines. Further south along the coast at Lambarene, Gabon, females
have dark wings (average forewings of 8: 9.05 mm, range 8.4-9.7 mm), reduced
face marks, metasoma red (Ogooue) or with orange-yellow spot-pattern on terga
and lateral spots on sterna 4-5, and variable genal spines. At Malela, near the
mouth of the Zaire River, females have smoky wings (forewings of 2: 8.2-8.3
mm), distinct face marks, metasoma yellow-orange, and small genal spines. Inland
at Eala and Bokuma on the Ruki River at the equator, females have dark wings
(forewings of 2: 8.9-9.2 mm), small face marks, metasoma with orange-yellow
spot pattern on terga and with black sterna, and have variable genal spines. One
female from near Tororo, Uganda, has light smoky wings (forewing: 8.2 mm),
small face marks, metasomal terga 3-5 with only lateral orange-yellow spots, and
small genal spines. Further south in the uplands of the Zaire basin, females have
dark wings (average forewings of 5: 8.6 mm, range 8.2-9.1), obscure small face
marks, metasoma with yellow-orange spot pattern on terga and with faint or no
spots on sterna, and variable genal spines. Two males (forewings: 7.8-8.5 mm)
have the metasomal yellow-orange spot pattern on terga 2-6 or 3-6, the marks
outlined in black, tergum 6 and the sterna black.
The close similarity of the male genitalia and the structure and vestiture of the
hind legs of males from the extreme limits of the distribution (Senegal and Sankuru
Province, Zaire) supports the hypothesis that the variable populations are one
polytypic species.
Phylogenetic relationships. — Hirashima (1971) considered the long prestigma
and slender pterostigma of Megaceratina (Fig. 1) as characters indicating an
intermediate relationship between Ceratinini (typically short prestigma, wide
pterostigma) and the Xylocopini (long prestigma, greatly reduced pterostigma). I
suggest the similarity to the venation of Xylocopini is superficial, convergent, and
not indicative of an intermediate relationship. Although unique among Ceratinini,
the prestigma of Megaceratina is similar to that of many taxa of bees, including
Euglossini, Bombini, and Apini as well as Xylocopini. The shape of the ptero¬
stigma of Megaceratina, however, is unique among Apoidea. The long prestigma,
unique distal extension of the stigma along the radial vein, the thickening of
crossvein r and the radial sector, and elongation of the marginal cell appear to be
a suite of characters associated with strengthening the leading edge of the forewing.
The unusual anterior venation of Megaceratina can be interpreted as an extreme
modification of ceratinine venation that is associated with the structural demands
of flight by large bees. Other large ceratinines such as Ceratina chalcites (average
forewing of 12 males: 8.5 mm) or Ceratina aloes (average forewing of 10 females:
6.6 mm), have the typical short prestigma, but a more slender pterostigma of
width equal 0.18-0.25 length rather than the typical width equal 0.3 length,
thickened veins, and an elongated marginal cell.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
343
Hirashima (1971) pointed out other morphological features of Megaceratina
that show relationships to the Ceratinini. He noted the unusual red marking on
the metasoma. To his comments, should be added that Ceratina rhodura of
southern Africa has an entirely red metasoma. The presence of genal spines among
distantly related ceratinines is doubtless convergent. In addition to Ceratina la-
ticeps, the females of at least two other species in the Americas have genal spines:
C. ( Zadontomerus ) punctigena and an unnamed species of Crewella from Colom¬
bia (BMNH).
Material examined.— Cameroun. Douala (4.04N, 9.43E), 14 mi E, 80 m, 2
females, 20.xi.1966 (E. S. Ross, K. Lorenzen; CAS). Gabon. Lambaren (Lam-
barene) (0.4IS 10.13E), 7 females, x.1897 (includes lectotype of C. bouyssoui ;
Bouyssou; MNHN), 1 female, x.1897 (Bouyssou; TMP); Ogooue (River), 1 female,
1911 (R. Ellenberger; MNHN). Gambia. “Gambie,” 1 female, 1 male, 1915 (J.
Perez, MNHN). Ivory Coast. Grand-Bereby (4.39N 6.53W), 1 female on Stachy-
tarpheta angustifolia (Mill.) Vahl., 18.xii. 1979 (A. Pauly; FSAGx). Ruanda. Mt.
Mbude, S. du 1. Luhondo (Lac Ruhondo, 1.30S 29.45E), 2000 m, 1 female,
29.i. 1953 (P. Basilewsky; MRAC). Senegal. 1 male (holotype of C. sculpturata\
BMNH). Uganda. Tororo (0.42S 34.12E), 22 mi W, 1 female, 28.vi.1967 (C. D.
andM. H. Michener; UK). Zaire. Bas Congo, Malela, 6S 12.40E, 1 female 5.vii. 1915
(holotype of C. ruficauda\ Lang & Chapin; AMNH), 1 female, 1915 (Lang &
Chapin; MRAC). Equateur, Eala (0.02N 18.22E), 1 female, vii. 1935 (J. Ghes-
quiere; MRAC); Bokuma (0.2S 18.45E), 1 female, vii. 1952 (R. P. Lootens; MRAC).
Kivu, Kimbombo (4S 26E, near Kasongo; see Bequaert, 1918), 1 female, 1 .xi. 1910
(Bequaert; MRAC). Lomami, Kaniama (7.32S 24.1 IE), 2 females, 1931 (R. Mas-
sart; MRAC). Maniema, Kindu (3S 25.55E), 1 female, 1917 (L. Burgeon; MNHN).
Sankuru, M’pemba Zeo (Gandajika) (6.46S 23.58E), 1 female, 12.vi.1960 (D. R.
Marechal, No. 1541; MRAC), 1 male, 27.iii.1960 (D. R. Marechal, No. 1301;
MRAC), 1 male, 1956 (P. de Francquen; MRAC); Mwene Ditu (7.01S 23.27E),
1 female, 25.xi.1952 (Ch. Seydel; MRAC).
Acknowledgments
I am indebted to Dr. Charles D. Michener for his constructive comments on
the manuscript. Thanks go to Barbara Boole Daly who prepared the illustrations.
Dr. James M. Carpenter provided help in locating a collecting site of J. Bequaert.
The following persons kindly loaned specimens for study: J. Leclerq and A. Pauly,
Faculte des Sciences agronomiques de l’Etat, Zoologie generate et Faunistique,
*
Gembloux, Belgium (FSAGx); C. D. Michener, University of Kansas, Lawrence,
Kansas (UK); G. Else, British Museum (Natural History), London (BMNH); J.
G. Rozen, Jr., American Museum of Natural History, New York (AMNH); S.
Kelner-Pillault, Museum National d’Historie Naturelle, Paris (MNHN); L. Vari,
Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, South Africa (TMP); P. Amaud, Jr., California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (CAS); J. Decelle, Musee Royal de l’Afrique
Centrale, Tervuren (MRAC). This research was supported in part by research
grants from the National Science Foundation (GB-7933, GB-34089).
Literature Cited
Bequaert, J. 1918. A revision of the Vespidae of the Belgian Congo based on the collection of the
American Museum Congo Expedition, with a list of Ethiopian diplopterous wasps. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., 39:1-384.
344
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1932. Records of African bees. I. Amer. Mus. Novitates No. 547, 16 pp.
Daly, H. V. 1973. Lectotype designations of African bees of the genus Ceratina and allies (Hyme-
noptera, Apoidea). Pan-Pac. Ent., 49:383-388.
-. 1983. Taxonomy and ecology of Ceratinini of North Africa and the Iberian Peninsula
(Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Syst. Ent., 8:29-62.
Hirashima, Y. 1971. Megaceratina, a new genus of bees of Africa (Hymenoptera, Anthophoridae).
J. Nat. Hist., 5:251-256.
Smith, F. 1854. Catalogue of Hymenopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum. Part
II. Apidae. British Museum (Natural History), 199-465.
Vachal, J. 1903. Hymenopteres du Congo francais rapportes par l’ingenieur J. Bouyssou. Ann. Soc.
Ent. Fr., 72:358-400.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, p. 345
Scientific Note
Gathering of Aecial Spores of Willow Rust by the Honey Bee,
Apis mellifera (Hymenoptera: Apinae)
Many worker bees were observed in willow trees, 2.5 miles southwest of West
Point, Calaveras County, California (2500 foot elevation), on 5 October 1984.
The willows were tentatively identified as Salix sp. (probably S. laevigata). Exact
determination requires catkins which were not present at this time. At first, the
numbers of bees observed suggested the presence of a swarm, but closer exami¬
nation revealed they were not swarming, but were gathering spores of the willow
rust, Melampsora (probably M. bigelowii ) from the surfaces of the willow leaves.
The willows were heavily infected by rust at that time. The bees were actively
scraping the spores from the leaf surfaces and processing the spores for transport
in the same way they transport pollen. Many bees were seen with the pollen
baskets of their hind legs loaded to capacity with the bright red-orange rust spores.
A survey of flowering plants in the area revealed that sage {Salvia sp.) was ap¬
parently the only significant flower source. There were some bees visiting the sage,
but very few compared to the activity in the willow.
This observation was made in October when the Sierra Nevada foothills are
heading into winter. Few plants appear to provide significant pollen sources at
this time. It seems possible, under these conditions, that not only the quantity,
but the quality of pollen may be lacking. The aggressive spore gathering observed
may possibly be in response to a need for micronutrients that otherwise are lacking
in the lean food reserves of the fall and winter months. It was impressive that
the bees clearly preferred working willow leaves to working the nearby flowering
sages (which provide both pollen and nectar).
We thank H. D. Thiers for identification of the rust, and R. W. Patterson and
V. T. Parker for identification of the willow.
Stanley C. Williams and Jack T. Tomlinson, Department of Biology, San Fran¬
cisco State University, San Francisco, California 94132.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 346-347
Antibiotic Properties of Honey Produced by the Domestic
Honey Bee Apis mellifera (Hymenoptera: Apidae)
Jack T. Tomlinson and Stanley C. Williams
Department of Biology, San Francisco State University, San Francisco, Cali¬
fornia 94132.
Although medicinal qualities have been claimed for honey since ancient times
(Crane, 1980), its curative effect has been attributed variously to the hyperosmotic
sugar content, and to unique, undefined components. Our studies suggest that
honey from different sources differs in its antibiotic qualities, and that their an¬
tibiotic qualities may, at least in part, be derived from fungal foraging by bees.
In order to test the bacteriocidal properties of honey, pure cultures of the bacteria
Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli were used as bioassay organisms. Two
nutrient agar plates (peptone/beef extract) were individually smeared with these
two species. Three samples of honey were selected for testing as follows: Sample
number 1, Glen Park region of San Francisco, California, extracted in October
1984; sample number 2, West Point, Calaveras Co., CA, extracted in September
1984; and sample number 3, West Point, Calaveras Co., CA, extracted in October
1984. The cultures of both bioassay species were treated with one drop from each
of the three sources of honey, spaced at equal distances on each plate. After 48
hours of incubation the plates were examined for inhibition of the bioassay bac¬
terial cultures.
Inspection of the bioassay cultures clearly indicated no inhibition of either
bacterium by honey sample number 1, from San Francisco, while there was
complete inhibition of both bacterial species by the honey from the West Point
sources. Examination of the plate containing the S. aureus culture revealed a
circular area of complete absence of bacterial growth measuring 25 millimeters
in diameter through the point of honey administration on the plate surrounding
honey sample #3, and a 26 x 35 millimeter tear-drop shaped area on the plate
surrounding sample #2. Similar measurements taken through the center of the
honey administration on the E. coli plate revealed a circular area of no bacterial
growth of 9 millimeters in diameter for sample #2, and a clear area 9x14 mm
for sample #3. It was striking that the S. aureus culture was clearly more sensitive
to the honey application than was E. coli. The clear areas of apparent antibiosis
around the West Point honey applications were evaluated to determine if the
bacteria were killed, or only inhibited, by inoculation of standard nutrient broth
media with specimens taken from the inhibition areas of each test plate. Exam¬
ination of these broth cultures indicated absence of viable S. aureus bacteria, but
inhibition without complete death in E. coli. This conclusion was supported by
examination of inhibition areas over a period of one week. There were very small
resistant colonies in the E. coli inhibition areas.
It should be noted that the bees from the West Point apiary were observed
aggressively collecting spores from the willow rust (tentatively identified as Me-
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
347
lampsora bigelowii ) in October 1984 (Williams and Tomlinson, 1985). It was
apparent in October that the rusts were the primary foraging objective of the bees
in this region.
These observations suggest several important points. First, some honeys defi¬
nitely have antibiotic properties. It was of interest, however, that some honeys
definitely did not have antibiotic properties, at least in reference to the two species
of bacteria observed. Second, the antibiosis was more effective on some species
of bacteria than on others. Third, there was a positive correlation between anti¬
biosis of honey and fungal foraging by these bees. The San Francisco bees showed
no sign of foraging on fungi at the time of these observations. In San Francisco,
due to the mild climate, the preferred pollen and nectar sources seemed adequate
to fully attract and occupy the bees at this time. These San Francisco bees were
also offered mixed cultures of molds, and there was no evidence of foraging on
these by the bees. Fourth, the fact that no antibiosis on these two species of
bacteria occurred from the administration of the San Francisco honey suggests
that the hyperosmotic properties of honey did not in itself impart bacteriostatic
or bacteriocidal qualities to the honey.
Acknowledgments
We wish to thank Robert Van Dyke, of the Microbiological Media Kitchen,
San Francisco State University for assistance in furnishing media and bacterial
cultures. Thanks also to Claude J. Coppenger, and Hideo Yonenaka for the dis¬
cussion of ideas. The project was supported by the West Point Academy of Arts
and Sciences, West Point, CA. The West Point Honey Sources came from the
West Point Academy’s experimental apiary.
Literature Cited
Crane, Eva. 1980. A book of honey. Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York.
Williams, S. C., and J. T. Tomlinson. 1985. Gathering of aecial spores of willow rust by the honey
bee, Apis mellifera (Hymenoptera: Apinae). Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 61:345.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, p. 348
Scientific Note
An Introduced Clerid, Paratillus cams (Newman) (Coleoptera: Cleridae),
Preying on Lyctus brunneus (Stephens) (Coleoptera: Lyctidae)
in California Live Oak
Paratillus cams (Newman) (Coleoptera: Cleridae) is native to Australia (Gor¬
ham, 1878, Trans. Entomol. Soc. London, p. 157) and established in Great Britain
(Hinks, 1950, Coleopt. Cat. Suppl., 23:299). Our collection of this beetle in Santa
Cruz County in September, 1984, is the second from California (W. F. Barr, pers.
comm.).
We recovered living specimens of P. cams from California live oak ( Quercus
sp.) firewood purchased in Santa Cruz County, California, and stored in a resi¬
dential garage in the town of Aptos. This wood also contained larvae and adults
of the cosmopolitan powderpost beetle Lyctus brunneus (Stephens) (Coleoptera:
Lyctidae), and had been extensively mined. Adult P. cams were found both within
lyctid galleries and on the wood surface.
When an adult L. brunneus was placed in a 9 cm petri dish containing an adult
P. cams, neither beetle indicated any recognition of the other. The lyctid was
deposited at the center of the dish and walked outward, while the clerid attempted
to climb the side of the dish. However, on crossing the path taken by the lyctid,
P. cams abruptly stopped, turned toward L. brunneus, ran down the 3 cm trail
and grasped the lyctid by the abdomen with mandibles and forelegs. Rather than
displaying the typical disturbance response of feigning death, L. brunneus dem¬
onstrated a frantic escape reaction of rapid leg movements. It proved difficult to
separate the lyctid from the grasp of P. cams. These observations indicate a
predator-prey relationship and suggest kairomonal mediation of the clerid’s initial
response.
An extensive L. brunneus infestation was found in the kitchen cabinetry ad¬
jacent to the garage in this same residence. This suggests the intriguing possibility
of P. cams acting as a predatory biological control agent in structural timbers as
well as in nature. Similar relationships are well documented in Great Britain,
where clerids are common predators of anobiid and lyctid beetles infesting struc¬
tures (Hickin, 1975, The insect factor in wood decay, Associated Business Pro¬
grammes, London).
We thank W. F. Barr, Emeritus, Department of Plant, Soil and Entomological
Sciences, University of Idaho, Moscow, for clerid determinations; F. G. Andrews,
Bureau of Entomology, California Department of Food and Agriculture, Sacra¬
mento, for lyctid determinations; and N. C. Rem, University of California Forest
Products Laboratory, Richmond, for wood identification. Specimens are deposited
in the Essig Museum, Department of Entomological Sciences, University of Cal¬
ifornia, Berkeley.
J. Kenneth Grace and David L. Wood, Department of Entomological Sciences,
201 Wellman Hall, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 349-357
Three New Species of Collembola from North-east India
(Collembola: Arthropleona: Hypogastruridae and Entomobryidae)
R. K. Bhattacharjee
Department of Zoology, St. Anthony’s College, Shillong, Meghalaya, India,
793001.
Collection of leaf litter along with decaying pine seeds and Arenga trees produced
a number of specimens representing a new species of Hypogastrura. Collection
with the aspirator and brush method under moss and fine grains of sand yielded
two new species belonging to the genera Cyphoderus and Troglopedetes.
All these collections were made in the vicinity of Shillong, Meghalaya, N.E.
India by the author: temp. 3.9°C (winter) to 23.3°C (summer) and average rainfall
241.5 cm. Altitude 1496 m el. to 1960.78 m el., 25°34'N, 91°56'E.
The system of nomenclature used for head and trunk chaetotaxy is from Yosii
(1960, 1966a and 1971) and Salmon (1970). Morphological abbreviations used in
this paper are as Ant. I, Th. I, Abd. I for 1st antennal segment, 1st thoracic
segment, 1st abdominal segment, a„ m ( and pj for 1st anterior, 1st median and
1st posterior body setae, \ x and V 2 for setae on vertex of head, S.S. for sensory
seta and PAO for post-antennal organ.
The holotypes of the three new species will be deposited in the Zoological Survey
of India (Z.S.I.), Calcutta, West Bengal, India and the paratypes will be retained
by the author.
Family Hypogastruridae
Hypogastrura prabhooii Bhattacharjee, New Species
(Plates I and II, Figs. 1-18)
Habitus typical of genus (Fig. 1); length excluding antennae and furca, up to
0.72 mm. Coloration—dorsally bluish black on all segments of the body, head,
antennae and eye held. Dark, blue-black longitudinal bands extend from abdomen
anteriorly and concentrate in the “area verticalis” on the head. These enclose a
light orange pigmented area on mid dorsal line of the Abd. II and III. Ventral
tube, tenaculum and furca up to mucronal base with little pigmentation. Setation—
head and body covered with small-sized, simple setae, which are not much dif¬
ferentiated. Setal covering of antennae, legs and anogenital segment slightly longer.
Integument—coarse and fine granules present on body and head. Dorsal side of
den and claw bases finely granular. Abdomen V median area not well defined and
with a few, large skin granules.
Antennal ratio— 15:20:22:32. Head/antenna—1:1. Sense organs of Ant. Ill with
2 small rods in a faint groove guarded by 2 sensory setae (Fig. 2). Ant. IV with
a single subapical bulb in a pit and with 7-8 well developed, stout sensory rods
(Fig. 2). Ant. I without ‘P’ seta. Antennae ventrally with some small setae. No
eversible sac evident between Ant. Ill and IV. Labrum with 4/5,5,4 setae and
labral margin with 4 round, subequal tubercles (Fig. 3). Mandible apically with
350
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Plate I. Hypogastrura (s. str.) prabhooii, n. sp. (Figs. 1-12). Fig. 1. Habitus (clothing and coloration
not shown). Fig. 2. Ant. Ill (distal portion) and Ant. IY with sense rods and subapical bulb. Fig. 3.
Labral margin. Fig. 4. Apex of mandible. Fig. 5. Head of maxilla. Fig. 6. Rt. eye and PAO. Fig. 7.
Anterior ocelli and PAO. Fig. 8. Metathoracic claw. Fig. 9. Tenaculum. Fig. 10. Mucro (dorsal). Fig.
11. Mucro of another ex. Fig. 12. Posterior part of abdomen with anal papilla and anal spine.
l + 3+l = 5 teeth, the last slightly smaller and tending to be a round bump.
Apical tooth slightly broad and bent inward (Fig. 4). Molar area well developed.
Apex of maxilla with 3 apical teeth and one fringed lamella in a finger-like process
(Fig. 5).
Ocelli 8 + 8, all subequal (Fig. 6). PAO composed to 4 subequal elements (of
which the anterior one is slightly elongated) around a central boss. PAO slightly
smaller in diameter than anterior ocellus (Fig. 7). Accessory tubercles absent. Legs
(Fig. 8) with unguis lacking lateral teeth but with a fine inner tooth about % down
from base of claw. Unguiculus almost half as long as unguis, setaceous, with broad
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
351
Plate II. Hypogastrura (s. str.) prabhooii, n. sp. (Figs. 13-18). Fig. 13. Cephalic chaetotaxy (half
portion). Fig. 14. 6 Genital slit. Fig. 15. Trunk chaetotaxy (Th. II). Fig. 16. Trunk chaetotaxy (Abd.
III-VI). Fig. 17. Setae in anal segment (ventral). Fig. 18. Den and mucro (dorsal).
inner lamella. Tenent hair 1,1,1, apically blunt, slightly longer than unguis. Ventral
tube anteriorly with 4 + 4 setae. Tenaculum with 4 barbs in rami (Fig. 9). Fur-
cula small, well developed, reaching posterior border of Abd. II. Furcal ratio,
man: den: mucro—20:14:4. Manubrium with ca. 26 setae dorsally (Fig. 18). Den
with 7 setae dorsally, basal seta (2) longest (Fig. 18). Mucro small, spoon-shaped,
apically rounded with inner side thickened and a fine but clear outer lamella (Figs.
10, 11). Anal spines straight and small, placed slightly anteriorly (Fig. 12). Anal
papillae separated from each other at base by about 2 granules. Anal spine: anal
papilla: mucro = 1:1:3. Chaetotaxy—Head—no cephalic spines, a 0 present, v,
352
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
and v 2 subequal (Fig. 13). Body (Figs. 15, 16) with small, simple, smooth and
subequal setae except S.S. and not differentiated. Many setae present around anal
aperture (Fig. 17). Setae around genital slit not differentiated (Fig. 14). Thorax II
and III with p 4 “sense seta” and m 2 absent. Abd. I—III with 2 rows of setae and
in all specimens examined show a quartet of setae in specific arrangement, p 3 may
be absent sometimes, P! and p 2 subequal, p 5 is S.S. Abd. IV with 3 rows of setae,
p 4 is S.S., p t and p 2 subequal. On Abd. V p 2 is S.S., Abd. VI with slightly longer
setae and p 0 present.
Comparison. —This new species resembles Hypogastrura (s. str.) nepalica Yosii,
1966a from Maedane Karka, Nepal, in having the ventral tube with 4 + 4 setae,
anteriorly placed anal spines and man dorsally with ca. 26 setae. It differs from
the H. nepalica in possessing a single apical bulb of Ant. IV, labral margin bearing
4 subequal tubercles and S.S. in Abd. IV/V being p 4 and p 2 respectively.
Hypogastrura (s. str.) prabhooii, n. sp. is similar to H. (s. str.) himalayana,
Yosii, 1971, Khumbu Himal in having 1,1,1 tenent hairs, but differs in the number
of PAO elements, by the setae of the ventral tube, absence of paired lateral teeth
of the unguis and by having different mucro and 3 rows of setae in Abd. IV.
In color pattern it resembles the endemic species H. reticulata (Bomer, 1909;
Yosii, 1960) of Japan, but the presence of m 3 in Th. Ill, the separated anal papillae,
the spoon-shaped mucro and man with more setae will separate the new species
easily.
The new species differs from H. copiosa (Folsom, 1916) in having 2 + 2 setae
in “area verticalis,” Abd. I—III with 2 rows of setae and S.S. in Abd. IV be¬
ing p 4 .
Comments. — According to R. Yosii, H. reticulata is endemic to Japan. Dr. P.
F. Bellinger of California State University in a personal letter suggests that this
species might be included in the subdivision or group “ Packardi ” of Hypogastrura
(s. str.), tentatively modified after Yosii by Dr. K. Christiansen and Dr. P. F.
Bellinger.
This new species is most respectfully dedicated to Dr. N. R. Prabhoo, Reader
in Zoology, Kerala University, a leading Collembolan Taxonomist of India.
Material examined. —Holotype: India, Meghalaya, Shillong Peak, 1960.78 m
el., collected from rotting pine seeds, 4 February 1975, coll. R. K. Bhattacharjee.
Paratypes: 18, India, Meghalaya, Shillong, Botanical Garden, 1496.00 m el.,
pine seeds and leaf litter, 9 September 1974; 11, India, Meghalaya, Shillong,
Botanical Garden, rotting seeds of pine and rotten Arenga trees, 10 October 1974;
8, India, Meghalaya, Shillong, Shillong Peak, 1960.78 m el., rotting pine seeds,
23 January 1975; 15, from same locality on 4 November 1975. All paratypes
collected by R. K. Bhattacharjee.
Family Entomobryidae
Cyphoderus sarojinii Bhattacharjee, New Species
(Plate III, Figs. 1-9)
Habitus typical of the genus (Fig. 9). Body length—1.1 mm. Totally white in
preserved condition. Ant./head = 5:3. Antennal ratio = 13/34/23/50. Antennae
not annulated. Ant. IV without apical bulb; sensory setae numerous, slender and
slightly curving and scattered among the ciliated setae. Mandible normal, labrum
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
353
Plate III. Cyphoderus sarojinii, n. sp. (Figs. 1-9). Fig. 1. Trochanteral organ. Fig. 2. Ventral tube
(anterior and posterior face). Figs. 3, 4. Distribution of fringed scales and feathery setae in den (dorsal).
Fig. 5. Mid claw. Fig. 6. Hind claw. Fig. 7. Mucro (dorso-lateral). Fig. 8. Labral margin. Fig. 9. Habitus.
with 4/5,5,4 setae, pre-labral setae smooth (Fig. 8). Labral margin without tu¬
bercles or granules and distal smooth portion not intruded, but with a narrow
groove in middle. Outermost setae on either side in middle row of labrum slightly
thinner than other setae. Labial triangle with 4 smooth setae. Eyes and eye pigment
absent. Abd. III/IV = 1/4, Th. II/III = 11/7.
Unguis (Figs. 5, 6) stout with 2 unequal, proximal inner teeth, the anterior one
of which is thick and spiny. Posterior tooth of this pair not sharply marked and
almost ridge-like. Tenent hair 1,1,1 curved at tip, subequal to unguiculus in length.
No inner or outer distal teeth present on unguis. Unguiculus lanceolate with a
354
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
broad outer tooth. Lasiotrichia filiform, 2,3,2 on Abd. II-IV and associated with
some blunt, small, rod-like setae and scales. Trochanteral organ well represented
with ca. 12 setae in an “L”-arrangement (Fig. 1). Setae small and plain. Body
without large or flexed setae.
Ventral tube elongate with 2 + 2 slender, ciliated setae on anterior face and
ca. 7 (=2 + 2,1,1 + 1) slender setae on posterior face (Fig. 2). Lateral flaps with
3 small setae each. Tenaculum with 4 barbs and corpus with one seta. Furcal
ratio = 70:49:26. Manubrium ventrally with scales and dorsally with many cil¬
iated setae. Dentes (Figs. 3, 4) with 6 outer and 5 inner subequal fringed scales.
Basal lobe of den with 1 smooth and 3 ciliated setae in a transverse row. There
are 3 ciliated and 1 almost plain seta dorsally arranged in the middle on a lon¬
gitudinal line between the outer and inner rows of scaly setae.
Mucro is relatively longer than in other species and with an almost straight
apical and a slightly curved ante-apical tooth (Fig. 7). Margins joining ante-apical
to base of mucro smooth.
Comparison. — This new species is similar to Cyphoderus albinus (Nicolet, 1841,
syn. C. rubiae. (Baijal ’55) = Yosii, 1966b, Kyoto University Expedition to Ka¬
rakoram and Hindukush 1955) by its bidentate mucro and claw with 2 unequal
inner teeth. It differs from C. albinus by having broad, apical and comparatively
smaller ante-apical teeth of the mucro, by the somewhat broad, posterior, inner
tooth on the claw (Gisin, 1960; Nosek, 1962), by not having the median intrusion
of the labral margin and by the different number of trochanteral setae.
The new species differs from Cyphoderus javanus Bomer, 1906 (syn. C. assimi-
lis, Yosii, 1966b) in that it lacks the inner distal tooth of the claw and the
median intrusion of the smooth area of the labrum. Further, the lateral flaps of
the ventral tube have 3 instead of 2 setae each, the basal lobe of den has 1 smooth
and 3 instead of 2 ciliated setae and dorsally den has 3 feathery and 1 smooth
setae unlike C. javanus.
Cyphoderus simulans (Imms, 1912) (syn. C. assimilis, Handschin, 1929) differs
from this species in having a longer claw with 1 basal and 2 small distal teeth.
Material examined. —Holotype: India, Meghalaya, Shillong, Assam Rifles Road
from the side of a hill opposite a stream along with loose stones, 31 October 1974,
collected by R. K. Bhattacharjee.
Paratypes: 10, India, Meghalaya, Shillong, Dohling House Compound, Hop-
kinson Road in loose stone chips blocked by rotten logs, 12 October 1983; 5,
from same locality and date as Holotype. All paratypes collected by R. K. Bhat¬
tacharjee.
Family Entomobryidae
Troglopedetes msendrans Bhattacharjee, New Species
(Plate IV, Figs. 1-13)
Body length up to 1.2 mm. Coloration—light pink in life but white in alcohol.
Head diagonal/antenna = 3:5. Antennal segments = 7:13:9:21. General shape
Cyphoderus-like. Ant. I and II with some scales dorsally. All segments hirsute
with short ciliated setae. Ant. IV not subdivided and with an apical end bulb (Fig.
2). Sensory setae of Ant. IV are numerous, blunt, short, slightly curved setae
scattered almost throughout its length. Mandible normal (Fig. 12). Labrum (Fig.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
355
Plate IV. Troglopedetes rasendrans, n. sp. (Figs. 1-13). Fig. 1. Labrum. Fig. 2. Apex of Ant. IV
and 2-S.S. Fig. 3. Man-den margin (ventral). Fig. 4. Dental spine. Fig. 5. Mucro (dorsal). Fig. 6. Dental
ciliated seta. Fig. 7. Den and mucro (dorso-lateral). Fig. 8. Hind claw. Fig. 9. Hind claw of another
example. Fig. 10. Tenaculum. Fig. 11. Trochanteral organ. Fig. 12. Apex of maxilla and mandible
(different magnification). Fig. 13. Ventral tube posterior, lateral and anterior face.
1) with 4/5,5,4 setae, pre-labral setae lightly ciliated. Labral margin with 2 + 2
unequal tubercles. No median intrusion present. Eyes, eye pigments and postan-
tennal organ absent. Legs without scales. Trochanteral organ consisting of ca. 18
setae of various lengths in a “L” arrangement (Fig. 11).
Ratio of trochanter: femur: tibio-tarsus of hind leg = 11:20:37. Unguis (Figs.
8, 9) with paired, winglike inner basal teeth. A well developed inner tooth is placed
above the winged teeth. Unguiculus lanceolate, tenent hair short, 1,1,1, in number
and slightly knobbed at apex.
356
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Ventral tube (Fig. 13) anteriorly with 3 + 3 long setae (i.e. 1 + 1,2 + 2),
posterior face with ca. 21 setae of various lengths and lateral flaps with 7 setae
each.
Tenaculum with 4 barbs on rami (Fig. 10) corpus with one long seta. Abd. IV
is 3.5 times length of Abd. III.
Furcal ratio = 30/19/6, den/3.76 times mucro. Manubrium dorsally with cil¬
iated setae and with scales laterally and ventrally. Manubrium-den margin as in
Figure 3. Dentes (Fig. 6) dorsally with ciliated setae and inner (ca. 17) spines (Fig.
4) and outer (ca. 9) strongly ciliated, elongate, spiny setae, distal inner spines
slightly larger (Fig. 7). Ventral side of dentes with elongate scales. Mucro long
with a blunt apical, a small anteapical and one small and one large proximal
dorsal teeth on outer margin that connects anteapical tooth with mucronal base
(Fig. 5). No dental scale-like appendage present.
This species is almost achaetotic having only small and medium length, ciliated
setae on the body. Antennae, legs and furca lacking macrochaetae. All body
segments, head, Ant. I and II with round, finely hyaline scales. Ventral side of
head, manubrium and dentes with elongate ribbed scales. “Setae sensualis” in
Abd. II and III are 2 and 3 respectively.
Comparison. — This species differs from Cyphoderopsis ceylonica (R. Yosii—
1966b—Coll.: of Afghanistan, India and Ceylon) in the number and nature of
setae on the posterior face of the ventral tube, the den: mucro ratio, the labral
margin and by having less (2 instead of 4) teeth on the proximal dorsal side of
the mucro. It differs from Cyphoderopsis kempi (G. H. Carpenter—1917 —Coll.:
Abor expedition) in lacking “dental scale-like appendage,” lacking serrations on
the proximal dorsal teeth of the mucro and in having double proximal dorsal
teeth instead of a single tooth. The new species differs from Troglopedetes cav-
ernicola (Delamare, 1944) by the unsubdivided Ant. IV, the absent distal dental
scale appendage and lanceolate unguiculus.
In having 2 teeth on the proximal dorsal side of the mucro the new species is
similar to Cyphoderopsis 6-ocellata (Yosii, 1966b) but C. 6-ocellata has 3 + 3
eyes. The present species differs from Cyphoderopsis gracilis (Carpenter, 1924)
from Siju caves, Garo Hills, in that C. gracilis has long antennae, short mucro
and toothless unguis.
Comment. — The genus Troglopedetes has usually only one row of dental spines
and the genus Cyphoderopsis has 2 rows of dental spines. According to Salmon
(1964) this difference is insufficient to separate the two genera. Dr. R. Yosii holds
that these divisions are only provisorial and Dr. P. F. Bellinger suggests that the
presence of the dental scale-like appendage of Cyphoderopsis may justify the
separation of Cyphoderopsis from Troglopedetes (personal communications).
Considering the above opinions I have included this new species in Troglopedetes.
Material examined. —Holotype: India, Meghalaya, Shillong Peak, 1960.78 m
el., collected from under thick layer of moss above stones on the side of a hill,
24 October 1974, collected by R. K. Bhattacharjee.
Paratypes: 4, same locality and date as Holotype; 5, India, Meghalaya, Shillong,
Boyce Road, collected from stone chips on the side of a hill, 20 October 1974;
4, India, Meghalaya, Shillong, Elephant falls area 1950.00 m el., 24 October 1974;
5, India, Meghalaya, Shillong, Hopkinson Road, Dohling House compound (along
with Cyphoderus sarojinii, n. sp.) in the stone chips, 12 October 1983; 5, India,
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
357
Meghalaya, Shillong, Crinoline falls area, 15 September 1974. All paratypes col¬
lected by R. K. Bhattacharjee.
Acknowledgments
I wish to express my sincere gratitude to Dr. P. F. Bellinger of California State
University for his comments and critical analysis of this work. Thanks are also
due to Dr. R. Yosii for his letter regarding H. (s. str.) reticulata and comments
on the genera Cyphoderopsis and Troglopedetes.
Literature Cited
Baijal, H. N. 1955. Entomological survey of Himalaya, Part XI—on 5 new spp. of Collembola. Agra.
Univ. J. Res. (Sci.), 4(2):531-538.
Carpenter, G. H. 1917. Collembola, Zool. Results of Abor Expedition 1911-1912. Rec. Indian Mus.,
8:561-568.
-. 1924. Collembola of the Siju Cave, Garo Hills, Assam. Rec. Ind. Mus., 26:285-289.
Gisin, H. 1960. Collembolen fauna Europas Museum D’Histoire Naturelle. Geneve, 312 pp.
Imms, A. D. 1912. On some collembola from India, Burma and Ceylon. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1912:80-124.
Nosek, J. 1962. The Apterygotes from Czechoslovakian Soil III. Collemb. Entomobryidae. Zoologicke
listy, Folia Zoological 1962, Vol. XI(XXV), No. 4.
Salmon, J. T. 1956. On two Hypogastruridae (Collembola) from India. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. Lond. (B)
25 pts., 9-10.
-. 1964. An index to Collembola. Royal Soc. of N.Z., Bulletin No. 7, Vol. I, pp. 1-145, Vol.
II, pp. 146-644.
-. 1970. Some new records and new species of Collembola from India. Trans. R. Soc. N.Z.,
Biol., Sci. Vol. 12, No. 13, pp. 145-152, 44 figs.
Yosii, R. 1960. Studies on the Collembolan genus Hypogastrura. American Midland Nat., 64(2):
257-281.
-. 1966a. Collembola of Himalaya. J. Coll. Arts and Sci. Chiba Univ., 4(4):461-531.
-. 1966b. On some collembola of Afghanistan, India and Ceylon. Res. Kyoto Univ. Sc. Exped.
Karakoram, Hindukush, 8:333-405.
-. 1971. Collembola of Khumba Himal. Ergebniss. Forsch. Nepal Himalaya, 4:80-130.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 358-365
Life History of Synalocha gutierreziae Powell
(Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) on Snakeweed
(Asteraceae: Gutierrezia spp.)
Dennis R. Edwards and James K. Wangberg
Department of Entomology, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas 79409.
Abstract. — Larvae of the tortricid moth, Synalocha gutierreziae Powell, feed
on the foliage of snakeweeds, Gutierrezia spp., which are among the most abun¬
dant and detrimental weeds in the southwest rangelands. In the laboratory, female
moths deposited egg masses containing 15 to 429 eggs (x = 112). At 27°C the
mean duration of the egg, larval, and pupal stages were 9.1, 47.2 and 9.0 days,
respectively. The mean preoviposition period was 3.0 days. The total generation
was ca. 68.3 days long. Synalocha gutierreziae has 3 or 4 overlapping generations
each season, that each extend ca. 10 weeks. In the field, larvae were present from
mid-March to late November. Several insect parasites and predators attack S.
gutierreziae larvae, including Tachinidae, Braconidae, Ichneumonidae, Reduvi-
idae, and Carabidae. Four spider species were also predaceous on larvae.
Snakeweeds, Gutierrezia sarothrae (Pursh) Britt, and Rusby, and Gutierrezia
microcephala (DC.) Gray, are native to western North America (Correll and
Johnston, 1970). Both species are important in range management because they
are highly competitive with desirable perennial grasses (Ueckert, 1979; Gesink et
al., 1973) and are toxic to most livestock (Kingsbury, 1964; Sperry et al., 1964).
Platt (1959) reported 57.5 million ha (142 million acres) in the United States to
be infested with these species.
The control of snakeweed with herbicides has been erratic and mostly unsuc¬
cessful (Sosebee et al., 1979, 1981). Prescribed burning can control snakeweed
during certain periods of the year (Dwyer, 1967). Biological control may have
potential as an effective, low cost method of control (DeLoach, 1978, 1980; Foster
et al., 1981). Snakeweed is ranked as the best candidate for biological control out
of 17 native weeds examined by DeLoach (1980).
A prerequisite to successful biological control is an understanding of a weed’s
insect associates (DeLoach, 1978, 1980; Andres, 1981). The first effort to deter¬
mine the naturally occurring insects associated with snakeweed in western Texas
and eastern New Mexico resulted in a list of 338 species from 86 families in 8
orders (Foster et al., 1981). The relationships of the most numerous and potentially
destructive insects on snakeweed were described by Wangberg (1982). Several
species of defoliating microlepidoptera were the most conspicuous insects on
snakeweed. They included Sarata incanella (Hulst) (Pyralidae), Synnoma lyno-
syrana Walshingham and a species now called Synalocha gutierreziae Powell
(Tortricidae: Sparganothini) (Wangberg, 1982). Synalocha gutierreziae has only
recently been described (Powell, in press) and consequently nothing has been
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
359
published on its biology. Powell (in press) included a brief synopsis of the infor¬
mation reported in this paper. Due to S. gutierreziae’’s similarity to S. lynosyrana,
however, it is possible that some of the biological information for the two species
has been confused in earlier literature. Therefore, the purpose of this research was
to clarify the biology of S. gutierreziae.
The specific objectives of this research were (1) to describe the life history of
S. gutierreziae, its life stages and behavior, (2) to determine its host plant(s), (3)
to describe host plant damage and patterns of infestation, and (4) to identify
natural enemies of S. gutierreziae.
Materials and Methods
This study was conducted from May 1981 to May 1983 in portions of western
Texas and southeastern New Mexico, where heavy infestations of snakeweed exist.
Observations of insects were made at nine locations in Lubbock, Winkler, Ward
and Gaines Cos., Texas and in Lea Co., New Mexico. Intensive studies were
completed 3.2 km (2 mi) east of Wink and 8.1 km (5 mi) south of Kermit, in
Winkler County. A survey of flowering snakeweed plants was conducted in 10
counties throughout the Trans Pecos Area in addition to the above localities to
establish geographical ranges of the insects. Additionally, searches were conducted
at all of the beforementioned sites for S. gutierreziae and shelters of larval S.
gutierreziae on other plants in the area.
Samples of S. gutierreziae were taken biweekly throughout the 2-year period
and weekly during pupation and adult emergence. On each sample date, ca. 50
leaf “ties” (shelters constructed by S. gutierreziae larvae) were clipped at random
from plants. Insects within each tie were removed and preserved in 75% ethanol.
Frequency of larvae per tie was determined by examining one tie from each of
50 plants along a single line transect and recording the number of larvae found
in each tie. Synalocha gutierreziae eggs, which are extremely difficult to observe
in the field, were collected by microscopic examination of leaves and stems in
the laboratory. The leaves and stems were collected from heavily infested plants
to increase the probability of locating eggs. Plant damage was determined by
measuring length and width of each tie, by counting the number of stems incor¬
porated in the tie, and by recording the position on the plant where the tie was
constructed. A total of 110 ties was examined for this purpose.
Additional collections were made for rearing and behavorial studies. Leaf ties
containing larvae or pupae were removed from snakeweed, placed in plastic bags,
and transported to the laboratory in an insulated container. Ties containing pupae
were placed in a wide-mouth 3785 ml (one gallon) glass jar and covered with a
piece of insect netting that allowed free air circulation. A 10% aqueous honey or
sucrose solution was provided for emerging adults. Observations of insect be¬
havior within the glass jar were possible with minimal disturbance to the insects.
Following oviposition, the containers were placed in an incubator at 27°C and
80% R.H. Emerged females were allowed to oviposit until their death. Fresh
snakeweed clippings were placed into the jars each day and the old clippings were
removed and examined for eggs. Eggs deposited on the glass walls of the jar were
circled with a waxed pencil and dated.
The number of instars was determined from laboratory rearing. On the day of
eclosion, 20 neonates were placed in separate 50 x 9 mm petri dishes containing
360
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
fresh snakeweed clippings as a food source. Larvae were held at 27°C and 80%
R.H. in a growth chamber. No free water was provided for the larvae. Snakeweed
leaves were replaced with fresh leaves every 1 or 2 days until larvae pupated.
Each larva was examined daily and the number of days between molts was re¬
corded. The sex of pupae was recorded and moths were allowed to emerge. The
pre-oviposition period of adults was recorded. Feeding behavior was observed in
the field and laboratory.
Field collected larvae and pupae were reared individually in 50 x 9 mm petri
dishes for parasites. Predators were field collected whenever observed attacking
this species.
Results and Discussion
Host Plant and Host-Insect Interactions
Synalocha gutierreziae feeds on both Gutierrezia sarothrae and G. microcepha-
la in western Texas and southeastern New Mexico (Fig. 1). It was not observed
on any other plant. Synalocha gutierreziae consistently ties leaves at the terminals
forming a small tube internally with a cone-shaped exterior. The mean external
dimensions are 3.5 ± 1.3 cm long by 1.5 ± 0.6 cm wide (n = 110). A mean
number of stems incorporated in the ties was 5.0 ± 4.5. The apices of the leaves
are held tightly together with very little silk exposed to the outside. Larval and
pupal life are spent within the ties. There are one to two larvae per tie (x = 1.1 ±
0.2, n = 50).
Life History
Egg. — The eggs are flat and scale-like in appearance. They are light green when
deposited, identical to the color of new snakeweed leaves and become darker as
they develop. The larval head capsule is black, and is visible through the chorion
one to two days prior to eclosion. The chorion is transparent and has a rough and
slightly reticulated surface. The eggs are deposited in elongated clusters, overlap¬
ping like shingles. In the laboratory, the number of eggs ranged from 15 to 429
per mass (x = 112 ± 120, n = 16). One mass of 42 eggs was found in the field
on the upper leaf surface at the plant base. The eggs were in two rows slightly
overlapping each other.
The duration of the egg stage ranged from 9 to 12 days. At 24°C, 1354 eggs in
eight masses had a mean duration of 10.4 ± 0.7 days. At 27°C, 434 eggs in eight
masses had a mean duration of 9.1 ± 0.3 days. All successful eclosions from one
egg mass occur within 24 hours at these temperatures. Eclosion begins as a larva
cuts a ragged slit through the chorion.
Larva. —Immediately after eclosion, the neonates begin to search for protected
places and construct ties. Neonates lived up to 5 days without food or water.
Laboratory reared larvae had seven instars. First and second instars have black
heads with a yellowish-green body. Third instars have a light brown head. Fourth
instars develop dark green longitudinal stripes. Fifth, sixth and seventh instars
are similar, with the body slightly darker than preceding instars. The stadial length
for each instar (Table 1) ranged from 5.0 ± 0.0 days to 7.6 ± 1.9 days except for
seventh instar females that had a stadial length of 12.9 ± 3.9 days. The duration
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
361
PARMER CASTRO SWISHER BRISCOE HALL CHILDRESS
■ mmm i
■ DALLAM
■
1
■■ ■
■■■1 ■ ■■
■ a kz
m □ r~cr‘!
SHERMAN
HANSFORD
OCHILTREE
LIPSCOMB ■
!
□ HARTLEY
!
MOORE
HUTCHINSON
ROBERTS
HEMPHILL e|
« OLDHAM
a
POTTER
CARSON
GRAY
WHEELER
|
| DEAL SMITH
RANDALL
ARMSTRONG
DONLEY
collingsworthB
■
MIDLAND
■
GLASSCOCK
UPTON
■
■
REAGAN
• BAILEY
LAMB
HALE
FLOYD
MOTLEY
COTTLE
n COCHRAN
HOCKLEY
LUBBOCK
CROSBY
DICKENS
KING
1 YOAKUM
TERRY
LYNN
GARZA
KENT
STONEWALL
STERLING
1 GAINES
a
1
DAWSON
BOROEN
SCURRY
FISHER 1
Q ANDREWS
MARTIN
HOWARD
MITCHELL
1 •
1
NOLAN
COKE
TOM GREEN
IRION
CROCKETT
TERRELL
SCHLE
ICHER
SUTTC
)N
VAL VERDE
V
EDWARDS
KINNEV
Figure 1. Collection sites of Synalocha gutierreziae. Circles represent collections of Gutierrezia
sarothrae. Squares represent collections on G. microcephala.
of sixth and seventh instars in females was significantly (P < 0.05) longer than
in males. The larval stage was completed in 47.2 ± 4.9 days when held at 27°C
and 80% R.H.
The larvae conceal themselves by tying leaves together. Shelters constructed by
first instars consist of three to four leaves. The larvae oscillate their heads from
one leaf to another, attaching silken strands to trichomes on the leaf surface. As
the leaves are drawn closer together, the larvae attach more strands and continue
this behavior until the leaves come together forming a tube. It has been suggested,
and documented in some cases, that there is a shrinking property of silk that aids
362
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Mean stadial lengths of (±SE) Synalocha gutierreziae reared in the laboratory at 27°C
and 80% R.H.
Instar
Male
Female
First
5.0 ± 0.0
5.0 ± 0.0
Second
5.8 ± 0.5
5.9 ± 0.4
Third
7.0 ± 1.1
6.9 ± 1.4
Fourth
6.0 ± 1.1
6.6 ± 1.1
Fifth
5.5 ± 0.5
5.6 ± 0.9
Sixth 1
6.0 ± 0.5
7.4 ± 1.3
Seventh 1
7.6 ± 1.9
12.9 ± 3.9
1 Significantly longer for female using a Z-test (R. G. D. Steel and J. H. Tome, Principles and
procedures of statistics, New York, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1960) with 95% confidence limits.
the larva in bending the leaves (Knaggs, 1867; Atkins et al., 1957). As the larvae
grow, new leaves from developing terminals are incorporated into the shelter.
Early instars skeletonize young leaves throughout the plant. As larvae develop,
they begin to consume entire leaves. Larvae usually feed on the underside of leaves
incorporated in the tie. Occasionally larvae are observed feeding on leaves near
the ends of the shelters during the day, with only the anterior portion of the body
exposed. In some instances larvae constructed silken semi-circular tunnels to
nearby stems and fed away from the leaf tie. Larvae chew through the leaf bases
and retreat into their ties before consuming the leaves. Feeding was not observed
at night, but frass accumulation overnight was noted.
Synalocha gutierreziae defecates by backing to the lower opening of the tie,
exposing and wiggling the posterior portion of the body. This motion propels the
fecal pellet away from the shelter.
Pupa. —The 7 th instars tie additional leaves to their shelter just prior to spinning
a silken cocoon. The cocoon is a thin sheet of silk inside the tie that lines the
pupation chamber. After completing the cocoon, the body of the larva shortens,
and the insect is quiescent unless disturbed. In the laboratory, the pre-pupal period
ranges from one to two days. The obtect pupae are greenish-yellow at first, then
darken to brown by the second day. Abdominal segments 7 and 8 differ between
sexes. In the male segments 7 and 8 are completely separated by an intersegmental
membrane ventrally that is lacking in the female (Fig. 2). The duration of the
pupal stage was 9.0 ± 1.0 (n = 32) days, when held at 27°C and 80% R.H. The
duration of the pupal stage in females and males was not significantly (P < 0.05)
different between sexes.
Rows of short, stout spines are present dorsally on the abdominal segments
(Fig. 2). They may aid the pupae in moving upward inside the pupal chamber
just prior to emergence. Adult emergence occurs after the anterior portion of the
pupa has wiggled free of the tie and the cremaster has anchored to the silk lining
of the tie. Exuviae are commonly found attached to the shelters months after adult
emergence.
Adult. — For a brief time after emergence, the wings hang ventrocaudally. After
hardening they fold roof-like over the dorsum. Forewings are tan with brown
mottling and have upraised scale tufts. The hindwings of the male are dark grey
with a silvery fringe. Hindwings of the females are light brown with a silvery
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
363
Figure 2. External pupal morphology of Synalocha gutierreziae: (1) lateral view of female; (2)
ventral view of female; (3) dorsal view of female; (4) ventral view of male.
fringe. The adults are cryptic and usually remain hidden among the snakeweed
foliage.
Females usually rest at the terminal ends of the plant twigs throughout the day.
This behavior is identical to the “calling” position of S. lynosyrana (Powell, 1976).
Any disturbance of the plant caused the females to drop to the ground. Females
were never observed in flight. Wellington and Henson (1947) reported that female
Choristoneura fumiferana (Clemens) are unable to fly until after the first egg mass
is deposited. Males have been observed flying throughout the day, usually flut¬
tering just above snakeweed plants. Moths were not observed to fly at night.
Adults survived 6 to 20 days (x = 11.5 ± 4.1; n = 18) in the breeding jars.
There were no significant differences in longevity between sexes (Mest, P < 0.01).
No adult feeding was observed in the field or in the laboratory.
Mating was observed in the field only four times, and was during daylight. Pairs
in copulo were motionless, usually resting vertically in a tail-to-tail position with
the distal parts of the wings overlapping. One mating pair, on 7 November 1981,
at 1045 CST, remained attached for 56 minutes after they were first observed.
Oviposition was only observed in the laboratory during the day under normal
room lighting. However, eggs were usually deposited between 1800 and 1900
CST. Synalocha gutierreziae females used the apex of their ovipositor to tap the
surface of the container for one to four minutes before depositing eggs. Selection
of oviposition sites by tortricine moths is principally by tactile stimulation (Powell,
1964). After a row of eggs was deposited, females turned and deposited the next
row in the opposite direction. The eggs of the second row were placed in the
interstices of the first row.
Synalocha gutierreziae secretes a thin cloudy film along with each egg, that may
act as an adherent. Powell (1964) reports a similar opaque covering for many
364
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Sparganothini. Platynota stultana (Walsingham) covers its egg masses with a
“clear cement” secreted by abdominal glands (Nelson, 1936).
At the end of oviposition, two clusters of scales were deposited at the lower
end of the elongate egg mass. This behavior was observed numerous times in the
laboratory. However, not all egg masses had these scale tufts present. No scale
tufts were found on the one egg mass collected in the field. Eggs were always
deposited on the glass walls of the jar, rather than on the host plant clippings.
Virgin females began depositing sterile eggs on the third day after emergence.
The longest oviposition period was three days. Seventy-one percent of the eggs
were deposited the first day of oviposition.
Synalocha gutierreziae has multiple, overlapping generations each season, which
extend approximately 10 weeks each. Larvae were collected from 17 March to
26 November 1982 in Winkler County, Texas. Based on this 37-week interval,
S. gutierreziae may have three or four generations each year. The average life
span, from oviposition to death, is 76.4 ± 4.9 (n = 16) days when held at 27°C
and 80% R.H. The life span was not significantly different (P < 0.05) between the
sexes. Development appears to continue as long as environmental conditions
remain favorable. Powell (1964) stated there is no pattern of life cycle in multi-
voltine tortricid species. Collection dates suggest more than one generation per
year.
Natural Enemies
Several parasites and predators attack the larvae of S. gutierreziae . Among the
parasites three species of tachinid flies, Erynnia tortricis (Coquillett), Nemorilla
pyste (Walker) and Voria ruralis (Fallen) are occasionally reared from pupae.
Macrocentrus sp. (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) and three undetermined species of
Ichneumonidae were the principal groups involved. Over 55% of the observed
parasitism was due to one of the ichneumonid species.
Two insect predators, Sinea diadema (F.) (Reduviidae), and Philophuga viridis
Dejean (Carabidae) were observed preying on S. gutierreziae larvae one and six
times, respectively. Four spider species, Misumenops sp. (Thomisidae), Sassacus
papenhoei Peckham and Peckham, Phidippus audax (Hentz), and Metaphidippus
sp. (Salticidae) frequently attacked larvae. Many spider species were collected
living in close association with S. gutierreziae larvae, any of which were potential
predators.
Acknowledgments
The authors gratefully acknowledge the following individuals for species de¬
terminations: Jerry Powell, U.C. Berkeley (Lepidoptera), Lloyd Knutson and the
Insect Identification and Beneficial Insect Introduction Institute, A.R.S., U.S.D.A.
(insect predators and parasites), James Cokendolpher, Texas Tech University
(spiders), and Meredith Lane, University of Colorado (host plants).
Special thanks are given to Jerry Powell for his many helpful comments about
the life history and habits of Tortricidae and for describing S. gutierreziae.
This is manuscript No. T-10-162, College of Agricultural Sciences, Texas Tech
University, Lubbock, TX.
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
365
Literature Cited
Andres, L. A. 1981. Insects in the biological control of weeds. Pp. 337-344 in D. Pimentel (ed.),
CRC handbook of pest management in agriculture, vol. II. CRC Press Inc., Boca Raton, Florida.
Atkins, E. L., M. H. Frost, L. D. Anderson, and A. S. Deal. 1957. The omnivorous leaf roller,
Platynota stultana Walsingham on cotton in California: nomenclature, life history, and bio¬
nomics (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 50(3):251-259.
Correll, D. S., and M. C. Johnston. 1970. Manual of the vascular plants of Texas. Texas Research
Foundation, Renner, Texas, 1881 pp.
DeLoach, C. J. 1978. Considerations in introducing foreign biotic agents to control native weeds of
rangelands. Proc. IV International Symposium on Biological Control of Weeds, pp. 39-50.
-. 1980. Prognosis for biological control of weeds of southwestern U.S. rangelands. Proc. V
International Symposium on Biological Control of Weeds, pp. 175-199.
Dwyer, D. D. 1967. Fertilization and burning of blue gramma grass. J. Animal Sci., 26:934.
Foster, D. E., D. N. Ueckert, and C. J. DeLoach. 1981. Insects associated with broom snakeweed
and threadleaf snakeweed in West Texas and eastern New Mexico. J. Range Manage., 34(6):
446-454.
Gesink, R. W., H. P. Alley, and G. A. Lee. 1973. Vegetative response to chemical control of broom
snakeweed on a blue gramma range. J. Range Manage., 26(2): 139-143.
Kingsbury, J. M. 1964. Poisonous plants of the United States and Canada. Prentice-Hall, Inc.,
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 626 pp.
Knaggs, G. 1867. Note on the contractillity of the silk of leaf rolling larvae. Entomol. Mo. Mag., 3:
278-279.
Nelson, R. H. 1936. Observations on the life history of Platynota stultana Walsingham on greenhouse
rose. J. Econ. Entomol., 29:306-312.
Platt, K. B. 1959. Plant control—some possibilities and limitations. I. The challenge to management.
J. Range Manage., 12:64-68.
Powell, J. A. 1964. Biological and taxonomic studies on tortricine moths, with reference to the
species in California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 32:1-317
-. 1976. Host plant preference, mating and egg development in Synnoma lynosyrana. Pan Pac.
Entomol., 52:1-12.
-. In press. Discovery of two new species and genera of shaggy tortricids related to Synnoma
and Niasoma (Tortricidae: Sparganothini). J. Research Lepid.
Sosebee, R. E., D. J. Bedunah, W. Seipp, G. L. Thompson, and R. Henard. 1981. Herbicidal control
of broom snakeweed. Down to Earth, 37:17-24.
-, W. E. Boyd, and C. S. Brumley. 1979. Broom snakeweed control with Tebuthiuron. J. Range
Manage., 32:179-182.
Sperry, V. E., J. W. Dollahite, G. O. Hoffman, and B. J. Camp. 1964. Texas plants poisonous to
livestock. Texas Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. B-1028, 59 pp.
Ueckert, D. N. 1979. Broom snakeweed: effect on shortgrass forage production and soil water
depletion. J. Range Manage., 32:216-220.
Wangberg, J. K. 1982. Destructive and potentially destructive insects of snakeweed in western Texas
and eastern New Mexico and a dioristic model of their biotic interactions. J. Range Manage.,
35:235-238.
Wellington, W. G., and W. R. Henson. 1947. Notes on the effects of physical factors on the spruce
budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clemens). Can. Entomol., 79:168-170.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
61(4), 1985, pp. 366-367
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Index to Volume 61
(New taxa in boldface)
Abedus indentatus, 54
Acanthochalcis nigricans, 227; unispinosa, 227
Aleiodes, 24
Anelaphus nanus, 304; cinereum, 307
Anthicidae, 121
Anthophoridae, 265
Antrodiaetidae, 224
Apis mellifera, 345, 346
Apoidea, 251, 339
Araeolepia, 110; subfasciella, 111
Araneae, 224
Asilidae, 95
Athrips rancidella, 40
Baetis buenoi, 332
Belostomatidae, 54
Bombus bifarius, 266
Braconidae, 60
Carabidae, 170, 221, 253
Centris flavofasciata, 265
Cerambycidae, 246, 273, 303, 315
Ceratophyllidae, 180
Ceratophyllus, 180; riparius, 180; idius, 181; sco-
pulorum, 181; garei, 181; diffinis, 181; gal-
linae, 181; niger, 182
Chalcididae, 227
Chironomidae, 58
Chrysomelidae, 32, 323
Chrysopidae, 24
Cleridae, 348
Coleoptera, 32,105,118,121,154, 170,189,221,
229, 230, 246, 253, 273, 288, 303, 315, 323,
348
Collembola, 50, 349
Cryptadius, 189; inflatus, 196; inflatus blaidselli,
197; tarsalis, 198; sonorae, 198
Curtomerus flavus, 309
Cyphoderus sarojinii, 352
Cyphomella gibber a, 58
Dargida procincta, 68
Delphacidae, 72
Delphacodes bellicosa, 72
Deuterixys, 60; quercicola, 61; pacifica, 63; ben-
netti, 65
Diarsia pseudorosaria, 68, 299
Dichaetocoris, 146; geronimo, 146; mojave, 147;
staleyaea, 149; knighti, 149; symphoricarpi,
149; peregrinus, 149; piceicola, 150
Dicymolomia julianalis, 200
Diptera, 58, 79, 91, 95, 153, 224, 262
Dytiscidae, 229
Dytiscus dauricus, 229
Elaphidiini, 303
Elaphidion conspersum, 309; glabratum, 310;
pseudonomon, 311
Elater lecontei, 154
Eleodes (. Metablapylis) insolitus, 230; ( Triche-
leodes) obesus, 232
Ellipes californicus, 139; minutes, 144; undeci-
martus, 144; gurneyi, 144; nigrofemurata,
144; monticolus, 145
Entomobryidae, 50, 349
Eoreuma loftini, 160
Ephemeroptera, 332
Eremochrysa punctinervis, 24
Euparagia richardsi, 318; scutellaris, 261
Fedtschenkia anthracina, 245
Formicidae, 334
Fulgoroidea, 48
Gelechidae, 40
Halictidae, 122, 291
Halictus farinosus, 122; ligatus, 122
Hemiptera, 26, 54, 163, 263
Heteroptera, 146
Homoptera, 48, 72
Hymenoptera, 24, 38, 60, 122, 155, 160, 184,
218, 226, 227, 236, 245, 251, 261, 265, 266,
267, 291, 318, 331, 334, 339, 345, 346
Hypogastrura prabhooii, 349
Hypogastruridae, 349
Ichneumonidae, 160, 218
Lepidoptera, 1, 40, 42, 68, 110, 152, 160, 200,
299, 358
Leucania pallens luteopallens, 68; insueta, 68
Liburniella ornata, 48
Longitarsus nigrocephalus, 323 \ ganglbaueri, 325
Lyctidae, 348
Lyctus brunneus, 348
Macrovelia hornii, 263
Macroveliidae, 263
Malachiidae, 221
366
VOLUME 61, NUMBER 4
Mallochia pyralidis, 160
Masaridae, 261
Mecosarthron domingoensis, 246
Megaceratina sculpturata, 339
Megachilidae, 154
Mellinidae, 236
Mellinus abdominalis, 236
Miridae, 26, 146
Neuroptera, 24
Noctuidae, 299
Notoxus desertus, 121
Nymphalidae, 1
Ophraella notulata, 32
Ophrella, 184; lingulata, 184
Oprynon levigatus, 38
Orchesella manitobae, 50
Orthoptera, 139
Orussidae, 38, 184
Osmia grinnelli, 155
Paraponera clavata, 334
Paratillus cams, 348
Paravelia truxali, 166
Peridroma saucia, 68
Perlodidae, 237
Philanthidae, 226
Philanthus neomexicanus, 226
Phoradendrepulus, 26; myrmecomorphus, 26
Phryganidia californica, 152
Pilophoropsis brachypterus, 29
Plecoptera, 237
Plutellidae, 110
Pseudaletia unipuncta, 68
Pseudocotalpa giulianii, 105
Psychidae, 200
Pterostichus ( Pseudoferonina ), 253; vexatus, 253;
smetanai, 254; campbelli, 257
Ptinidae, 288
Pyralidae, 42, 160, 200
Pyrausta orphisalis, 42
Rhagoletis basiola, 262
Rhagovelia rivulosa, 165; traili, 168
Rhizophagidae, 221
Rhyacophila nevedensis, 214; vaefes, 215 \jewetti,
216
367
Rhyacophilidae, 210
Roquezia, 91; signifera, 91
Sapygidae, 245
Scarabaeidae, 105
Scelionidae, 331
Schizomidae, 321
Schizomus pentapeltis, 321
Schizomyia macrofila, 153
Setvena wahkeena, 239
Silpha aenescens, 118
Silphidae, 118
Siphonaptera, 180
Speyeria callippe, 1
Sphaericus gibboides, 288
Sphecidae, 291
Staphylinidae, 221
Stichopogon, 95
Strangalia, 273; maculifrons, 276; panamensis,
278; linsleyi, 280; cantharidis, 282; dimidia-
ta, 283; pseudocantharidis, 284; instabilis,
285; montivaga, 286; annae, 287
Stridulivelia speciosa, 163
Styloleptus, 315; inermis, 315
Synalocha gutierreziae, 358
Tabanidae, 79, 91
Tachinidae, 224
Telenomus, 331
Tenebrionidae, 189, 230
Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis, 200
Tortricidae, 358
Trechus obtusus, 170
Trichoptera, 210
Tridactylidae, 139
Troglopedetes rasendrans, 354
Trypoxylon ( Trypargilum ) antropovi, 267
Uropoda, 154
Veliidae, 163
Veloidea reposita, 169
Venturia townesorum, 218
Vespidae, 318
Xixuthrus domingoensis, 246
Xylocopa californica, 251
I
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME SIXTY-ONE
1985
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. A. CHEMSAK, Editor
R. S. LANE, Associate Editor
R. M. BOHART
J. T. DOYEN
J. A. POWELL
J. E. HAFERNICK, JR.
W. J. PULAWSKI, Treasurer
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
1984
1985
R. M. Bohart P. H. Amaud, Jr.
J. G. Edwards M. S. Wasbauer
San Francisco, California
1985
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Contents for Volume 61
AliNiazee, M. T.—See Westcott, R. L. 262
Allen, R. K.—Mexican Mayflies: New species, descriptions and records (Ephemeroptera) ... 332
Andrews, F. G.—See Moore, 1. 221
ANNOUNCEMENT . 138
Arnold, R. A.—Geographic variation in natural populations of Speyeria callippe (Boisduval)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). 1
Barrett, B. A., C. D. Jorgensen, and S. J. Loom an—F oraging recruitment by the giant tropical
ant, Paraponera clavata (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). 334
Bennett, S. G.—A new record of a short-tailed whip scorpion from Santa Catalina Island,
California (Schizomida: Schizomidae). 321
Bhattacharjee, R. K.—Three new species of Collembola from North-east India (Collembola:
Arthropleona: Hypogastruridae and Entomobryidae) . 349
Bousquet, Y.—The subgenus Pseudoferonina Ball (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Pterostichus ): De¬
scription of three new species with a key to all known species. 253
Brown, R. E.—See Westcott, R. L. 323
Brown, S. M.—See Pantone, D. J. 153
Cameron, S. A. —See Wagner, D. L. 266
Campbell, C. L. and K. S. Pike—L ife history and biology of Pyrausta orphisalis Walker (Lep¬
idoptera: Pyralidae) on mint in Washington. 42
Chandler, D. S.—New synonymy in Notoxus (Coleoptera: Anthicidae). 121
Chemsak, J. A.—Observations on adult behavior of Centris flavofasciata Friese (Hymenoptera:
Anthophoridae). 265
Cornett, J. W.—Notes on the use of spadices of Washingtonia filifera (Wendl) by Xylocopa
californica (Cresson) (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). 251
Coville, R. E.—A homononymy in the genus Trypoxylon (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). 267
Daly, H. V.—Bees of the genus Megaceratina in Equatorial Africa (Hymenoptera:
Apoidea) . 339
Doyen, J. T.—New species of Eleodes from California and Nevada (Coleoptera: Tenebrion-
idae). 230
Dreistadt, S. H.—A Telenomus (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae) parasite of Chrysopa nigricornis
Burmeister in California, and its potential impact on inundative releases of Chysoperla
carnea (Stephens). 331
Edwards, D. R. and J. K. Wangberg—L ife history of Synalocha gutierreziae Powell (Lepi¬
doptera: Tortricidae) on Snakeweed . 358
Eickwort, G. C.—The nesting biology of the sweat bee Halictus farinosus in California, with
notes on H. ligatus (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). 122
Erwin, T. L.—See Kavanaugh, D. H. 170
Gambino, P.—A new record for Philanthus neomexicanus Strandtmann (Hymenoptera: Phi-
lanthidae) and some insects found in its burrow . 226
Giesbert, E. F.—Additional species in the genus Strangalia (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in
Central America, with a revised key to males. 273
Gill, R. J»—See Wilson, S. W. 72
Goeden, R. D. and D. W. Ricker—T he life history of Ophraella notulata (F.) on western
ragweed, Ambrosia psilostachya De Candolle, in southern California (Coleoptera: Chrysomel-
idae). 32
Gordh, G. — Uropoda sp. phoretic on Elater lecontei Horn. 154
Grace, J. K.—A spider beetle, Sphaericus gibboides Boieldieu (Coleoptera: Ptinidae), tunneling
in wood in service. 288
Grace, J. K. and D. L. Wood—A n introduced clerid, Paratillus cams (Newman) (Coleoptera:
Cleridae), preying on Lyctus brunneus (Stephens) (Coleoptera: Lyctidae) in California live
oak. 348
Gunther, K. K.—A new pygmy mole grasshopper from California and Baja California, Mexico
(Orthoptera: Tridactylidae). 139
ii
Haas, G. E., N. Wilson, and T. Rumfelt—B ird fleas, genus Ceratophyllus, from Alaska (Si-
phonaptera: Ceratophyllidae) . 180
Haines, R. D. —See Halstead, J. A. 227
Halstead, J. A. and R. D. Haines—O n the biology of Acanthochalcis nigricans Cameron and
Acanthochalcis unispinosa Girault (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae). 227
Heppner, J. B.—Review of the North American genus Araeolepia (Lepidoptera: Plutellidae) . 110
Hespenheide, H. A.—See Weeks, L. 95
Holomuzki, J. R.—Diet of larval Dytiscus dauricus (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae) in East-central Ari¬
zona . 229
Ivie, M. A.—The generic placement of Xixuthrus domingoensis Fisher (Coleoptera: Cerambyc-
idae). 246
Ivie, M. A.—Nomenclatorial notes on West Indian Elaphidiini (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) . 303
Ivie, M. A.—Synonymy in West Indian Lamiinae (Cerambycidae). 315
Johnson, J. B.—Aleiodes sp. (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) reared from an anomalous host, an
adult of the Eremochrysa punctinervis species group (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae) . 24
Johnson, J. B .—Mellinus abdominalis Cresson (Hymenoptera: Mellinidae) discovered in Idaho
and Alberta. 236
Johnson, J. B .—Fedtschenkia anthracina (Ashmead) (Hymenoptera: Sapygidae) in Idaho: A
new state record. 245
Johnson, J. B.—Euparagia scutellaris Cresson (Hymenoptera: Masaridae) in Idaho: A new state
record. 261
Jorgensen, C. D.—See Barrett, B. A. 334
Kamm, J. A.—Cutworm defoliators of Ryegrass. 68
Kamm, J. A. and L. M. McDonough—S ex attractant for Diarsia pseudorosaria, a defoliator
of ryegrass (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). 299
Kaufmann, T .—Dicymolomia julianalis (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) as an endoparasite of the
bagworm, Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis (Psychidae): Its relation to host, life history and
gonad development. 200
Kavanaugh, D. H. and T. L. Erwin— Trechus obtusus Erichson (Coleoptera: Carabidae), a
European ground beetle, on the Pacific Coast of North America: Its distribution, intro¬
duction, and spread. 170
Kline, L. N.—See Wickman, B. E. 152
Kraus, B.—Oviposition on the backs of female giant water bugs, Abedus indentatus: the con¬
sequence of a shortage in male back space? (Hemiptera: Belostomatidae). 54
Lee, V. F .—Macrovelia hornii Uhler, a cave-inhabiting semiaquatic bug (Hemiptera: Macro-
veliidae). 263
Longair, R. W.—Male behavior in Euparagia richardsi Bohart (Hymenoptera: Yespidae)... 318
Looman, S. J.—See Barrett, B. A. 334
Mari Mutt, J. A.—A new species of Orchesella from Manitoba, Canada (Collembola: Entomo-
bryidae). 50
Mason, P. G.—The larva of Cyphomella gibbera Saether (Diptera: Chironomidae) . 58
McDonough, L. M. —See Kamm, J. A. 29
Middlekauff, W. W.—Description of the previously unknown male of Ophrynon levigatus
Middlekauff (Hymenoptera: Orussidae). 38
Middlekauff, W. W . — Ophrella, a new genus of Orussidae from Panama (Hymenoptera: Sym-
phyta, Orussidae). 184
Moore, I. and F. G. Andrews—E xtensions of range from some seashore and intertidal beetles
of Western North America (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae, Carabidae, Malachiidae & Rhizophag-
idae). 221
Packer, L.—Two social halictine bees from Southern Mexico with a note on two bee hunting
philanthine wasps (Hymenoptera: Halictidae and Sphecidae). 291
Pantone, D. J. and S. M. Brown—N ew host records for Schizomyia macrofila (Felt) (Diptera:
Cecidomyiidae) . 153
Parker, F. D.—Nesting habits of Osmia grinnelli Cockerell (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) .. 155
Penrose, R. L.—See Westcott, R. L. 262
Pike, K. S.—See Campbell, C. L. 42
Poinar, G. O., Jr .—Silpha aenescens Casey (Silphidae: Coleoptera) as a pest of home grown
strawberries in California. 118
jii
Polhemus, D. A.—A review of Dichaetocoris Knight (Heteroptera: Miridae): New species, new
combinations, and additional distribution records. 146
Polhemus, D. A. and J. T. Polhemus—M yrmecomorphic Miridae (Hemiptera) on mistletoe:
Phoradendrepulus myrmecomorphus, n. gen., n. sp., and a redescription of Pilophoropsis
brachypterus Poppius . 26
Polhemus, J. T. and D. A. Polhemus—S tudies on Neotropical Yeliidae (Hemiptera) VIII: New
species and notes. 163
Powell, J. A.—Occurrence of the Cotoneaster webworm, Athrips rancidella, in California (Lep-
idoptera: Gelechiidae). 40
Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 1984 . 268
Ricker, D. W. — See Goeden, R. D. 32
Rumfelt, T. —See Haas, G. E. 180
Rust, R. W.— Notes on the biology of Pseudocotalpa giulianii Hardy (Coleoptera: Scarabae-
idae). 105
Sharratt, D. B. — See Westcott, R. L. 323
Smith, S. D.—Studies of Nearctic Rhyacophila (Trichoptera: Rhyacophilidae): Synopsis of Rhy-
acophila nevadensis group. 210
Stanger, J. A. —See Stewart, K. W. 237
Stewart, K. W. and J. A. Stanger—T he nymphs, and a new species, of North American
Setvena lilies (Plecoptera: Perlodidae). 237
Thomas, D. B., Jr.—A morphometric and revisionary study of the littoral beetle genus Cryp-
tadius LeConte, 1852 (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) . 189
Tomlinson, J. T. and S. C. Williams—A ntibiotic properties of honey produced by the domestic
honey bee Apis mellifera (Hymenoptera: Apidae). 346
Tomlinson, J. T.—See Williams, S. C. 345
Turner, W. J. —Checklist of Pacific Northwest Tabanidae with new state records and a pictorial
key to common species (Diptera: Tabanidae). 79
Vincent, L. S.—The first record of a tachinid fly as an internal parasitoid of a spider (Diptera:
Tachinidae; Araneae: Antrodiaetidae). 224
Wagner, D. L. and S. A. Cameron —Bombus bifarius foraging at aphid Honeydew (Apidae) .. 266
Wahl, D. B.—The final-instar larva of Venturia townesorum (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae).. 218
Wangberg, J. K. —See Edwards, D. R. 358
Weeks, L. and H. A. Hespenheide—P redatory and mating behavior of Stichopogon (Diptera:
Asilidae) in Arizona. 95
Westcott, R. L., M. T. AliNiazee, and R. L. Penrose —Rhagoletis basiola in apple: A new
host record . 262
Westcott, R. L., R. E. Brown, D. B. Sharratt, and R. E. White —Longitarsus: A new species
from Oregon and a new record for North America (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). 323
Wharton, R. A.—A new species of Mallochia (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) introduced to
Texas to control Eoreuma loftini (Dyar) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) in sugar cane. 160
White, R. E.—See Westcott, R. L. 323
Whitfield, J. B.—The Nearctic species of Deuterixys Mason (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) ... 60
Wickman, B. E. and L. N. Kline—N ew Pacific Northwest records for the California oak-
worm . 152
Wilkerson, R. C.—A new genus and species of horse fly (Diptera: Tabanidae) from Bolivia . 91
Williams, S. C.—See Tomlinson, J. T. 346
Williams, S. C. and J. T. Tomlinson—G athering of aecial spores of willow rust by the honey
bee, Apis mellifera (Hymenoptera: Apinae). 345
Wilson, N. —See Haas, G. E. 180
Wilson, S. W.—Descriptions of the immature stages of Delphacodes bellicosa (Homoptera:
Fulgoroidea: Delphacidae). 72
Wilson, S. W. and R. J. Gill—T he first record of the delphacid Liburniella ornata in California
(Homoptera: Fulgoroidea). 48
Wood, D. L.—See Grace, J. K. 348
IV
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles
on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬
cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed
page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for
publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor.
General. — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct
quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500
ft) elevation”.
Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All
manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight.
Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8 Vi X 11 inches are not acceptable.
Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each
sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet.
Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping.
First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses,
(3) the author’s name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the
complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author
of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a
separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for
each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the
author.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings.
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (117 X 181 mm; 4 5 /s X 7'/a inches). If possible,
allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face.
Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should
be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed
illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric
scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures
to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title
of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations
not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to
acceptance of the manuscript.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed
following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the
following format:
Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212.
Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information
Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e. . . . “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212)
noted ...”.
Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be
charged to the author.
Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00
per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges.
Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for
reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer.
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Yol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901—
1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to Yol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$2.50 per single issue. Yol. 52 (1976) to Vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per
volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for Vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58
(1982) and subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).*
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl Pritchard and
Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. Price $10.00 (plus $1.25
postage and handling).*
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).*
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343
pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, post¬
age, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-
California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at
this special price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).*
*(Add 6 % sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco,
Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties add 6 1 / 2 %). Members of the Society will receive a 20%
discount on the price of the memoirs.)
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
% California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118-9961
U.S.A.